You are on page 1of 524

Bull ESCALA Rack PL & EPC

Reference Guide

ORDER REFERENCE
86 A1 99JX 23
Bull ESCALA Rack PL & EPC
Reference Guide

Hardware

December 2003

BULL CEDOC
357 AVENUE PATTON
B.P.20845
49008 ANGERS CEDEX 01
FRANCE

ORDER REFERENCE
86 A1 99JX 23
The following copyright notice protects this book under the Copyright laws of the United States of America
and other countries which prohibit such actions as, but not limited to, copying, distributing, modifying, and
making derivative works.

Copyright Bull S.A. 1992, 2003

Printed in France

Suggestions and criticisms concerning the form, content, and presentation of


this book are invited. A form is provided at the end of this book for this purpose.

To order additional copies of this book or other Bull Technical Publications, you
are invited to use the Ordering Form also provided at the end of this book.

Trademarks and Acknowledgements


We acknowledge the right of proprietors of trademarks mentioned in this book.

AIXR is a registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation, and is being used under
licence. AIXwindowsR, AS/400R, C Set ++R, Chipkill, COBOL/2, COBOL/370, COBOL/400R, DB2R, ESCONR,
HACMP/6000, IBMR, LoadLevelerR, Micro ChannelR, MVS, Operating System/2R, Operating System/400R,
OS/2R, OS/2 WARPR, OS/390R, OS/400R, PowerPCR, PowerPC Architecture, PowerPC 603, PowerPC 603e,
POWER2 Architecture, PS/2R, PTXR, RS/6000R, SAAR, S/370, S/390R, SecureWayR, SequentR, SQL/400R,
SQL/DS, TivoliR, TMER, VisualAgeR, WebSphereR, xHLLAPIR are either trademarks or registered trademarks
of International Business Machines Corporation in the United States or other countries or both.

UNIX is a registered trademark in the United States of America and other countries licensed exclusively through
the Open Group.

Brocade, Extended Fabrics, Fabric Aware, Fabric Integrator, Fabric OS, Fabric Threads, Fabric Watch, Fabric
Weaver, QuickLoop, SilkWorm, SilkWorm Express, and SOLUTIONware are trademarks or registered
trademarks of Brocade Communications Systems Inc., in the United States and/or in other countries.

Microsoft, Windows and Windows NT are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States
and/or other countries.

tpmC is a trademark of the Transaction Processing Performance Council.

Other trademarks or registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.

The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Groupe Bull will not be liable for errors
contained herein, or for incidental or consequential damages in connection with the use of this material.
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Escala Rack PL & EPC


Reference Guide

System Hardware

Table of Contents 1/14


9pw5s1c0.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Table of Contents 2/14


9pw5s1c0.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Table of Contents

CHAPTER 1: HARDWARE OVERVIEW................................................................................. 1

1. Escala Rack PL & EPC General Features ...................................................................................................................3


1.1. Reliability Availability and Serviceability................................................................................................................3
1.2. Scalability .................................................................................................................................................................4
1.3. Cluster Architecture - Escala Rack PL & EPC Clustering Design ...........................................................................4
1.4. Logical Partitioning ..................................................................................................................................................7
1.5. PowerPC ...................................................................................................................................................................8
1.6. POWER3-II Architecture........................................................................................................................................11
1.7. POWER4 Architecture............................................................................................................................................12

2. Escala Rack PL & EPC Features Summary ..............................................................................................................13


2.1. ESCALA PL220R...................................................................................................................................................13
2.2. Escala PL240R........................................................................................................................................................14
2.3. ESCALA EPC400...................................................................................................................................................14
2.4. ESCALA EPC430...................................................................................................................................................15
2.5. ESCALA EPC440...................................................................................................................................................15
2.6. ESCALA EPC450...................................................................................................................................................16
2.7. ESCALA PL400R...................................................................................................................................................16
2.8. ESCALA PL420R...................................................................................................................................................16
2.9. ESCALA EPC610...................................................................................................................................................18
2.10. ESCALA PL600R.................................................................................................................................................19
2.11. ESCALA EPC800.................................................................................................................................................19
2.12. ESCALA EPC810.................................................................................................................................................20
2.13. ESCALA PL800R.................................................................................................................................................20
2.14. ESCALA EPC1200 and EPC1200A.....................................................................................................................21
2.15. ESCALA PL1600R & PL1600R+ ........................................................................................................................22
2.16. ESCALA EPC2400...............................................................................................................................................23
2.17. ESCALA EPC2450...............................................................................................................................................23
2.18. ESCALA PL3200R & PL3200R+ ........................................................................................................................24
2.19. Additional Nodes and Models ..............................................................................................................................24
2.20. Expansion Racks...................................................................................................................................................25
2.21. PDUs .....................................................................................................................................................................26
2.22. Interconnection .....................................................................................................................................................26
2.23. Cluster/Node Management ...................................................................................................................................27
2.24. Disk Subsystems ...................................................................................................................................................29
2.25. Libraries ................................................................................................................................................................29
2.26. Attachment Facilities ............................................................................................................................................30

CHAPTER 2: MODELS DESCRIPTION ................................................................................. 1

1. Escala Rack PL and EPC Servers Comparison Tables.............................................................................................13


1.1. Available Models ....................................................................................................................................................13
1.2. Discontinued Models ..............................................................................................................................................15

2. Escala Hardware Management Console (HMC) :.....................................................................................................17


2.1. Hardware Management Console (HMC) for PL420R, PL820R, PL1600R/R+ and PL3200R/R+ multi-
partitioning configuration ...............................................................................................................................................17
2.2. Hardware Management Console (CSKG007 for PL420R, PL820R, PL1600R/R+ and PL3200R/R+ HMC
without keyboard) ...........................................................................................................................................................17
2.3. Keyboards for Hardware Management Console (KBUG006 for PL420R, PL820R, PL1600R/R+ and
PL3200R/R+ HMC with keyboard)................................................................................................................................18

Table of Contents 3/14


9pw5s1c0.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

3. Escala PL220R .............................................................................................................................................................. 19


3.1. The PL220R Drawer............................................................................................................................................... 19
3.2. Extensions and Options .......................................................................................................................................... 19
3.3. Maximum Configuration ........................................................................................................................................ 20
3.4. Operational Requirements ...................................................................................................................................... 20
3.5. PL220R Description ............................................................................................................................................... 20
3.6. Bus Frequency and Bandwidth............................................................................................................................... 21
3.7. Power Kits for the PL220R .................................................................................................................................... 21

4. EscalaPL240R ............................................................................................................................................................... 22
4.1. The PL240R Single Rack Drawer .......................................................................................................................... 22
4.2. Options and Extensions .......................................................................................................................................... 23
4.3. Maximum Configuration ........................................................................................................................................ 23
4.4. Buses Frequency and Bandwidth ........................................................................................................................... 23
4.5. Operational Requirements ...................................................................................................................................... 23

5. Escala EPC400 .............................................................................................................................................................. 24


5.1. The EPC400 Drawer............................................................................................................................................... 24
5.2. The EPC400 Expansion Drawer............................................................................................................................. 25
5.3. Extensions and Options .......................................................................................................................................... 25
5.4. Maximum Configuration ........................................................................................................................................ 25
5.5. Operational Requirements ...................................................................................................................................... 25
5.6. EPC400 Description ............................................................................................................................................... 26
5.7. Power Kits for the EPC400 .................................................................................................................................... 26
5.8. Upgrade Kits from the EPC400 to the EPC430 ..................................................................................................... 27
5.9. Upgrade Kits from the EPC400 to the EPC450 ..................................................................................................... 28

6. Escala EPC430 .............................................................................................................................................................. 30


6.1. The EPC430 Drawer............................................................................................................................................... 30
6.2. The EPC430 Expansion Drawer............................................................................................................................. 31
6.3. Extensions and options ........................................................................................................................................... 31
6.4. Maximum Configuration ........................................................................................................................................ 31
6.5. Operational Requirements ...................................................................................................................................... 32
6.6. EPC430 Description ............................................................................................................................................... 32
6.7. Power Kits for the EPC430 .................................................................................................................................... 32
6.8. Upgrade Kit from EPC430 to EPC450................................................................................................................... 33

7. Escala EPC440 .............................................................................................................................................................. 33


7.1. The EPC440 Drawer............................................................................................................................................... 34
7.2. Extensions and Options .......................................................................................................................................... 34
7.3. Maximum Configuration ........................................................................................................................................ 35
7.4. Operational Requirements ...................................................................................................................................... 35
7.5. EPC440 Description ............................................................................................................................................... 35
7.6. Power Kits for the EPC440 .................................................................................................................................... 36
7.7. Upgrade Kits from the EPC440 to the EPC610 ..................................................................................................... 36

8. Escala EPC450 .............................................................................................................................................................. 39


8.1. The EPC450 Drawer............................................................................................................................................... 39
8.2. The EPC450 Expansion Drawer............................................................................................................................. 40
8.3. Extensions and options ........................................................................................................................................... 40
8.4. Maximum Configuration ........................................................................................................................................ 40
8.5. Operational Requirements ...................................................................................................................................... 40
8.6. EPC450 Description ............................................................................................................................................... 41
8.7. Power Kits for the EPC450 .................................................................................................................................... 41

Table of Contents 4/14


9pw5s1c0.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

9. Escala PL400R ..............................................................................................................................................................42


9.1. The PL400R CEC ...................................................................................................................................................42
9.2. The PL400R Primary I/O Drawer...........................................................................................................................43
9.3. The PL400R Secondary I/O Drawer.......................................................................................................................43
9.4. The PL400R Disk Drawer ......................................................................................................................................43
9.5. Options and Extensions...........................................................................................................................................43
9.6. Maximum Configuration.........................................................................................................................................44
9.7. PL400R Description................................................................................................................................................44
9.8. Buses Frequency and Bandwidth............................................................................................................................45
9.9. Operational Requirements.......................................................................................................................................45
9.10. Power Kits for the PL400R...................................................................................................................................45

10. EscalaPL420R .............................................................................................................................................................53


10.1. The PL420R Single Rack Drawer.........................................................................................................................53
10.2. The PL420R Expansion Drawer ...........................................................................................................................54
10.3. Options and Extensions.........................................................................................................................................54
10.4. Maximum Configuration.......................................................................................................................................55
10.5. Buses Frequency and Bandwidth..........................................................................................................................55
10.6. Operational Requirements.....................................................................................................................................55
10.7. Power Kits for the PL420R...................................................................................................................................56
10.8. Logical Partitioning (LPAR).................................................................................................................................59

11. Escala EPC610 ............................................................................................................................................................60


11.1. The EPC610 CEC .................................................................................................................................................60
11.2. The EPC610 Primary I/O Drawer.........................................................................................................................60
11.3. The EPC610 Secondary I/O Drawer (SFR) ..........................................................................................................61
11.4. The EPC610 Disk Drawer ....................................................................................................................................61
11.5. Options and Extensions.........................................................................................................................................61
11.6. Maximum Configuration.......................................................................................................................................62
11.7. EPC610 Description..............................................................................................................................................62
11.8. Operational Requirements.....................................................................................................................................62
11.9. Power Kits for the EPC610...................................................................................................................................63
11.10. Upgrade Kits from RS64-III to RS64-IV CPU Boards ......................................................................................64
11.11. Upgrade Kits from EPC610 to EPC810..............................................................................................................66

12. Escala PL600R ............................................................................................................................................................68


12.1. The PL600R CEC .................................................................................................................................................68
12.2. The PL600R Primary I/O Drawer.........................................................................................................................69
12.3. The PL600R Secondary I/O Drawer.....................................................................................................................69
12.4. The PL600R Disk Drawer ....................................................................................................................................69
12.5. Options and Extensions.........................................................................................................................................69
12.6. Maximum Configuration.......................................................................................................................................70
12.7. PL600R Description..............................................................................................................................................70
12.8. Buses Frequency and Bandwidth..........................................................................................................................71
12.9. Operational Requirements.....................................................................................................................................71
12.10. Power Kits for the PL600R.................................................................................................................................71

13. Escala EPC800 ............................................................................................................................................................83


13.1. Configuration ........................................................................................................................................................83
13.2. Operational Requirements.....................................................................................................................................84
13.3. Factory Installable Select Options ........................................................................................................................84
13.4. Extensions and Options.........................................................................................................................................84
13.5. Power Distribution Bus.........................................................................................................................................85
13.6. EPC800 Description..............................................................................................................................................86
13.7. Power Kits for the EPC800...................................................................................................................................86
13.8. Upgrade Kits for the EPC800 ...............................................................................................................................87
13.9. Extension Kits for the EPC800 .............................................................................................................................87

Table of Contents 5/14


9pw5s1c0.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

14. Escala EPC810 ............................................................................................................................................................ 88


14.1. The EPC810 CEC................................................................................................................................................. 88
14.2. The EPC810 Primary I/O Drawer ........................................................................................................................ 88
14.3. The EPC810 Secondary I/O Drawer .................................................................................................................... 89
14.4. The EPC810 Disk Drawer .................................................................................................................................... 89
14.5. Options and Extensions ........................................................................................................................................ 89
14.6. Maximum Configuration ...................................................................................................................................... 90
14.7. EPC810 Description ............................................................................................................................................. 90
14.8. Buses Frequency and Bandwidth ......................................................................................................................... 90
14.9. Operational Requirements .................................................................................................................................... 91
14.10. Power Kits for the EPC810 ................................................................................................................................ 91
14.11. Upgrade Kits from EPC810 to PL800R ............................................................................................................. 92

15. Escala PL800R ............................................................................................................................................................ 94


15.1. The PL800R CEC................................................................................................................................................. 94
15.2. The PL800R Primary I/O Drawer ........................................................................................................................ 94
15.3. The PL800R Secondary I/O Drawer .................................................................................................................... 95
15.4. The PL800R Disk Drawer .................................................................................................................................... 95
15.5. Options and Extensions ........................................................................................................................................ 95
15.6. Maximum Configuration ...................................................................................................................................... 96
15.7. PL800R Description ............................................................................................................................................. 96
15.8. Buses Frequency and Bandwidth ......................................................................................................................... 97
15.9. Operational Requirements .................................................................................................................................... 97
15.10. Power Kits for the PL800R ................................................................................................................................ 97

16. Escala PL820R .......................................................................................................................................................... 100


16.1. The PL820R Single Rack Drawer ...................................................................................................................... 100
16.2. The PL820R I/O Expansion Drawer .................................................................................................................. 101
16.3. The PL820R Disk Drawer .................................................................................................................................. 101
16.4. Options and Extensions ...................................................................................................................................... 101
16.5. Maximum Configuration .................................................................................................................................... 101
16.6. PL820R Description ........................................................................................................................................... 102
16.7. Buses Frequency and Bandwith ......................................................................................................................... 103
16.8. RIO-2 Remote I/O Loop Adapter ....................................................................................................................... 103
16.9. Operational Requirements .................................................................................................................................. 104
16.10. Power Kits for the PL820R .............................................................................................................................. 104
16.11. Logical Partitioning (LPAR) ............................................................................................................................ 105

17. Escala EPC1200 ........................................................................................................................................................ 106


17.1. The EPC1200 CEC............................................................................................................................................. 106
17.2. The EPC1200 Primary I/O Drawer .................................................................................................................... 106
17.3. The EPC1200 Secondary I/O Drawer ................................................................................................................ 107
17.4. Options and Extensions ...................................................................................................................................... 107
17.5. Maximum Configuration .................................................................................................................................... 107
17.6. Operational Requirements .................................................................................................................................. 107
17.7. EPC1200 Description ......................................................................................................................................... 108
17.8. Power Kits for the EPC1200 .............................................................................................................................. 108
17.9. Upgrade Kits for the EPC1200........................................................................................................................... 109

18. Escala EPC1200A ..................................................................................................................................................... 110


18.1. The EPC1200A CEC .......................................................................................................................................... 110
18.2. The EPC1200A Primary I/O Drawer.................................................................................................................. 110
18.3. The EPC1200A Secondary I/O Drawer.............................................................................................................. 111
18.4. Options and Extensions ...................................................................................................................................... 111
18.5. Maximum Configuration .................................................................................................................................... 111
18.6. Operational Requirements .................................................................................................................................. 111
18.7. EPC1200A Description ...................................................................................................................................... 112
18.8. Power Kits for the EPC1200A............................................................................................................................ 112

Table of Contents 6/14


9pw5s1c0.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

18.9. Upgrade Kits from the EPC1200A to the EPC2400 ...........................................................................................113

19. Escala PL1600R & 1600R+......................................................................................................................................114


19.1. The PL1600R & PL1600R+ CEC.......................................................................................................................114
19.2. The PL1600R & PL1600R+ I/O Drawer ............................................................................................................115
19.3. The PL1600R & PL1600R+ Media Drawer .......................................................................................................115
19.4. Logical Partitioning (LPAR)...............................................................................................................................116
19.5. Options and Extensions.......................................................................................................................................116
19.6. Maximum Configuration.....................................................................................................................................117
19.7. PL1600R Description..........................................................................................................................................117
19.8. Buses frequency and bandwidth with PL1600R :...............................................................................................118
19.9. Buses frequency and bandwidth with PL1600R+ :.............................................................................................118
19.10. RIO-2 Remote I/O Loop Adapter .....................................................................................................................118
19.11. Operational Requirements.................................................................................................................................119
19.12. Power Kits for the PL1600R.............................................................................................................................119
19.13. Power Kits for the PL1600R+...........................................................................................................................120

20. Escala EPC2400 ........................................................................................................................................................122


20.1. The EPC2400 CEC .............................................................................................................................................122
20.2. The EPC2400 Primary I/O Drawer.....................................................................................................................122
20.3. The EPC2400 Secondary I/O Drawer.................................................................................................................123
20.4. Options and Extensions.......................................................................................................................................123
20.5. Maximum Configuration.....................................................................................................................................123
20.6. Operational Requirements...................................................................................................................................123
20.7. EPC2400 Description..........................................................................................................................................124
20.8. Power Kits for the EPC2400...............................................................................................................................124
20.9. Upgrade Kits from the EPC2400 to the EPC2450..............................................................................................126

21. Escala EPC2450 ........................................................................................................................................................127


21.1. The EPC2450 CEC .............................................................................................................................................127
21.2. The EPC2450 Primary I/O Drawer.....................................................................................................................127
21.3. The EPC2450 Secondary I/O Drawer.................................................................................................................128
21.4. Options and Extensions.......................................................................................................................................128
21.5. Maximum Configuration.....................................................................................................................................128
21.6. Operational Requirements...................................................................................................................................128
21.7. EPC2450 Description..........................................................................................................................................129
21.8. Buses Frequency and Bandwidth........................................................................................................................129
21.9. Power Kits for the EPC2450...............................................................................................................................130

22. Escala PL3200R & 3200R+......................................................................................................................................134


22.1. The PL3200R & PL3200R+ CEC.......................................................................................................................134
22.2. The PL3200R & PL3200R+ I/O Drawer ............................................................................................................135
22.3. The PL3200R & PL3200R+ Media Drawer .......................................................................................................136
22.4. Logical Partitioning (LPAR)...............................................................................................................................136
22.5. Options and Extensions.......................................................................................................................................137
22.6. Maximum Configuration.....................................................................................................................................137
22.7. PL3200R Description..........................................................................................................................................138
22.8. Buses frequency and bandwidth with PL3200R :...............................................................................................138
22.9. Buses frequency and bandwidth with PL3200R+ :.............................................................................................139
22.10. RIO-2 Remote I/O Loop Adapter .....................................................................................................................139
22.11. Operational Requirements.................................................................................................................................139
22.12. Power Kits for the PL3200R.............................................................................................................................139
22.13. Power Kits for the PL3200R+...........................................................................................................................140

Table of Contents 7/14


9pw5s1c0.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

CHAPTER 3: EXTERNAL STORAGE AND SAN SUBSYSTEMS ......................................... 1

1. External Subsystems ...................................................................................................................................................... 7


1.1. External Subsystems Summary Tables..................................................................................................................... 7

2. DAS and DAE Fibre Disk Subsystems ......................................................................................................................... 8


2.1. Common Features of the DAS 4500/4700/4700-2/5300/5700 and DAE 5000 Series ............................................. 8
2.2. Disks and SP for CX line........................................................................................................................................ 28
2.3. CX200 Mono SP..................................................................................................................................................... 29
2.4. CX200 Dual SP ...................................................................................................................................................... 29
2.5. CX600 Dual SP ...................................................................................................................................................... 31
2.6. CX400 Dual SP ...................................................................................................................................................... 34
2.7. DAE5000 (Full Fibre JBOD Disk Array Subsystems)........................................................................................... 36
2.8. DAS5300 (Full Fibre RAID Disk Subsystems) ..................................................................................................... 37
2.9. DAS 4500 ............................................................................................................................................................... 38
2.10. DAS 4700 and DAS 4700-2 ................................................................................................................................. 40
2.11. DAS5700 (Full Fibre RAID Disk Subsystems) ................................................................................................... 42
2.12. DAS5720 (Full Fibre RAID Disk Array Subsystems) ......................................................................................... 43

3. DAS SCSI Subsystems (DAS 1000, 2000 and 3000 Series) ....................................................................................... 45
3.1. Highlights ............................................................................................................................................................... 45
3.2. The Storage Control Processor (SP)....................................................................................................................... 46
3.3. The 3.5" SCSI-2 Disk Modules .............................................................................................................................. 46
3.4. The DAS 3000 Series Cabinet................................................................................................................................ 47
3.5. The DAS 2000 Series Cabinet................................................................................................................................ 47
3.6. The DAS 1000 Series Cabinet................................................................................................................................ 48
3.7. The Power Subsystem ............................................................................................................................................ 48
3.8. The Cooling Subsystem.......................................................................................................................................... 48
3.9. The SCSI Host Connection..................................................................................................................................... 48
3.10. Disk Drives Specifications ................................................................................................................................... 49
3.11. Mirrored Caching Option ..................................................................................................................................... 49
3.12. Single board Caching Option ............................................................................................................................... 49
3.13. Prerequisites & Configurability............................................................................................................................ 50
3.14. Configuration Rules and Hints for the DAS1300, DAS2900 and DAS3200/DAS3500...................................... 51
3.15. Performance.......................................................................................................................................................... 53

4. DAS Management......................................................................................................................................................... 54
4.1. DAS Connection Kit for Escala Systems ............................................................................................................... 54
4.2. Navisphere Supervisor and Manager (for Windows NT)....................................................................................... 54
4.3. Navisphere for AIX ................................................................................................................................................ 57
4.4. DAS Manager and ArrayGuide .............................................................................................................................. 61
4.5. ATF......................................................................................................................................................................... 61
4.6. PowerPath Full and PowerPath Base...................................................................................................................... 62
4.7. Access Logix (DAS 4500, DAS 4700 and DAS 4700-2)....................................................................................... 63
4.8. SnapView (DAS 4700 and DAS 4700-2)............................................................................................................... 65
4.9. MirrorView (DAS 4700 and DAS 4700-2) ............................................................................................................ 65

5. EMC² Symmetrix Family Subsystems........................................................................................................................ 66


5.1. Symmetrix Storage Philosophy .............................................................................................................................. 66
5.2. Symmetrix Product Description ............................................................................................................................. 67
5.3. Symmetrix 3000 Family ......................................................................................................................................... 69
5.4. Symmetrix 8000 Family ......................................................................................................................................... 73

6. Tape Libraries and Subsystems .................................................................................................................................. 77


6.1. DLT 4000 and DLT 7000-Cartridge Tape Library ................................................................................................ 77
6.2. Magnetic Tape Drive .............................................................................................................................................. 79

Table of Contents 8/14


9pw5s1c0.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

7. Storage Area Network (SAN) Introduction ...............................................................................................................80


7.1. Challenges and Risks ..............................................................................................................................................82
7.2. SAN Management...................................................................................................................................................82
7.3. The Design of a SAN Infrastructure .......................................................................................................................83

8. SAN - Infrastructure Components..............................................................................................................................92


8.1. S@N.IT!..................................................................................................................................................................92
8.2. ASM V2 (AIX SAN Manager) ...............................................................................................................................94
8.3. SilkWorm 3200 Fibre Channel Switch .................................................................................................................100
8.4. SilkWorm 3800 Fibre Channel Switch .................................................................................................................103
8.5. SilkWorm 2040 Fibre Channel .............................................................................................................................107
8.6. SilkWorm 2800 Fibre Channel Switch .................................................................................................................109
8.7. SilkWorm Software Components .........................................................................................................................114
8.8. Fibre Channel Optical Link Extender ...................................................................................................................116
8.9. Vixel 1000 Fibre Channel Hub .............................................................................................................................117
8.10. Gadzoox Bitstrip TW Fibre Channel Hub ..........................................................................................................120
8.11. MIA.....................................................................................................................................................................123

9. Storage Plus Drawer and Shared Storage Drawer..................................................................................................125

10. Ultra320 Storage Plus Drawer and Ultra320 Shared Storage Drawer................................................................126

CHAPTER 4: DISKS, MEDIA AND CONTROLLERS............................................................. 1

1. Adapters...........................................................................................................................................................................6
1.1. SCSI Adapters for EPC400, EPC430 and EPC450 ..................................................................................................6
1.2. SCSI Ultra320 Adapters for PL220R, PL420R, PL820R, EPC1200, PL1600R & R+ and PL3200R & R+.........11
1.3. SCSI Adapters for PL220R, EPC440, PL400R, PL420R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, PL820R,
EPC1200, EPC1200A, PL1600R, EPC2400, EPC2450 and PL3200R..........................................................................13
1.4. SCSI Adapters for EPC800.....................................................................................................................................18
1.5. SSA Adapters for EPC400......................................................................................................................................22
1.6. SSA Adapters for EPC800......................................................................................................................................24
1.7. SSA Adapters for EPC1200 and EPC1200A..........................................................................................................26
1.8. 2 Gb/s Fibre Channel Adapter for 64-bit PCI Bus for the PL220R, EPC430, EPC440, EPC450, PL400R,
PL420R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, PL820R, EPC1200, EPC1200A, PL1600R, EPC2400, EPC2450 and
PL3200R (DCCG154, DCCG155) .................................................................................................................................28
1.9. 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter for the PL220R, PL240R, PL400R, PL420R, PL600R, PL800R,
PL820R, PL1600R and PL3200R (DCCG172, DCCG173)...........................................................................................31
1.10. PCI 64 bits Fibre Channel Adapters for the PL220R, EPC400, EPC430, EPC440, EPC450, PL400R, EPC610,
PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, EPC1200, PL1600R, EPC1200A, EPC2400, EPC2450 and PL3200R (DCCG147,
DCCG148) ......................................................................................................................................................................31
1.11. PCI Fibre Channel Adapter for EPC400, EPC430, EPC440, EPC1200, and EPC1200A....................................34

2. Disk Drives ....................................................................................................................................................................37


2.1. Discontinued Disk Drives .......................................................................................................................................37
2.2. 4.2 GB Ultra SCSI Disks for EPC400 (MSUG072) ...............................................................................................39
2.3. 4.2 GB SCSI-2 High Speed Disks EPC800 (MSUG072).......................................................................................39
2.4. 4.5 GB Ultra SCSI High Speed Disks for EPC1200 and EPC1200A (MSUG089) ...............................................39
2.5. 9.1 GB Ultra SCSI Disks for EPC400 (MSUG073) ...............................................................................................40
2.6. 9.1 GB Ultra SCSI Disks for EPC400 (MSUG097) ...............................................................................................40
2.7. 9.1 GB SCSI-2 High Speed Disks for EPC800 (MSUG073) .................................................................................40
2.8. 9.1 GB SCSI-2 High Speed Disks for EPC800 (MSUG097) .................................................................................41
2.9. 9.1 GB Ultra SCSI Disks for EPC1200 and EPC1200A (MSUG083) ...................................................................41
2.10. 9.1 GB Ultra SCSI Disks for EPC440, EPC1200, EPC1200A, EPC2400 and EPC2450 (MSUG104) ...............41
2.11. 9.1 GB Ultra2 SCSI LVD/SE Disks for Escala EPC440, EPC1200, EPC1200A, EPC2400 and EPC2450
(MSUG128) ....................................................................................................................................................................42
2.12. 9.1 GB Ultra2 SCSI LVD/SE Disks for Escala EPC430 and EPC450 (MSUG120) ...........................................42

Table of Contents 9/14


9pw5s1c0.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.13. 18.2 GB Ultra Wide SCSI Disks for EPC400 (MSUG122) ................................................................................. 42
2.14. 18.2 GB Ultra SCSI Disks for EPC440, EPC1200, EPC1200A, EPC2400 and EPC2450 (MSUG125)............. 43
2.15. 18.2 GB Ultra2 SCSI LVD/SE Disks for Escala EPC430 and EPC450 (MSUG121) ......................................... 43
2.16. 9.1 GB Ultra SCSI Disks for EPC610 and EPC810 (MSUG133)........................................................................ 43
2.17. 9.1 GB Ultra2 SCSI LVD/SE Disks for EPC610 and EPC810 (MSUG134)....................................................... 44
2.18. 18.2 GB Ultra SCSI Disks for EPC610 and EPC810 (MSUG135)...................................................................... 44
2.19. 18.2 GB Ultra2 SCSI LVD/SE Disks for EPC610 and EPC810 (MSUG136)..................................................... 44
2.20. 9.1 GB Ultra3 SCSI Disk for PL400R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, and PL820R (MSUG164)......... 45
2.21. 18.2 GB Ultra3 SCSI Disk for PL400R, EPC610, PL420R, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, and PL820R
(MSUG165) .................................................................................................................................................................... 45
2.22. 36.4 GB Ultra3 SCSI Disk for PL400R, EPC610, PL420R, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, and PL820R
(MSUG166) .................................................................................................................................................................... 45
2.23. 9.1 GB Ultra SCSI Disks for PL400R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810 and PL800R (MSUG173).......................... 46
2.24. 18.2 GB Ultra SCSI Disks for PL400R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810 and PL800R (MSUG174)........................ 46
2.25. 36.4GB 10,000 RPM Ultra SCSI Disk Drive for PL220R (MSUG183).............................................................. 46
2.26. 18.2 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for PL220R (MSUG184)........................................................... 47
2.27. 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for PL220R (MSUG185)........................................................... 47
2.28. 18.2 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for PL1600R and PL3200R (MSUG186).................................. 47
2.29. 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for PL420R, PL820R, PL1600R and PL3200R (MSUG187,
MSUG203) ..................................................................................................................................................................... 48
2.30. 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL220R (MSUG188) ............................................... 48
2.31. 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL220R, (MSUG189) .............................................. 48
2.32. 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL420R, PL820R, PL1600R and PL3200R-
(MSUG190, MSUG204) ................................................................................................................................................ 49
2.33. 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra2 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL400R, PL600R, PL800R, EPC610 and EPC810 -
(MSUG191) .................................................................................................................................................................... 49
2.34. 18.2 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra SCSI Disk Drive for Escala EPC2400 and EPC2450 - (MSUG192)...................... 49
2.35. 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL220R, PL400R, PL420R, PL600R, PL800R, and
PL820R (MSUG194)...................................................................................................................................................... 50
2.36. 146.8 GB Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL420R and PL820R (MSUG202).............................................. 50
2.37. 18.2 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL420R (MSUG205) ............................................... 50
2.38. 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for PL420R (MSUG206)........................................................... 51
2.39. 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL420R (MSUG207) ............................................... 51
2.40. 18.2 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL420R (MSUG208) ............................................... 51
2.41. 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for DRWG021/DRWG022 (MSUG209) ................................ 52
2.42. 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL420R and PL820R (MSUG210) .......................... 52
2.43. 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL420R and PL820R (MSUG211) .......................... 52
2.44. 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL1600 and PL3200 (MSUG212) ........................... 53
2.45. 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL1600 and PL3200 (MSUG213) ........................... 53
2.46. 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL220R – MSUG214 ............................................... 53
2.47. 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL220R (MSUG215) ............................................... 54
2.48. 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for DRWG021/DRWG022 (MSUG216) .................................. 54
2.49. 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for DRWG021/DRWG022 (MSUG217) .................................. 54
2.50. 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for PL240R (MSUG220)........................................................... 55
2.51. 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL240R (MSUG221) ............................................... 55
2.52. 146.8 GB Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL240R (MSUG222)................................................................... 55
2.53. 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL240R (MSUG223) ............................................... 56
2.54. 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL240R (MSUG224) ............................................... 56
2.55. 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive for DRWG021/DRWG022/DRWG031 (MSUG225) ........... 57
2.56. 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive for DRWG021/DRWG022/DRWG031 (MSUG226) ........... 57
2.57. 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive for DRWG021/DRWG022/DRWG031 (MSUG227) ......... 57
2.58. 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive for DRWG021/DRWG022/DRWG031 (MSUG228) ........... 58
2.59. 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive for DRWG021/DRWG022/DRWG031 (MSUG229) ........... 58

Table of Contents 10/14


9pw5s1c0.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

3. Media .............................................................................................................................................................................59
3.1. Media Usage Summary Table.................................................................................................................................59
3.2. Diskette Drives........................................................................................................................................................59
3.3. Tape Drives.............................................................................................................................................................60
3.4. CD-ROM Drives.....................................................................................................................................................72
3.5. DVD-RAM Drives..................................................................................................................................................74
3.6. DVD-ROM Drives..................................................................................................................................................76

CHAPTER 5: MEMORY EXPANSION CARDS ...................................................................... 1

1. PL220R Memory.............................................................................................................................................................3

2. PL240R Memory.............................................................................................................................................................3
2.1. Minimum Memory for One (1-way or 2-way) processor card : ..............................................................................3
2.2. Maximum Memory for One (1-way or 2-way) processor card :..............................................................................3

3. EPC400 Memory.............................................................................................................................................................4

4. EPC430 and EPC450 Memory ......................................................................................................................................5

5. EPC440 Memory.............................................................................................................................................................6

6. EPC610 Memory.............................................................................................................................................................6

7. PL400 and PL600R Memory .........................................................................................................................................7


7.1. 1-way CPU Board System Memory..........................................................................................................................7

8. Escala PL420R Memory.................................................................................................................................................8


8.1. Minimum Memory for up to 4 logical Partitions (LPAR) :......................................................................................8
8.2. Minimum Memory for One (1-way or 2-way) processor card : ..............................................................................8
8.3. Minimum Memory for Two (2-way) processor card : .............................................................................................8
8.4. Maximum Memory for One (1-way or 2-way) processor card :..............................................................................9
8.5. Maximum Memory for Two (2-way) processor card : ............................................................................................9

9. EPC800 Memory.............................................................................................................................................................9
9.1. For 604e models - "up to 4 GB" ...............................................................................................................................9

10. EPC810 Memory.........................................................................................................................................................10

11. PL800R Memory.........................................................................................................................................................10

12. PL820R Memory.........................................................................................................................................................11

13. EPC1200 and EPC1200A Memory ...........................................................................................................................11

14. PL1600R & R+ Memory ............................................................................................................................................12

15. EPC2400 and EPC2450 Memory ..............................................................................................................................12

16. PL3200R & R+ Memory ............................................................................................................................................13

17. PL3200R+ Memory ....................................................................................................................................................14

Table of Contents 11/14


9pw5s1c0.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

CHAPTER 6: INTERCONNECTIONS, COMMUNICATIONS ADAPTERS AND MODEMS... 1

1. Communication Technologies and Networks .............................................................................................................. 3


1.1. Front-end Communication Network (TCP-IP based)............................................................................................... 3
1.2. Serial Network or Heart Beat Link........................................................................................................................... 3
1.3. Administration Network ........................................................................................................................................... 4
1.4. Back-end Communication Networks or Interconnects............................................................................................. 4

2. Modems ........................................................................................................................................................................... 9
2.1. ISA Modem Adapter ................................................................................................................................................ 9
2.2. External Modem ..................................................................................................................................................... 10

3. Multiport Controllers................................................................................................................................................... 11
3.1. Multiport Controllers on PL220R, PL240R, EPC400, EPC430, EPC440, EPC450, PL400R, PL420R, EPC610,
PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, PL820R, EPC1200, EPC1200A, EPC2400, EPC2450 and PL3200R ............................. 11
3.2. Multiport Controllers on EPC800........................................................................................................................... 23

4. WAN Controllers.......................................................................................................................................................... 27
4.1. WAN Controllers for PL220R, PL240R, EPC400, EPC430, EPC440, EPC450, PL400R, PL420R, EPC610,
PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, PL820R, EPC1200, EPC1200A, PL1600R, EPC2400, EPC2450 and PL3200R ............ 27
4.2. WAN Controllers for EPC800................................................................................................................................ 33

5. LAN Controllers ........................................................................................................................................................... 44


5.1. LAN Controllers for PL220R, PL240R, EPC400, EPC430, EPC440, EPC450, PL400R, PL420R, EPC610,
PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, PL820R, EPC1200, EPC1200A, PL1600R, EPC2400, EPC2450 and PL3200R ............ 44
5.2. LAN Controllers for EPC800 ................................................................................................................................. 57

CHAPTER 7: CLUSTER MANAGEMENT, TERMINALS, GRAPHICS SUBSYSTEMS AND


PRINTERS ............................................................................................................................... 1

1. Cluster Management...................................................................................................................................................... 3
1.1. System Console ........................................................................................................................................................ 3
1.2. PowerConsole........................................................................................................................................................... 4
1.3. Cluster Console......................................................................................................................................................... 8
1.4. Console Concentrators.............................................................................................................................................. 8
1.5. Ethernet-based Administration Hub ......................................................................................................................... 9
1.6. Cluster Management Software ................................................................................................................................. 9

2. Display Terminals and Graphics Subsystems............................................................................................................ 13


2.1. BQ306 ASCII/ANSI Terminal ............................................................................................................................... 13
2.2. Explora 17" Color X-Terminal ............................................................................................................................... 14
2.3. Integrated Graphics Controllers.............................................................................................................................. 17
2.4. Graphics Adapters .................................................................................................................................................. 18
2.5. POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator (GTFG051,GTFG052) ........................................................................ 19
2.6. Graphics Monitors .................................................................................................................................................. 24
2.7. Keyboards (KBUG003).......................................................................................................................................... 29
2.8. Mouse (PDUG008)................................................................................................................................................. 29

3. Bull Line Matrix Printers ............................................................................................................................................ 30


3.1. PR802A Line Matrix Printers................................................................................................................................. 30
3.2. PR902A Line Matrix Printers................................................................................................................................. 31
3.3. Printers Summary Table ......................................................................................................................................... 32

Table of Contents 12/14


9pw5s1c0.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

CHAPTER 8: REFERENCE INFORMATION.......................................................................... 1

1. Physical Considerations .................................................................................................................................................3

2. Electrical Requirements & Considerations..................................................................................................................5

3. Temperature, Relative Humidity, & Maximum Wet Bulb Requirements................................................................8

4. Noise Emissions Values ................................................................................................................................................10

CHAPTER 9: CONFORMANCE TO STANDARDS ................................................................ 1

Conformance to Standards—Escala Rack PL and EPC..................................................................................................3

Table of Contents 13/14


9pw5s1c0.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Table of Contents 14/14


9pw5s1c0.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Chapter 1: Hardware Overview

1. ESCALA RACK PL & EPC GENERAL FEATURES ..........................................................3

1.1. Reliability Availability and Serviceability.................................................................................................................3


1.1.1. RAS Functions Summary.......................................................................................................................................3

1.2. Scalability .....................................................................................................................................................................4

1.3. Cluster Architecture - Escala Rack PL & EPC Clustering Design.........................................................................4

1.4. Logical Partitioning .....................................................................................................................................................7

1.5. PowerPC .......................................................................................................................................................................8


1.5.1. Architecture............................................................................................................................................................8
1.5.2. Technology ............................................................................................................................................................8

1.6. POWER3-II Architecture .........................................................................................................................................11

1.7. POWER4 Architecture .............................................................................................................................................12

2. ESCALA RACK PL & EPC FEATURES SUMMARY .......................................................13

2.1. ESCALA PL220R ......................................................................................................................................................13

2.2. Escala PL240R ...........................................................................................................................................................14

2.3. ESCALA EPC400 ......................................................................................................................................................14

2.4. ESCALA EPC430 ......................................................................................................................................................15

2.5. ESCALA EPC440 ......................................................................................................................................................15

2.6. ESCALA EPC450 ......................................................................................................................................................16

2.7. ESCALA PL400R ......................................................................................................................................................16

2.8. ESCALA PL420R ......................................................................................................................................................17

2.9. ESCALA EPC610 ......................................................................................................................................................18

2.10. ESCALA PL600R ....................................................................................................................................................19

2.11. ESCALA EPC800 ....................................................................................................................................................19

2.12. ESCALA EPC810 ....................................................................................................................................................20

2.13. ESCALA PL800R ....................................................................................................................................................20


2.13.1. ESCALA PL820R..............................................................................................................................................21

2.14. ESCALA EPC1200 and EPC1200A.......................................................................................................................21

2.15. ESCALA PL1600R & PL1600R+...........................................................................................................................22

Chapter 1: Hardware Overview 1/30


9pw5s1c1.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.16. ESCALA EPC2400.................................................................................................................................................. 23

2.17. ESCALA EPC2450.................................................................................................................................................. 23

2.18. ESCALA PL3200R & PL3200R+ .......................................................................................................................... 24

2.19. Additional Nodes and Models ................................................................................................................................ 24

2.20. Expansion Racks...................................................................................................................................................... 25

2.21. PDUs ......................................................................................................................................................................... 26

2.22. Interconnection........................................................................................................................................................ 26

2.23. Cluster/Node Management..................................................................................................................................... 27

2.24. Disk Subsystems ...................................................................................................................................................... 29

2.25. Libraries ................................................................................................................................................................... 29

2.26. Attachment Facilities .............................................................................................................................................. 30

Chapter 1: Hardware Overview 2/30


9pw5s1c1.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

1. Escala Rack PL & EPC General Features

The Escala Rack PL & EPC provide easy-to-use clusterable SMP (Symmetrical Multi-Processing)
nodes, based on Bull’s PowerScale™ architecture and on PowerPC® technology, giving exceptional
reliability and availability, scalability and flexibility, parallel computing power and high levels of fault
resiliency and redundancy.

Bull Escala Rack PL & EPC products are clusters of AIX-based Escala computers based on the
PowerPC RISC architecture using symmetric multiprocessing.

1.1. Reliability Availability and Serviceability

Excellent quality and reliability are inherent in all facets of Bull Rack PL & EPC products. The
measures taken help ensure that the products operate when required, perform reliably, efficiently
handle infrequent failures in a non-disruptive fashion, and provide timely and competent repair to
allow resumption of operations with minimal inconvenience. For example, the Escala Rack PL & EPC
servers have embedded service processor and ECC memory.

The AIX operating system and appropriate software tools make the most of the Escala Rack PL &
EPC hardware features by providing:

• Error monitoring (including alarm transmission).


• Remote service session management.

Remote maintenance and diagnostics - including console mirroring from a remote site - allows a
service technician to dial in through a secure connection and correct a potential malfunction before it
occurs or reboot and restore system function as soon as possible after an outage. For even greater
reliability, the platform also supports HACMP clustering software, the leading UNIX clustering
solution.

1.1.1. RAS Functions Summary

• ECC on system memory and L2 cache; single-bit error correction and double-bit error detection
• Parity detection for the system bus, PCI address, and data buses
• Hot-swap disk drives
• Disk drive fault tracking and warning
• RAID 1
• RAID 0, 1, and 5
• On-line (concurrent) and remote (LAN or modem) system diagnostics
• Vital Product Data (VPD) for most base-system, field replaceable units (FRUs)
• Redundant power and cooling capability.

Chapter 1: Hardware Overview 3/30


9pw5s1c1.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

The Service Processor or the BUMP, included as standard, enables or contributes to the following
RAS functions, among others:

• Integrated system environmental monitoring/alerting included as standard. This includes:


AC/DC voltage
Fan speed
Temperature sensing
• Early Power Off Warnings (EPOW) and error log analysis and alert.
• Auto-dial out. The system objective is to predict a potential component failure by taking preventive
maintenance measures to avoid an outage.
• Integrated system monitoring enhances failure error logging, analysis, and alert.
• Can be programmed by the system administrator to re-boot in most instances after experiencing the
following conditions:
AC power restored (after a power loss)
Hardware checkstop failures
Machine check interrupt
Operating system hang or failure.

1.2. Scalability

Scalability is also a key design consideration. The Escala servers can be easily upgraded. The
packaging permits convenient replacement or upgrading of processor, memory and I/O adapters. For
example, processors are contained on processor boards that plug into slots on the system board.
Upgrading a system is just a matter of plugging in an additional processor board.

The AIX operating system provides reliability and serviceability by means of Logical Volume
Manager (LVM), Journaled File System (JFS) and dynamic kernel, all contributing to a reliable and
robust operating system implementation.

1.3. Cluster Architecture - Escala Rack PL & EPC Clustering Design

A cluster architecture can be defined as a rather small set (a few tens) of interconnected systems that
share some resources (which will be referred to as clustered resources) in a fully transparent manner.
Each of these systems could be an independent system, because it has its own processor(s), memory,
and I/O channels, as well as its own copy of the operating system.
The operating system for a cluster provides transparent access to clustered resources, and also provides
a unified view of the cluster for system management.

SMP SMP SMP


M M M

Figure 1: Cluster architecture

Chapter 1: Hardware Overview 4/30


9pw5s1c1.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Clustering of Symmetric MultiProcessing (SMP) systems with shared disks is a choice acknowledged
as the most appropriate to insure both full compatibility, high availability and a steady increase of the
performance for UNIX production environment. The first Escala EPC cluster offering started with a
shared disk architecture (shown in Figure 1, where M stands for Memory and D stands for shared
disks). Clustering was an answer to overtop the limitations of SMP technology.

The current implementation encompasses, in a same cluster unit, cooperative SMP servers with or
without shared disks, and individual SMP servers, as shown in Figure 2. With the construct of only
individual servers, this cluster architecture includes the definition of server consolidation.

SMP Cluster Level 1 Cluster Level 2 Cluster Level 3 Cluster Level 4

SMP SMP SMP SMP SMP SMP SMP SMP SMP SMP
SMP SMP
M M M M M M M M M M or or
SAN Cluster 1/2/3 Cluster 1/2/3

D D D D D D D

Targets Typical Typical


nb. of nodes apps.
SMP non-critical applications 1 DB/TP
departmental and dedicated server DW, WEB
Cluster Lev.1 critical (HA) applications 2 DB/TP
departmental to enterprise dedicated server DW, WEB
Cluster Lev.2 critical, "share everything" applications (OPS) 2 - 8 DB/TP
departmental to enterprise dedicated server Large DW
Cluster Lev.3 Storage Aera Network for critical and 3-tier 2 - 32 ERP, WEB
applications, large department, enterprise server Large DW+data mart
Cluster Lev.4 geograhic cluster (disaster recovery) 2-4 DB/TP, ERP
departmental to enterprise server Large DW

Figure 2: Main Cluster Topologies

HACMP (High Availability Cluster Multi-Processing for AIX) is the core framework for clustering. It
provides mechanisms for controlling the cluster. The main HACMP module "High Availability
Subsystem" (HAS) is in charge of recognizing changes within the cluster and starting, coordinating the
actions needed, when a failure occurs, for reconfiguring the environment and assuring resources
takeover. In addition, HACMP features a module, the "Concurrent Resource Manager" (CRM) which
adds concurrent shared access management for the disks.
The Escala Rack PL & EPC implement the full HACMP functionality on rackmounted multiple
clustered Escala systems, and achieve both inherent high availability and more performance with the
CRM.
The HACMP 4.3 and 4.4 environment supports up to 32 nodes, while the CRM supports up to 8 nodes.

The cluster interconnect is based on Ethernet (10/100 Mb/s, 1 Gb/s). Dual connections are often used
to increase availability.

Chapter 1: Hardware Overview 5/30


9pw5s1c1.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

The main benefits of the cluster architecture are:

• Centralized administration (single point of control).


• Scalability.
• Flexibility.
• Parallel performance.
• High Availability features.

The rationale of the Bull approach is to exploit the various architectural options in a common
framework. The goal is to benefit from both SMP scalability (with the PowerScale Architecture)
within the limits of the technology and cluster configurations for high availability, and higher
performance for applications that can benefit from this form of parallelism.

Chapter 1: Hardware Overview 6/30


9pw5s1c1.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

1.4. Logical Partitioning

Partitioning provides the ability to subdivide high-end systems into smaller partitions that are capable
of running a version of an operating system or a specific set of application workloads.
The main reasons for partitioning a large system are as follows:

• Server consolidation by running multiple applications that previously resided on separate physical
systems.
• Mixing production and test environments.
• Consolidation of multiple versions of the same operating systems.
• Consolidation of applications requiring different time zone settings.
• Performing software upgrades while continuing to run applications in a separate partition.
• Application isolation: running applications in separate partitions helps ensure they cannot interfere
with one another in the event of a software failure in one partition.

If high availability is critical, the implementation of high availability failover capability between
partitions in separate servers is recommended.

A logical partition consists of CPUs, memory, and I/O slots and their attached devices that are
typically a subset of a pool of available resources within a system. LPAR differs from Physical
Partitioning (PPAR) in the way resources are grouped to form a partition. Logical partitions do not
need to conform to the physical boundaries of the building blocks (collection of resources) used to
build the server. Instead of grouping by physical building blocks, LPAR adds more flexibility and
freedom to select components from the entire pool of available system resources. This allows better
granularity, which maximizes the resource usage on the system and minimizes unnecessary resource
reallocation.

LPAR works within a single memory coherence domain so it can be used within a simple SMP with
no special building block structure. All the operating system images run within the same memory map,
but are protected from each other by special address access control mechanisms in the hardware, and
special firmware added to support the operating system.

Each partition runs its own copy of the operating system and is isolated from any activity in other
partitions. Software failures do not propagate through the system, and the hardware facilities and
microcode provide strong isolation between resources. Many types of errors, even those within shared
resources, are isolated inside the partition where they occur.

AIX Workload Manager (WLM) is an integral part of the LPAR strategy for AIX and is included as
part of the base AIX operating system. It provides system administrators with greater control over how
CPU, physical memory, and I/O resources are allocated to processes and applications. Resources can
be managed within a partition just as they are in an unpartitioned server.

Chapter 1: Hardware Overview 7/30


9pw5s1c1.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

1.5. PowerPC

1.5.1. Architecture

The PowerPC architecture is a derivative of the multi-chip POWER architecture that has been
developed specifically for single-chip processor designs. The changes incorporated in the PowerPC
architecture from POWER architectures are:

• Simplified instruction set.


• Single precision floating point.
• Modified storage model.
• Multi-processor support.
• Simplified I/O architecture.

The PowerPC architecture is binary compatible with applications written for POWER architecture. Any
unimplemented, infrequently used POWER instructions are trapped and emulated.

1.5.2. Technology

PowerPC 604e Processor

The PowerPC 604e™ is a superscalar processor capable of issuing four instructions simultaneously.
As many as seven instructions can finish execution in parallel. The PowerPC 604e has six execution
units that can operate in parallel:

• Floating-point unit (FPU)


• Branch processing unit (BPU)
• Condition Register Units
• Load/store unit (LSU)
• Three integer units (IUs)
Two single-cycle integer units (SCIUs)
One multiple-cycle integer unit (MCIU).

This parallel design, combined with the PowerPC architecture's specification of uniform instructions
that allows for rapid execution times, yields high efficiency and throughput. The PowerPC 604e’s
rename buffers, reservation stations, dynamic branch prediction, and completion unit increase
instruction throughput, guarantee in-order completion, and ensure a precise exception model. (Note
that the PowerPC architecture specification refers to all exceptions as interrupts.)

The PowerPC 604e has separate memory management units (MMUs), and separate 32-KB on-chip
caches for instructions and data. The PowerPC 604e implements two 128-entry, two-way set (64-entry
per set), associative Translation Lookaside Buffers (TLBs), one for instructions and one for data, and
provides support for demand-pages virtual memory address translation and variable-sized block
translation. The TLBs and the cache use least-recently used (LRU) replacement algorithms.

Chapter 1: Hardware Overview 8/30


9pw5s1c1.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

The PowerPC 604e has a 64-bit external data bus and a 32-bit address bus. The PowerPC 604e
interface protocol allows multiple masters to compete for system resources through a central external
arbiter. Additionally, on-chip snooping logic maintains data cache coherency for multiprocessor
application. The PowerPC 604e supports single-beat, and burst data transfers for memory accesses and
memory-mapped I/O accesses.

The PowerPC 604e uses an advanced, 3.3-V CMOS process technology and is fully compatible with
TTL devices.

PowerPC RS64-II Processors

The PowerPC RS64-II is a 4-way, superscalar microprocessor implementing the 64-bit PowerPC
architecture. The internal structure of the processor is optimized for commercial transactions.

• Full 64-bit implementation of PowerPC architecture.


• Architectural extensions for 32-bit OS migration support.
• PowerPC Common Hardware Reference Platform (CHRP) compliant.
• 4-way superscalar.
• On chip 64KB L1 Instruction cache and 64KB Data cache, 128-byte line size.
• On chip L2 cache controller:
Up to 8 MB 4-way set associative L2 cache using 4 Mbit SRAM chips.
Up to 32 MB 4-way set associative L2 cache using 16 Mbit SRAM chips.
32 Byte Data Buses.
• PowerPC 6XX Bus Architecture with 16 Byte data bus (2:1, 3:1 or 4:1).
• Full multiprocessor support.
• Technology:
CMOS 6S2.
Standard Cell Library.
• Data Integrity:
L1 Data cache = ECC.
L1 Instruction cache = Parity and Retry.
L2 cache = ECC.
Main Storage = ECC.
I/O and Bus = Parity.

Chapter 1: Hardware Overview 9/30


9pw5s1c1.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

PowerPC RS64-III Processors

The RS64 III processor has separate internal 128 KB L1 caches for instructions and data. Both L1
caches have doubled in size over the RS64-II. It contains an L2 cache controller and a dedicated 32-
byte interface to a private 4-way set associative L2 cache. The L2 cache controller supports up to 8
MB L2 cache. The L2 interface runs at half processor speed, but transfers data twice per cycle to
provide 14.4 GB/s of bandwidth. RS64 III internal data paths are 32 bytes wide. The RS64 III
processor also has a separate 16-byte system bus interface.

The RS64-III has a total of five pipeline execution units. There is a Branch Unit, a Load/Store Unit, a
Fixed-point Unit, a Complex Fixed-point Unit and a Floating-point Unit. The processor has a 32-byte
interface to the dispatch logic. There is a current instruction stream dispatch buffer that is 16
instructions deep. The RS64-III has an eight deep branch buffer. The RS64-III can sustain a decode
and execution rate of up to 4 instructions per cycle.

All of the arrays in the RS64-III have either redundancy and ECC or parity and retry to support the
high requirements desired for customer reliability, availability and integrity. This enables full fault
detection and correction coverage.

PowerPC RS64-IV Processors

The RS64 IV superscalar processors are well optimized for commercial workloads. Target
environments are characterized by heavy demands on system memory, both in the form of very large
working sets and latency-sensitive serial dependencies. As a result, the design of the RS64 IV
processors is focused on large cache sizes and data paths having high bandwidth and low latency.

The RS64 IV processor has separate internal 128KB L1 caches for instructions and data. It contains an
L2 cache controller and a dedicated 32-byte interface to a private 4-way set associative L2 cache. The
L2 interface runs at half processor speed, but transfers data twice per cycle to provide 19.2 GB/s of
bandwidth. RS64 IV internal data paths are 32 bytes wide. The RS64 IV processor also has a separate
16-byte system bus interface.

The RS64 IV has a total of five pipeline execution units. There is a Branch Unit, a Load/Store Unit, a
Fixed-point Unit, a Complex Fixed-point Unit and a Floating-point Unit. The processor has a 32-byte
interface to the dispatch logic. There is a current instruction stream dispatch buffer that is 16
instructions deep. The RS64 IV has an eight instruction deep branch buffer. The RS64 IV can sustain a
decode and execution rate of up to four instructions per cycle.

All of the arrays in the RS64 IV have either redundancy and ECC or parity and retry to support the
requirements for reliability, availability, and integrity. This enables full fault detection and correction
coverage.

SOI (silicon-on-insulator) technology reduces signal loss due to capacitance that normally occurs
along the silicon/conductor boundaries on the chip using a thin insulating boundary. This improves
signal-to-noise ratios within the chip and provides additional freedom in the layout of the circuit
design.

Chapter 1: Hardware Overview 10/30


9pw5s1c1.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Benefits to Escala Performance

The Escala models have the following major attributes:

• The operating system can schedule and synchronize work across the available processors.
• A high-bandwidth bus is provided for access between cache and memory.
• Cache and memory are efficiently managed to provide cache consistency.

An example of how the design of the Escala servers can maximize performance follows:

• The most recently used or projected to use program elements are kept in L1 cache (fastest access).
• Programs and control objects are kept in L2 cache (next fastest).
• Directories to databases are kept in memory (next fastest to L2 cache).
• Actual databases are stored on disk drives.

1.6. POWER3-II Architecture

The POWER3-II processor offers technical leadership for floating point applications and high-
performance numeric intensive computing (NIC) workstations by integrating two floating-point, three
fixed-point, and two load/store execution units in a single 64-bit POWER3 implementation.

The POWER3-II processors use a 64 KB data and a 32 KB instruction 128-way set associative L1
cache. The size of both data and instruction cache reduces the number of cache misses, results in more
cache hits, and maximizes performance. Both data and instruction cache are parity protected.

The L1 cache is effectively supplemented by a 4 MB 4-way set associative L2 cache, which is located
on the 375 MHz processor card (8 MB for the 450 MHz processor card). The speed of the L2 cache is
dependent upon the processor speed. The POWER3-II uses a private 32-byte L2 cache bus, operated at
250 MHz with the 375 MHz processor card (2:3 ratio) and 225 MHz with the 450 MHz processor card
(1:2 ratio). Both the enhanced clock speed and 4-way set associative L2 cache improve cache
efficiency. The L2 controller uses a least recently used (LRU) algorithm to avoid replacing recently
used cache data and a set prediction mechanism that helps reduce L2 cache misses.

The L2 cache uses a direct mapped cache methodology. There is a dedicated external interface to the
L2 cache not shared with the 6XX bus. This allows concurrent access to both the L2 cache and the
6XX bus.

Chapter 1: Hardware Overview 11/30


9pw5s1c1.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

1.7. POWER4 Architecture

The POWER4 chip has two processors on board. The two processors share a unified second level
cache, also onboard the chip, through a Core Interface Unit (CIU). The CIU is a crossbar switch
between the L2, implemented as three separate, autonomous cache controllers, and the two processors.
Each L2 cache controller can operate concurrently and feed 32 bytes of data per cycle. The CIU
connects each of the three L2 controllers to either the data cache or the instruction cache in either of
the two processors. Additionally, the CIU accepts stores from the processors across 8-byte wide buses
and sequences them to the L2 controllers. Each processor has associated with it a Noncacheable (NC)
Unit, responsible for handling instruction serializing functions and performing any noncacheable
operations in the storage hierarchy. Logically, this is part of the L2.

The directory for a third level cache, L3, and logically its controller are also located on the POWER4
chip. The actual L3 is on a separate chip. A separate functional unit, referred to as the Fabric
Controller, is responsible for controlling data flow between the L2 and L3 controller for the chip and
for POWER4 communication. The GX controller is responsible for controlling the flow of information
in and out of the system. Typically, this would be the interface to an I/O drawer attached to the system.
But, with the POWER4 architecture, this is also where we would natively attach an interface to a
switch for clustering multiple POWER4 nodes together.

Also included on the chip are functions we logically call Pervasive function. These include trace and
debug facilities used for First Failure Data Capture, Builtin Self Test (BIST) facilities, Performance
Monitoring Unit, an interface to the Service Processor (SP) used to control the overall system, Power
On Reset (POR) Sequencing logic, and Error Detection and Logging circuitry.

Chapter 1: Hardware Overview 12/30


9pw5s1c1.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2. Escala Rack PL & EPC Features Summary

The Bull Escala Rack PL & EPC offer is made of rackable nodes that can be assembled into clusters of
AIX-based Escala computers or racked together for consolidation. The main elements of this offer are
nodes, interconnection, cluster or node management, disk subsystems and tapes/libraries subsystems.
Whenever possible these elements can be integrated into racks.

The Escala Rack PL & EPC offer comprises ranges of tightly clusterable AIX servers, scaleable up to
32 nodes in HA mode (and more without HA), which are linked by a coordinated system of standard-
based networks and housed in a highly scaleable rack configuration. The clustering framework of the
Escala Rack PL & EPC is implemented with HACMP subsystem installed on every node. Graphical
console solutions provide cluster management and single point of control.

2.1. ESCALA PL220R

18,2 GB Ultra-SCSI Disk Drive (1"/10Krpm) Discontinued: September 5, 2003

• 64-bit SMP rack-drawer server.


• 1- to 2-way POWER3-II@375MHz with 4 MB L2 cache per processor
or
1- to 2-way POWER3-II@450MHz with 8 MB L2 cache per processor
• Up to 8 GB ECC SDRAM memory.
• Up to 587.2 GB of internal disk capacity:
440.4 GB for hot-swap disks
146.8 GB for non hot-swap disks.
• Up to 10 bays for disks or media:
6 bays for hot-swap disks
1 bay for a non hot-swap disk drive
1 bay for a CD-ROM or a DVD-RAM drive
1 bay for a media or a non hot-swap disk drive
1 bay for a floppy disk drive.
• I/O slots available:
3 PCI 64-bit
2 PCI 32-bit.
• Two 10/100 Mbps Ethernet RJ45 ports.
• Up to four disk drawer extensions (4110.4 GB):
14 hot-swap disk slots per disk drawer extension (1027.6 GB).

Chapter 1: Hardware Overview 13/30


9pw5s1c1.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.2. Escala PL240R

• This model is available only through packaged configurations


• 1 or 2-way POWER4+@1.2 GHz 64-bit copper-based silicon-on-insulator (SOI) processor boards
with 8 MB of L3 cache per processor card.
• 1 or 2-way POWER4+@1.45 GHz 64-bit copper-based silicon-on-insulator (SOI) processor
boards with 8 MB of L3 cache per processor card.
• Up to 16 GB of DDR SDRAM memory.
• Up to 1174.4 GB of internal disk capacity
• 6 hot plug PCI-X bus slots
• 2 internal Ultra3 SCSI Controllers
• 3 Medias Bays :
• 1 optional Open Bay for DVD-ROM
• 1 optional Open Bay for Disquette
• 1 optional DVD-RAM or tape drive
• 1 floppy disk 1.44 MB 3”1/2
• Keyboard and mouse port
• Two Ethernet ports (one 10/100 Mb/s and one 1 Gigabit )
• 3 serial ports
• One parallel port
• hot-swap and redundant fans
• Optional redundant hot-swap power supply

2.3. ESCALA EPC400

Initial system discontinued as of 31/10/2000, additional node discontinued as of 31/12/2000.

• SMP rack-drawer server.


• 1- to 4-way PowerPC 604e @ 360 MHz.
• 4 MB L2 cache per processor.
• Up to 3 GB ECC DRAM memory.
• Up to 218.4 GB of internal disk capacity:
109.2 GB internal disks capacity in the base drawer.
109.2 GB additional internal disk capacity with expansion drawer.
• 12 bays for hot-swap disks:
6 bays in the base drawer.
6 additional bays with expansion drawer.
• 5 bays for media:
3 bays (1 for a CD-ROM drive, 1 for a floppy disk drive and 1 free) in the base drawer.
2 additional media bays with expansion drawer.
• 18 free I/O slots:
8 I/O slots in the base drawer: five 64-bit PCI + two ISA/PCI + one ISA.
2x5 additional free PCI slots with expansion drawer and expansion bus.
• Integrated Ethernet 10/100 Mb/s.

Chapter 1: Hardware Overview 14/30


9pw5s1c1.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.4. ESCALA EPC430

Discontinued as of 31/12/2000.

• 64-bit SMP rack-drawer server.


• 1- to 4-way PowerPC RS64-II processors at 262 MHz.
• 4 MB L2 cache per processor.
• Up to 8GB ECC SDRAM memory.
• Up to 218.4 GB of internal disk capacity:
109.2 GB internal disks capacity in the base drawer.
• 109.2 GB additional internal disk capacity with expansion drawer.
• 12 bays for hot-swap disks:
6 bays in the base drawer.
6 additional bays with expansion drawer.
• 5 bays for media:
3 bays (1 for a CD-ROM drive, 1 for a floppy disk drive and 1 free) in the base drawer.
2 additional media bays with expansion drawer.
• 18 I/O slots:
8 I/O slots in the base drawer: 7 PCI (4*64-bit) + 1 ISA/PCI.
10 additional free PCI slots with expansion drawer.
• Integrated Ethernet 10/100 Mb/s.

2.5. ESCALA EPC440

Discontinued as of 31/12/2000.

• 64-bit SMP rack-drawer server.


• 1- to 4-way RS64-II processors at 340 MHz.
• 4 MB L2 cache per processor.
• Up to 8GB ECC SDRAM memory.
• Up to 218.4 GB internal disks capacity.
• 12 bays for hot-swap disks.
• 3 bays for media (1 for a CD-ROM drive, 1 for a floppy disk drive and 1 free).
• 8 PCI slots (4*64-bit).
• Integrated Ethernet 10/100 Mb/s.

Chapter 1: Hardware Overview 15/30


9pw5s1c1.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.6. ESCALA EPC450

Discontinued as of 08/07/2002.

• 64-bit SMP rack-drawer server.


• 1- to 4-way PowerPC RS64-III processors at 400 MHz.
• 4 MB L2 cache per processor.
• Up to 8 GB ECC SDRAM memory.
• Up to 218.4 GB of internal disk capacity:
109.2 GB internal disks capacity in the base drawer.
109.2 GB additional internal disk capacity with expansion drawer.
• 12 bays for hot-swap disks:
6 bays in the base drawer.
6 additional bays with expansion drawer.
• 5 bays for media:
3 bays (1 for a CD-ROM drive, 1 for a floppy disk drive and 1 free) in the base drawer.
2 additional media bays with expansion drawer.
• 18 I/O slots:
8 I/O slots in the base drawer: 7 PCI (4*64-bit) + 1 ISA/PCI.
10 additional free PCI slots with expansion drawer.
• Integrated Ethernet 10/100 Mb/s.

2.7. ESCALA PL400R

18,2 GB Ultra-SCSI Disk Drive (1"/10Krpm) Discontinued: September 5, 2003


Escala node PL400R Discontinued: October 10, 2003

• 64-bit SMP rack-drawer server.


• 1-, 2- or 4-way PowerPC RS64-IV processors at 750 MHz,
1-, 2- or 4-way PowerPC RS64-IV processors at 600 MHz,
1-, 2- or 4-way PowerPC RS64-III processors at 450 MHz.
• 2, 4 or 8 MB L2 cache per processor.
• Up to 32 GB ECC SDRAM memory.
• Up to four disk drawers and one I/O drawer.
• Up to 4183.2 GB of internal disk capacity:
72.8 GB in the primary I/O drawer (for non hot-swap disks).
Up to 1027.6 GB per disk drawer (for hot-swap disks).
• Up to 58 bays for disks:
2 bays for non hot-swap disks in the primary I/O drawer.
Up to 14 bays per disk drawer for hot-swap disks.
• Up to 5 bays for media.
• Two media bays in the optional secondary drawer.
• Up to 28 hot plug PCI I/O slots (14 per I/O drawer).
• Integrated Ethernet 10/100 Mb/s.

Chapter 1: Hardware Overview 16/30


9pw5s1c1.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.8. ESCALA PL420R

18,2 GB Ultra-SCSI Disk Drive (1"/10Krpm) Discontinued: September 5, 2003

• 64-bit SMP rack-drawer server


• 1-, 2- or 4-way POWER4+ processors at 1.2 GHz
1-, 2- or 4-way POWER4+ processors at 1.45 GHz
• Up to 32 GB DDR SDRAM memory
• Up to 2 optional expansion drawers with 7 PCI-X slots and 12 Disks bays, all hot swap
• Up to 4110.4 GB of internal hot-swap disk capacity:
587.2 GB of internal hot-swap storage
Up to 1761.6 GB per expansion drawer (for hot-swap disks)
• Up to 28 Disks bays for disks:
4 internal hot-swap disk drive bays
Up to 12 Disk bays per expansion drawer for hot-swap disks
• Up to 20 hot plug PCI-X bus slots:
6 internal hot plug PCI-X bus slots
7 hot plug PCI-X bus slots per expansion drawer
• 1 integrated Ultra3 SCSI SE controller
• 2 integrated Ultra3 SCSI busses (one for an internal port and one for an external port)
• 2 Medias Bays :
· 1 Open Bay for CD-ROM/DVD-ROM or DVD-RAM
· 1 Open Bay for Disquette /DVD-RAM or tape drive (optionnal)
• Two 10/100 Mb/s Ethernet port
• 3 serial ports
• 2 serial ports dedicated for HMC attachement
• Up to 4 logical partitions (LPAR)
• A Hardware Management Console (HMC) provides the set of functions to manage the PL420R
and LPAR configurations

Chapter 1: Hardware Overview 17/30


9pw5s1c1.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.9. ESCALA EPC610

Discontinued: 13/07/2001.
18,2 GB Ultra-SCSI Disk Drive (1"/10Krpm) Discontinued: September 5, 2003

• 64-bit SMP rack-drawer server.


• 2- or 4-way PowerPC RS64-III processors at 450 MHz,
6-way PowerPC RS64-III processors at 500 or 750 MHz.
• 4 MB L2 cache per 450 or 500 MHz processor,
8 MB L2 cache per 750 MHz processor
• Up to 32 GB ECC SDRAM memory.
• Up to two disk drawers and one I/O drawer.
• Up to 2128 GB of internal disk capacity:
72.8 GB in the primary I/O drawer (for non hot-swap disks).
Up to 1027.6 GB per expansion drawer (for hot-swap disks).
• Up to 30 bays for disks:
2 bays for non hot-swap disks in the primary I/O drawer.
Up to 14 bays per expansion drawer for hot-swap disks.
• 3 bays for media (1 for a CD-ROM drive, 1 for a floppy disk drive and 1 free).
• Up to 14 hot plug PCI I/O slots (10*64-bit).
• Integrated Ethernet 10/100 Mb/s.

Chapter 1: Hardware Overview 18/30


9pw5s1c1.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.10. ESCALA PL600R

18,2 GB Ultra-SCSI Disk Drive (1"/10Krpm) Discontinued: September 5, 2003


Escala node PL600R Discontinued: October 10, 2003

• 64-bit SMP rack-drawer server.


• 1-, 2-, 4- or 6-way PowerPC RS64-IV processors at 750 MHz,
1-, 2- or 4-way PowerPC RS64-IV processors at 600 MHz,
1-, 2- or 4-way PowerPC RS64-III processors at 450 MHz,
6-way PowerPC RS64-IV processors at 668 MHz.
• 2, 4 or 8 MB L2 cache per processor.
• Up to 32 GB ECC SDRAM memory.
• Up to four disk drawers and one I/O drawer.
• Up to 4183.2 GB of internal disk capacity:
72.8 GB in the primary I/O drawer (for non hot-swap disks).
Up to 1027.6 GB per disk drawer (for hot-swap disks).
• Up to 58 bays for disks:
2 bays for non hot-swap disks in the primary I/O drawer.
Up to 14 bays per disk drawer for hot-swap disks.
• Up to 5 bays for media.
• Two media bays in the optional secondary drawer.
• Up to 28 hot plug PCI I/O slots (14 per I/O drawer).
• Integrated Ethernet 10/100 Mb/s.

2.11. ESCALA EPC800

Discontinued: 31/12/1999.
• SMP rack-drawer server.
• 2- to 8-way PowerPC 604e @ 320 MHz.
• 4 MB L2 cache per processor.
• Up to 4 GB ECC DRAM memory.
• Up to 72.8 GB of internal disk capacity:
18.2 GB in the base drawer.
54.6 GB additional disk capacity with the expansion disk drawer.
• 6 bays for hot-swap disk:
2 bays in the base drawer.
4 additional with the expansion disk drawer.
• 2 bays for media (1 for a CD-ROM drive, 1 for a floppy disk drive) in the base drawer.
• 3 bays for either disks or media:
1 in the base drawer.
2 additional bays with the expansion drawer.
• Up to 16 MCA slots:
8 MCA in the base drawer with at least one slot used to drive media and disks.
8 additional MCA slots with the expansion bus.
• Integrated Ethernet 10/100 Mb/s.

Chapter 1: Hardware Overview 19/30


9pw5s1c1.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.12. ESCALA EPC810

Discontinued: 31/01/2002.
18,2 GB Ultra-SCSI Disk Drive (1"/10Krpm) Discontinued: September 5, 2003

• 64-bit SMP rack-drawer server.


• 2-, 4-, 6- or 8-way PowerPC RS64-III processors at 500 MHz.
• 4 MB L2 cache per processor.
• Up to 64 GB ECC SDRAM memory.
• Up to two disk drawers and four I/O drawers.
• Up to 2128 GB of internal disk capacity:
72.8 GB in the primary I/O drawer (for non hot-swap disks).
Up to 1027.6 GB per expansion drawer (for hot-swap disks).
• Up to 30 bays for disks:
2 bays for non hot-swap disks in the primary I/O drawer.
Up to 14 bays per expansion drawer for hot-swap disks.
• Up to 9 bays for media:
3 bays (1 for a CD-ROM drive, 1 for a floppy disk drive and 1 free) in the primary drawer.
2 media bays per additional I/O drawer.
• Up to 56 hot plug PCI I/O slots.
14 slots per I/O drawer (ten 64-bit and four 32-bit).
• Integrated Ethernet 10/100 Mb/s.

2.13. ESCALA PL800R

18,2 GB Ultra-SCSI Disk Drive (1"/10Krpm) Discontinued: September 5, 2003


Escala node PL800R Discontinued: October 10, 2003
• 64-bit SMP rack-drawer server.
• 2-, 4-, 6- or 8-way PowerPC RS64-IV processors at 750 MHz,
2-, 4-way PowerPC RS64-III processors at 500MHz.
• 4 or 8 MB L2 cache per processor.
• Up to 64 GB ECC SDRAM memory.
• Up to four disk drawers and four I/O drawers.
• Up to 4183.2 GB of internal disk capacity:
72.8 GB in the primary I/O drawer (for non hot-swap disks).
Up to 1027.6 GB per disk drawer (for hot-swap disks).
• Up to 58 bays for disks:
2 bays for non hot-swap disks in the primary I/O drawer.
Up to 14 bays per disk drawer for hot-swap disks.
• Up to 9 bays for media:
3 bays (1 for a CD-ROM drive, 1 for a floppy disk drive and 1 free) in the primary drawer.
2 media bays per additional I/O drawer.
• Up to 56 hot plug PCI I/O slots.
14 slots per I/O drawer (ten 64-bit and four 32-bit).
• Integrated Ethernet 10/100 Mb/s.

Chapter 1: Hardware Overview 20/30


9pw5s1c1.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.13.1. ESCALA PL820R

18,2 GB Ultra-SCSI Disk Drive (1"/10Krpm) Discontinued: September 5, 2003


• 64-bit SMP rack-drawer server.
• 2-, 4-, 6- or 8-way processors with the following configuration :
• 2-way 1.2 GHz POWER4+ with 8 MB shared L3 cache per processor card
• 2-way 1.45 GHz POWER4+ with 32 MB shared L3 cache per processor card
• Up to 64 GB ECC DDR SDRAM memory.
• Up to eight I/O drawers and four disk drawers
• Up to 8808 GB of internal disk capacity:
587.2 GBof internal hot-swap storage
Up to 4110.4 GB per disk drawer (for hot-swap disks).
• Up to 61 bays for disks:
7 internal bays for hot-swap disks.
Up to 14 bays per disk drawer for hot-swap disks.
• Up to 3 bays for media:
2 bays for auto-docking media
1 bay for a floppy disk drive.
• Up to 55 hot plug PCI I/O slots.
7 internal hot plug PCI-X slots
6 slots per I/O drawer (5 hot plug PCI-X slots and 1 PCI slot).
• Integrated Ethernet 10/100 Mb/s.
• Up to 8 logical partitions (LPAR)

2.14. ESCALA EPC1200 and EPC1200A

EPC1200 discontinued as of 30/11/1999. EPC1200A discontinued as of 31/12/2000.

• 64-bit SMP system.


• 4-, 8-, or 12-way PowerPC RS64-II@262 MHz or PowerPC RS64@125 MHz (EPC1200 only).
• 8 MB L2 cache per processor.
• Up to 32 GB memory.
• Up to 4 I/O drawers.
• Up to 873.6 GB internal disk capacity:
218.4 GB per I/O drawer.
• 48 disk bays:
12 bays per I/O drawer.
• EPC1200 - 9 media bays: 3 media bays in the primary I/O drawer, 2 media bays per additional I/O
drawer.
• EPC1200A - 8 media bays: 2 media bays per I/O drawer.
• One media bay for a floppy disk drive.
• Up to 56 PCI slots:
One slot used for the service processor in the primary I/O drawer.
One or two slots used to drive media and disks in the primary I/O drawer.
Up to 12 additional free slots in the primary I/O drawer.
14 slots per additional I/O drawer.

Chapter 1: Hardware Overview 21/30


9pw5s1c1.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.15. ESCALA PL1600R & PL1600R+

18,2 GB Ultra-SCSI Disk Drive (1"/10Krpm) Discontinued: September 5, 2003

• 64-bit SMP system.


• 4-, 8- or 16-way POWER4 processors at 1.1 GHz (PL1600R) packaged on two Multi-Chip
Modules (MCM) in sets of 4 or 8 processors.
• 4-, 8- or 16-way POWER4 processors at 1.5 GHz (PL1600R+) packaged on two Multi-Chip
Modules (MCM) in sets of 4 or 8 processors.
• 5.6 MB of L2 cache per MCM shared between the 8 processors (0.72 MB of L2 cache per
processor for eight processors MCM and 1.44 MB of L2 cache per processor for four processors
MCM).
• 128 MB of L3 cache per MCM.
• Up to 128 GB of system memory for PL1600R.
• Up to 256 GB of system memory for PL1600R+.
• Up to 3 I/O drawers.
• Up to 7046.4 GB internal disk capacity: (2348.8 GB per I/O drawer).
• 48 disk bays (16 bays per I/O drawer).
• 4 media bays in a media drawer.
• One media bay for a floppy disk drive.
• Up to 60 hot plug PCI slots (20 slots per I/O drawer).
• Up to 16 logical partitions (LPAR).

Number of PCI Adapters supported on PL1600R versus PL1600R+

Adapters Maximum per Maximum per


Drawer system
10/100Mbps Ethernet PCI 20/20 40/59
DCCG137
2 Gbits Fibre Channel PCI-X 10/20 30/59
DCCG173
GIGABIT ETHERNET-SX PCI-X 10/20 30/59
DCCG156
10/100/1000 BASE-TX ETHERNET PCI-X 10/20 30/59
DCCG157
UNIVERSAL 4-Port 10/100 ETHERNET na/20 na/40
DCCG152
2-Port 10/100/1000 BASE-TX ETHERNET na/20 na/59
DCCG165
2 x GIGABIT ETHERNET-SX PCI-X na/20 na/40
DCCG166

Chapter 1: Hardware Overview 22/30


9pw5s1c1.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.16. ESCALA EPC2400

Discontinued: 31/07/2001.

• 64-bit SMP system.


• 6-, 12-, 18- or 24-way PowerPC RS64-III processors at 450 MHz.
• 8 MB L2 cache per processor.
• Up to 64 GB memory.
• Up to 4 I/O drawers.
• Up to 873.6 GB internal disk capacity:
218.4 GB per I/O drawer.
• 48 disk bays:
12 bays per I/O drawer.
• 8 media bays:
2 media bays per I/O drawer.
• One media bay for a floppy disk drive.
• Up to 56 PCI slots:
One slot used for the service processor in the primary I/O drawer.
One or two slots used to drive media and disks in the primary I/O drawer.
Up to 12 additional free slots in the primary I/O drawer.
14 slots per additional I/O drawer.

2.17. ESCALA EPC2450

• 64-bit SMP system.


• 6-, 12-, 18- or 24-way PowerPC RS64-IV processors at 600 MHz with 16 MB L2 cache per
processor,
6-, 12-, 18- or 24-way PowerPC RS64-III processors at 450 MHz with 8 MB L2 cache per
processor.
• Up to 96 GB memory.
• Up to 4 I/O drawers.
• Up to 873.6 GB internal disk capacity:
218.4 GB per I/O drawer.
• 48 disk bays:
12 bays per I/O drawer.
• 8 media bays:
2 media bays per I/O drawer.
• One media bay for a floppy disk drive.
• Up to 56 PCI slots:
One slot used for the service processor in the primary I/O drawer.
One slots used to drive media and disks in the primary I/O drawer.
12 additional free slots in the primary I/O drawer.
14 slots per additional I/O drawer.

Chapter 1: Hardware Overview 23/30


9pw5s1c1.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.18. ESCALA PL3200R & PL3200R+

18,2 GB Ultra-SCSI Disk Drive (1"/10Krpm) Discontinued: September 5, 2003

• 64-bit SMP system.


• 8-, 16-, 24- or 32-way POWER4 processors at 1.1 GHz or 1.3 GHz (PL3200R) packaged on four
Multi-Chip Modules (MCM) in sets of 8 processors.
• 8-, 16-, 24- or 32-way POWER4 processors at 1.5 GHz or 1.7 GHz (PL3200R+) packaged on four
Multi-Chip Modules (MCM) in sets of 8 processors
• 5.6 MB of L2 cache per MCM shared between the 8 processors (0.72 MB of L2 cache per
processor).
• 128 MB of L3 cache per MCM.
• Up to 256 GB of system memory for PL3200R.
• Up to 512 GB of system memory for PL3200R+.
• Up to 8 I/O drawers.
• Up to 18790.4 GB internal disk capacity: (2348.8 GB per I/O drawer).
• 128 disk bays (16 bays per I/O drawer).
• 4 media bays in a media drawer.
• One media bay for a floppy disk drive.
• Up to 160 hot plug PCI slots (20 slots per I/O drawer).
• Up to 16 logical partitions (LPAR).

Number of PCI Adapters supported on PL3200R versus PL3200R+

Adapters Maximum per Maximum per


Drawer system
10/100Mbps Ethernet PCI 20/20 40/140
DCCG137
2 Gbits Fibre Channel PCI-X 10/20 40/139
DCCG173
GIGABIT ETHERNET-SX PCI-X 10/20 40/139
DCCG156
10/100/1000 BASE-TX ETHERNET PCI-X 10/20 40/139
DCCG157
UNIVERSAL 4-Port 10/100 ETHERNET na/20 na/40
DCCG152
2-Port 10/100/1000 BASE-TX ETHERNET na/20 na/80
DCCG165
2 x GIGABIT ETHERNET-SX PCI-X na/20 na/40
DCCG166

2.19. Additional Nodes and Models

Different types of nodes can be mixed together in a configuration. Any type of node can be added to
any model with the exception of the EPC800. EPC800 nodes can only be added to EPC800 models.

Chapter 1: Hardware Overview 24/30


9pw5s1c1.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.20. Expansion Racks

• 2.02 high, 24-inch expansion rack that provides 42U of space.


• 2.02 high, 19-inch I/O rack that provides 42U of space (T42).
• 1.8m high expansion rack for the PL400R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R and EPC2450
(usually referred as 36U rack).
• 1.8m high expansion rack for the EPC800 (usually referred as EPC800 rack).
• 1.8m high expansion rack for the EPC400, EPC430, EPC440 and EPC450 (usually referred as
EPC400 rack).
• 1.6m high I/O rack for the EPC1200, EPC1200A, EPC2400 and EPC440 (usually referred as
EPC1200 rack). Discontinued: 31/08/2001.

The EPC400 rack and the EPC800 rack are industry-standard 19-inch racks designed to comply with
the EIA-310C standard. The EPC1200 rack and the 36U rack comply with the 19-inch EIA standard.
A rack is divided in several areas each being of a predefined height expressed in U (1U = 44,45 mm).
The EPC400 rack, the EPC800 rack and the 36U rack provide 36U of space to install drawers (CPUs,
disks, ...), while the EPC1200 rack provides 32U of space.

The Escala EPC1200, EPC1200A, EPC2400 and EPC2450 allow, per node, one dedicated Central
Electronics Complex (CEC) rack, up to 4 I/O racks, and additional storage racks for external DAS,
SSA or DLT subsystems.

A rack unit supports other drawers (e.g. DAS drawers or disk/media drawers), depending on the rack
dispatching rules in the NOEMIE configurator.

Other devices can be installed in a rack unit, such as interconnects hubs or switches and external
libraries. Optional rack unit(s) can be required to accommodate all drawers/devices.

Additional EPC440 nodes can be mounted in an EPC400 or EPC1200 rack unit.

EPC400 EPC800 EPC1200,EPC1200A or T00 24-inch T42,


Drawer Rack
Rack Rack EPC2400 "I/O Rack" 36U Rack 42U Rack 42U Rack
PL220R No No Yes Yes No Yes
EPC400 Yes SFR No No No No
EPC430 Yes No No No No No
EPC440 Yes No Yes Yes No No
EPC450 Yes No No Yes No No
PL400R No No Yes Yes No Yes
PL420R No No No Yes No Yes
EPC610 No No Yes Yes No No
PL600R No No Yes Yes No Yes
EPC800 SFR Yes No No No No
EPC810 No No Yes Yes No Yes
PL800R No No Yes Yes No Yes
PL820R No No No Yes No Yes
EPC1200, EPC1200A or
EPC2400 I/O drawer No No Yes No No No
EPC2450 I/O drawer No No No Yes No No

Chapter 1: Hardware Overview 25/30


9pw5s1c1.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.21. PDUs

There are 4 types of PDUs:

• The PDU for EPC400 rack provides 8 rear outlets for drawers and devices; it occupies 2U of
vertical space. Each EPC400 rack should contain at least one PDU of this type; one additional
PDU is required for power supply redundancy and to connect more than 8 drawers or devices.
• The PDU for EPC800 rack provides 6 rear outlets for drawers and devices and 2 front outlets for
peripherals; it occupies 2U of vertical space. Each EPC800 rack should contain at least one PDU
of this type; one additional PDU is required for power supply redundancy and to connect more
than 6 drawers or devices.
• The PDU for EPC1200 rack provides 6 rear outlets for drawers and devices and 2 front outlets for
peripherals; it is mounted on the side of the rack (no vertical space needed). Each EPC1200 rack
should contain at least one PDU of this type; one additional PDU is required for power supply
redundancy and to connect more than 6 drawers or devices.
• The PDU for the 36U and T42 rack provides 6 rear outlets for drawers and devices and 2 front
outlets for peripherals; it is mounted on the side of the rack (no vertical space needed). Each 36U
rack should contain at least one PDU of this type; three additional PDUs are required for power
supply redundancy and to connect more than 6 drawers or devices.

Note: although PDUs are dedicated to a type of rack, if an EPC450 drawer is mounted in a 36U rack, it
is necessary to mount a PDU for the EPC400 rack in the 36U rack.

2.22. Interconnection

Interconnect communication network is also known as back-end network or private network.An


interconnect is a complete network dedicated to internode communications by application. The
interconnect links a group of nodes inside the cluster. This network is dedicated and private to the
cluster.

It is possible to have multiple interconnects for different purposes linking different groups of nodes.

An interconnect can be used as a high-performance network for exchanging information related to


CMP mode operation (concurrent access). It can also be used to handle data exchanges in
Client/Server or three tier architectures. The interconnect protocol supported is TCP-IP. A number of
implementations, based on different technologies (Ethernet, Fast Ethernet, Gigabit Ethernet), different
levels of redundancy (simple or double connections), and optional network devices (hubs, switches)
are possible.

In a consolidation server configuration, it is possible to have no interconnect.

Chapter 1: Hardware Overview 26/30


9pw5s1c1.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.23. Cluster/Node Management

Main hardware components used for cluster/node management are the following:

• A PowerConsole, or an ASCII console, or a graphical console.


• A console concentrator.
• A cluster administration hub.

ASCII and graphical consoles are well suited for the management of individual nodes.
The PowerConsole is the ideal tool for cluster management.

PowerConsole architecture

Ethernet ESCALA
Network
Rack PL or
EPC Cluster
S1 S1 S1 S1

Concentrator

HUB
System Console

PowerConsole
Remote
Maintenance

Chapter 1: Hardware Overview 27/30


9pw5s1c1.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

PowerConsole

The PowerConsole is a single point of control for the simple administration of all nodes that are part of
a Bull Rack PL & EPC cluster environment. The PowerConsole provides:

• Optimum utilization of the complete toolset delivered with AIX, thanks to assistants and an
intuitive graphic interface.
• A set of functions enabling local or remote launching of operations such as reboot, installation,
configuration, upgrades, saves, and software distribution.
• A highly performing, active tool designed for the administration of HA nodes, so guaranteeing
maximum operational security.
• Monitoring capability, with dynamic display of resource status, whether global for the cluster or
within a node, triggering of alarms with adjustable thresholds, and manual or automatic resources
reassignment.
• Easier management of AIX evolution thanks to the capability for co-existence of two AIX versions
on the same cluster.
• As an option, the ability to administer production applications and the SAN infrastructure,
including disk subsystems, thus making the PowerConsole a real control tower of the information
system.

The PowerConsole is based on the Escala S Series.


If needed, more than one PowerConsole can be attached to a clustered system.

Console Concentrator

The PowerConsole is attached to the clustered system via a console concentrator and an Ethernet link.
The cluster administrator can access all the nodes of an Escala Rack PL & EPC cluster from a multi-
window system console.

Cluster Administration Hub

In addition, a private network is provided to allow secured and advanced cluster management
operations. This private network is accessible through a specific cluster administration Ethernet hub
also known as the management network.
For local system operations (maintenance), a system console (BQ306 terminal) is necessary.

Chapter 1: Hardware Overview 28/30


9pw5s1c1.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.24. Disk Subsystems

A large choice of disk subsystems is available:

• DAS disk subsystem.


• EMC Symmetrix disk subsystem.

Shared disk access to SCSI-based DAS subsystems is limited to 4 nodes (due to SCSI bus limitations)
and to 8 nodes for the other subsystems (fibre channel based DAS and EMC subsystems).
The concurrent access mode (with CRM) is supported on DAS and EMC subsystems.

DAS Subsystem

DAS subsystems, composed of DAS 1000, 2000, 4000, 5000 and CX series, are disk array subsystems
available in rackmount configuration.

The DAS 1x00 and DAS 2x00 Series are based on SCSI, whereas the DAS 4000, DAS 5000 and DAE
5000 Series are based on the fibre channel standard (FC-AL, Fibre Channel Arbitrated Loop).

The fibre channel based DAS subsystems are connected through a high performance PCI fibre channel
(FC-AL) adapter to all Escala Rack PL & EPC systems except the EPC800, which only supports
SCSI-based DAS.

All these DAS subsystems provide RAID functionality, except the DAE 5000 that is a JBOD (Just a
Bunch of Disks) solution.

DAS subsystems extend disk offers with a scalable storage solution for customers that need both high
availability and high capacity for mission critical applications. They provide near fault tolerant storage
subsystems with highly competitive performance and price.

A DAS subsystem can either be attached to one node, or be shared by several nodes inside an Escala
Rack PL & EPC configuration.

2.25. Libraries

The same libraries are available for the Escala product range.
Using NetBackup™ high availability features a library can be shared by 2 nodes of an Escala Rack PL
& EPC configuration.
Concurrent access is not allowed.

Chapter 1: Hardware Overview 29/30


9pw5s1c1.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.26. Attachment Facilities

Interconnects, disk subsystems and libraries can be attached to multiple nodes. The different nodes
share the same resource: private network, disks and drives respectively.
The shared resource (disk subsystems and libraries) is mainly used for high available configurations.

EMC subsystems can be attached up to eight nodes belonging to the configuration.


Any type of interconnect can be attached from two to eight nodes belonging to the configuration.
Any type of library can be attached to up to two nodes.

Chapter 1: Hardware Overview 30/30


9pw5s1c1.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Chapter 2: Models Description

1. ESCALA RACK PL AND EPC SERVERS COMPARISON TABLES...............................13

1.1. Available Models........................................................................................................................................................13

1.2. Discontinued Models .................................................................................................................................................15

2. ESCALA HARDWARE MANAGEMENT CONSOLE (HMC) : ..........................................17

2.1. Hardware Management Console (HMC) for PL420R, PL820R, PL1600R/R+ and PL3200R/R+ multi-
partitioning configuration.................................................................................................................................................17

2.2. Hardware Management Console (CSKG007 for PL420R, PL820R, PL1600R/R+ and PL3200R/R+ HMC
without keyboard)..............................................................................................................................................................17

2.3. Keyboards for Hardware Management Console (KBUG006 for PL420R, PL820R, PL1600R/R+ and
PL3200R/R+ HMC with keyboard) .................................................................................................................................18

3. ESCALA PL220R ..............................................................................................................19

3.1. The PL220R Drawer..................................................................................................................................................19

3.2. Extensions and Options.............................................................................................................................................19

3.3. Maximum Configuration ..........................................................................................................................................20

3.4. Operational Requirements........................................................................................................................................20

3.5. PL220R Description...................................................................................................................................................20

3.6. Bus Frequency and Bandwidth ................................................................................................................................21

3.7. Power Kits for the PL220R.......................................................................................................................................21


3.7.1. CPU Board with 1-way POWER3-II@375MHz - 4MB L2 Cache (CPUG073).................................................21
3.7.2. CPU Board with 1-way POWER3-II@450MHz - 8MB L2 Cache (CPUG074).................................................21

4. ESCALAPL240R ...............................................................................................................22

4.1. The PL240R Single Rack Drawer ............................................................................................................................22

4.2. Options and Extensions.............................................................................................................................................23

4.3. Maximum Configuration ..........................................................................................................................................23

4.4. Buses Frequency and Bandwidth .............................................................................................................................23

4.5. Operational Requirements........................................................................................................................................23

Chapter 2: Models Description 1/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

5. ESCALA EPC400 ............................................................................................................. 24

5.1. The EPC400 Drawer ................................................................................................................................................. 24

5.2. The EPC400 Expansion Drawer .............................................................................................................................. 25

5.3. Extensions and Options............................................................................................................................................. 25

5.4. Maximum Configuration .......................................................................................................................................... 25

5.5. Operational Requirements ....................................................................................................................................... 25

5.6. EPC400 Description .................................................................................................................................................. 26

5.7. Power Kits for the EPC400....................................................................................................................................... 26


5.7.1. Power Kit 604e@360MHz CPU - 4MB L2 Cache ............................................................................................. 26
5.7.2. Power Kit 620@180MHz CPU - 4MB L2 Cache ............................................................................................... 27

5.8. Upgrade Kits from the EPC400 to the EPC430...................................................................................................... 27


5.8.1. Basic Upgrade Kit from the EPC400 to the EPC430 .......................................................................................... 28
5.8.2. Swap Kit for Additional Single 604e/620 CPU Boards ...................................................................................... 28

5.9. Upgrade Kits from the EPC400 to the EPC450...................................................................................................... 28


5.9.1. Basic Upgrade Kit from the EPC400 to the EPC450 .......................................................................................... 29
5.9.2. Swap Kit for Additional Single 604e/620 CPU Boards ...................................................................................... 29

6. ESCALA EPC430 ............................................................................................................. 30

6.1. The EPC430 Drawer ................................................................................................................................................. 30

6.2. The EPC430 Expansion Drawer .............................................................................................................................. 31

6.3. Extensions and options.............................................................................................................................................. 31

6.4. Maximum Configuration .......................................................................................................................................... 31

6.5. Operational Requirements ....................................................................................................................................... 32

6.6. EPC430 Description .................................................................................................................................................. 32

6.7. Power Kits for the EPC430....................................................................................................................................... 32


6.7.1. Power Kit RS64-II@262MHz CPU - 4MB L2 Cache ........................................................................................ 32

6.8. Upgrade Kit from EPC430 to EPC450.................................................................................................................... 33

7. ESCALA EPC440 ............................................................................................................. 33

7.1. The EPC440 Drawer ................................................................................................................................................. 34

7.2. Extensions and Options............................................................................................................................................. 34

7.3. Maximum Configuration .......................................................................................................................................... 35

7.4. Operational Requirements ....................................................................................................................................... 35

Chapter 2: Models Description 2/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

7.5. EPC440 Description...................................................................................................................................................35

7.6. Power Kits for the EPC440.......................................................................................................................................36


7.6.1. Power Kit RS64-II@340MHz CPU - 4MB L2 Cache.........................................................................................36
7.6.2. Power Kit 2*RS64-II@340MHz CPU - 4MB L2 Cache.....................................................................................36

7.7. Upgrade Kits from the EPC440 to the EPC610......................................................................................................36


7.7.1. Basic Upgrade Kit from EPC440 to EPC610 ......................................................................................................36
7.7.2. Swap 1-way RS64-II@340 with 2-way RS64-III@450MHz..............................................................................37
7.7.3. Swap 1-way RS64-II@340 with 4-way RS64-III@450MHz..............................................................................37
7.7.4. Swap 1-way RS64-II@340 with 6-way RS64-III@500MHz..............................................................................37
7.7.5. Swap 2-way RS64-II@340 with 2-way RS64-III@450MHz..............................................................................38
7.7.6. Swap 2-way RS64-II@340 with 4-way RS64-III@450MHz..............................................................................38
7.7.7. Swap 2-way RS64-II@340 with 6-way RS64-III@500MHz..............................................................................38

8. ESCALA EPC450..............................................................................................................39

8.1. The EPC450 Drawer..................................................................................................................................................39

8.2. The EPC450 Expansion Drawer...............................................................................................................................40

8.3. Extensions and options ..............................................................................................................................................40

8.4. Maximum Configuration ..........................................................................................................................................40

8.5. Operational Requirements........................................................................................................................................40

8.6. EPC450 Description...................................................................................................................................................41

8.7. Power Kits for the EPC450.......................................................................................................................................41


8.7.1. Power Kit RS64-III@400 MHz CPU - 4MB L2 Cache ......................................................................................41

9. ESCALA PL400R ..............................................................................................................42

9.1. The PL400R CEC ......................................................................................................................................................42

9.2. The PL400R Primary I/O Drawer ...........................................................................................................................43

9.3. The PL400R Secondary I/O Drawer........................................................................................................................43

9.4. The PL400R Disk Drawer.........................................................................................................................................43

9.5. Options and Extensions.............................................................................................................................................43

9.6. Maximum Configuration ..........................................................................................................................................44

9.7. PL400R Description...................................................................................................................................................44

9.8. Buses Frequency and Bandwidth .............................................................................................................................45

9.9. Operational Requirements........................................................................................................................................45

Chapter 2: Models Description 3/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

9.10. Power Kits for the PL400R..................................................................................................................................... 45


9.10.1. CPU Board with 1-way RS64-IV@750MHz - 8MB L2 cache (CPUG083)..................................................... 45
9.10.2. CPU Board with 2-way RS64-IV@750MHz – 8 MB L2 cache (CPUG084) ................................................... 45
9.10.3. CPU Board with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz – 8 MB L2 cache (CPUG085) ................................................... 45
9.10.4. CPU Board with 1-way RS64-IV@600MHz - 2MB L2 cache ......................................................................... 46
9.10.5. CPU Board with 2-way RS64-IV@600MHz - 4MB L2 cache ......................................................................... 46
9.10.6. CPU Board with 4-way RS64-IV@600MHz - 4MB L2 cache ......................................................................... 46
9.10.7. CPU Board with 1-way RS64-III@450MHz - 2MB L2 cache ......................................................................... 46
9.10.8. CPU Board with 2-way RS64-III@450MHz - 4MB L2 cache ......................................................................... 47
9.10.9. CPU Board with 4-way RS64-III@450MHz - 4MB L2 cache ......................................................................... 47
9.10.10. Swap 1-way RS64-IV@750 with 2-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG262) ................................................... 47
9.10.11. Swap 1-way RS64-IV@750 with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG263) ................................................... 47
9.10.12. Swap 2-way RS64-IV@750 with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG265) ................................................... 48
9.10.13. Swap 1-way RS64-III@450 with 2-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG245).................................................... 48
9.10.14. Swap 1-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG246).................................................... 48
9.10.15. Swap 2-way RS64-III@450 with 2-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG248).................................................... 48
9.10.16. Swap 2-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG249).................................................... 49
9.10.17. Swap 4-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG251).................................................... 49
9.10.18. Swap 1-way RS64-IV@600 with 2-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG253) ................................................... 49
9.10.19. Swap 1-way RS64-IV@600 with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG254) ................................................... 49
9.10.20. Swap 2-way RS64-IV@600 with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG257) ................................................... 50
9.10.21. Swap 1-way RS64-IV@600 with 2-way RS64-IV@600MHz........................................................................ 50
9.10.22. Swap 1-way RS64-IV@600 with 4-way RS64-IV@600MHz........................................................................ 50
9.10.23. Swap 2-way RS64-IV@600 with 4-way RS64-IV@600MHz........................................................................ 50
9.10.24. Swap 1-way RS64-III@450 with 2-way RS64-III@450MHz (CPKG227).................................................... 51
9.10.25. Swap 1-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-III@450MHz (CPKG228).................................................... 51
9.10.26. Swap 2-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-III@450MHz (CPKG206).................................................... 51
9.10.27. Swap 1-way RS64-III@450 with 2-way RS64-IV@600MHz (CPKG229).................................................... 51
9.10.28. Swap 1-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-IV@600MHz (CPKG230).................................................... 52
9.10.29. Swap 2-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-IV@600MHz (CPKG222).................................................... 52

10. ESCALAPL420R ............................................................................................................ 53

10.1. The PL420R Single Rack Drawer.......................................................................................................................... 53

10.2. The PL420R Expansion Drawer ............................................................................................................................ 54

10.3. Options and Extensions........................................................................................................................................... 54

10.4. Maximum Configuration ........................................................................................................................................ 55

10.5. Buses Frequency and Bandwidth........................................................................................................................... 55

10.6. Operational Requirements ..................................................................................................................................... 55

10.7. Power Kits for the PL420R..................................................................................................................................... 56


10.7.1. CPU Board with 1-way POWER4+@1.2GHz - 8MB L3 cache (CPUG091)................................................... 56
10.7.2. CPU Board with 1-way POWER4+@1.45GHz - 8MB L3 cache (CPUG089)................................................. 56
10.7.3. CPU Board with 2-way POWER+@1.2GHz – 8 MB L3 cache (CPUG092) ................................................... 56
10.7.4. CPU Board with 2-way POWER+@1.45GHz – 8 MB L3 cache (CPUG090) ................................................. 57
10.7.5. Swap 1-way POWER4+@1.45GHz with 2-way POWER4+@1.45GHz (CPKG272) ..................................... 57
10.7.6. Swap 1-way POWER4+@1.2GHz with 1-way POWER4+@1.45GHz (CPKG273) ....................................... 57
10.7.7. Swap 1-way POWER4+@1.2GHz with 2-way POWER4+@1.45GHz (CPKG274) ....................................... 58
10.7.8. Swap 1-way POWER4+@1.2GHz with 2-way POWER4+@1.2GHz (CPKG275) ......................................... 58
10.7.9. Swap 2-way POWER4+@1.2GHz with 2-way POWER4+@1.45GHz (CPKG276) ....................................... 58

10.8. Logical Partitioning (LPAR) .................................................................................................................................. 59

Chapter 2: Models Description 4/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

10.8.1. Virtual Console Devices for Each Partition.......................................................................................................59


10.8.2. Install Media Devices ........................................................................................................................................59
10.8.3. Boot Devices......................................................................................................................................................59

11. ESCALA EPC610............................................................................................................60

11.1. The EPC610 CEC ....................................................................................................................................................60

11.2. The EPC610 Primary I/O Drawer .........................................................................................................................60

11.3. The EPC610 Secondary I/O Drawer (SFR)...........................................................................................................61

11.4. The EPC610 Disk Drawer.......................................................................................................................................61

11.5. Options and Extensions...........................................................................................................................................61

11.6. Maximum Configuration ........................................................................................................................................62

11.7. EPC610 Description.................................................................................................................................................62

11.8. Operational Requirements......................................................................................................................................62

11.9. Power Kits for the EPC610.....................................................................................................................................63


11.9.1. CPU Board with 2-way RS64-III@450MHz - 4MB L2 cache..........................................................................63
11.9.2. CPU Board with 4-way RS64-III@450MHz - 4MB L2 cache..........................................................................63
11.9.3. CPU Board with 6-way RS64-III@500MHz - 4MB L2 cache..........................................................................63
11.9.4. Swap 2-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-III@450MHz ..........................................................................63
11.9.5. Swap 2-way RS64-III@450 with 6-way RS64-III@500MHz ..........................................................................64
11.9.6. Swap 4-way RS64-III@450 with 6-way RS64-III @500MHz .........................................................................64

11.10. Upgrade Kits from RS64-III to RS64-IV CPU Boards ......................................................................................64


11.10.1. Swap 2-way RS64-III@450 with 2-way RS64-IV@600MHz (CPKG221) ....................................................64
11.10.2. Swap 2-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-IV@600MHz (CPKG222) ....................................................64
11.10.3. Swap 2-way RS64-III@450 with 6-way RS64-IV@668MHz (CPKG223) ....................................................65
11.10.4. Swap 4-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-IV@600MHz (CPKG224) ....................................................65
11.10.5. Swap 4-way RS64-III@450 with 6-way RS64-IV@668MHz (CPKG225) ....................................................65
11.10.6. Swap 6-way RS64-III@500 with 6-way RS64-IV@668MHz (CPKG226) ....................................................65
11.10.7. Swap 6-way RS64-III@500 with 6-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG268) ....................................................66

11.11. Upgrade Kits from EPC610 to EPC810...............................................................................................................66


11.11.1. Basic Upgrade Kit from EPC610 to EPC810 ..................................................................................................66
11.11.2. Swap 4-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-III @500MHz .......................................................................67
11.11.3. Swap 6-way RS64-III@500 with 4-way RS64-III @500MHz .......................................................................67

12. ESCALA PL600R ............................................................................................................68

12.1. The PL600R CEC ....................................................................................................................................................68

12.2. The PL600R Primary I/O Drawer .........................................................................................................................69

12.3. The PL600R Secondary I/O Drawer......................................................................................................................69

12.4. The PL600R Disk Drawer.......................................................................................................................................69

12.5. Options and Extensions...........................................................................................................................................69

Chapter 2: Models Description 5/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

12.6. Maximum Configuration ........................................................................................................................................ 70

12.7. PL600R Description ................................................................................................................................................ 70

12.8. Buses Frequency and Bandwidth........................................................................................................................... 71

12.9. Operational Requirements ..................................................................................................................................... 71

12.10. Power Kits for the PL600R................................................................................................................................... 71


12.10.1. CPU Board with 1-way RS64-IV@750MHz - 8MB L2 cache (CPUG083)................................................... 71
12.10.2. CPU Board with 2-way RS64-IV@750MHz – 8 MB L2 cache (CPUG084) ................................................. 71
12.10.3. CPU Board with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz – 8 MB L2 cache (CPUG085) ................................................. 72
12.10.4. CPU Board with 6-way RS64-IV@750MHz – 8 MB L2 cache (CPUG086) ................................................. 72
12.10.5. CPU Board with 1-way RS64-IV@600MHz - 2MB L2 cache ....................................................................... 72
12.10.6. CPU Board with 2-way RS64-IV@600MHz - 4MB L2 cache ....................................................................... 72
12.10.7. CPU Board with 4-way RS64-IV@600MHz - 4MB L2 cache ....................................................................... 72
12.10.8. CPU Board with 6-way RS64-IV@668MHz - 8MB L2 cache ....................................................................... 73
12.10.9. CPU Board with 1-way RS64-III@450MHz - 2MB L2 cache ....................................................................... 73
12.10.10. CPU Board with 2-way RS64-III@450MHz - 4MB L2 cache ..................................................................... 73
12.10.11. CPU Board with 4-way RS64-III@450MHz - 4MB L2 cache ..................................................................... 73
12.10.12. Swap 1-way RS64-IV@750 with 2-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG262) ................................................. 74
12.10.13. Swap 1-way RS64-IV@750 with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG263) ................................................. 74
12.10.14. Swap 1-way RS64-IV@750 with 6-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG264) ................................................. 74
12.10.15. Swap 2-way RS64-IV@750 with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG265) ................................................. 74
12.10.16. Swap 2-way RS64-IV@750 with 6-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG266) ................................................. 75
12.10.17. Swap 4-way RS64-IV@750 with 6-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG267) ................................................. 75
12.10.18. Swap 1-way RS64-III@450 with 2-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG245).................................................. 75
12.10.19. Swap 1-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG246).................................................. 75
12.10.20. Swap 1-way RS64-III@450 with 6-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG247).................................................. 76
12.10.21. Swap 2-way RS64-III@450 with 2-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG248).................................................. 76
12.10.22. Swap 2-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG249).................................................. 76
12.10.23. Swap 2-way RS64-III@450 with 6-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG250).................................................. 76
12.10.24. Swap 4-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG251).................................................. 77
12.10.25. Swap 4-way RS64-III@450 with 6-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG252).................................................. 77
12.10.26. Swap 1-way RS64-IV@600 with 2-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG253) ................................................. 77
12.10.27. Swap 1-way RS64-IV@600 with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG254) ................................................. 77
12.10.28. Swap 1-way RS64-IV@600 with 6-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG255) ................................................. 78
12.10.29. Swap 2-way RS64-IV@600 with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG257) ................................................. 78
12.10.30. Swap 2-way RS64-IV@600 with 6-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG258) ................................................. 78
12.10.31. Swap 4-way RS64-IV@600 with 6-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG260) ................................................. 78
12.10.32. Swap 1-way RS64-IV@600 with 2-way RS64-IV@600MHz...................................................................... 79
12.10.33. Swap 1-way RS64-IV@600 with 4-way RS64-IV@600MHz...................................................................... 79
12.10.34. Swap 1-way RS64-IV@600 with 6-way RS64-IV@668MHz...................................................................... 79
12.10.35. Swap 2-way RS64-IV@600 with 4-way RS64-IV@600MHz...................................................................... 79
12.10.36. Swap 2-way RS64-IV@600 with 6-way RS64-IV@668MHz...................................................................... 80
12.10.37. Swap 4-way RS64-IV@600 with 6-way RS64-IV @668MHz..................................................................... 80
12.10.38. Swap 1-way RS64-III@450 with 2-way RS64-III@450MHz (CPKG227).................................................. 80
12.10.39. Swap 1-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-III@450MHz (CPKG228).................................................. 80
12.10.40. Swap 2-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-III@450MHz (CPKG206).................................................. 81
12.10.41. Swap 1-way RS64-III@450 with 2-way RS64-IV@600MHz (CPKG229).................................................. 81
12.10.42. Swap 1-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-IV@600MHz (CPKG230).................................................. 81
12.10.43. Swap 1-way RS64-III@450 with 6-way RS64-IV@668MHz (CPKG231).................................................. 81
12.10.44. Swap 2-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-IV@600MHz (CPKG222).................................................. 82
12.10.45. Swap 2-way RS64-III@450 with 6-way RS64-IV@668MHz (CPKG223).................................................. 82

13. ESCALA EPC800 ........................................................................................................... 83

Chapter 2: Models Description 6/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

13.1. Configuration ...........................................................................................................................................................83

13.2. Operational Requirements......................................................................................................................................84

13.3. Factory Installable Select Options .........................................................................................................................84

13.4. Extensions and Options...........................................................................................................................................84


13.4.1. Escala External Additional Disk/Media Drawer for EPC800............................................................................85

13.5. Power Distribution Bus ...........................................................................................................................................85

13.6. EPC800 Description.................................................................................................................................................86

13.7. Power Kits for the EPC800.....................................................................................................................................86


13.7.1. Power Kit 2-way 604e@200MHz CPU - 2MB L2 cache..................................................................................86
13.7.2. Power Kit 2-way 604e@320MHz CPU - 4MB L2 cache..................................................................................87

13.8. Upgrade Kits for the EPC800.................................................................................................................................87


13.8.1. Upgrade Kit from PowerPC 604e@200MHz to PowerPC 604e@320MHz .....................................................87

13.9. Extension Kits for the EPC800 ...............................................................................................................................87


13.9.1. MCA Buses Upgrade .........................................................................................................................................87

14. ESCALA EPC810............................................................................................................88

14.1. The EPC810 CEC ....................................................................................................................................................88

14.2. The EPC810 Primary I/O Drawer .........................................................................................................................88

14.3. The EPC810 Secondary I/O Drawer......................................................................................................................89

14.4. The EPC810 Disk Drawer.......................................................................................................................................89

14.5. Options and Extensions...........................................................................................................................................89

14.6. Maximum Configuration ........................................................................................................................................90

14.7. EPC810 Description.................................................................................................................................................90

14.8. Buses Frequency and Bandwidth ...........................................................................................................................90

14.9. Operational Requirements......................................................................................................................................91

14.10. Power Kits for the EPC810...................................................................................................................................91


14.10.1. CPU Board with 2-way RS64-III@500MHz - 4MB L2 cache........................................................................91
14.10.2. CPU Board with 4-way RS64-III@500MHz - 4MB L2 cache........................................................................91
14.10.3. Swap 2-way RS64-III@500MHz with 4-way RS64-III@500MHz ................................................................91

14.11. Upgrade Kits from EPC810 to PL800R...............................................................................................................92


14.11.1. Basic Upgrade Kit from EPC810 to PL800R ..................................................................................................92
14.11.2. Swap 2-way RS64-III@500MHz with 2-way RS64-IV@750MHz ................................................................92
14.11.3. Swap 2-way RS64-III@500MHz with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz ................................................................92
14.11.4. Swap 4-way RS64-III@500MHz with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz ................................................................93

15. ESCALA PL800R ............................................................................................................94

Chapter 2: Models Description 7/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

15.1. The PL800R CEC .................................................................................................................................................... 94

15.2. The PL800R Primary I/O Drawer ......................................................................................................................... 94

15.3. The PL800R Secondary I/O Drawer ..................................................................................................................... 95

15.4. The PL800R Disk Drawer ...................................................................................................................................... 95

15.5. Options and Extensions........................................................................................................................................... 95

15.6. Maximum Configuration ........................................................................................................................................ 96

15.7. PL800R Description ................................................................................................................................................ 96

15.8. Buses Frequency and Bandwidth........................................................................................................................... 97

15.9. Operational Requirements ..................................................................................................................................... 97

15.10. Power Kits for the PL800R................................................................................................................................... 97


15.10.1. CPU Board with 2-way RS64-IV@750MHz - 8MB L2 cache ....................................................................... 97
15.10.2. CPU Board with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz - 8MB L2 cache ....................................................................... 97
15.10.3. CPU Board with 2-way RS64-III@500MHz - 4MB L2 cache ....................................................................... 98
15.10.4. Swap 2-way RS64-IV@750MHz with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz................................................................ 98
15.10.5. Swap 2-way RS64-III@500MHz with 2-way RS64-IV@750MHz................................................................ 98
15.10.6. Swap 2-way RS64-III@500MHz with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz................................................................ 98
15.10.7. Power On Demand with RS64-IV@750 MHz CPU Boards ........................................................................... 99

16. ESCALA PL820R ......................................................................................................... 100

16.1. The PL820R Single Rack Drawer........................................................................................................................ 100

16.2. The PL820R I/O Expansion Drawer ................................................................................................................... 101

16.3. The PL820R Disk Drawer .................................................................................................................................... 101

16.4. Options and Extensions......................................................................................................................................... 101

16.5. Maximum Configuration ...................................................................................................................................... 101

16.6. PL820R Description .............................................................................................................................................. 102

16.7. Buses Frequency and Bandwith........................................................................................................................... 103

16.8. RIO-2 Remote I/O Loop Adapter ........................................................................................................................ 103

16.9. Operational Requirements ................................................................................................................................... 104

16.10. Power Kits for the PL820R................................................................................................................................. 104


16.10.1. CPU Board with 2-way 1.2 GHz POWER4+ processor card - 8MB L3 cache ............................................ 104
16.10.2. CPU Board with 2-way 1.45 GHz POWER4+ processor card - 32MB L3 cache ........................................ 104
16.10.3. Swap 2-way 1.2 GHz with 2-way 1.45 GHz POWER4+.............................................................................. 104

Chapter 2: Models Description 8/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

16.11. Logical Partitioning (LPAR) ..............................................................................................................................105


16.11.1. Virtual Console Devices for Each Partition...................................................................................................105
16.11.2. Install Media Devices ....................................................................................................................................105
16.11.3. Boot Devices..................................................................................................................................................105

17. ESCALA EPC1200........................................................................................................106

17.1. The EPC1200 CEC ................................................................................................................................................106

17.2. The EPC1200 Primary I/O Drawer .....................................................................................................................106

17.3. The EPC1200 Secondary I/O Drawer..................................................................................................................107

17.4. Options and Extensions.........................................................................................................................................107

17.5. Maximum Configuration ......................................................................................................................................107

17.6. Operational Requirements....................................................................................................................................107

17.7. EPC1200 Description.............................................................................................................................................108

17.8. Power Kits for the EPC1200.................................................................................................................................108


17.8.1. Power Kit Quad-CPU RS64@125MHz - 4MB L2 Associative Cache per CPU ............................................108
17.8.2. Power Kit Quad-CPU RS64-II@262MHz - 8MB L2 Associative Cache per CPU ........................................109

17.9. Upgrade Kits for the EPC1200.............................................................................................................................109


17.9.1. Upgrade Kit from PowerPC RS64@125MHz to PowerPC RS64-II@262MHz .............................................109

18. ESCALA EPC1200A .....................................................................................................110

18.1. The EPC1200A CEC .............................................................................................................................................110

18.2. The EPC1200A Primary I/O Drawer ..................................................................................................................110

18.3. The EPC1200A Secondary I/O Drawer ...............................................................................................................111

18.4. Options and Extensions.........................................................................................................................................111

18.5. Maximum Configuration ......................................................................................................................................111

18.6. Operational Requirements....................................................................................................................................111

18.7. EPC1200A Description..........................................................................................................................................112

18.8. Power Kits for the EPC1200A ..............................................................................................................................112


18.8.1. Power Kit Quad-CPU RS64-II@262MHz - 8MB L2 Associative Cache per CPU ........................................112

18.9. Upgrade Kits from the EPC1200A to the EPC2400 ...........................................................................................113


18.9.1. Basic Upgrade Kit from EPC1200A to EPC2400 ...........................................................................................113
18.9.2. Swap Kit for Additional Quad RS64-II@262MHz CPU Boards ....................................................................113

Chapter 2: Models Description 9/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

19. ESCALA PL1600R & 1600R+ ...................................................................................... 114

19.1. The PL1600R & PL1600R+ CEC ........................................................................................................................ 114

19.2. The PL1600R & PL1600R+ I/O Drawer............................................................................................................. 115

19.3. The PL1600R & PL1600R+ Media Drawer........................................................................................................ 115

19.4. Logical Partitioning (LPAR) ................................................................................................................................ 116


19.4.1. Virtual Console Devices for Each Partition .................................................................................................... 116
19.4.2. Install Media Devices ...................................................................................................................................... 116
19.4.3. Boot Devices.................................................................................................................................................... 116

19.5. Options and Extensions......................................................................................................................................... 116

19.6. Maximum Configuration ...................................................................................................................................... 117

19.7. PL1600R Description ............................................................................................................................................ 117

19.8. Buses frequency and bandwidth with PL1600R : .............................................................................................. 118

19.9. Buses frequency and bandwidth with PL1600R+ : ............................................................................................ 118

19.10. RIO-2 Remote I/O Loop Adapter ...................................................................................................................... 118

19.11. Operational Requirements ................................................................................................................................. 119

19.12. Power Kits for the PL1600R............................................................................................................................... 119


19.12.1. 4-way POWER4 Processor............................................................................................................................ 119
19.12.2. 8-way POWER4 Processor............................................................................................................................ 119
19.12.3. Swap 4-way POWER4 with 8-way POWER4 .............................................................................................. 119

19.13. Power Kits for the PL1600R+ ............................................................................................................................ 120


19.13.1. 4-way POWER4+ Processor ......................................................................................................................... 120
19.13.2. 8-way POWER4+ Processor ......................................................................................................................... 120
19.13.3. Swap 4-way POWER4 with 8-way POWER4+ ............................................................................................ 120
19.13.4. Swap 8-way POWER4 with 8-way POWER4+ ............................................................................................ 120
19.13.5. Swap 8 way POWER4 with 16-way POWER4+ .......................................................................................... 121
19.13.6. Swap 4-way POWER4 with 16-way POWER4+ .......................................................................................... 121

Chapter 2: Models Description 10/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

20. ESCALA EPC2400........................................................................................................122

20.1. The EPC2400 CEC ................................................................................................................................................122

20.2. The EPC2400 Primary I/O Drawer .....................................................................................................................122

20.3. The EPC2400 Secondary I/O Drawer..................................................................................................................123

20.4. Options and Extensions.........................................................................................................................................123

20.5. Maximum Configuration ......................................................................................................................................123

20.6. Operational Requirements....................................................................................................................................123

20.7. EPC2400 Description.............................................................................................................................................124

20.8. Power Kits for the EPC2400.................................................................................................................................124


20.8.1. Power Kit Six-CPU RS64-III@450MHz - 8MB L2 Associative Cache per CPU ..........................................124
20.8.2. Power On Demand ...........................................................................................................................................125

20.9. Upgrade Kits from the EPC2400 to the EPC2450..............................................................................................126


20.9.1. Basic Upgrade Kit from EPC2400 to EPC2450 ..............................................................................................126

21. ESCALA EPC2450........................................................................................................127

21.1. The EPC2450 CEC ................................................................................................................................................127

21.2. The EPC2450 Primary I/O Drawer .....................................................................................................................127

21.3. The EPC2450 Secondary I/O Drawer..................................................................................................................128

21.4. Options and Extensions.........................................................................................................................................128

21.5. Maximum Configuration ......................................................................................................................................128

21.6. Operational Requirements....................................................................................................................................128

21.7. EPC2450 Description.............................................................................................................................................129

21.8. Buses Frequency and Bandwidth .........................................................................................................................129

21.9. Power Kits for the EPC2450.................................................................................................................................130


21.9.1. Power Kit Six-CPU RS64-IV@600 MHz - 16 MB L2 Associative Cache per CPU ......................................130
21.9.2. Power Kit Six-CPU RS64-III@450 MHz - 8 MB L2 Associative Cache per CPU ........................................130
21.9.3. Power On Demand with RS64-IV@600 MHz CPU Boards ...........................................................................130
21.9.4. Power On Demand with RS64-III@450 MHz CPU Boards............................................................................132

Chapter 2: Models Description 11/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

22. ESCALA PL3200R & 3200R+ ...................................................................................... 134

22.1. The PL3200R & PL3200R+ CEC ........................................................................................................................ 134

22.2. The PL3200R & PL3200R+ I/O Drawer............................................................................................................. 135

22.3. The PL3200R & PL3200R+ Media Drawer........................................................................................................ 136

22.4. Logical Partitioning (LPAR) ................................................................................................................................ 136


22.4.1. Virtual Console Devices for Each Partition .................................................................................................... 136
22.4.2. Install Media Devices ...................................................................................................................................... 136
22.4.3. Boot Devices.................................................................................................................................................... 136

22.5. Options and Extensions......................................................................................................................................... 137

22.6. Maximum Configuration ...................................................................................................................................... 137

22.7. PL3200R Description ............................................................................................................................................ 138

22.8. Buses frequency and bandwidth with PL3200R : .............................................................................................. 138

22.9. Buses frequency and bandwidth with PL3200R+ : ............................................................................................ 139

22.10. RIO-2 Remote I/O Loop Adapter ...................................................................................................................... 139

22.11. Operational Requirements ................................................................................................................................. 139

22.12. Power Kits for the PL3200R............................................................................................................................... 139


22.12.1. 8-way POWER4 Processor Option (First)..................................................................................................... 139
22.12.2. 8-way POWER4 Processor Option (Additional)........................................................................................... 139
22.12.3. 128 MB L3 Cache, 400MHz ......................................................................................................................... 140
22.12.4. 8-way POWER4 Turbo Processor Option (First).......................................................................................... 140
22.12.5. 8-way POWER4 Turbo Processor Option (Additional) ................................................................................ 140
22.12.6. 128 MB L3 Cache, 433MHz ......................................................................................................................... 140
22.12.7. Basic Upgrade Kit from 24-to 32-way .......................................................................................................... 140

22.13. Power Kits for the PL3200R+ ............................................................................................................................ 140


22.13.1. 8-way POWER4+ Processor Option ............................................................................................................. 140
22.13.2. 8-way POWER4+ Turbo Processor Option................................................................................................... 141
22.13.3. Swap 8-way POWER4 with 8-way POWER4+ (First & Add) ..................................................................... 141
22.13.4. Swap 8-way POWER4 with 8-way POWER4+ (First & Add) ..................................................................... 141
22.13.5. Swap 8-way POWER4 with 8-way POWER4+ (First & Add) ..................................................................... 142
22.13.6. Swap 8-way POWER4 with 8-way POWER4+ (First & Add) ..................................................................... 142
The removed parts become the property of Bull........................................................................................................... 142
22.13.7. Swap 8-way POWER4+ with 8-way POWER4+.......................................................................................... 142

Chapter 2: Models Description 12/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

1. Escala Rack PL and EPC Servers Comparison Tables

1.1. Available Models

Escala Model PL220R PL240R PL420R


Processor POWER3-II POWER3-II POWER4+ POWER4+ POWER4+ POWER4+
Processor Speed 450 MHz 375 MHz 1.45 GHz 1.2 GHz 1.45 GHz 1.2 GHz
Number of processors (min/max) 1/2 1/2 1/4
L1 cache per CPU or processor card (KB) 32 (data), 64 (instruction) 32 (data), 64 (instruction) 32 (data), 64 (instruction)
L2 cache per MCM (MB) 8 4 1.5 1.5
L3 cache per MCM or processor card (MB) NC 8 8 8 8
Expansion drawers (min/max) NC NC 0/2
I/O Slots with expansion drawers (max) NC NC 20
Memory (min/max) 512 MB/8GB 1GB/16GB 1GB/32GB
Disks 6 8 4 (internal) / 12 per disk drawer
Max disk capacity (GB) 587,2 1174,4 (internal) 4110.4 (587,2 internal)
Max media 5 3 2
Ultra3 SCSI Adapter Y Y Y
Ultra2 SCSI Adapter N N Y
Ultra SCSI Adapter Y N N
Ethernet or Token-Ring Ethernet & Token Ring Ethernet & Token Ring Ethernet & Token Ring
Multiport Asynchronous Adapter Y Y Y
X25 Adapter N Y Y
Fibre Channel Adapt. (FC-AL) Y Y Y
Serial & parallel ports 3 serial + 1 parallel 3 serial + 1 parallel 3 serial + 2 for HMC
Redundant Power Supply Option Option Y
Internal 3"1/2 Diskette Y Y Y
Internal CD-ROM Option N Y
Internal DVD-RAM Option Y Y
Internal DVD-ROM Option N Y
LPAR no partition no partition 4 partitions

Chapter 2: Models Description 13/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Escala Model PL820R PL1600R PL3200R PL1600R+ PL3200R +


Processor POWER4+ POWER4+ POWER4 POWER4 POWER4 POWER4+ POWER4+ POWER4+
Processor Speed 1.45 GHz 1.2 GHz 1.1 GHz 1.3 GHz 1.1 GHz 1.5 GHz 1.5 GHz 1.7 GHz
Number of processors (min/max) 2/8 4/16 8/32 4/16 8/32
L1 cache per CPU or processor card (KB) 32 (data), 64 (instruction) 32 (data), 64 (instruction) 32 (data), 64 (instruction) 32 (data), 64 (instruction) 32 (data), 64 (instruction)
L2 cache per MCM (MB) 1.5 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6
L3 cache per MCM or processor card (MB) 32 8 128@366MHz 128@433MHz 128@400MHz 128@366MHz 128@433MHz 128@400MHz
Expansion drawers (min/max) 0/8 1/3 1/8 1/3 1/8
I/O Slots with expansion drawers (max) 55 60 160 60 160
Memory (min/max) 2GB/64GB 4GB/128GB 8GB/256GB 4GB/256GB 8GB/512GB
Disks 4 (internal) / 14 per disk drawer 16 per IO drawer 16 per IO drawer 16 per IO drawer 16 per IO drawer
Max disk capacity (GB) 8808 (587,2 internal) 7046.4 18790.4 7046.4 18790.4
Max media 3 4 4 4 4
Ultra3 SCSI Adapter Y Y Y Y Y
Ultra2 SCSI Adapter N N N N N
Ultra SCSI Adapter Y Y Y Y Y
Ethernet, Token-Ring, or FDDI Adapter Ethernet & Token Ring Y Y Y Y
Multiport Asynchronous Adapter Y Y Y Y Y
X25 Adapter Y Y Y Y Y
Fibre Channel Adapt. (FC-AL) Y Y Y Y Y
Serial & parallel ports 4 serial + 2 for HMC 4 serial 4 serial 4 serial 4 serial
Redundant Power Supply Y Y Y Y Y
Internal 3"1/2 Diskette Y Y Y Y Y
Internal CD-ROM Y Y Y Y Y
Internal DVD-RAM Y Y Y Y Y
Internal DVD-ROM Y _ _ _ _
LPAR 8 partitions 16 partitions 16 partitions 16 partitions 16 partitions

Chapter 2: Models Description 14/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

1.2. Discontinued Models


Escala Model EPC450 PL400R PL600R EPC810 PL800R EPC2450
PowerPC PowerPC PowerPC PowerPC PowerPC PowerPC PowerPC PowerPC PowerPC PowerPC PowerPC PowerPC
Processor
RS64-III RS64-IV RS64-IV RS64-III RS64-IV RS64-IV RS64-III RS64-III RS64-IV RS64-III RS64-IV RS64-III
600 (2)
Processor Speed (MHz) 400 750 600 450 750 450 500 750 500 600 450
or 668 (1)
Number of processors (min/max) per node 1/4 1/4 1/6 1/4 2/8 2/8 2/4 6/24
L1 cache per CPU (KB) 128/128 128/128 128/128 128/128 128/128 128/128
L2 cache per CPU (MB) 4 8 2 or 4 (4) 8 2, 4 or 8 (3) 2 or 4 (4) 4 8 2 16 8
PCI/MCA bus - per node 2 PCI 64-bit 3 to 6 PCI 64-bit 3 to 6 PCI 64-bit 3 to 12 PCI 64-bit 3 to 12 PCI 64-bit 4 to 16 PCI 64-bit
I/O Slots (max) - per node/with expansion drawer 8 / 18 14/28 14/28 14 / 56 14 / 56 14 / 56
I/O bus Transfer Rate (max) 2x264 MB/s 2x1GB/s 2x1GB/s 4x1GB/s 4x1GB/s 4x500 MB/s
Memory slots - per node 4 32 32 64 64 16
Memory min - per node 256MB 256MB 256MB 1GB 2GB 4GB 2GB
Max memory per node (GB) 8 32 32 64 64 96
Hard disk std per node (GB) 9.1 18.2 18.2 9.1 18.2 9.1
Max disk in CPU drawer per node (GB) 109.2 72,8 72.8 72.8 72.8 218.4
Max disk capacity per node (GB) 218.4 8293,6 8293,6 2128 8293,6 873.6
Ultra3 SCSI Adapter N Y Y Y Y N
Ultra2 SCSI Adapter Y Y Y Y Y N
Ultra SCSI Adapter Y Y Y Y Y Y
SCSI-2 Fast/Wide Adapter Y Y Y Y Y N
Fast Ethernet, Token-Ring, or FDDI Adapter Y Y Y Y Y Y
Multiport Asynchronous Adapter Y Y Y Y Y Y
X25 Adapter Y Y Y Y Y Y
Fibre Channel Adapt. (FC-AL) Y Y Y Y Y Y
Serial & parallel ports Y Y Y Y Y Y
Redundant Power Supply Y Optional Optional Y Y Y
Internal 3"1/2 Diskette Y Y Y Y Y Y
Internal CD-ROM Y Y Y Y Y Y
Internal DVD-RAM N Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional

(1) 6-way.
(2) 1-, 2- or 4-way.
(3) 1-way=2 MB L2 cache; 2- or 4-way=4 MB L2 cache; 6-way=8 MB L2 cache.
(4) 1-way=2 MB L2 cache; 2- or 4-way=4 MB L2 cache.

Information concerning performances is available on the Unix Pocket Guide (MAC Product Library)
Chapter 2: Models Description 15/142
9pw5s1c2.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Escala Model EPC400 EPC430 EPC440 EPC610 EPC800 EPC1200 EPC1200A EPC2400
PowerPC Processor 604e RS64-II RS64-II RS64-III 604e RS64 RS64-II RS64-II RS64-III
Processor Speed (MHz) 360 262 340 450 (1) or 500 (2) 320 125 262 262 450
Number of processors (min/max) per node 1/4 1/4 1/4 2/6 2/8 4/12 4/12 6/24
L1 cache per CPU (KB) 32/32 64/64 64/64 128/128 32/32 64/64 64/64 128/128
L2 cache per CPU (MB) 4 4 4 4 4 4 8 8 8
PCI/MCA bus - per node 2 PCI 64-bit 2 PCI 64-bit 4 PCI 64-bit 3 PCI 64-bit 2 MCA 4 to 16 PCI 64-bit 4 to 16 PCI 64-bit 4 to 16 PCI 64-bit
I/O Slots (max) - per node/with expansion drawer 8 / 18 8 / 18 8 14 8 14 / 56 14 / 56 14 / 56
I/O bus Transfer Rate (MB/sec) per node 2x266 2x264 - - 1x160 4x500 4x500 4x500
Memory slots - per node 4 4 32 32 4 20 20 16
Memory min - per node 64MB 256MB 256MB 512MB 64MB 512MB 1GB 2GB
Max memory per node (GB) 3 8 8 32 4 32 32 64
Hard disk std per node (GB) 9,1 9.1 9.1 9.1 4,2 4,5 9.1 9.1
Max disk in CPU drawer per node (GB) 109.2 109.2 218.4 72.8 18.2 209,3 218.4 218.4
Max disk capacity per node (GB) 218.4 218.4 218.4 2128 72.8 864,5 873.6 873.6
Ultra3 SCSI Adapter N N Y Y N N N N
Ultra2 SCSI Adapter N Y N Y N N N N
Ultra SCSI Adapter Y Y Y Y N Y Y Y
SCSI-2 Fast/Wide Adapter Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N
Fast Ethernet, Token-Ring, or FDDI Adapter Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Multiport Asynchronous Adapter Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
X25 Adapter Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Fibre Channel Adapt. (FC-AL) Y Y Y Y N Y Y Y
Serial & parallel ports Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Redundant Power Supply Y Y Y Optional Optional Y Y Y
Internal 3"1/2 Diskette Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Internal CD-ROM Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Internal DVD-RAM N N N N N N N Y

(1) 2- or 4-way .(2) 6-way


Discontinuance dates: EPC400: 31/10/2000; EPC430/EPC440: 31/12/2000; EPC610: 13/07/2001; EPC800: 31/12/1999; EPC1200: 30/11/1999; EPC1200A: 31/12/2000; EPC2400: 31/07/2001.

Chapter 2: Models Description 16/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2. Escala Hardware Management Console (HMC) :

2.1. Hardware Management Console (HMC) for PL420R, PL820R, PL1600R/R+ and
PL3200R/R+ multi-partitioning configuration

The Hardware Management Console (HMC) is a dedicated device that provides a set of functions for
PL420R, PL820R, PL1600R and PL3200R multi-partitioning configurations:

• Creating and storing LPAR profiles that define the processor, memory, and I/O resources allocated
to a partition.
• Starting, stopping and resetting a system partition.
• Booting a partition or system by selecting a profile.
• Displaying system and partition status.
• Displaying the contents of a virtual operator panel for each partition or controlled system.

Redundancy can be provided by connecting 2 HMCs to Escala PL420R, PL820R, PL1600R/R+ and
PL3200R/R+.

Ethernet connection between the HMC and each active partition is recommended. This connection
provides:

• Additional system management such as WebSM for each individual partition


• Collection and passing of hardware service events to the HMC
• Total system inventory collection.

2.2. Hardware Management Console (CSKG007 for PL420R, PL820R, PL1600R/R+ and
PL3200R/R+ HMC without keyboard)

• 1 GB of system memory
• 40 GB minimum hard disk
• DVD-RAM for Backup
• One Ethernet port
• One integrated graphics port
• Two integrated serial ports
• Six USB ports
• 3 PCI slots
• One mouse - Stealth Black with Keyboard Attach Cable
• One 15M Cable, Hardware System Console to Host
• One 17" Color Monitor, Stealth Black
• One 2 M Extender Cable - USB Keyboard
• One 10 M Cable RJ45/RJ45 Category 5

Chapter 2: Models Description 17/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.3. Keyboards for Hardware Management Console (KBUG006 for PL420R, PL820R,
PL1600R/R+ and PL3200R/R+ HMC with keyboard)

Keyboards are available in the following localizations:

• French
• US
• UK
• Italian
• German
• Spanish

Chapter 2: Models Description 18/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

3. Escala PL220R

The PL220R is a 5U 19-inch rack-mounted system.

3.1. The PL220R Drawer

The PL220R drawer provides:

• Two slots for 1-way CPU boards.


The PL220R supports the following CPU boards:
1-way POWER3-II@375MHz - 4 MB L2 cache 64-bit CPU boards
1-way POWER3-II@450MHz - 8 MB L2 cache 64-bit CPU boards.
The Escala PL220R Processor Boot-Time Deconfiguration function enables the system to
deallocate a processor from the system at boot time.
• One 128-bit wide system bus operating at 93.75 MHz with the 375 MHz CPU board (1:4 ratio),
and at 90 MHz with the 450 MHz CPU board (1:5 ratio).
• From 512 MB to 8 GB of memory provided by a 16-slot memory board. The memory board can be
populated by 512 MB (2x256MB) or 1 GB (2x512MB) memory modules (installed in pairs).
• Six disk bays for hot-swap SCSI disks.
• One bay for a media or a non hot-plug disk drive.
• One bay for a CD-ROM or a DVD-RAM drive.
• One bay for a non hot-plug disk drive.
• One floppy disk drive.
• Five PCI slots:
Two 64-bit@50MHz/3.3V
One 64-bit@33MHz/5V
Two 32-bit@33MHz/3.3V.
• Two Ultra3 SCSI ports (one internal and one external).
• Two 10/100 Mbps Ethernet RJ45 ports.
• Three RS232 serial ports.
• One parallel port.
• One mouse and one keyboard port.
• Integrated System Support Processor.
• Optional redundant power supply.

The PL220R drawer occupies 5U of vertical space.

3.2. Extensions and Options

• Fibre Channel Adapter.


• Communications adapters (Ethernet 10/100Mb/s, Gigabit Ethernet, Token Ring and
Asynchronous).
• DAS fibre RAID subsystem with FC-AL interface.
• EMC disk subsystems with SCSI or FC-AL interface.
• Storage Plus Drawer with SCSI interface.

Chapter 2: Models Description 19/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

3.3. Maximum Configuration

• Two CPUs.
• 8 GB of memory.
• 587.2 GB of internal disk space.
• Five PCI slots.

3.4. Operational Requirements

• AIX 4.3.3 or later.

3.5. PL220R Description

Chapter 2: Models Description 20/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

3.6. Bus Frequency and Bandwidth

One 128-bit wide system bus operating at 93.75 MHz with the 375 MHz CPU board (1:4 ratio), and at
90 MHz with the 450 MHz CPU board (1:5 ratio).

The theoretical maximum bandwidths for a 2-way 450 MHz configuration are:
• Memory bandwidth: 1.44 MB/s
• Processor bandwidth: 1.44 MB/s
• Bandwidth of the 64-bit PowerPC 6xx bus, operating at 66 MHz, used to the I/O interface: 528
MB/s

Two peer PCI buses (32-bit at 33 MHz and 64-bit at 50 MHz):


• Two 64-bit@50MHz/3.3V slots
• One 64-bit@33MHz/5V slots
• Two 32-bit@33MHz/3.3V slots.

3.7. Power Kits for the PL220R

3.7.1. CPU Board with 1-way POWER3-II@375MHz - 4MB L2 Cache (CPUG073)

The Power Kit contains the following items:

• One 1-way POWER3-II@375MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL220R with one free CPU slot.


• 1-way POWER3-II@375MHz CPU boards cannot be used with 1-way POWER3-II@450MHz
CPU boards.

3.7.2. CPU Board with 1-way POWER3-II@450MHz - 8MB L2 Cache (CPUG074)

The Power Kit contains the following items:

• One 1-way POWER3-II@450MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache.

Operational Requirements

Any PL220R with one free CPU slot.


1-way POWER3-II@450MHz CPU boards cannot be used with 1-way POWER3-II@375MHz CPU
boards.

Chapter 2: Models Description 21/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

4. EscalaPL240R

The Escala PL240R is based on a single rack drawer, the PL240R drawer .
This model is available only through packaged configurations

4.1. The PL240R Single Rack Drawer

This drawer contains:


• one slot for 1 or 2-way processor boards (for a total of 1 or 2 processors).
• From 1GB to 16GB of DDR SDRAM memory provided by 8 slots located on the CPU boards.
The CPU board can house up to 16 GB of memory.
• The system service processor
• 6 hot plug PCI-X bus slots
• 2 internal Ultra3 SCSI Controllers
• 4 standard internal hot-swap disk drive bays and 4 optional hot-swap disk drive bays
• 3 Medias Bays :
• 1 optional Open Bay for DVD-ROM
• 1 optional Open Bay for Disquette
• 1 optional DVD-RAM or tape drive
• 1 floppy disk 1.44 MB 3”1/2
• Keyboard and mouse port
• Two Ethernet ports (one 10/100 Mb/s and one 1 Gigabit )
• 3 serial ports
• One parallel port
• hot-swap and redundant fans
• Optional redundant hot-swap power supply

The PL240R single rack drawer occupies 4U of vertical space.

The PL240R supports the following processor boards:


• 1-way POWER4+@1.2 GHz 64-bit copper-based silicon-on-insulator (SOI) processor boards with
8 MB of L3 cache per processor card.
• 2-way POWER4+@1.2 GHz 64-bit copper-based silicon-on-insulator (SOI) processor boards with
8 MB of L3 cache per processor card.
• 1-way POWER4+@1.45 GHz 64-bit copper-based silicon-on-insulator (SOI) processor boards
with 8 MB of L3 cache per processor card.
• 2-way POWER4+@1.45 GHz 64-bit copper-based silicon-on-insulator (SOI) processor boards
with 8 MB of L3 cache per processor card.

The following table provides the amount of memory supported


Number of CPU Maximum Memory
boards installed supported
1 16 GB

The PL240R expansion drawer occupies 4 Units of vertical space in a 19” rack.

Chapter 2: Models Description 22/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

4.2. Options and Extensions

• External modem for remote monitoring and maintenance allowing the service processor to call out
and alert the Bull Maintenance Center.
• Fibre Channel Adapter (FC-AL – 2 Gb/s).
• Communications adapters (Ethernet 10/100Mb/s, Gigabit Ethernet, Token Ring, Asynchronous).
• DAS fibre RAID disk subsystems with FC-AL interface.
• EMC disk subsystems with SCSI or FC-AL interface.

4.3. Maximum Configuration

• Internal disk storage: 8x146.8GB=1174.4GB.


• 16 GB of memory.
• Up to 2 CPUs.
• 6 hot plug PCI-X bus slots.
4.4. Buses Frequency and Bandwidth

Memory Bandwidth :
• Memory aggregated bandwidth is 6.4 GB/s provided through four 8 bytes data path to memory.

Internal PCI-X slots bandwidth:


• 6 Internal PCI-X slots running at 133 MHz (64 bit, 3.3V) for providing 1 GB/s bandwidth
• Extended Error Handling (EEH) support
• 5V PCI adapters are not supported

4.5. Operational Requirements

• AIX 5.1 or later.

Chapter 2: Models Description 23/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

5. Escala EPC400

Initial system discontinued as of 31/10/2000, additional node discontinued as of 31/12/2000.


All addons discontinued: 08/07/2002.

Based on one single CPU drawer, this entry-level application server allows to expand and optimize
configuration with maximum flexibility.

The EPC400 is based on an EPC400 drawer mounted in an EPC400 rack. An expansion drawer can be
added to the EPC400 drawer to provide additional PCI slots, disks or media.

5.1. The EPC400 Drawer

The EPC400 drawer provides:

• Four slots for single PowerPC 604e@360MHz CPU boards. Each CPU board contains one
processor with 32KB internal cache and 4MB L2 cache for fast data transfer between the processor
and memory for balanced system performance; at least one CPU is mandatory.
• From 128 MB to 3GB of memory provided by 4 memory slots for memory DIMMs on riser cards.
Each card provides 6 memory slots, for a total of 24 memory slots. Upgrades come in the form of
quads: 4x32MB (128MB), 4x64MB (256MB) or 4x128MB (512MB).
• One internal dual 64bit PCI bus with a throughput of 2x266MB/s.
• 2 x 3 disk bays (1" high) or 2 x 2 disk bays (1"6 high) for 9.1 GB or 18.2 GB hot-plug Ultra SCSI
disks; at least one disk is required for system operation.
• Two media bays (one occupied by a CD-ROM drive and one free).
• One floppy disk drive.
• Eight slots for adapters:
5 64-bit PCI
2 combo (PCI or ISA)
1 ISA.
• Two native Ultra SCSI buses on the motherboard.
• One native 10/100Mb/s Ethernet bus with 3 connectors: 10Mb/s, 100Mb/s and AUI.
• One native SVGA graphics controller with 1MB video memory.
• Three RS232 serial ports.
• One parallel port.
• One mouse and one keyboard port.
• Redundant power supply.

The EPC400 drawer is 4U high.

Chapter 2: Models Description 24/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

5.2. The EPC400 Expansion Drawer

The EPC400 expansion drawer provides:

• 2 x 3 disk bays (1” high) for 9.1GB or 18.2 GB hot-swap disks.


• Two media bays (CDROM, DAT, VDAT, or QIC).
• Six additional PCI slots.

Six additional PCI slots can be added to the EPC400 expansion drawer installing the EPC400 Bus
Expansion.

The EPC400 expansion drawer occupies 4U.

5.3. Extensions and Options

• Ultra SCSI RAID adapter for internal disks.


• Fibre Channel Adapter.
• Communication adapters (FDDI, Ethernet 10/100Mb/s, Gigabit Ethernet, Token Ring, ATM,
Asynchronous and X25).
• DAS SCSI RAID subsystems.
• DAS fibre RAID subsystems with FC-AL interface.
• DAE 5000 JBOD subsystems with FC-AL interface.
• EMC disk subsystems with SCSI or FC-AL interface.
• DLT tape library (Overland) with SCSI interface.

5.4. Maximum Configuration

• Four CPUs.
• Three GB of memory.
• 218.4 GB of disks with expansion drawer (109.2GB in the base drawer).
• Eighteen slots for adapters: 15 PCI, 2 PCI/ISA and 1 ISA with the expansion drawer (8 slots: 5
PCI, 2 PCI/ISA, and 1 ISA in the base drawer).

5.5. Operational Requirements

• AIX 4.2 or AIX 4.3.

Chapter 2: Models Description 25/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

5.6. EPC400 Description

EPC400 Description

1 to 4 9.1GB
PowerPC 604e@360MHz or Media:
18.2 GB VDAT, DAT,
disks QIC, CD-ROM

Empty bay Empty bay Free C F Empty bay Empty bay


Empty bay Empty bay Empty bay Empty bay Empty bay
for 1 disk cage for 1 disk cage area D l
Empty bay for 1 disk cage for 1 disk cage
for 1 disk cage for 1 disk cage o for 2 media for 1 disk cage for 1 disk cage
fitting 3 x 1’’ disks fitting 3 x 1’’ disks for for 2 media fitting 3 x 1’’ disks fitting 3 x 1’’ disks
fitting 3 x 1’’ disks fitting 3 x 1’’ disks R p fitting 3 x 1’’ disks fitting 3 x 1’’ disks
1 O p
medium M y
EPC400 Expansion Drawer
(optional)
C C C C
C C C C
P P P P
P P P P
U U U U P P P P P P
U U U U
EPC400 Drawer C C C C C C
I I I I I I
M M M M
eM eM eM eM
me me me me
m m m m
s s s s
l s l s l s l s
ol ol ol ol
to to to to P P
t t t t
C C
P P P P P I I I
Eth.
S1 S3 C C C C C / / S
10/100 P P P P P P
I I I I I I I A
SVGA S2 Cent. S S C C C C C C
A A I I I I I I

128 MB to 3GB EPC400 Bus Expansion


by adding (optional)
4*32MB, 4*64MB, or 4*128MB
and 1 group of 4 riser cards
each providing 6 memory slots

5.7. Power Kits for the EPC400

5.7.1. Power Kit 604e@360MHz CPU - 4MB L2 Cache

Discontinued: 08/07/2002.

The power kit contains the following items:

• One CPU module PowerPC 604e@360MHz - 4MB L2 cache.

Operational Requirements

• Any EPC400 (one CPU slot available - 4 CPU slots maximum).


• No mix of PowerPC 604e and PowerPC 620 is allowed on the same node.

Chapter 2: Models Description 26/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

5.7.2. Power Kit 620@180MHz CPU - 4MB L2 Cache

Discontinued: 31/12/1999.

This Power Kit is available under controlled commercialization only. It contains the following items:

• One CPU module PowerPC 620@180MHz - 4MB L2 cache.

Operational Requirements

• Any EPC400 (one CPU slot available - 4 CPU slots maximum).


• No mix of PowerPC 604e and PowerPC 620 is allowed on the same node.

5.8. Upgrade Kits from the EPC400 to the EPC430

Discontinued: 31/05/2000.

This upgrade kit allows to upgrade an EPC400 to an EPC430 reconnecting the existing disks, media,
disk adapters and communication adapters. The upgraded EPC400 will have the same memory and
CPU capability as an EPC430. The system's serial number remains unchanged.

• From 256MB to 8 GB of memory.


• Up to 4 PowerPC RS64-II@262MHz processors with 4MB of L2 cache.
• Seven PCI slots and 1 PCI/ISA slot in the CPU drawer.
• Expansion drawer with 12 additional slots making a total of 18 slots available.
• 109.2GB disk capacity in the CPU drawer and 218.4GB with an expansion drawer.
• Native 10/100 Mb/s Ethernet.
• Native SVGA with 2MB of video memory.
• Keyboard and mouse port.
• Three asynchronous ports and one Centronics port.
• One Ultra2 SCSI bus for disks.
• One Ultra SCSI bus for Fast Wide SCSI media.

This upgrade kit is composed of:

• At least one basic upgrade kit from EPC400 to EPC430.


• A "swap kit" that allows you to swap each additional single 604e/620 CPU board with an RS64-II-
based CPU board.

Chapter 2: Models Description 27/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

5.8.1. Basic Upgrade Kit from the EPC400 to the EPC430

The basic kit includes:

• One Escala EPC430 basic drawer.


• One single CPU board with an RS64-II processor and 4MB of L2 cache.
• Installation instructions.

Parts Removed Becoming the Property of Bull

• EPC400 basic drawer.


• One single PowerPC 604e or 620 CPU board.
• Memory on the EPC400. The client has to acquire new memory for the upgraded machine.

5.8.2. Swap Kit for Additional Single 604e/620 CPU Boards

This kit contains the following items:

• One single CPU board with an RS64-II@262 MHz processor and 4MB of L2 cache.
• Installation instructions.

Parts Removed Becoming the Property of Bull

• One single PowerPC 604e CPU board.


or
• One single PowerPC 620 CPU board.

System Requirements

• Escala EPC400.
• AIX 4.3.2 or later.

5.9. Upgrade Kits from the EPC400 to the EPC450

Discontinued: 08/07/2002.

This upgrade kit allows to upgrade an EPC400 to an EPC450 reconnecting the existing disks, media,
disk adapters and communication adapters. The upgraded EPC400 will have the same memory and
CPU capability as an EPC450. The system's serial number remains unchanged.

• From 256MB to 8 GB of memory.


• Up to 4 PowerPC RS64-III@400 MHz processors with 4MB of L2 cache.
• Seven PCI slots and 1 PCI/ISA slot in the CPU drawer.
• Expansion drawer with 12 additional slots making a total of 18 slots available.
• 109.2GB disk capacity in the CPU drawer and 218.4GB with an expansion drawer.
• Native 10/100 Mb/s Ethernet.

Chapter 2: Models Description 28/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

• Native SVGA with 2MB of video memory.


• Keyboard and mouse port.
• Three asynchronous ports and one Centronics port.
• One Ultra2 SCSI bus for disks.
• One Ultra SCSI bus for Fast Wide SCSI media.

This upgrade kit is composed of:

• At least one basic upgrade kit from EPC400 to EPC450.


• A "swap kit" that allows you to swap each additional single 604e/620 CPU board with an RS64-
III-based CPU board (optional).

5.9.1. Basic Upgrade Kit from the EPC400 to the EPC450

The basic kit includes:

• One Escala EPC450 basic drawer.


• One single CPU board with an RS64-III processor and 4MB of L2 cache.
• Installation instructions.

Parts Removed Becoming the Property of Bull

• EPC400 basic drawer.


• One single PowerPC 604e or 620 CPU board.
• Memory on the EPC400. The client has to acquire new memory for the upgraded machine.

5.9.2. Swap Kit for Additional Single 604e/620 CPU Boards

This kit contains the following items:

• One single CPU board with an RS64-III@400 MHz processor and 4MB of L2 cache.
• Installation instructions.

Parts Removed Becoming the Property of Bull

• One single PowerPC 604e CPU board.


or
• One single PowerPC 620 CPU board.

System Requirements

• Escala EPC400.
• AIX 4.3.3 or later.

Chapter 2: Models Description 29/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

6. Escala EPC430

Discontinued as of 31/12/2000.

The EPC430 is based on an EPC430 drawer mounted in an EPC400 rack. An expansion drawer can be
added to the EPC430 drawer to provide additional PCI slots, disks or media.
Based on one single CPU drawer, this mid-size application server offers configuration flexibility for
multi-purpose workloads.

6.1. The EPC430 Drawer

The EPC430 drawer provides:

• Four slots for single PowerPC RS64-II@262MHz CPU boards. Each CPU board contains one
processor with 64KB internal cache and 4MB L2 cache for fast data transfer between the processor
and memory for balanced system performance; at least one CPU is mandatory.
• From 256 MB to 8GB of memory provided by 4 slots fitting 4 riser cards. Each card provides 8
memory slots for a total of 32 memory slots. Upgrades come in quads: 4*64MB (256MB),
4*128MB (512MB) or 4*256MB (1GB).
• One internal dual 64-bit PCI bus with a throughput of 2x264 MB/s.
• 2 x 3 disk bays (1" high) for 9.1 GB or 18.2 GB hot-plug Ultra SCSI disks; at least one disk is
required for system operations.
• Two media bays (one occupied by a CD-ROM drive and one free).
• One floppy disk drive.
• Eight slots for adapters:
4 64-bit PCI
3 32-bit PCI
1 combo (PCI or ISA).
• One native Ultra2 SCSI bus and one native Ultra SCSI bus on the motherboard.
• One native 10/100Mb/s Ethernet bus with one connector.
• One native SVGA graphics controller with 2MB video memory.
• Three RS232 serial ports.
• One parallel port.
• One mouse and one keyboard port.
• Redundant power supply.

The EPC430 drawer occupies 4U.

Chapter 2: Models Description 30/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

6.2. The EPC430 Expansion Drawer

The EPC430 expansion drawer provides:

• 2 x 3 disk bays (1” high) for 9.1GB or 18.2 GB hot-swap disks.


• Two media bays (CDROM, DAT, VDAT, or QIC).
• Twelve additional PCI slots.

The EPC430 expansion drawer occupies 4U.

6.3. Extensions and options

• Ultra SCSI RAID adapter for internal disks.


• Fibre Channel Adapter.
• Communications adapters (FDDI, Ethernet 10/100Mb/s, Gigabit Ethernet, Token Ring, ATM,
Asynchronous and X25).
• DAS SCSI RAID subsystems.
• DAS fibre RAID subsystems with FC-AL interface.
• DAE 5000 JBOD subsystems with FC-AL interface.
• EMC Disk Subsystems with SCSI or FC-AL interface.
• DLT Tape Library (Overland) with SCSI interface.

6.4. Maximum Configuration

• Four CPUs.
• Three GB of memory.
• 218.4 GB of disks with expansion drawer (109.2GB in the base drawer).
• Eighteen slots for adapters (17 PCI, 1 PCI/ISA) with the expansion drawer (8 slots: 7 PCI, 1
PCI/ISA).

Chapter 2: Models Description 31/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

6.5. Operational Requirements

• AIX 4.3.2 or later.

6.6. EPC430 Description

EPC430 Description

1 to 4
PowerPC RS64-II@262MHz 9.1GB or 18.2 GB Media:
disks VDAT, DAT,
QIC, CD-ROM

Empty bay Empty bay Free C F Empty bay Empty bay


Empty bay Empty bay Empty bay Empty bay
for 1 disk cage area D l Empty bay for 1 disk cage for 1 disk cage
for 1 disk cage for 1 disk cage Empty bay for 1 disk cage for 1 disk cage
for 1 disk cage fitting 3 x 1’’ disks for
o for 2 media fitting 3 x 1’’ disks fitting 3 x 1’’ disks
fitting 3 x 1’’ disks fitting 3 x 1’’ disks R p for 2 media fitting 3 x 1’’ disks fitting 3 x 1’’ disks
fitting 3 x 1’’ disks 1 O p
medium M y

EPC430 Expansion Drawer (optional)


C C C C
C C C C
P P P P
P P P P
U U U U P P P P P P P P P P P P
U U U U
EPC430 Drawer C C C C C C C C C C C C
I I I I I I I I I I I I
8 memory module slots

8 memory module slots

8 memory module slots

8 memory module slots


8 memory module slots

8 memory module slots

8 memory module slots

8 memory module slots

P
C
P P P P P P P I
Eth.
S1 S3 C C C C C C C /
10/100
I I I I I I I I
SVGA S2 Cent. S
A

128 MB to 8GB
by adding
4*64MB, 4*128MB, or 4*256MB
memory modules

6.7. Power Kits for the EPC430

6.7.1. Power Kit RS64-II@262MHz CPU - 4MB L2 Cache

The Power Kit contains the following items:

• One CPU module PowerPC RS64-II@262MHz, 4MB L2 cache.

Operational Requirements

• Any EPC430 with a CPU slot available.

Chapter 2: Models Description 32/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

6.8. Upgrade Kit from EPC430 to EPC450

Discontinued: 08/07/2002.

This upgrade kit contains the following items:

• One CPU module PowerPC RS64-III@400MHz, 4MB L2 cache.


• Installation instructions.

Parts Removed Becoming the Property of Bull

• One CPU module PowerPC RS64-II@262MHz, 4MB L2 cache.

7. Escala EPC440

Discontinued as of 31/12/2000.
All addons discontinued: 30/06/2002.

The EPC440 is based on an EPC440 drawer mounted in an EPC400 rack. The EPC440 can also be
racked in an EPC1200 rack when ordered as an additional node in a configuration. Based on one single
CPU drawer, this general-purpose server is ideally suited to well-balanced workloads.

Chapter 2: Models Description 33/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

7.1. The EPC440 Drawer

The EPC440 drawer provides:

• Two slots for single or dual PowerPC RS64-II@340MHz CPU boards for a total of 4 CPUs. Each
CPU board contains one processor with 64KB internal cache and 4MB L2 cache for fast data
transfer between the processor and memory; at least one CPU is mandatory.
• From 256 MB to 8GB of memory provided by 2 slots fitting 2 riser cards. Each card provides 16
memory slots, for a total of 32 memory slots. Upgrades come in pairs: 2*128MB (256MB) or
2*256MB (512MB) memory modules.
• Four 64-bit PCI buses.
• Twelve disk bays (1" high) or 6 disk bays (1”6 high) for 9.1 GB or 18.2 GB hot-plug Ultra SCSI
disks; at least one disk is required for system operations.
• Two media bays (one occupied by a CD-ROM drive and one free).
• One floppy disk drive.
• Eight slots for adapters:
four 32-bit PCI
two 64-bit@33MHz PCI
two 64-bit@33/50 MHz PCI.
• Two native Ultra SCSI buses on the motherboard.
• One native 10/100Mb/s Ethernet bus with 3 connectors: 10Mb/s, 100Mb/s, AUI.
• One native SVGA graphics controller with 2MB video memory.
• Three RS232 serial ports.
• One parallel port.
• One mouse and one keyboard port.
• Two power supply units.
The EPC440 drawer occupies 8U.

7.2. Extensions and Options

• Ultra SCSI RAID adapter for up to 6 internal disks


• Fibre Channel Adapter.
• Communications adapters (FDDI, Ethernet 10/100Mb/s, Gigabit Ethernet, Token Ring, ATM,
Asynchronous and X25).
• DAS SCSI RAID subsystems.
• DAS fibre RAID subsystems with FC-AL interface.
• DAE 5000 JBOD subsystems with FC-AL interface.
• EMC disk subsystems with SCSI or FC-AL interface.
• DLT tape library (Overland) with SCSI interface.

Chapter 2: Models Description 34/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

7.3. Maximum Configuration

• Four CPUs.
• Eight GB of memory.
• 218.4 GB of disk space.
• Eight PCI slots.

7.4. Operational Requirements

• AIX 4.3.2 or later.

7.5. EPC440 Description

EPC440 Description
1 to 4
PowerPC RS64-II@340MHz 9.1GB
by adding or
18.2 GB Media:
1- or 2-CPU boards VDAT, DAT, CD-ROM
disks

Empty bay Empty bay F Free C F


Empty bay Empty bay
for 1 disk cage for 1 disk cage l D l
for 1 disk cage for 1 disk cageo area
fitting 6 x 1’’ disks fitting 6 x 1’’ disks o
fitting 6 x 1’’ disks p
fitting 6 x 1’’ disks for R p
p 1 O p
y medium M y

C C
C C
P P
P P
U U
U U
EPC440 Drawer
16 memory module slots

16 memory module slots


16 memory module slots

16 memory module slots

P P P P P P P P
Eth.
S1 S3 C C C C C C C C
10/100
I I I I I I I I
Keyboard/
S2 Cent.
Mouse

256 MB to 8GB
by adding
2*128MB, or 2*256MB
memory modules

Chapter 2: Models Description 35/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

7.6. Power Kits for the EPC440

7.6.1. Power Kit RS64-II@340MHz CPU - 4MB L2 Cache

Discontinued: 31/10/2001.

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One CPU board PowerPC RS64-II@340MHz, 1-way, 4 MB L2 cache.

Operational Requirements

• Any EPC440 with a CPU slot available.

7.6.2. Power Kit 2*RS64-II@340MHz CPU - 4MB L2 Cache

Discontinued: 30/06/2002.

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One CPU board PowerPC RS64-II@340MHz, 2-way, 4MB L2 cache per way.

Operational Requirements

• Any EPC440 with a CPU slot available.

7.7. Upgrade Kits from the EPC440 to the EPC610

Discontinued: 13/07/2001.

This upgrade kit allows to upgrade an EPC440 to an EPC610 reconnecting the existing media, external
disk adapters and communication adapters. The upgraded EPC440 will have the same memory and
CPU capability as an EPC610.

This upgrade kit is composed of:


• At least one basic upgrade kit from EPC440 to EPC610
• A "swap kit" that allows you to swap EPC440 processor boards to EPC610 processor boards.

7.7.1. Basic Upgrade Kit from EPC440 to EPC610

The basic kit includes:


• One Escala EPC610 CEC and one EPC610 I/O drawer
• One 16-slot memory board
• Installation instructions.

Chapter 2: Models Description 36/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Warning:
• Due to height difference between the EPC440 drawer (8U) and the EPC610 CEC drawer + I/O
drawer (5U+5U), an additional rack may be required.
• Due to the minimum memory configuration on the EPC610 and other memory constraints,
additional memory may be required.
• New internal disks must be ordered.

Parts Removed Becoming the Property of Bull

• EPC440 drawer.
• EPC440 16-slot memory board.

7.7.2. Swap 1-way RS64-II@340 with 2-way RS64-III@450MHz

This kit contains the following items:

• One EPC610 2-way RS64-III@450MHz CPU board.


• Installation instructions.

Parts Removed Becoming the Property of Bull

• EPC440 1-way PowerPC RS64-II@340MHz CPU boards.

7.7.3. Swap 1-way RS64-II@340 with 4-way RS64-III@450MHz

This kit contains the following items:

• One EPC610 4-way RS64-III@450MHz CPU board.


• Installation instructions.

Parts Removed Becoming the Property of Bull

• EPC440 1-way PowerPC RS64-II@340MHz CPU boards.

7.7.4. Swap 1-way RS64-II@340 with 6-way RS64-III@500MHz

This kit contains the following items:

• One EPC610 6-way RS64-III@500MHz CPU board.


• Installation instructions.

Parts Removed Becoming the Property of Bull

• EPC440 PowerPC RS64-II@340MHz CPU boards.

Chapter 2: Models Description 37/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

7.7.5. Swap 2-way RS64-II@340 with 2-way RS64-III@450MHz

This kit contains the following items:

• One EPC610 2-way RS64-III@450MHz CPU board.


• Installation instructions.

Parts Removed Becoming the Property of Bull

• EPC440 PowerPC RS64-II@340MHz CPU boards.

7.7.6. Swap 2-way RS64-II@340 with 4-way RS64-III@450MHz

This kit contains the following items:

• One EPC610 4-way RS64-III@450MHz CPU board.


• Installation instructions.

Parts Removed Becoming the Property of Bull

• EPC440 PowerPC RS64-II@340MHz CPU boards.

7.7.7. Swap 2-way RS64-II@340 with 6-way RS64-III@500MHz

This kit contains the following items:

• One EPC610 6-way RS64-III@500MHz CPU board.


• Installation instructions.

Parts Removed Becoming the Property of Bull

• EPC440 PowerPC RS64-II@340MHz CPU boards.

Chapter 2: Models Description 38/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

8. Escala EPC450

Discontinued: 08/07/2002.

The EPC450 is based on an EPC450 drawer mounted in an EPC400 rack. An expansion drawer can be
added to the EPC450 drawer to provide additional PCI slots, disks or media.
Based on one single CPU drawer, this mid-size application server offers configuration flexibility for
multi-purpose workloads.

8.1. The EPC450 Drawer

The EPC450 drawer provides:

• Four slots for single PowerPC RS64-III@400MHz CPU boards. Each CPU board contains one
processor with 64KB internal cache and 4MB L2 cache for fast data transfer between the processor
and memory for balanced system performance; at least one CPU is mandatory.
• From 256 MB to 8GB of memory provided by 4 slots fitting 4 riser cards. Each card provides 8
memory slots for a total of 32 memory slots. Upgrades come in quads: 4*64MB (256MB),
4*128MB (512MB) or 4*256MB (1GB).
• One internal dual 64bit PCI bus with a throughput of 2x264 MB/s.
• 2 x 3 disk bays (1" high) for 9.1 GB or 18.2 GB hot-plug Ultra SCSI disks; at least one disk is
required for system operations.
• Two media bays (one occupied by a CD-ROM drive and one free).
• One floppy disk drive.
• Eight slots for adapters:
four 64-bit PCI
three 32-bit PCI
one combo (PCI or ISA).
• One native Ultra2 SCSI bus and one native Ultra SCSI bus on the motherboard.
• One native 10/100Mb/s Ethernet bus with one connector.
• One native SVGA graphics controller with 2MB video memory.
• Three RS232 serial ports.
• One parallel port.
• One mouse and one keyboard port.
• Redundant power supply.

The EPC450 drawer occupies 4U.

Chapter 2: Models Description 39/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

8.2. The EPC450 Expansion Drawer

The EPC450 expansion drawer provides:

• 2 x 3 disk bays (1” high) for 9.1GB or 18.2 GB hot-swap disks.


• Two media bays (CDROM, DAT, VDAT, or QIC).
• Twelve additional PCI slots.

The EPC450 expansion drawer occupies 4U.

8.3. Extensions and options

• Ultra SCSI RAID adapter for internal disks.


• Fibre Channel Adapter.
• Communications adapters (FDDI, Ethernet 10/100Mb/s, Gigabit Ethernet, Token Ring, ATM,
Asynchronous and X25).
• DAS SCSI RAID subsystems.
• DAS fibre RAID subsystems with FC-AL interface.
• DAE 5000 JBOD subsystems with FC-AL interface.
• EMC Disk Subsystems with SCSI or FC-AL interface.
• DLT Tape Library (Overland) with SCSI interface.

8.4. Maximum Configuration

• Four CPUs.
• Three GB of memory.
• 218.4 GB of disks with expansion drawer (109.2GB in the base drawer).
• Eighteen slots for adapters (17 PCI, 1 PCI/ISA) with the expansion drawer (8 slots: 7 PCI, 1
PCI/ISA).

8.5. Operational Requirements

• AIX 4.3.3 or later.

Chapter 2: Models Description 40/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

8.6. EPC450 Description

EPC450 Description

1 to 4
PowerPC RS64-III@400MHz 9.1GB or 18.2 GB Media:
disks VDAT, DAT,
QIC, CD-ROM

Empty bay Empty bay Free C F Empty bay Empty bay


Empty bay Empty bay Empty bay Empty bay Empty bay
for 1 disk cage for 1 disk cage area D l
Empty bay for 1 disk cage for 1 disk cage
for 1 disk cage for 1 disk cage o for 2 media for 1 disk cage for 1 disk cage
fitting 3 x 1’’ disks fitting 3 x 1’’ disks for for 2 media fitting 3 x 1’’ disks fitting 3 x 1’’ disks
fitting 3 x 1’’ disks fitting 3 x 1’’ disks R p fitting 3 x 1’’ disks fitting 3 x 1’’ disks
1 O p
medium M y

EPC450 Expansion Drawer (optional)


C C C C
C C C C
P P P P
P P P P
U U U U P P P P P P P P P P P P
U U U U
EPC450 Drawer C C C C C C C C C C C C
I I I I I I I I I I I I
8 memory module slots

8 memory module slots

8 memory module slots

8 memory module slots


8 memory module slots

8 memory module slots

8 memory module slots

8 memory module slots

P
C
P P P P P P P I
Eth.
S1 S3 C C C C C C C /
10/100
I I I I I I I I
SVGA S2 Cent. S
A

128 MB to 8GB
by adding
4*64MB, 4*128MB, or 4*256MB
memory modules

8.7. Power Kits for the EPC450

8.7.1. Power Kit RS64-III@400 MHz CPU - 4MB L2 Cache

The Power Kit contains the following items:

• One CPU board PowerPC RS64-III@400MHz, 4MB L2 cache.

Operational Requirements

• Any EPC450 with a CPU slot available.

Chapter 2: Models Description 41/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

9. Escala PL400R

The Escala PL400R is composed of a Central Electronics Complex (CEC) and one I/O drawer. An
additional I/O drawer can be added to the system. Up to four disk drawers can be added to provide hot-
swap disks. The CEC, the I/O drawer and the disk drawers must be racked in a 19-inch I/O rack.

A service processor provides all the features for maintenance (tests, survey, alarm) and is included in
an I/O drawer. This I/O drawer may also contain a non hot-swap system disk and will be referred to as
the primary I/O drawer. Additional I/O drawers are called secondary I/O drawers.

9.1. The PL400R CEC

The CEC contains:

• One 1-way, 2-way or 4-way processor board.


• From 256 MB to 32 GB of Chipkill ECC memory provided by 2 slots fitting 16-slot memory
boards. Memory boards can be populated by 256 MB (2x128MB), 512MB (2x256MB), 1GB
(2x512MB) or 2GB (2x1GB) memory modules.
• Two Remote I/O (RIO) ports. A pair of RIO port is necessary to connect a maximum of two I/O
drawers in a loop-like fashion.
• Optional redundant power supply.

The PL400R CEC occupies 5U of vertical space.

The PL400R supports:


• 1-way, 2-way and 4-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz 64-bit copper-based, silicon-on-insulator
(SOI) processor boards.
• 1-way, 2-way and 4-way PowerPC RS64-IV@600MHz 64-bit copper-based, silicon-on-insulator
(SOI) processor boards.
• 1-way, 2-way and 4-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz 64-bit processor boards.
Each processor has 128 KB of internal L1 cache.
L2 associative cache is provided as follows:
• 2 MB for the 1-way 450 MHz and 600 MHz CPU boards
• 4 MB for the 2-way and 4-way 450 MHz and 600 MHz CPU boards
• 8 MB for the 750 MHz CPU boards.

The PL400R CPU de-allocation function enables the system to take a failing processor off line without
re-booting the system in the remote possibility that a failure should occur. The service processor can
record this action and notify the systems administrator or service personnel of the condition.
Computing operation continues with the processor deactivated, allowing repair to be scheduled at a
time convenient to your processing schedule.

Chapter 2: Models Description 42/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

9.2. The PL400R Primary I/O Drawer

• Two bays for non hot-plug SCSI disks (9.1GB, 18.2GB or 36.4GB); these internal disks can be
mirrored using two SCSI buses; the use of these bays eliminates the use of two PCI slots in the
primary I/O drawer (therefore, only 12 slots are available).
• Two media bays for internal media devices: one is occupied by a CD-ROM drive and one is free
for additional media (DAT, VDAT, or CD-ROM).
• One floppy disk drive.
• Fourteen hot-plug PCI slots (ten 64-bit slots and four 32-bit slots). 64-bit slots do not support 5V
adapters.
• Integrated Ethernet 10/100Mbps.
• Two integrated SCSI controllers (SCSI-2 Fast Wide and Ultra2).
• Four RS232 serial ports.
• One parallel port.
• One keyboard and 1 mouse port.
• Optional redundant hot-swap power supply.

The PL400R I/O drawer occupies 5 Units of vertical space.

9.3. The PL400R Secondary I/O Drawer

• Two media bays for internal media devices (DAT, VDAT, or CD-ROM).
• Fourteen PCI slots (10*64-bit and 4*32-bit).
• Optional redundant hot-swap power supply.

Note: The secondary I/O drawer is not available with RS64-III@450 MHz CPU boards.

9.4. The PL400R Disk Drawer

• 14 disk slots divided into two groups of seven slots for hot-swap Ultra3 SCSI disks (18.2GB,
36.4GB, 73.4GB or 146,8 GB). Disk drives can be installed on a single SCSI bus or on two
(optional) separate SCSI buses with up to seven drives per bus. This flexibility allows multiple
configurations using AIX software mirroring or RAID options.
• Optional redundant power supply and cooling fans.
• Up to four disk drawers.

The disk drawer occupies 3U of vertical space.

9.5. Options and Extensions

• External modem for remote monitoring and maintenance allowing the service processor to call out
and alert the Bull Maintenance Center.
• Fibre Channel Adapter.
• Communications adapters (Ethernet 10/100Mb/s, Gigabit Ethernet, Token Ring, ATM,
Asynchronous and X25).

Chapter 2: Models Description 43/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

• DAS SCSI RAID subsystems.


• DAS fibre RAID subsystems with FC-AL interface.
• EMC disk subsystems with SCSI or FC-AL interface.

9.6. Maximum Configuration

• Internal disk storage:


2x36.4GB=72.8GB in the primary I/O drawer.
4x14x146,8GB=8220,8GB with four disk drawers.
• 32 GB of memory.
• Up to 4 CPUs
• Up to 28 PCI slots.

9.7. PL400R Description

Note: 1-way models memory capacity ranges from 256 MB to 16 GB. 2-way, and 4-way models
memory capacity ranges from 512 MB to 32 GB. For more information refer to the "Memory
Expansion Cards" chapter.

Chapter 2: Models Description 44/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

9.8. Buses Frequency and Bandwidth

Two 128-bit wide system buses running at 150 MHz (2.4GB/s bandwidth per bus).
Two 64-bit wide memory ports running at 300 MHz (2.4 GB/s bandwidth per port).
Two RIO ports: each RIO port has 2 uni-directional 8-bit-wide links that operate at 500 MHz (1 GB/s
aggregate bandwidth).
Two I/O drawers, each equipped with a 66 MHz, 64-bit-wide bus (528 MB/s bandwidth).
Each I/O drawer has 14 PCI slots:
• 10 slots at 66 MHz, 64 bit, 3.3V (528 MB/s)
• 4 slots at 33 MHz, 32 bit, 5V (132 MB/s).

9.9. Operational Requirements

• AIX 4.3.3 or later.

9.10. Power Kits for the PL400R

9.10.1. CPU Board with 1-way RS64-IV@750MHz - 8MB L2 cache (CPUG083)

This processor card also incorporates eight memory DIMM positions for installation of system
memory if desired.

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 1-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board – 8 MB L2 cache.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL400R.

9.10.2. CPU Board with 2-way RS64-IV@750MHz – 8 MB L2 cache (CPUG084)

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 2-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board – 8 MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL400R.

9.10.3. CPU Board with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz – 8 MB L2 cache (CPUG085)

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 4-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board, 8 MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL400R.

Chapter 2: Models Description 45/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

9.10.4. CPU Board with 1-way RS64-IV@600MHz - 2MB L2 cache

This processor card also incorporates eight memory DIMM positions for installation of system
memory, if desired.

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 1-way PowerPC RS64-IV@600MHz CPU board - 2MB L2 cache.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL400R.

9.10.5. CPU Board with 2-way RS64-IV@600MHz - 4MB L2 cache

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 2-way PowerPC RS64-IV@600MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL400R.

9.10.6. CPU Board with 4-way RS64-IV@600MHz - 4MB L2 cache

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 4-way PowerPC RS64-IV@600MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL400R.

9.10.7. CPU Board with 1-way RS64-III@450MHz - 2MB L2 cache

Discontinued: 30/06/2002.

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 1-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board - 2MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL400R.

Chapter 2: Models Description 46/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

9.10.8. CPU Board with 2-way RS64-III@450MHz - 4MB L2 cache

Discontinued: 30/06/2002.

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 2-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL400R.

9.10.9. CPU Board with 4-way RS64-III@450MHz - 4MB L2 cache

Discontinued: 30/06/2002.

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 4-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL400R.

9.10.10. Swap 1-way RS64-IV@750 with 2-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG262)

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 2-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL400R with a 1-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

9.10.11. Swap 1-way RS64-IV@750 with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG263)

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 4-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL400R with a 1-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

Chapter 2: Models Description 47/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

9.10.12. Swap 2-way RS64-IV@750 with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG265)

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 4-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL400R with a 2-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

9.10.13. Swap 1-way RS64-III@450 with 2-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG245)

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 2-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL400R with a 1-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board - 2MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

9.10.14. Swap 1-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG246)

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 4-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL400R with a 1-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board - 2MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

9.10.15. Swap 2-way RS64-III@450 with 2-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG248)

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 2-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board – 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL400R with a 2-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

Chapter 2: Models Description 48/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

9.10.16. Swap 2-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG249)

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 4-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL400R with a 2-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

9.10.17. Swap 4-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG251)

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 4-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL400R with a 4-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

9.10.18. Swap 1-way RS64-IV@600 with 2-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG253)

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 2-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL400R with a 1-way PowerPC RS64-IV@600MHz CPU board - 2MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

9.10.19. Swap 1-way RS64-IV@600 with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG254)

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 4-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL400R with a 1-way PowerPC RS64-III@600MHz CPU board - 2MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

Chapter 2: Models Description 49/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

9.10.20. Swap 2-way RS64-IV@600 with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG257)

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 4-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL400R with a 2-way PowerPC RS64-IV@600MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

9.10.21. Swap 1-way RS64-IV@600 with 2-way RS64-IV@600MHz

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 2-way PowerPC RS64-IV@600MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL400R with a 1-way PowerPC RS64-IV@600MHz CPU board - 2MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

9.10.22. Swap 1-way RS64-IV@600 with 4-way RS64-IV@600MHz

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 4-way PowerPC RS64-IV@600MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL400R with a 1-way PowerPC RS64-IV@600MHz CPU board - 2MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

9.10.23. Swap 2-way RS64-IV@600 with 4-way RS64-IV@600MHz

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 4-way PowerPC RS64-IV@600MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL400R with a 2-way PowerPC RS64-IV@600MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

Chapter 2: Models Description 50/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

9.10.24. Swap 1-way RS64-III@450 with 2-way RS64-III@450MHz (CPKG227)

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 2-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL400R with a 1-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board - 2MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

9.10.25. Swap 1-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-III@450MHz (CPKG228)

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 4-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL400R with a 1-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board - 2MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

9.10.26. Swap 2-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-III@450MHz (CPKG206)

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 4-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL400R with a 2-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

9.10.27. Swap 1-way RS64-III@450 with 2-way RS64-IV@600MHz (CPKG229)

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 2-way PowerPC RS64-IV@600MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL400R with a 1-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board - 2MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

Chapter 2: Models Description 51/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

9.10.28. Swap 1-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-IV@600MHz (CPKG230)

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 4-way PowerPC RS64-IV@600MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL400R with a 1-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board - 2MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

9.10.29. Swap 2-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-IV@600MHz (CPKG222)

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 4-way PowerPC RS64-IV@600MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL400R with a 2-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

Chapter 2: Models Description 52/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

10. EscalaPL420R
18,2 GB Ultra-SCSI Disk Drive (1"/10Krpm) Discontinued: September 5, 2003

The Escala PL420R is based on a single rack drawer, the PL420R drawer . Up to 2 optional expansion
drawers can be added to provide up to 14 additionnal PCI slots and up to 24 disk additional hot-swap
disks. These drawers must be racked in a 19-inch rack.

A Hardware Management Console (HMC) provides the set of functions to manage the PL420R and
LPAR configurations.

10.1. The PL420R Single Rack Drawer

This drawer contains:

• Up to two 2-way processor boards (for a total of 1, 2 or 4 processors).


• From 1GB to 32GB of DDR SDRAM memory provided by 8 slots located on the 2-way CPU
boards. Each CPU board can house up to 16 GB of memory. Each processor card must have an
equal amount of memory installed.
• One Remote I/O (RIO) port.
• The system service processor
• 6 hot plug PCI-X bus slots
• 2 integrated Ultra3 SCSI busses (one for an internal port and one for an external port)
• 4 internal hot-swap disk drive bays
• 2 Medias Bays :
• 1 Open Bay for CD-ROM/DVD-ROM or DVD-RAM
• 1 Open Bay for Disquette /DVD-RAM or tape drive (optionnal)
• 1 floppy disk 1.44 MB 3”1/2
• Keyboard and mouse ports
• two 10/100 Mb/s Ethernet port
• 3 serial ports
• 2 serial ports dedicated for HMC attachement
• Optional redundant hot-swap power supply
• Optional redundant hot-swap fans
• Up to 4 logical partitions.

The PL420R drawer occupies 4U of vertical space.

The PL420R supports the following processor boards:


• 1-way POWER4+@1.2 GHz 64-bit copper-based silicon-on-insulator (SOI) processor boards with
8 MB of L3 cache per processor card. A 1.44 MB L2 cache is shared between the 2 processors on
the board.
• 1-way POWER4+@1.45 GHz 64-bit copper-based silicon-on-insulator (SOI) processor board
with 8 MB of L3 cache per processor card. A 1.44 MB L2 cache is shared between the 2
processors on the board.

Chapter 2: Models Description 53/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

• 2-way POWER4+@1.2 GHz 64-bit copper-based silicon-on-insulator (SOI) processor boards with
8 MB of L3 cache per processor card. A 1.44 MB L2 cache is shared between the 2 processors on
the board.
• 2-way POWER4+@1.45 GHz 64-bit copper-based silicon-on-insulator (SOI) processor board
with 8 MB of L3 cache per processor card. A 1.44 MB L2 cache is shared between the 2
processors on the board.

The following table provides the number of expansion drawers and the amount of memory supported
depending on the number of CPU boards installed in the PL420R.

Number of CPU Maximum Memory Maximum number of Maximum number of


boards installed supported Expansion drawers RIO loops
1 16 GB 2 1
2 32 GB 2 1

10.2. The PL420R Expansion Drawer

• Seven 64-bit hot plug PCI-X slots (133 Mhz ; 3.3 V)


• 12 disk slots divided into two groups of six slots for hot-swap Ultra3 SCSI disks (36.4GB, 73.4GB
or 146.8GB). Disk drives can be installed on a single SCSI bus or on two (optional) separate SCSI
buses with up to six drives per bus.
• Optionnal redundant hot-swap power supply.
Up to 2 six pack disk.

The PL420R expansion drawer occupies 4 Units of vertical space in a 19” rack.

10.3. Options and Extensions

• External modem for remote monitoring and maintenance allowing the service processor to call out
and alert the Bull Maintenance Center.
• Fibre Channel Adapter (FC-AL – 2 Gb/s).
• Communications adapters (Ethernet 10/100Mb/s, Gigabit Ethernet, Token Ring, Asynchronous).
• DAS fibre RAID disk subsystems with FC-AL interface.
• EMC disk subsystems with SCSI or FC-AL interface.

Chapter 2: Models Description 54/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

10.4. Maximum Configuration

• 4 Internal disk storage: 4x146.8GB=587.2GB.


• 6 Internal hot plug PCI-X bus slots
• 32 GB of RAM memory.
• Up to 4 CPUs.

Additional hot plug PCI-X slots :


• Up to 14 additional hot plug PCI –X slots with 2 Expansion Drawer DRWG048 (2 x 7).

External Storage :
• Up to 24 external disks with 2 Expansion Drawer DRWG048 (2 x 12)
• Up to 56 external disks with 4 Storage plus disk Expansion Cabinet DRWG021/022 (4 x 14)

10.5. Buses Frequency and Bandwidth

Memory Bandwidth :
• Memory aggregated bandwidth is 6.4 GB/s (12.8 GB/s in an 4-way system) provided through four
8 bytes data path to memory.

Internal PCI-X slots bandwidth:


• 6 Internal PCI-X slots running at 133 MHz (64 bit, 3.3V) for providing 1 GB/s bandwidth
• Extended Error Handling (EEH) support
• 5V PCI adapters are not supported

Expansion drawer PCI-X slots bandwidth:


• 7 PCI-X slots running at 133 MHz (64 bit, 3.3V) for providing 1 GB/s per expansion drawer

• Extended Error Handling (EEH) support


• 5V PCI adapters are not supported

Two equiped expansion drawer PCI-X slots bandwidth ( 2 x DRWG048) :


• 14 PCI-X buses running at 133 MHz (64 bit, 3.3V) for providing 1 GB/s per bus
• Extended Error Handling (EEH) support
• 5V PCI adapters are not supported

One Remote I/O (RIO) port with bidirectional 8-bit wide links bandwidth:
• 1 Remote I/O (RIO) port for providing 1 GHz (1 GB/s aggregate bandwidth per loop).

10.6. Operational Requirements

• AIX 5.1 or later.

Chapter 2: Models Description 55/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

10.7. Power Kits for the PL420R

10.7.1. CPU Board with 1-way POWER4+@1.2GHz - 8MB L3 cache (CPUG091)

This processor card also incorporates eight memory DIMM positions for installation of system
memory if desired.

The Power Kit contains the following items:

• One 1-way PowerPC POWER4+@1.2GHz CPU board – 8 MB L3 cache.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL420R with one CPU slot available.


• 1.2 GHz processor cards and 1.45 GHz processor cards cannot be mixed in the same PL420R

10.7.2. CPU Board with 1-way POWER4+@1.45GHz - 8MB L3 cache (CPUG089)

This processor card also incorporates eight memory DIMM positions for installation of system
memory if desired.

The Power Kit contains the following items:

• One 1-way PowerPC POWER4+@1.45GHz CPU board – 8 MB L3 cache.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL420R with one CPU slot available.


• 1.2 GHz processor cards and 1.45 GHz processor cards cannot be mixed in the same PL420R

10.7.3. CPU Board with 2-way POWER+@1.2GHz – 8 MB L3 cache (CPUG092)

This processor card also incorporates eight memory DIMM positions for installation of system
memory if desired.

The Power Kit contains the following items:

• One 2-way PowerPC POWER4+@1.2GHz CPU board – 8 MB L3 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL420R with one CPU slot available.


• 1.2 GHz processor cards and 1.45 GHz processor cards cannot be mixed in the same PL420R

Chapter 2: Models Description 56/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

10.7.4. CPU Board with 2-way POWER+@1.45GHz – 8 MB L3 cache (CPUG090)

This processor card also incorporates eight memory DIMM positions for installation of system
memory if desired.
The Power Kit contains the following items:

• One 2-way PowerPC POWER4+@1.45GHz CPU board – 8 MB L3 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL420R with one CPU slot available.


• 1.2 GHz processor cards and 1.45 GHz processor cards cannot be mixed in the same PL420R

10.7.5. Swap 1-way POWER4+@1.45GHz with 2-way POWER4+@1.45GHz (CPKG272)

The Power Kit contains the following items:

• One 2-way POWER4+@1.45GHz CPU board - 8MB L3 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL420R with a 1-way POWER4+@1.45GHz CPU board - 8MB L3 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

10.7.6. Swap 1-way POWER4+@1.2GHz with 1-way POWER4+@1.45GHz (CPKG273)

The Power Kit contains the following items:

• One 1-way POWER4+@1.45GHz CPU board - 8MB L3 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL420R with a 1-way POWER4+@1.2GHz CPU board - 8MB L3 cache per CPU.
• All the 1-way 1.2 GHz CPU boards must be swapped

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

Chapter 2: Models Description 57/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

10.7.7. Swap 1-way POWER4+@1.2GHz with 2-way POWER4+@1.45GHz (CPKG274)

The Power Kit contains the following items:

• One 2-way POWER4+@1.45GHz CPU board - 8MB L3 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL420R with a 1-way POWER4+@1.2GHz CPU board - 8MB L3 cache per CPU.
• All the 1-way 1.2 GHz CPU boards must be swapped

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

10.7.8. Swap 1-way POWER4+@1.2GHz with 2-way POWER4+@1.2GHz (CPKG275)

The Power Kit contains the following items:

• One 2-way POWER4+@1.2GHz CPU board - 8MB L3 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL420R with a 1-way POWER4+@1.2GHz CPU board - 8MB L3 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

10.7.9. Swap 2-way POWER4+@1.2GHz with 2-way POWER4+@1.45GHz (CPKG276)

The Power Kit contains the following items:

• One 2-way POWER4+@1.45GHz CPU board - 8MB L3 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL420R with a 2-way POWER4+@1.2GHz CPU board - 8MB L3 cache per CPU.
• All the 2-way 1.2 GHz CPU boards must be swapped

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

Chapter 2: Models Description 58/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

10.8. Logical Partitioning (LPAR)

Static LPAR is supported with AIX V5.1 or V5.2. Dynamic LPAR requires AIX V5.2.

The PL420R can be divided into up to 4 logical partitions. System resources can be dedicated to each
LPAR.
A minimum of one processor is required per LPAR.
A partition must have at least a SCSI and Ethernet adapter/controller. Note that the integrated internal
SCSI bus and the integrated external SCSI bus must be assigned to the same partition.
All the internal disk drives and media must be assigned to the same partition.
External disk drives must be provided for all but the first partition. AIX does not support diskless
LPAR operation.
When running LPAR with AIX V5.1, fully populated processor cards cannot mix memory DIMMs
with different capacities on the same card.

10.8.1. Virtual Console Devices for Each Partition

For each partition running on the server, one virtual tty is provided as a substitute to using a physical
console. This tty runs through the RS232 connection between the HMC and the service processor (and
therefore is isolated from the network), and can be used as a normal tty console. Console messages
from AIX are streamed to the output window in the HMC. The HMC also provides virtual operator
panel functions for each partition, including a display of the firmware and AIX progress and error
codes that would normally appear on the LCD display on the front of the server.

10.8.2. Install Media Devices

If there is only one installation device (for example, a CD-ROM or tape) available in a system, it
should not be connected under the same SCSI adapter as boot disks or other disks critical to that
partition’s operation. Doing so would limit the ability to reconfigure that installation device to be used
by different partitions. Instead, the device should be connected to its own SCSI adapter so that it can
be independently allocated to any partition when required.

10.8.3. Boot Devices

Each partition requires its own separate boot device. This means the system must have at least one
boot device and associated adapter per partition.

Chapter 2: Models Description 59/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

11. Escala EPC610

Discontinued: 13/07/2001.

The Escala EPC610 is composed of a Central Electronics Complex (CEC) and one I/O drawer. An
additional I/O drawer can be added under SFR. Up to 2 disk drawers can be added to provide hot-swap
disks. The CEC, the I/O drawer and the disk drawers must be racked in a 19-inch I/O rack.

A service processor provides all the features for maintenance (tests, survey, alarm) and is included in
an I/O drawer. This I/O drawer may also contain a non hot-swap system disk and will be referred to as
the primary I/O drawer. Additional I/O drawers are called secondary I/O drawers.

11.1. The EPC610 CEC

The CEC contains:

• One 2-way, 4-way or 6-way processor board.


• From 512 MB to 32 GB of memory provided by 2 slots fitting 16-slot memory boards. Memory
boards can be populated by 256 MB (2x128MB), 512MB (2x256MB), 1GB (2x512MB) or 2GB
(2x1GB) memory modules.
• One Remote I/O (RIO) controller supporting 2 connections at 500MB/s. These are used to connect
the I/O drawers.
• Optional redundant power supply.

The EPC610 CEC occupies 5U of vertical space.

The EPC610 supports 2-way and 4-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz 64-bit processor boards, 6-way
PowerPC RS64-III@500MHz 64-bit processor boards and 6-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz 64-bit
processor boards.
Each processor has 128 KB of internal cache and 4 MB of L2 associative cache for RS64-III, or 8 MB
of L2 associative cache for RS64-IV.
The EPC610 CPU de-allocation function enables the system to take a failing processor off line without
re-booting the system in the remote possibility that a failure should occur. The service processor can
record this action and notify the systems administrator or service personnel of the condition.
Computing operation continues with the processor deactivated, allowing repair to be scheduled at a
time convenient to your processing schedule.

11.2. The EPC610 Primary I/O Drawer

• Two bays for non hot-plug Ultra2 SCSI disks (18.2GB or 36.4GB); these internal disks can be
mirrored using two SCSI buses; the use of these bays eliminates the use of two PCI slots in the
primary I/O drawer (therefore, only 12 slots are available).
• Two media bays for internal media devices: one is occupied by a CD-ROM drive and one is free
for additional media (DAT, VDAT, or CD-ROM).
• One floppy disk drive.

Chapter 2: Models Description 60/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

• Fourteen hot-plug PCI slots (ten 64-bit and four 32-bit slots): 64-bit slots do not support 5V
adapters.
• Integrated Ethernet 10/100Mbps.
• Two integrated SCSI controllers (SCSI-2 Fast Wide and Ultra2).
• Four RS232 serial ports.
• One parallel port.
• One keyboard and one mouse port.
• Optional redundant hot-swap power supply.

The EPC610 I/O drawer occupies 5 Units of vertical space.

11.3. The EPC610 Secondary I/O Drawer (SFR)

• Two media bays for internal media devices (DAT, VDAT, or CD-ROM).
• Fourteen PCI slots (10*64-bit and 4*32-bit).
• Optional redundant hot-swap power supply.

11.4. The EPC610 Disk Drawer

• 14 disk slots divided into two groups of seven slots for hot-swap Ultra3 SCSI disks (18.2GB,
36.4GB or 73.4GB). Disk drives can be installed on a single SCSI bus or on two (optional)
separate SCSI buses with up to seven drives per bus. This flexibility allows multiple configurations
using AIX software mirroring or RAID options.
• Optional redundant power supply and cooling fans.
• Up to four disk drawers.

The disk drawer occupies 3 Units of vertical space.

The 10-bay disk drawers has been discontinued as of 31/01/2001.

11.5. Options and Extensions

• External modem for remote monitoring and maintenance allowing the service processor to call out
and alert the Bull Maintenance Center.
• Fibre Channel Adapter.
• Communications adapters (FDDI, Ethernet 10/100Mb/s, Gigabit Ethernet, Token Ring, ATM,
Asynchronous and X25).
• DAS SCSI RAID subsystems.
• DAS fibre RAID subsystems with FC-AL interface.
• DAE5000 JBOD enclosures with FC-AL interface.
• EMC disk subsystems with SCSI or FC-AL interface.
• Overland DLT tape library (DLT4000 or DLT7000) with SCSI interface.

Chapter 2: Models Description 61/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

11.6. Maximum Configuration

• Internal disk storage:


2x36.4GB=72.8GB in the primary I/O drawer.
2x14x73.4GB=2055.2GB with 2 disk drawers.
• 32 GB of memory.
• Up to 6 CPUs
• Up to 14 PCI slots.

11.7. EPC610 Description

11.8. Operational Requirements

• AIX 4.3.3 or later.

Chapter 2: Models Description 62/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

11.9. Power Kits for the EPC610

11.9.1. CPU Board with 2-way RS64-III@450MHz - 4MB L2 cache

Discontinued: 30/06/2002.

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 2-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any EPC610.

11.9.2. CPU Board with 4-way RS64-III@450MHz - 4MB L2 cache

Discontinued: 30/06/2002.

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 4-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any EPC610.

11.9.3. CPU Board with 6-way RS64-III@500MHz - 4MB L2 cache

Discontinued: 30/06/2002.

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 6-way PowerPC RS64-III@500MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any EPC610.

11.9.4. Swap 2-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-III@450MHz


Discontinued: October 31, 2003
The Power Kit contains the following items:
• One 4-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any EPC610 with a 2-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

Chapter 2: Models Description 63/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

11.9.5. Swap 2-way RS64-III@450 with 6-way RS64-III@500MHz


Discontinued: October 31, 2003
The Power Kit contains the following items:
• One 6-way PowerPC RS64-III@500MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any EPC610 with a 2-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

11.9.6. Swap 4-way RS64-III@450 with 6-way RS64-III @500MHz


Discontinued: October 31, 2003
The Power Kit contains the following items:
• One 6-way PowerPC RS64-III@500MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any EPC610 with a 4-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

11.10. Upgrade Kits from RS64-III to RS64-IV CPU Boards

11.10.1. Swap 2-way RS64-III@450 with 2-way RS64-IV@600MHz (CPKG221)

The kit contains the following items:


• One 2-way PowerPC RS64-IV@600MHz CPU board – 4 MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any EPC610 with a 2-way -PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board – 4 MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

11.10.2. Swap 2-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-IV@600MHz (CPKG222)

The kit contains the following items:


• One 4-way PowerPC RS64-IV@600MHz CPU board – 4 MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any EPC610 with a 2-way -PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board – 4 MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

Chapter 2: Models Description 64/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

11.10.3. Swap 2-way RS64-III@450 with 6-way RS64-IV@668MHz (CPKG223)


Discontinued: October 31, 2003

The kit contains the following items:


• One 6-way PowerPC RS64-IV@668MHz CPU board – 8 MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any EPC610 with a 2-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board – 4 MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

11.10.4. Swap 4-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-IV@600MHz (CPKG224)

The kit contains the following items:


• One 4-way PowerPC RS64-IV@600MHz CPU board – 4 MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any EPC610 with a 4-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board – 4 MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

11.10.5. Swap 4-way RS64-III@450 with 6-way RS64-IV@668MHz (CPKG225)


Discontinued: October 31, 2003

The kit contains the following items:


• One 6-way PowerPC RS64-IV@668MHz CPU board – 8 MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any EPC610 with a 4-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board – 4 MB L2 cache per CPU.
The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

11.10.6. Swap 6-way RS64-III@500 with 6-way RS64-IV@668MHz (CPKG226)


Discontinued: October 31, 2003

The kit contains the following items:


• One 6-way PowerPC RS64-IV@668MHz CPU board – 8 MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any EPC610 with a 6-way PowerPC RS64-III@500MHz CPU board – 4 MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

Chapter 2: Models Description 65/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

11.10.7. Swap 6-way RS64-III@500 with 6-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG268)

The kit contains the following items:


• One 6-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board – 8 MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any EPC610 with a 6-way PowerPC RS64-III@500MHz CPU board – 4 MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

11.11. Upgrade Kits from EPC610 to EPC810

Discontinued: 13/07/2001.

This upgrade kit allows to upgrade a 4-way or 6-way EPC610 to an EPC810 reconnecting the existing
I/O drawers and disk drawers including disks, media, disk adapters and communication adapters. The
upgraded EPC610 will have the same memory and CPU capability as an EPC810. The EPC610
memory is not compatible with the EPC810 processor boards and therefore should be replaced.

This upgrade kit is composed of:


• At least one basic upgrade kit from EPC610 to EPC810.
• A "swap kit" that allows you to swap EPC610 processor boards to EPC810 processor boards. The
EPC610 must have at least 4 processors. The EPC810 will have 4 processors.

Additional EPC810 processor boards may complete the EPC810 configuration.

11.11.1. Basic Upgrade Kit from EPC610 to EPC810

The basic kit includes:


• One Escala EPC810 CEC.
• One 32-slot memory board.
• Installation instructions.

Warning:
• Due to height difference between the EPC610 CEC drawer (5U) and the EPC810 CEC drawer
(8U), an additional rack may be required.
• Due to the minimum memory configuration on the EPC810 and other memory constraints,
additional memory may be required.
• As Redundant Power Supplies are mandatory for the EPC810, if the EPC610 does not have any,
they must be added.

Chapter 2: Models Description 66/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Parts Removed Becoming the Property of Bull

• EPC610 CEC.
• 16-slot memory board from the EPC610.

11.11.2. Swap 4-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-III @500MHz

This kit contains the following items:


• One EPC810 4-way RS64-III@500MHz CPU board.
• Installation instructions.

Parts Removed Becoming the Property of Bull

• One EPC610 4-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board.

11.11.3. Swap 6-way RS64-III@500 with 4-way RS64-III @500MHz

This kit contains the following items:


• One EPC810 4-way RS64-III@500MHz CPU board.
• Installation instructions.

Parts Removed Becoming the Property of Bull

• One EPC610 6-way PowerPC RS64-III@500MHz CPU board.

Chapter 2: Models Description 67/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

12. Escala PL600R

The Escala PL600R is composed of a Central Electronics Complex (CEC) and one I/O drawer. An
additional I/O drawer can be added to the system. Up to four disk drawers can be added to provide hot-
swap disks. The CEC, the I/O drawer and the disk drawers must be racked in a 19-inch I/O rack.

A service processor provides all the features for maintenance (tests, survey, alarm) and is included in
an I/O drawer. This I/O drawer may also contain a non hot-swap system disk and will be referred to as
the primary I/O drawer. Additional I/O drawers are called secondary I/O drawers.

12.1. The PL600R CEC

The CEC contains:

• One 1-way, 2-way, 4-way or 6-way processor board.


• From 256 MB to 32 GB of Chipkill ECC memory provided by 2 slots fitting 16-slot memory
boards. Memory boards can be populated by 256 MB (2x128MB), 512MB (2x256MB), 1GB
(2x512MB) or 2GB (2x1GB) memory modules.
• Two Remote I/O (RIO) ports. A pair of RIO port is necessary to connect a maximum of two I/O
drawers in a loop-like fashion.
• Optional redundant power supply.

The PL600R CEC occupies 5U of vertical space.

The PL600R supports the following processor boards:


• 1-way, 2-way, 4-way and 6-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz 64-bit copper-based, silicon-on-
insulator (SOI) processor boards
• 1-way, 2-way and 4-way PowerPC RS64-IV@600MHz 64-bit copper-based, silicon-on-insulator
(SOI) processor boards
• 1-way, 2-way and 4-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz 64-bit processor boards
• 6-way PowerPC RS64-IV@668MHz 64-bit copper-based, silicon-on-insulator (SOI) processor
boards.
Each processor has 128 KB of internal L1 cache.
L2 associative cache is provided as follows:
• 2 MB for the 1-way 450MHz and 600MHz CPU boards
• 4 MB for the 2-way and 4-way 450MHz and 600MHz CPU boards
• 8 MB for the 668MHz and 750MHz CPU boards

The PL600R CPU de-allocation function enables the system to take a failing processor off line without
re-booting the system in the remote possibility that a failure should occur. The service processor can
record this action and notify the systems administrator or service personnel of the condition.
Computing operation continues with the processor deactivated, allowing repair to be scheduled at a
time convenient to your processing schedule.

Chapter 2: Models Description 68/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

12.2. The PL600R Primary I/O Drawer

• Two bays for non hot-plug SCSI disks (18.2GB or 36.4GB); these internal disks can be mirrored
using two SCSI buses; the use of these bays eliminates the use of two PCI slots in the primary I/O
drawer (therefore, only 12 slots are available).
• Two media bays for internal media devices: one is occupied by a CD-ROM drive and one is free
for additional media (DAT, VDAT, or CD-ROM).
• One floppy disk drive.
• Fourteen hot-plug PCI slots (ten 64-bit slots and four 32-bit slots): 64-bit slots do not support 5V
adapters.
• Integrated Ethernet 10/100Mbps.
• Two integrated SCSI controllers (SCSI-2 Fast Wide and Ultra2).
• Four RS232 serial ports.
• One parallel port.
• One keyboard and 1 mouse port.
• Optional redundant hot-swap power supply.

The PL600R I/O drawer occupies 5 Units of vertical space.

12.3. The PL600R Secondary I/O Drawer

• Two media bays for internal media devices (DAT, VDAT, or CD-ROM).
• Fourteen PCI slots (10*64-bit and 4*32-bit).
• Optional redundant hot-swap power supply.

Note: The secondary I/O drawer is not available with RS64-III@450 MHz CPU boards.

12.4. The PL600R Disk Drawer

• 14 disk slots divided into two groups of seven slots for hot-swap Ultra3 SCSI disks (18.2GB,
36.4GB, 73.4GB or 146,8 GB). Disk drives can be installed on a single SCSI bus or on two
(optional) separate SCSI buses with up to seven drives per bus. This flexibility allows multiple
configurations using AIX software mirroring or RAID options.
• Optional redundant power supply and cooling fans.
• Up to four disk drawers.

The disk drawer occupies 3U of vertical space.

12.5. Options and Extensions

• External modem for remote monitoring and maintenance allowing the service processor to call out
and alert the Bull Maintenance Center.
• Fibre Channel Adapter.
• Communications adapters (FDDI, Ethernet 10/100Mb/s, Gigabit Ethernet, Token Ring, ATM,
Asynchronous and X25).

Chapter 2: Models Description 69/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

• DAS SCSI RAID subsystems.


• DAS fibre RAID subsystems with FC-AL interface.
• DAE5000 JBOD enclosures with FC-AL interface.
• EMC disk subsystems with SCSI or FC-AL interface.
• Overland DLT tape library (DLT4000 or DLT7000) with SCSI interface.

12.6. Maximum Configuration

• Internal disk storage:


2x36.4GB=72.8GB in the primary I/O drawer.
4x14x146,8GB=8220,8GB with four disk drawers.
• 32 GB of memory.
• Up to 6 CPUs
• Up to 28 PCI slots.

12.7. PL600R Description

Note: 1-way models memory capacity ranges from 256 MB to 16 GB. 2-way, 4-way and 6-way
models memory capacity ranges from 512 MB to 32 GB. For more information refer to the "Memory
Expansion Cards" chapter.

Chapter 2: Models Description 70/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

12.8. Buses Frequency and Bandwidth

Two 128-bit wide system buses. These operate at the following speed:
• 150 MHz with 600 or 750 MHz processors (2.4GB/s bandwidth per bus)
• 133.6 MHz with 668 MHz processors (2.14 GB/s bandwidth per bus).
Two 64-bit wide memory ports. These operate at the following speed:
• 300 MHz with 600 or 750 MHz processors (2.4 GB/s bandwidth per port)
• 334 MHz with 668 MHz processors (2.67 GB/s bandwidth per port).
Two RIO ports: each RIO port has 2 uni-directional 8-bit-wide links that operate at 500 MHz (1 GB/s
aggregate bandwidth).
Two I/O drawers, each equipped with a 66 MHz, 64 bit-wide bus (528 MB/s bandwidth).
Each I/O drawer has 14 PCI slots:
• 10 slots at 66 MHz, 64 bit, 3.3V (528 MB/s)
• 4 slots at 33 MHz, 32 bit, 5V (132 MB/s).

12.9. Operational Requirements

• AIX 4.3.3 or later.

12.10. Power Kits for the PL600R

12.10.1. CPU Board with 1-way RS64-IV@750MHz - 8MB L2 cache (CPUG083)

This processor card also incorporates eight memory DIMM positions for installation of system
memory if desired.

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 1-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board – 8 MB L2 cache.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL600R.

12.10.2. CPU Board with 2-way RS64-IV@750MHz – 8 MB L2 cache (CPUG084)

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 2-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board – 8 MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL600R.

Chapter 2: Models Description 71/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

12.10.3. CPU Board with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz – 8 MB L2 cache (CPUG085)

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 4-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board, 8 MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL600R.

12.10.4. CPU Board with 6-way RS64-IV@750MHz – 8 MB L2 cache (CPUG086)

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 6-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board, 8 MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL600R.

12.10.5. CPU Board with 1-way RS64-IV@600MHz - 2MB L2 cache

This processor card also incorporates eight memory DIMM positions for installation of system
memory, if desired.
The Power Kit contains the following items:
• One 1-way PowerPC RS64-IV@600MHz CPU board - 2MB L2 cache.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL600R.

12.10.6. CPU Board with 2-way RS64-IV@600MHz - 4MB L2 cache

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 2-way PowerPC RS64-IV@600MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL600R.

12.10.7. CPU Board with 4-way RS64-IV@600MHz - 4MB L2 cache

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 4-way PowerPC RS64-IV@600MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL600R.

Chapter 2: Models Description 72/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

12.10.8. CPU Board with 6-way RS64-IV@668MHz - 8MB L2 cache

Discontinued: 30/06/2002.

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 6-way PowerPC RS64-IV@668MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL600R.

12.10.9. CPU Board with 1-way RS64-III@450MHz - 2MB L2 cache

Discontinued: 30/06/2002.

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 1-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board - 2MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL600R.

12.10.10. CPU Board with 2-way RS64-III@450MHz - 4MB L2 cache

Discontinued: 30/06/2002.

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 2-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL600R.

12.10.11. CPU Board with 4-way RS64-III@450MHz - 4MB L2 cache

Discontinued: 30/06/2002.

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 4-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL600R.

Chapter 2: Models Description 73/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

12.10.12. Swap 1-way RS64-IV@750 with 2-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG262)

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 2-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL600R with a 1-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

12.10.13. Swap 1-way RS64-IV@750 with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG263)

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 4-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL600R with a 1-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

12.10.14. Swap 1-way RS64-IV@750 with 6-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG264)

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 6-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL600R with a 1-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

12.10.15. Swap 2-way RS64-IV@750 with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG265)

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 4-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL600R with a 2-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

Chapter 2: Models Description 74/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

12.10.16. Swap 2-way RS64-IV@750 with 6-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG266)

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 6-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL600R with a 2-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

12.10.17. Swap 4-way RS64-IV@750 with 6-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG267)

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 6-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL600R with a 4-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

12.10.18. Swap 1-way RS64-III@450 with 2-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG245)

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 2-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL600R with a 1-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board - 2MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

12.10.19. Swap 1-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG246)

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 4-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL600R with a 1-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board - 2MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

Chapter 2: Models Description 75/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

12.10.20. Swap 1-way RS64-III@450 with 6-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG247)

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 6-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL600R with a 1-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board - 2MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

12.10.21. Swap 2-way RS64-III@450 with 2-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG248)

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 2-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board – 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL600R with a 2-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

12.10.22. Swap 2-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG249)

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 4-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL600R with a 2-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

12.10.23. Swap 2-way RS64-III@450 with 6-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG250)

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 6-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL600R with a 2-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

Chapter 2: Models Description 76/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

12.10.24. Swap 4-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG251)

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 4-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL600R with a 4-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

12.10.25. Swap 4-way RS64-III@450 with 6-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG252)

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 6-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL600R with a 4-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

12.10.26. Swap 1-way RS64-IV@600 with 2-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG253)

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 2-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL600R with a 1-way PowerPC RS64-IV@600MHz CPU board - 2MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

12.10.27. Swap 1-way RS64-IV@600 with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG254)

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 4-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL600R with a 1-way PowerPC RS64-III@600MHz CPU board - 2MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

Chapter 2: Models Description 77/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

12.10.28. Swap 1-way RS64-IV@600 with 6-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG255)

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 6-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL600R with a 1-way PowerPC RS64-IV@600MHz CPU board - 2MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

12.10.29. Swap 2-way RS64-IV@600 with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG257)

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 4-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL600R with a 2-way PowerPC RS64-IV@600MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

12.10.30. Swap 2-way RS64-IV@600 with 6-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG258)

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 6-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL600R with a 2-way PowerPC RS64-IV@600MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

12.10.31. Swap 4-way RS64-IV@600 with 6-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG260)

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 6-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL600R with a 4-way PowerPC RS64-IV@600MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

Chapter 2: Models Description 78/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

12.10.32. Swap 1-way RS64-IV@600 with 2-way RS64-IV@600MHz

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 2-way PowerPC RS64-IV@600MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL600R with a 1-way PowerPC RS64-IV@600MHz CPU board - 2MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

12.10.33. Swap 1-way RS64-IV@600 with 4-way RS64-IV@600MHz

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 4-way PowerPC RS64-IV@600MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL600R with a 1-way PowerPC RS64-IV@600MHz CPU board - 2MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

12.10.34. Swap 1-way RS64-IV@600 with 6-way RS64-IV@668MHz

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 6-way PowerPC RS64-IV@668MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL600R with a 1-way PowerPC RS64-IV@600MHz CPU board - 2MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

12.10.35. Swap 2-way RS64-IV@600 with 4-way RS64-IV@600MHz

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 4-way PowerPC RS64-IV@600MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL600R with a 2-way PowerPC RS64-IV@600MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.
The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

Chapter 2: Models Description 79/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

12.10.36. Swap 2-way RS64-IV@600 with 6-way RS64-IV@668MHz

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 6-way PowerPC RS64-IV@668MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL600R with a 2-way PowerPC RS64-IV@600MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.
The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

12.10.37. Swap 4-way RS64-IV@600 with 6-way RS64-IV @668MHz

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 6-way PowerPC RS64-IV@668MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL600R with a 4-way PowerPC RS64-IV@600MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

12.10.38. Swap 1-way RS64-III@450 with 2-way RS64-III@450MHz (CPKG227)

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 2-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL600R with a 1-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board - 2MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

12.10.39. Swap 1-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-III@450MHz (CPKG228)

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 4-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL600R with a 1-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board - 2MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

Chapter 2: Models Description 80/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

12.10.40. Swap 2-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-III@450MHz (CPKG206)


Discontinued: December 12, 2003
The Power Kit contains the following items:
• One 4-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL600R with a 2-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

12.10.41. Swap 1-way RS64-III@450 with 2-way RS64-IV@600MHz (CPKG229)

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 2-way PowerPC RS64-IV@600MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL600R with a 1-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board - 2MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

12.10.42. Swap 1-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-IV@600MHz (CPKG230)

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 4-way PowerPC RS64-IV@600MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL600R with a 1-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board - 2MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

12.10.43. Swap 1-way RS64-III@450 with 6-way RS64-IV@668MHz (CPKG231)


Discontinued: December 12, 2003
The Power Kit contains the following items:
• One 6-way PowerPC RS64-IV@668MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL600R with a 1-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board - 2MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

Chapter 2: Models Description 81/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

12.10.44. Swap 2-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-IV@600MHz (CPKG222)

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 4-way PowerPC RS64-IV@600MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL600R with a 2-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

12.10.45. Swap 2-way RS64-III@450 with 6-way RS64-IV@668MHz (CPKG223)

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 6-way PowerPC RS64-IV@668MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL600R with a 2-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

Chapter 2: Models Description 82/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

13. Escala EPC800

Discontinued: 31/12/1999. All add-ons discontinued as of 30/06/2001.

The Escala EPC800 is a 19-inch rack-mounted model. It is a configuration based on one Escala [36U]
rack including one 604e Escala CPU node drawer [6U].

The EPC800 basic model features two 200 MHz or 320 MHz PowerPC 604e RISC processors
(maximum eight processors with 4 dual CPU boards).
Each CPU board contains two processors with 64 KB internal cache and 2MB L2 cache (or 4MB L2
cache with the 320 MHz processor) on each processor for fast data transfer between the processor and
memory for balanced system performance.

Each EPC800 basic model also includes one (upgradable to two) high speed 160 MB/sec MCA bus
with 8 (up to 16) total and 6 (up to 14) open slots, and comes at minimum with 128 MB of memory
(upgradable to 4096MB), 4.2GB internal disk and an internal CD-ROM.

Two bays for internal disk (1" high) are available in the EPC800 basic model.
Two 5.25" bays for internal media/disk are available in the EPC800 basic model.
The 5.25" bays for media/disk can be only used for additional media.

The basic Rack can hold up to 4 drawers and up to six expansion racks can also be linked to the basic
model, with a capacity of four drawers each.

13.1. Configuration

The Escala EPC800 basic model configuration provides the following features:

• One 36U rack


• One EPC800 drawer [6U]
• One Power Distribution Bus [1U].
The EPC800 drawer contains:
• One dual CPU module PowerPC 604e@200MHz - 2MB L2 cache, or one dual CPU module
PowerPC 604e@320MHz - 4MB L2 cache.
• Three additional CPU slots for other dual CPU modules.
• 128 MB minimum memory.
• Four memory slots, each supporting up to 1GB memory board for a total of 4GB memory.
• One LAN/SCSI SE adapter featuring:
One SCSI-2 SE port used to connect the standard internal disk and media devices.
One Ethernet IEEE 802.3 port, with a communication rate of 10Mbps. A thick-Ethernet (10Base-5)
connector and a twisted pair (10Base-T) connector are standard on the system. This adapter is
dedicated to the back-end network. The front-end network must be defined separately with the
configuration tool. The front-end network is based on two Ethernet adapters or two FDDI adapters
depending on Customer requirements.
• Three serial RS232 ports reserved for the system console, the remote maintenance and services,
and UPS connections.

Chapter 2: Models Description 83/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

• One parallel printer port.


• At least a 4.2 GB SCSI-2 internal disk.
• One 1.44MB 3.5-inch Diskette Drive.
• Six open MCA slots, with a total of 8 slots.
• Two bays for SCSI disk device (1" high).
• Two 5.25" bays for SCSI media device.
• One Redundant Power Supply.
• One 8 RS232-C asynchronous adapters.

13.2. Operational Requirements

• AIX 4.2 or AIX 4.3.


• One internal 600MB CD-ROM high performance drive.

13.3. Factory Installable Select Options

• Two MCA buses (instead of 1 MCA bus) featuring 14 free MCA slots (instead of 6 free MCA
slots).

13.4. Extensions and Options

• Up to 6 expansion racks.
• External disk storage and media devices, including:
External tape drive drawers.
SSA disk subsystem (multiple host allowing to be shared by up to 8 nodes - discontinued).
DAS1300, DAS2900 RAID drawers (SCSI interface allowing to share a DAS by up to 4 nodes).
EMC disk subsystem (SCSI interface allowing to share a CDA by up to 8 nodes depending on disk
capacity and performance required).
• System memory expansion up to 4096MB per node.
• Upgrade kit to PowerPC 604e@320MHz.
• Internal disk expansion up to 18.2GB (2x9.1GB) per node.
• One redundant or non-redundant Public Network Adapter per node, with a choice between all
types of Ethernet, FDDI, Token Ring and ATM Adapters. Public network availability features
need at least 2 network accesses per node (i.e. 2 adapters per node connected to 2 different
networks).
• Two MCA buses per node (instead of 1 MCA bus) on-site option.
14 free MCA slots (instead of 6 free MCA slots).
• Internal media devices (tape drives).
• Disk/media drawer (4 open bays disk 1" or 1"6, 2 open bays media/disk 1"); up to 1 per node.
• LAN, WAN and asynchronous communications adapters.
• Power kit to upgrade the system to up to eight processors per node.
• Redundant fans and power supplies per node.

Chapter 2: Models Description 84/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

EPC800 Rack Options

• One redundant Power Distribution Bus per rack.


• One UPS 3KVA per rack.

13.4.1. Escala External Additional Disk/Media Drawer for EPC800

The Escala External Additional Disk/Media Drawer is the Escala Mini Tower Disk Cabinet designed
in a Drawer; it provides additional disk storage to Escala EPC800 model.

The Escala External Additional Disk/Media Drawer features:

• Four bays for 1-inch disks (2.1GB, 4.2GB, 9.1GB) or 1.6-inch disks (9.1GB)
• Two bays for 1-inch media/disks

The Escala External Additional Disk/Media Drawer can contain six SCSI-2 SE 2.1/4.2/9.1GB internal
drives for a maximum total disk storage per cabinet of 54.6GB.
The Escala External Additional Disk/Media Drawer comes without any media or disks.

Two media bays are available for the attachment of the following combinations of media devices:

• One 7/14 GB internal 8-mm tape drive


• One 12/24 GB internal 4-mm tape drive
• One 13/26 GB internal 1/4-inch cartridge tape drive

If the media bays are used, the maximum disk capacity is: 4x9.1 = 36.4GB

Attachment

An Escala EPC800 is required to support External Additional Disk/Media Drawers.


Maximum four Escala External Additional Disk/Media Drawer can be attached (Noemie allows one
External Additional Disk/Media Drawer per node).

13.5. Power Distribution Bus

The Power Distribution Bus (PDB) provides up to 8 AC outlets: 6 to the drawers, 1 for a modem, 1 for
the CPC in a 19" rack.

The PDB occupies 1 EIA unit of vertical mounting space in the rack.

Chapter 2: Models Description 85/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

13.6. EPC800 Description

EPC800 Description

Floppy Redundant
CD-ROM 1.6" MEDIA/DISK
Power Supply
DUAL DUAL
1" DISK CPU CPU Mem.
mod.
Mem.
mod
Mem.
mod.
Mem.
mod
Mem.
mod.
Mem.
mod
Mem.
mod.
Mem.
mod
board board

DUAL DUAL Mem. Mem. Mem. Mem. Mem. Mem. Mem. Mem.
mod mod mod mod mod mod mod mod
1" DISK CPU CPU
board board MEMORY BOARD MEMORY BOARD MEMORY BOARD MEMORY BOARD
MCA adapter

MCA adapter

MCA adapter

MCA adapter

MCA adapter

MCA adapter
MCA adapter
Ethernet
SCSI/

Empty slot for I/O Extension


MCA adapter

MCA adapter

MCA adapter

MCA adapter

MCA adapter

MCA adapter
MCA adapter

MCA adapter

I/O Extension

Optional Media/Disk Expansion Drawer for EPC800

1" MEDIA/DISK 1" MEDIA/DISK

1"/1.6" DISK 1"/1.6" DISK 1"/1.6" DISK 1"/1.6" DISK

Requires 1 SCSI SE adapter

13.7. Power Kits for the EPC800

13.7.1. Power Kit 2-way 604e@200MHz CPU - 2MB L2 cache

The Power Kit contains the following items:

• One Dual CPU module PowerPC 604e@200MHz - 2MB L2 cache.

Operational Requirements

• Any EPC800 (no mix of PowerPC 604e@200MHz and PowerPC 604e@320MHz in the same
node).

Chapter 2: Models Description 86/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

13.7.2. Power Kit 2-way 604e@320MHz CPU - 4MB L2 cache

The Power Kit contains the following items:

• One Dual CPU module PowerPC 604e@320MHz - 4MB L2 cache.

Operational Requirements

• Any EPC800 (processors must be of the same type).

13.8. Upgrade Kits for the EPC800

13.8.1. Upgrade Kit from PowerPC 604e@200MHz to PowerPC 604e@320MHz

This Upgrade Kit contains the following items:

• One Dual CPU module PowerPC 604e@320MHz - 4MB L2 cache.


• Installations instructions.

Parts Removed Becoming the Property of Bull

• One Dual CPU module PowerPC 604e@200MHz - 2MB L2 cache

13.9. Extension Kits for the EPC800

13.9.1. MCA Buses Upgrade

This Extension Kit allows to extend an 8 MCA Slots EPC800 with a second high speed 160 MB/sec
MCA Bus, upgrading the number of slots up to 16.

Operational Requirements

• Any 8 MCA Slots EPC800.

Chapter 2: Models Description 87/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

14. Escala EPC810

Discontinued: 30/01/2002.

The Escala EPC810 is composed of a Central Electronics Complex (CEC) and one I/O drawer. Up to 3
additional I/O drawers can be added. Up to 2 disk drawers can be added to provide hot-swap disks.
The CEC, the I/O drawers and the disk drawers must be racked in a 19-inch I/O rack.

A service processor provides all the features for maintenance (tests, survey, alarm) and is included in
an I/O drawer. This I/O drawer may also contain a non hot-plug system disk and will be referred to as
the primary I/O drawer. Additional I/O drawers are called secondary I/O drawers.

14.1. The EPC810 CEC

The CEC contains:

• Up to two 2-way, or 4-way processor boards (for a total of 2, 4, 6 or 8 processors).


• From 1GB to 64 GB of memory provided by 2 slots fitting 32-slot memory boards. Memory
boards can be populated by 1GB (8x128MB), 2GB (8x256MB), 4GB (8x512MB), or 8GB
(8x1024MB) memory modules.
• Four Remote I/O (RIO) ports. A pair of RIO port is necessary to connect a maximum of two I/O
drawers in a loop-like fashion.
• One redundant power supply.

The EPC810 CEC occupies 8U of vertical space.

The EPC810 supports 2-way and 4-way PowerPC RS64-III@500MHz 64-bit processor boards.
Each processor has 128 KB of internal cache and 4 MB of L2 associative cache.
EPC810 CPU de-allocation function enables the system to take a failing processor off line without re-
booting the system in the remote possibility that a failure should occur. The service processor can
record this action and notify the systems administrator or service personnel of the condition.
Computing operation continues with the processor deactivated, allowing repair to be scheduled at a
time convenient to your processing schedule.

14.2. The EPC810 Primary I/O Drawer

• Two bays for non hot-plug SCSI disks (18.2GB or 36.4GB); these internal disks can be mirrored
using two SCSI buses; the use of these bays eliminates the use of two PCI slots in the primary I/O
drawer (therefore, only 12 slots are available).
• Two media bays for internal media devices: one is occupied by a CD-ROM drive and one is free
for additional media (DAT, VDAT, or CD-ROM)
• One floppy disk drive.
• Fourteen hot plug PCI slots (ten 64-bit and four 32-bit): 64-bit slots do not support 5V adapters.
• Integrated Ethernet 10/100Mbps.
• Two integrated SCSI controllers (SCSI-2 Fast Wide and Ultra2).
• Four RS232 serial ports.
• One parallel port.

Chapter 2: Models Description 88/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

• One keyboard and one mouse port.


• One redundant hot-swap power supply.

The EPC810 primary I/O drawer occupies 5 Units of vertical space.

14.3. The EPC810 Secondary I/O Drawer

• Two media bays for internal media devices (DAT, VDAT, or CD-ROM).
• Fourteen PCI slots (10*64-bit and 4*32-bit).
• One redundant hot-swap power supply.

The EPC810 secondary I/O drawer occupies 5 Units of vertical space.

14.4. The EPC810 Disk Drawer

• 14 disk slots divided into two groups of seven slots for hot-swap Ultra3 SCSI disks (9.1GB,
18.2GB, 36.4GB or 73.4GB). Disk drives can be installed on a single SCSI bus or on two
(optional) separate SCSI buses with up to seven drives per bus. This flexibility allows multiple
configurations using AIX software mirroring or RAID options.
• Optional redundant power supply and cooling fans.
• Up to four disk drawers.

The EPC810 disk drawer occupies 3 Units of vertical space.

The 10-bay disk drawers has been discontinued as of 31/01/2001.

14.5. Options and Extensions

• External modem for remote monitoring and maintenance allowing the service processor to call out
and alert the Bull Maintenance Center.
• Fibre Channel Adapter.
• Communications adapters (FDDI, Ethernet 10/100Mb/s, Gigabit Ethernet, Token Ring, ATM,
Asynchronous and X25).
• DAS fibre RAID disk subsystems with FC-AL interface. DAS with SCSI interface are only
supported in case of reconnection.
• DAE5000 JBOD enclosures with FC-AL interface.
• EMC disk subsystems with SCSI or FC-AL interface.
• Overland DLT tape library (DLT4000 or DLT7000) with SCSI interface.

Chapter 2: Models Description 89/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

14.6. Maximum Configuration

• Internal disk storage:


2x36.4GB=72.8GB in the primary I/O drawer.
2x14x73.4GB=2055.2GB with 2 disk drawers.
• 64 GB of memory.
• Up to 8 CPUs.
• Up to 56 PCI slots.

14.7. EPC810 Description

14.8. Buses Frequency and Bandwidth

Four 128-bit wide system buses running at 125 MHz (2 GB/s bandwidth per bus).
Two 512-bit wide memory ports running at 62.5 MHz (4 GB/s bandwidth per port).
Four RIO ports, each with 2 uni-directional 8-bit wide links that operate at 500 MHz (1 GB/s
aggregate bandwidth).
Four I/O drawers, each equipped with a 66 MHz, 64 bit-wide bus (528 MB/s bandwidth).

Chapter 2: Models Description 90/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Each I/O drawer has 14 PCI slots:


• 10 slots at 66 MHz, 64 bit, 3.3V (528 MB/s)
• 4 slots at 33 MHz, 32 bit, 5V (132 MB/s).

14.9. Operational Requirements

• AIX 4.3.3 or later.

14.10. Power Kits for the EPC810

Notes:
• EPC810 configurations with 2 or 4 processors require a 76A power regulator (REFG001).
• EPC810 configurations with 6 or 8 processors require a 190A power regulator (REFG002).

14.10.1. CPU Board with 2-way RS64-III@500MHz - 4MB L2 cache

The Power Kit contains the following items:

• One 2-way PowerPC RS64-III@500MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any EPC810 (one CPU slot available).

14.10.2. CPU Board with 4-way RS64-III@500MHz - 4MB L2 cache

The Power Kit contains the following items:

• One 4-way PowerPC RS64-III@500MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any EPC810 (one CPU slot available).

14.10.3. Swap 2-way RS64-III@500MHz with 4-way RS64-III@500MHz

The Power Kit contains the following items:

• One 4-way PowerPC RS64-III@500MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any EPC810 with a 2-way PowerPC RS64-III@500MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

Chapter 2: Models Description 91/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

14.11. Upgrade Kits from EPC810 to PL800R

This upgrade kit allows to upgrade an EPC810 to a PL800R reconnecting the existing I/O drawers,
including disks, media, disk adapters and communication adapters. The upgraded EPC810 will have
the same memory and CPU capability as a PL800R.

This upgrade kit is composed of:

• One basic upgrade kit from EPC810 to PL800R


• And at least a "swap kit" that allows you to swap RS64-III@500MHz CPU boards with RS64-
IV@750MHz CPU boards. RS64-III CPU boards and RS64-IV CPU boards cannot be mixed on
the same machine.

Additional RS64-IV@750Mhz CPU can be added, if needed.

14.11.1. Basic Upgrade Kit from EPC810 to PL800R

The basic kit includes:

• One System Planar board


• One Processor Power Regulator
• One Processor Frequency Regulator
• Installation instructions.

Parts Removed Becoming the Property of Bull

• One System Planar board

14.11.2. Swap 2-way RS64-III@500MHz with 2-way RS64-IV@750MHz

The Power Kit contains the following items:

• One 2-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• An EPC810 with a 2-way PowerPC RS64-III@500MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

14.11.3. Swap 2-way RS64-III@500MHz with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz

The Power Kit contains the following items:

• One 4-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

Chapter 2: Models Description 92/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Operational Requirements

• An EPC810 with a 2-way PowerPC RS64-III@500MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

14.11.4. Swap 4-way RS64-III@500MHz with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz

The Power Kit contains the following items:

• One 4-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• An EPC810 with a 4-way PowerPC RS64-III@500MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

Chapter 2: Models Description 93/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

15. Escala PL800R

The Escala PL800R is composed of a Central Electronics Complex (CEC) and one I/O drawer. Up to 3
additional I/O drawers can be added. Up to four disk drawers can be added to provide hot-swap disks.
The CEC, the I/O drawers and the disk drawers must be racked in a 19-inch I/O rack.

A service processor provides all the features for maintenance (tests, survey, alarm) and is included in
an I/O drawer. This I/O drawer may also contain a non hot-plug system disk and will be referred to as
the primary I/O drawer. Additional I/O drawers are called secondary I/O drawers.

15.1. The PL800R CEC

The CEC contains:

• Up to two 2-way, or 4-way processor boards (for a total of 2, 4, 6 or 8 processors).


• From 2GB to 64 GB of Chipkill ECC memory provided by 2 slots fitting 32-slot memory boards.
Memory boards can be populated by 1GB (8x128MB), 2GB (8x256MB), 4GB (8x512MB) or 8GB
(8x1024MB) memory modules.
• Four Remote I/O (RIO) ports. A pair of RIO ports is necessary to connect a maximum of two I/O
drawers in a loop-like fashion.
• One redundant power supply.

The PL800R CEC occupies 8U of vertical space.

The PL800R supports the following processor boards:


• 2-way and 4-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz 64-bit copper-based, silicon-on-insulator (SOI)
processor boards with 8 MB of L2 associative cache per processor.
• 2-way PowerPC RS64-III@500MHz 64-bit processor board with 4 MB of L2 associative cache per
processor.
Each processor has 128 KB of L1 internal cache.

PL800R CPU de-allocation function enables the system to take a failing processor off line without re-
booting the system in the remote possibility that a failure should occur. The service processor can
record this action and notify the systems administrator or service personnel of the condition.
Computing operation continues with the processor deactivated, allowing repair to be scheduled at a
time convenient to your processing schedule.

15.2. The PL800R Primary I/O Drawer

• Two bays for non hot-plug SCSI disks (18.2GB or 36.4GB); these internal disks can be mirrored
using two SCSI buses; the use of these bays eliminates the use of two PCI slots in the primary I/O
drawer (therefore, only 12 slots are available).
• Two media bays for internal media devices: one is occupied by a CD-ROM drive and one is free
for additional media (DAT, VDAT, or CD-ROM)
• One floppy disk drive.
• Fourteen hot plug PCI slots (ten 64-bit and four 32-bit): 64-bit slots do not support 5V adapters.

Chapter 2: Models Description 94/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

• Integrated Ethernet 10/100Mbps.


• Two integrated SCSI controllers (SCSI-2 Fast Wide and Ultra2).
• Four RS232 serial ports.
• One parallel port.
• One keyboard and one mouse port.
• One redundant hot-swap power supply.

The PL800R primary I/O drawer occupies 5 Units of vertical space.

15.3. The PL800R Secondary I/O Drawer

• Two media bays for internal media devices (DAT, VDAT, or CD-ROM).
• Fourteen PCI slots (10*64-bit and 4*32-bit).
• One redundant hot-swap power supply.

The PL800R secondary I/O drawer occupies 5 Units of vertical space.

15.4. The PL800R Disk Drawer

• 14 disk slots divided into two groups of seven slots for hot-swap Ultra3 SCSI disks ( 18.2GB,
36.4GB, 73.4GB or 146.8GB). Disk drives can be installed on a single SCSI bus or on two
(optional) separate SCSI buses with up to seven drives per bus. This flexibility allows multiple
configurations using AIX software mirroring or RAID options.
• Optional redundant power supply and cooling fans.
• Up to four disk drawers.

15.5. Options and Extensions

• External modem for remote monitoring and maintenance allowing the service processor to call out
and alert the Bull Maintenance Center.
• Fibre Channel Adapter.
• Communications adapters (FDDI, Ethernet 10/100Mb/s, Gigabit Ethernet, Token Ring,
Asynchronous and X25).
• DAS fibre RAID disk subsystems with FC-AL interface. DAS with SCSI interface are only
supported in case of reconnection.
• EMC disk subsystems with SCSI or FC-AL interface.

Chapter 2: Models Description 95/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

15.6. Maximum Configuration

• Internal disk storage:


2x36.4GB=72.8GB in the primary I/O drawer.
4x14x146.8GB=8220.8GB with four disk drawers.
• 64 GB of memory.
• Up to 8 CPUs.
• Up to 56 PCI slots.

15.7. PL800R Description

Chapter 2: Models Description 96/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

15.8. Buses Frequency and Bandwidth

Four 128-bit wide system buses running at 150 MHz (2.4GB/s bandwidth per bus).
Two 512-bit wide memory ports running at 75 MHz (4.8 GB/s bandwidth per port).
Four RIO ports, each with 2 uni-directional 8-bit wide links that operate at 500 MHz (1 GB/s
aggregate bandwidth).
Four I/O drawers, each equipped with a 66 MHz, 64 bit-wide bus (528 MB/s bandwidth).
Each I/O drawer has 14 PCI slots:
• 10 slots at 66 MHz, 64 bit, 3.3V (528 MB/s)
• 4 slots at 33 MHz, 32 bit, 5V (132 MB/s).

15.9. Operational Requirements

• AIX 4.3.3 or later.

15.10. Power Kits for the PL800R

Notes:
• PL800R configurations with processors running at 500MHz require a 76A power regulator and a
processor frequency regulator (CKTG163).
• PL800R configurations with processors running at 750MHz require an RS64-IV power regulator
and a processor frequency regulator (CKTG164).

15.10.1. CPU Board with 2-way RS64-IV@750MHz - 8MB L2 cache

The Power Kit contains the following items:

• One 2-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL800R (one CPU slot available).

15.10.2. CPU Board with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz - 8MB L2 cache

The Power Kit contains the following items:

• One 4-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL800R (one CPU slot available).

Chapter 2: Models Description 97/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

15.10.3. CPU Board with 2-way RS64-III@500MHz - 4MB L2 cache

The Power Kit contains the following items:

• One 2-way PowerPC RS64-III@500MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL800R (one CPU slot available).

15.10.4. Swap 2-way RS64-IV@750MHz with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz

The Power Kit contains the following items:

• One 4-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL800R with a 2-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

15.10.5. Swap 2-way RS64-III@500MHz with 2-way RS64-IV@750MHz

The Power Kit contains the following items:

• One 2-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL800R with a 2-way PowerPC RS64-III@500MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

15.10.6. Swap 2-way RS64-III@500MHz with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz

The Power Kit contains the following items:

• One 4-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL800R with a 2-way PowerPC RS64-III@500MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

Chapter 2: Models Description 98/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

15.10.7. Power On Demand with RS64-IV@750 MHz CPU Boards

The Power on Demand (PoD) option allows customers to upgrade the PL800R computing power in
two-CPU increments, adding just the capacity they need when they need it. When additional capacity
is demanded, the Power on Demand feature enables additional CPUs simply using an AIX command.
The company pays when the additional capacity is turned on. The additional activated capacity is
checked by the Bull remote maintenance center.

Power on Demand is available as an option when acquiring an Escala PL800R system and as an add-
on for an installed PL800R base.

15.10.7.1. Power On Demand with zero operational ways (on additional CPU boards)

This Power Kit contains the following:

• One 4-way CPU board PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz – 8MB L2 cache with no CPU activated

2 to 4 CPUs can be activated in increments of 2 using the “Power On Demand – Upgrade Capacity of
2 RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG235)” for a total of 2, or 4 activated CPUs.

Operational Requirements:
• A PL800R with one four-CPU board PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz and one free CPU slot.
• Silver GlobalCare contract.
• Remote maintenance via modem and a customer connection agreement.

15.10.7.2. Power On Demand with two operational ways (on additional CPU boards)

This Power Kit contains the following:

• One 4- way CPU board PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz – 8MB L2 cache with two CPUs activated

2 CPUs can be activated using the “Power On Demand – Upgrade Capacity of 2 RS64-IV@750MHz
(CPKG235)” for a total of 4 activated CPUs.

Operational Requirements:
• A PL800R with at least one four-CPU board PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz and one free CPU slot.
• Silver GlobalCare contract.
• Remote maintenance via modem and a customer connection agreement.

Chapter 2: Models Description 99/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

16. Escala PL820R


18,2 GB Ultra-SCSI Disk Drive (1"/10Krpm) Discontinued: September 5, 2003

The Escala PL820R is based on a single rack drawer, the PL820R drawer . Up to 8 I/O drawer can be
added to provide additionnal PCI slots. Up to four disk drawers can be added to provide additional hot-
swap disks. These drawers must be racked in a 19-inch rack.

A Hardware Management Console (HMC) provides the set of functions to manage the PL820R and
LPAR configurations.

16.1. The PL820R Single Rack Drawer

This drawer contains:

• Up to four 2-way processor boards (for a total of 2, 4, 6 or 8 processors).


• From 2GB to 64 GB of Chipkill ECC memory provided by 8 slots located on the 2-way CPU
boards. Each CPU board can house up to 16 GB of memory. Each processor card must have an
equal amount of memory installed.
• Up to 8 Remote I/O (RIO) ports. A pair of RIO ports is necessary to connect a maximum of four
I/O drawers in a loop-like fashion for a maximum of 8 I/O drawer per PL820R. (the number of
RIO loops must be les or equal to the number of 2-way processor cards).
• The system service processor
• 7 hot plug PCI-X bus slots
• 2 integrated Ultra3 SCSI busses (one for an internal port and one for an external port)
• 4 hot-swap disk bays
• 2 open bays for auto-docking media
• 1 floppy disk 1.44 MB 3”1/2
• Keyboard and mouse ports
• 1 10/100 Mb/s Ethernet port
• 4 serial ports
• 2 serial ports dedicated for HMC attachement
• Redundant hot-plug power supplies
• Up to 8 dynamic partitions.

The PL820R drawer occupies 8U of vertical space.

The PL800R supports the following processor boards:


• 2-way POWER4+@1.2 GHz 64-bit copper-based silicon-on-insulator (SOI) processor boards with
8 MB of L3 cache per processor card. A 1.5 MB L2 cache is shared between the 2 processors on
the board.
• 2-way POWER4+@1.45 GHz 64-bit copper-based silicon-on-insulator (SOI) processor board
with 32 MB of L3 cache per processor card. A 1.5 MB L2 cache is shared between the 2
processors on the board.

Chapter 2: Models Description 100/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

The following table provides the number of I/O drawers and the amount of memory supported
depending on the number of CPU boards installed in the PL820R.

Number of CPU Maximum Memory Maximum number of Maximum number of


boards installed supported I/O drawers supported RIO loops
1 16 GB 4 1
2 32 GB 8 2
3 48 GB 8 3
4 64 GB 8 4

16.2. The PL820R I/O Expansion Drawer

• Five 64-bit hot plug PCI-X slots (133 Mhz ; 3.3 V)


• One 64-bit hot-plug PCI slot (33 MHz; 5V)
• Redundant hot-plug power supply and cooling.

The PL820R I/O expansion drawer occupies 4 Units of vertical space. Two PL820R I/O expansion
drawer can fit side by side in a 19” rack.

16.3. The PL820R Disk Drawer

• 14 disk slots divided into two groups of seven slots for hot-swap Ultra3 SCSI disks (36.4GB,
73.4GB or 146.8 GB). Disk drives can be installed on a single SCSI bus or on two (optional)
separate SCSI buses with up to seven drives per bus. This flexibility allows multiple configurations
using AIX software mirroring or RAID options.
• Redundant power supply and cooling fans.
• Up to four disk drawers.

The PL820R disk drawer occupies 3 Units of vertical space.

16.4. Options and Extensions

• External modem for remote monitoring and maintenance allowing the service processor to call out
and alert the Bull Maintenance Center.
• Fibre Channel Adapter (FC-AL – 2 Gb/s).
• Communications adapters Ethernet 10/100Mb/s, Gigabit Ethernet, Token Ring, Asynchronous).
• DAS fibre RAID disk subsystems with FC-AL interface.
• EMC disk subsystems with SCSI or FC-AL interface.

16.5. Maximum Configuration

Chapter 2: Models Description 101/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

• 4 Internal disk storage: 4x146.8GB=587.2GB.


• 7 Internal hot plug PCI-X bus slots
• 64 GB of RAM memory.
• Up to 8 CPUs.

Additional hot plug PCI-X slots :


• Up to 48 additional hot plug PCI-X slots with 8 Base I/O expansion drawer (8 x 6 ).
• Up to 56 additional hot plug PCI –X slots with 8 Expansion Drawer DRWG048 (8 x 7).

External Storage :
• Up to 96 external disks with 8 Expansion Drawer DRWG048 (8 x 12)
• Up to 56 external disks with 4 Storage plus disk Expansion Cabinet DRWG021/022 (4 x 14)

16.6. PL820R Description

Chapter 2: Models Description 102/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

16.7. Buses Frequency and Bandwith

Communication between the processor cards is made by a “fabric bus” using 8 bytes to read and 8
bytes to write. The processor to fabric bus clock ratio is 2:1 providing:
• 5.8 GB/s aggregated peak bandwidth with 1.45 GHz processor (23.2 GB/s for an 8-way system)
• 4.8 GB/s aggregated peak bandwidth with 1.2 GHz processor (19.2 GB/s for an 8-way system).

The processor I/O path is through a “GX bus” using 8 bytes to read and 8 bytes to write. The processor
to fabric bus clock ratio is 3:1 providing:
• 3.87 GB/s bandwidth with 1.45 GHz processor (15.47 GB/s for an 8-way system)
• 3.2 GB/s bandwidth with 1.2 GHz processor (12.8 GB/s for an 8-way system).

The processor to Level3 cache clock speed ratio is 3:1 providing :


• 15.47 GB/s of bandwidth for 1.45 GHz processors (61.9 GB/s for an 8-way system)
• 12.8 GB/s of bandwidth for 1.2 GHz processors (51.2 GB/s for an 8-way system).

Memory aggregated bandwidth is 6.4 GB/s (25.6 GB/s in an 8-way system) provided through four 8
bytes data path to memory.

Internal PCI-X slots:


• 6 Internal PCI-X slots run at 133 MHz providing 1 GB/s bandwidth
• 1 internal PCI-X slot at 66 MHz providing 528 MB/s bandwidth

Eight RIO ports, each with bidirectional 8-bit wide links that operate at 500 MHz (2 GB/s aggregate
bandwidth per loop).
Eight I/O drawers, each equipped with 2 PCI-X buses 133 MHz, 64 bit-wide bus (1 GB/s bandwidth
per bus).
Each Base I/O expansion drawer has 6 PCI slots:
• 5 PCI-X slots at 133 MHz, 64 bit, 3.3V (1 GB/s)
• 1 PCI slot at 33 MHz, 64 bit, 5V (264 MB/s).

Each Expansion Drawer DRWG048 has 7 PCI slots:


• 7 PCI-X slots at 133 MHz, 64 bit, 3.3V (1 GB/s) for providing 1 GB/s per bus
• Extended Error Handling (EEH) support
• 5V PCI adapters are not supported

16.8. RIO-2 Remote I/O Loop Adapter

The RIO-2 Remote I/O Loop Adapter provides two RIO-2 Remote I/O ports for attaching
I/O drawers to the system in a single loop.

OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2 or later

Chapter 2: Models Description 103/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

16.9. Operational Requirements

• AIX 5.1 or later.

16.10. Power Kits for the PL820R

16.10.1. CPU Board with 2-way 1.2 GHz POWER4+ processor card - 8MB L3 cache

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 2-way POWER4+@1.2GHz CPU board - 8MB L3 cache

Operational Requirements
• Any PL820R with one CPU slot available.
• 1.2 GHz processor cards and 1.45 GHz processor cards cannot be mixed in the same P.L820R

16.10.2. CPU Board with 2-way 1.45 GHz POWER4+ processor card - 32MB L3 cache

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 2-way POWER4+@1.45GHz CPU board - 32MB L3 cache

Operational Requirements
• Any PL820R with one CPU slot available.
• 1.2 GHz processor cards and 1.45 GHz processor cards cannot be mixed in the same P.L820R

16.10.3. Swap 2-way 1.2 GHz with 2-way 1.45 GHz POWER4+

The Power Kit contains the following items: Swap 2-way 1.2 GHz with 2-way 1.45 GHz POWER4+
• One 2-way POWER4+@1.45GHz CPU board - 32MB L3 cache

Operational Requirements
• Any PL820R with one 2-way POWER4+ @ 1.2 GHz CPU board installed.
• All the 2-way 1.2 GHz CPU boards must be swapped

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.

Chapter 2: Models Description 104/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

16.11. Logical Partitioning (LPAR)

Static LPAR is supported with AIX V5.1 or V5.2. Dynamic LPAR requires AIX V5.2.

The PL820R can be divided into up to 8 logical partitions. System resources can be dedicated to each
LPAR.
A minimum of one processor is required per LPAR.
A partition must have at least a SCSI and Ethernet adapter/controller. Note that the integrated internal
SCSI bus and the integrated external SCSI bus must be assigned to the same partition.
All the internal disk drives and media must be assigned to the same partition.
External disk drives must be provided for all but the first partition. AIX does not support diskless
LPAR operation.
When running LPAR with AIX V5.1, fully populated processor cards cannot mix memory DIMMs
with different capacities on the same card.

16.11.1. Virtual Console Devices for Each Partition

For each partition running on the server, one virtual tty is provided as a substitute to using a physical
console. This tty runs through the RS232 connection between the HMC and the service processor (and
therefore is isolated from the network), and can be used as a normal tty console. Console messages
from AIX are streamed to the output window in the HMC. The HMC also provides virtual operator
panel functions for each partition, including a display of the firmware and AIX progress and error
codes that would normally appear on the LCD display on the front of the server.

16.11.2. Install Media Devices

If there is only one installation device (for example, a CD-ROM or tape) available in a system, it
should not be connected under the same SCSI adapter as boot disks or other disks critical to that
partition’s operation. Doing so would limit the ability to reconfigure that installation device to be used
by different partitions. Instead, the device should be connected to its own SCSI adapter so that it can
be independently allocated to any partition when required.

16.11.3. Boot Devices

Each partition requires its own separate boot device. This means the system must have at least one
boot device and associated adapter per partition.

Chapter 2: Models Description 105/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

17. Escala EPC1200

Discontinued: 30/11/1999.
All Addons discontinued: 08/07/2002.

The Escala EPC1200 is composed of a Central Electronics Complex (CEC) and one to four I/O
drawers. The CEC is packaged inside a dedicated 19-inch 32U Rack called the CEC Rack. The I/O
drawers must be racked in a 19-inch I/O Rack.

A service processor provides all the features for maintenance (tests, survey, alarm) and is included in
an I/O drawer. This I/O drawer also contains the system disk and will be referred to as the primary I/O
drawer. Additional I/O drawers are called secondary I/O drawers.

17.1. The EPC1200 CEC

The CEC contains:

• One, two, or three 4-way processor boards (for a total of 4, 8, or 12 processors).


• From 512 MB to 32 GB of memory provided by 5 slots fitting quad-memory boards of 512 MB
(4x128MB), 1GB (4x256MB), 2GB (4x512MB), 4GB (4x1024MB) or 8GB (4x2048MB).
(Although the system can house 40GB of memory, 32GB are supported.)
• One Remote I/O (RIO) controller supporting 4 connections at 500MB/s. These are used to connect
the I/O drawers.

The EPC1200 supports two 64-bit processors: PowerPC RS64@125MHz and RS64-II@262MHz.
Each processor board contains four processors with 64 KB internal cache and 4MB (for the RS64) or
8MB (for the RS64-II) L2 associative cache on each processor.

17.2. The EPC1200 Primary I/O Drawer

• Twelve disk bays: 11 for 9.1GB or 18.2 GB hot-plug Fast Wide SCSI internal disks and one for a
mandatory 4.5 GB or 9.1 GB disk.
• Three media bays for internal media devices: one is occupied by a CD-ROM drive and two are free
for additional media (DAT, VDAT, or CD-ROM).
• One floppy disk drive
• Fourteen PCI slots (11 free slots) on 4 PCI buses
One PCI slot is dedicated to the service processor (PowerPC 603).
One PCI slot is dedicated to a SCSI controller to drive the drawer's internal disks.
One PCI slot is dedicated to a SCSI controller to drive the drawer's internal media.
• Two RS232 serial ports.
• One parallel port.
• One keyboard port and 1 mouse port.
• One dual Ultra2 SCSI PCI adapter.
• Dual redundant hot-swap power supplies for enhanced reliability.

The EPC1200 I/O drawer occupies 7 Units of vertical space.

Chapter 2: Models Description 106/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

17.3. The EPC1200 Secondary I/O Drawer

• Two areas of 6 disk bays (total of 12 disk bays) for 9.1GB or 18.2GB hot-plug Ultra2 SCSI
internal disks. Each area must be driven by a dedicated SCSI bus.
• Two media bays for internal media devices (DAT, VDAT, or CD-ROM).
• Fourteen PCI slots (5*64-bit and 9*32-bit).

17.4. Options and Extensions

• External modem for remote monitoring and maintenance allowing the service processor to call out
and alert the Bull Maintenance Center.
• Fibre Channel Adapter.
• Communications adapters (FDDI, Ethernet 10/100Mb/s, Gigabit Ethernet, Token Ring, ATM,
Asynchronous and X25)
• DAS SCSI RAID subsystems.
• DAS fibre RAID subsystems with FC-AL interface.
• DAE5000 JBOD enclosures with FC-AL interface.
• EMC disk subsystems with SCSI or FC-AL interface.
• Overland DLT tape library (DLT4000 or DLT7000) with SCSI interface.

17.5. Maximum Configuration

• Internal disk storage:


1x9.1GB + (11x18.2GB)=209.3GB with one I/O drawer.
209.3GB+(3x218.4GB)=864.5GB with 4 I/O drawers.
• 32 GB of memory.
• Up to 3 quad-CPU boards (i.e. 12-way).
• Up to 14 PCI slots per I/O drawer.
• Up to 56 PCI slots with four I/O drawers.

17.6. Operational Requirements

• AIX 4.3 or later.

Chapter 2: Models Description 107/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

17.7. EPC1200 Description

EPC1200 Description
4 to 12 9.1 GB
PowerPC RS64-II@262MHz or
or 18.2 GB
PowerPC RS64@125MHz disks Media:
by adding 4-CPU boards (one 4.5 or 9.1 GB disk VDAT, DAT,
is mandatory) CD-ROM

PCI PCI

PCI PCI

PCI PCI
12 areas 12 areas
12 areas 12 areas
for PCI for PCI
for for
1’’ disks 1’’ disks
1’’ disks 1’’ disks
4 CPUs

4 CPUs
4 CPUs
4 CPUs

PCI PCI
4 CPUs
4 CPUs

PCI PCI
EPC1200 CEC
Service Processor PCI
Free area for
SCSI PCI
4 memory module slots

4 memory module slots

4 memory module slots

4 memory module slots

1 medium
4 memory module slots

Empty Bay
4 memory module slots

4 memory module slots

4 memory module slots

4 memory module slots


4 memory module slots

Empty Bay
Free area for SCSI for PCI
for
1 medium 2 media
2 media
PCI PCI
CDROM
PCI PCI
Floppy
PCI PCI

S1 S2 PCI PCI
S1 S2
Keyboard/ PCI PCI
Parrallel
Keyboard/ Mouse
Parrallel
1 GB to 32 GB Mouse
by adding
4*128MB, 4*256MB, EPC1200 1 to 3 EPC1200
4*512MB, 4*1GB
or 4*2GB memory modules
Primary Drawer Secondary Drawer
(Optional)

17.8. Power Kits for the EPC1200

17.8.1. Power Kit Quad-CPU RS64@125MHz - 4MB L2 Associative Cache per CPU

Discontinued: 30/11/2001.

The Power Kit contains the following items:

• One quad-PowerPC RS64@125MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any EPC1200 (a CPU slot available - 4 CPU slots maximum).

Remarks

• There are two different boards to upgrade the EPC1200 from 4 CPU to 8 CPU and to upgrade from
8 CPU to 12 CPU.

Chapter 2: Models Description 108/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

17.8.2. Power Kit Quad-CPU RS64-II@262MHz - 8MB L2 Associative Cache per CPU

Discontinued: 30/06/2002.

The Power Kit contains the following items:

• One quad-PowerPC RS64-II@262MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any EPC1200 (a CPU slot available - 4 CPU slots maximum).

Remarks

• There are two different boards to upgrade the EPC1200 from 4 CPU to 8 CPU and to upgrade from
8 CPU to 12 CPU.

17.9. Upgrade Kits for the EPC1200

17.9.1. Upgrade Kit from PowerPC RS64@125MHz to PowerPC RS64-II@262MHz

Discontinued: 31/12/2000.

This Upgrade Kit contains the following items:

• One quad-PowerPC RS64-II@262MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache.


• Installations instructions.

Parts Removed Becoming the Property of Bull

• One quad-PowerPC RS64@125MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache.

Chapter 2: Models Description 109/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

18. Escala EPC1200A

Discontinued: 31/12/2000.
All Addons discontinued: 30/06/2002.

The Escala EPC1200A is composed of a Central Electronics Complex (CEC) and one to four I/O
drawers. The CEC is packaged inside a dedicated 19-inch 32U rack called the CEC rack. The I/O
drawer must be racked in a 19-inch I/O rack.

A service processor provides all the features for maintenance (tests, survey, alarm) and is included in
an I/O drawer. This I/O drawer also contains the system disk and will be referred to as the primary I/O
drawer. Additional I/O drawers are called secondary I/O drawers.

18.1. The EPC1200A CEC

The CEC contains:

• One, two, or three 4-way processor boards (for a total of 4, 8, or 12 processors).


• From 512 MB to 32 GB of memory provided by 5 slots fitting quad-memory boards of 512 MB
(4x128MB), 1GB (4x256MB), 2GB (4x512MB), 4GB (4x1024MB) or 8GB (4x2048MB).
(Although the system can house 40GB of memory, 32GB are supported.)
• One Remote I/O (RIO) controller supporting 4 connections at 500MB/s. These are used to connect
the I/O drawers.

The EPC1200A supports the PowerPC RS64-II@262MHz 64-bit processors.


Each processor board contains four processors with 64KB internal cache and 8MB L2 associative
cache on each processor.

18.2. The EPC1200A Primary I/O Drawer

• Two areas of 6 Disk bays (total of 12 disk bays) for 9.1GB or 18.2GB hot-plug Ultra2 SCSI
internal disks; each area must be driven by a dedicated SCSI bus; at least one disk is necessary
• Two media bays for internal media devices: one is occupied by a CD-ROM drive and one is free
for additional media (DAT, VDAT, or CD-ROM).
• One floppy disk drive
• Fourteen PCI slots (11 or 12 free slots depending on the disk areas configuration) on 4 PCI buses
One PCI slot is dedicated to the service processor (PowerPC 603).
One PCI slot is dedicated to an Ultra SCSI controller for media
One or two PCI slots are dedicated to SCSI controllers to connect each area of disk bays to a
different SCSI bus (depending on the system configuration). The first bus is used for the first area
and the second bus for the second area.
Note: some models were delivered with a dual Ultra2 SCSI controller to connect media and disks.
• Two RS232 serial ports.
• One parallel port.
• One keyboard and one mouse port.

Chapter 2: Models Description 110/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

• Two Ultra SCSI PCI adapters.


• Dual redundant hot-swap power supplies for enhanced reliability.

The EPC1200A I/O drawer occupies 10 Units of vertical space.

18.3. The EPC1200A Secondary I/O Drawer

• Two areas of 6 disk bays (total of 12 disk bays) for 9.1GB or 18.2GB hot-plug Ultra2 SCSI
internal disks. Each area must be driven by a dedicated SCSI bus.
• Two media bays for internal media devices (DAT, VDAT, or CD-ROM).
• Fourteen PCI slots (5*64-bit and 9*32-bit).

18.4. Options and Extensions

• External modem for remote monitoring and maintenance allowing the service processor to call out
and alert the Bull Maintenance Center.
• Fibre Channel Adapter.
• Communications adapters (FDDI, Ethernet 10/100Mb/s, Gigabit Ethernet, Token Ring, ATM,
Asynchronous and X25).
• DAS SCSI RAID subsystems.
• DAS fibre RAID subsystems with FC-AL interface.
• DAE5000 JBOD enclosures with FC-AL interface.
• EMC disk subsystems with SCSI or FC-AL interface.
• Overland DLT tape library (DLT4000 or DLT7000) with SCSI interface.

18.5. Maximum Configuration

• Internal disk storage:


12x18.2GB=218.4GB with one I/O drawer.
4x218.4GB=873.6GB with 4 I/O drawers.
• 32 GB of memory.
• Up to 3 quad-CPU boards (i.e. 12-way).
• Up to 14 PCI slots per I/O drawer.
• Up to 56 PCI slots with four I/O drawers.

18.6. Operational Requirements

• AIX 4.3.2 or later.

Chapter 2: Models Description 111/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

18.7. EPC1200A Description

EPC1200A Description

4 to 12 9.1GB
PowerPC RS64-II@262MHz or
by adding 4-CPU boards 18.2 GB Media:
disks VDAT, DAT,
CD-ROM

PCI PCI
Empty Bay PCI Empty Bay PCI
Empty Bay Empty Bay
for for
for for
6 x 1’’ disks PCI 6 x 1’’ disks PCI
6 x 1’’ disks 6 x 1’’ disks

PCI PCI
4 CPUs

4 CPUs

4 CPUs
4 CPUs

PCI PCI
4 CPUs

4 CPUs

Empty Bay Empty Bay


Empty Bay Empty Bay
for for
for PCI for PCI
6 x 1’’ disks 6 x 1’’ disks
EPC1200A CEC 6 x 1’’ disks 6 x 1’’ disks
Service Processor PCI

Ultra SCSI PCI


4 memory module slots

4 memory module slots

4 memory module slots


4 memory module slots

4 memory module slots

Free area for


4 memory module slots

4 memory module slots

4 memory module slots


4 memory module slots

4 memory module slots

Free area for


1 medium Empty Bay
1 medium Ultra SCSI Empty Bay PCI
for
for
CDROM 2 media
2 media
PCI PCI

PCI PCI
Floppy
PCI PCI

S1 S2 PCI PCI
S1 S2
Keyboard/
Parrallel PCI PCI
Keyboard/ Mouse
Parrallel
1 GB to 32 GB Mouse
by adding
4*128MB, 4*256MB, EPC1200A 1 to 3 EPC1200A
4*512MB, 4*1GB
or 4*2GB memory modules
Primary Drawer Secondary Drawer
(Optional)

18.8. Power Kits for the EPC1200A

18.8.1. Power Kit Quad-CPU RS64-II@262MHz - 8MB L2 Associative Cache per CPU

Discontinued: 30/06/2002.

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One quad-PowerPC RS64-II@262MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any EPC1200A (a CPU slot available - 4 CPU slots maximum).

Remarks

• There are two different boards to upgrade the EPC1200A from 4 CPU to 8 CPU and to upgrade
from 8 CPU to 12 CPU.

Chapter 2: Models Description 112/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

18.9. Upgrade Kits from the EPC1200A to the EPC2400

Discontinued: 31/08/2001.

This upgrade kit allows to upgrade an EPC1200A to an EPC2400 reconnecting the existing I/O
drawers including disks, media, disk adapters and communication adapters. The upgraded EPC1200A
will have the same memory and CPU capability as an EPC2400.

This upgrade kit is composed of:

• At least one basic upgrade kit from EPC1200A to EPC2400


• A "swap kit" that allows you to swap each additional quad-RS64-II@262MHz CPU board with a
six-way RS64-III@450MHz CPU board.

18.9.1. Basic Upgrade Kit from EPC1200A to EPC2400

The basic kit includes:

• One Escala EPC2400 CEC.


• One six-way RS64-III@450MHz CPU board with 8MB of L2 cache.
• One service processor.
• A cabling set for the primary I/O drawer.
• One remote I/O hub - dual loop.
• AIX 4.3.3 operating system CD-ROMs.
• Installation instructions.

Parts Removed Becoming the Property of Bull

• EPC1200A CEC.
• One quad PowerPC RS64-II@262MHz CPU board.
• One service processor.
• Replaced cables.
• One remote I/O hub - dual loop.
• Memory on the EPC1200A. The client has to acquire new memory for the upgraded machine.

18.9.2. Swap Kit for Additional Quad RS64-II@262MHz CPU Boards

This kit contains the following items:


• One six-way RS64-III@450MHz CPU board.
• Installation instructions.

Parts Removed Becoming the Property of Bull

• One quad-PowerPC RS64-II@262MHz CPU board.

Chapter 2: Models Description 113/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

19. Escala PL1600R & 1600R+


CPUG075/CPUG077/CPUG080 Discontinued: December 31, 2003

The Escala PL1600R/R+ is composed of a Central Electronics Complex (CEC), a media drawer and
one to three I/O drawers. The CEC, the I/O drawers and the media drawer must be racked in a 24-inch
rack. Other additional drawers (e.g. DAS) must be racked in a 19-inch rack.

A Hardware Management Console (HMC) provides the set of functions to manage the PL1600R &
PL1600R+ and LPAR configurations.

19.1. The PL1600R & PL1600R+ CEC

The CEC contains:

• Up to two Multi-Chip Modules (MCM); each MCM contains 4 or 8 POWER4 processors and 5.6
MB of L2 cache shared between the processors providing each processor with 0.72 MB of L2
cache for 8 processors MCM and 1.44MB of L2 cache for 4 processors MCM.
• These processors run at 1.1 GHz with PL1600R and 1.5 GHz with PL1600R+
• Each processor contains 32 KB of data cache and 64 KB of instruction cache.
• 128 MB of L3 cache per MCM. The L3 cache operates at 366 MHz.
• From 4 GB to 128 GB of Chipkill ECC memory provided by up to 4 memory cards. Memory cards
capacity can be 4 GB, 8 GB, 16 GB, or 32 GB.
• Remote I/O (RIO) ports. A pair of RIO ports is necessary to connect each I/O drawer in a loop-like
fashion. Four RIO ports are provided to connect the first and second I/O drawers. A RIO Loop
Adapter must be added to provide additional RIO ports allowing the attachment of the third I/O
drawer.
• Service Processor.
• 4 serial ports (2 dedicated to the HMC - Hardware Management Console).

The PL1600R & PL1600R+ CEC is a 17U, 24-inch rack mounted drawer.

The following table provides the number of I/O drawer and the amount of memory supported
depending on the number of MCMs installed inPL1600R & PL1600R+.

Number of Number / type of CPUs Maximum Memory Maximum number of


MCMs installed with PL1600R with PL1600R I/O drawers supported
1 4 or 8 / 1.1GHz 64 GB 2
2 16 / 1.1 GHz 128 GB 3

Number of Number / type of CPUs Maximum Memory Maximum number of


MCMs installed with PL1600R+ with PL1600R+ I/O drawers supported
1 4 or 8 / 1.5GHz 128 GB 2
2 16 / 1.5 GHz 256 GB 3

Chapter 2: Models Description 114/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

19.2. The PL1600R & PL1600R+ I/O Drawer

At least one I/O drawer is mandatory in each PL1600R or PL1600R+.


Each I/O drawer is divided in two separate PCI planars. Each half allows:
• Ten 64-bit PCI slots (seven 3.3V, 66 MHz and three 5V, 32 MHz)
• Eight hot-swap disk bays
• Two Ultra3 SCSI controllers used to connect the 8 internal disks by sets of 4.

The PL1600R & PL1600R+ I/O drawer is a 4U, 24-inch rack-mounted drawer.

Note: the first I/O drawer delivered in the PL1600R & PL1600R+ base only contains one PCI planar;
the second PCI planar for the first I/O drawer is available as an option.

Number of PCI Adapters supported with Maximum per Maximum per


PL1600R I/O Drawer versus I/O Drawer system
PL1600R+ I/O Drawer
10/100Mbps Ethernet PCI 20/20 40/59
DCCG137
2 Gbits Fibre Channel PCI-X 10/20 30/59
DCCG173
GIGABIT ETHERNET-SX PCI-X 10/20 30/59
DCCG156
10/100/1000 BASE-TX ETHERNET PCI-X 10/20 30/59
DCCG157
UNIVERSAL 4-Port 10/100 ETHERNET na/20 na/40
DCCG152
2-Port 10/100/1000 BASE-TX ETHERNET na/20 na/59
DCCG165
2 x GIGABIT ETHERNET-SX PCI-X na/20 na/40
DCCG166

19.3. The PL1600R & PL1600R+ Media Drawer

This media drawer is required for each PL1600R or PL1600R+.


It is split into 2 separate sections.
The front section provides:
• One floppy disk
• Two media bays for DAT, CD-ROM or DVD-RAM.
The rear section provides two additional media bays for CD-ROM.
Each section must be attached to separate PCI adapters located in one of the I/O drawers.

The PL1600R & PL1600R+ media drawer is a 1U, 24-inch rack-mounted drawer.

Chapter 2: Models Description 115/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

19.4. Logical Partitioning (LPAR)

Static LPAR is supported with AIX V5.1 or V5.2. Dynamic LPAR requires AIX V5.2.

The PL1600R & PL1600R+ can be divided into up to 16 logical partitions. System resources can be
dedicated to each LPAR.
A minimum of one processor is required per LPAR.
I/O adapters in PCI slots and the integrated Ultra3 SCSI controllers of the I/O drawers may be
allocated to an LPAR on an individual basis, but it is recommended to assign half I/O drawer per
LPAR whenever possible.

19.4.1. Virtual Console Devices for Each Partition

For each partition running on the server, one virtual tty is provided as a substitute to using a physical
console. This tty runs through the RS232 connection between the HMC and the service processor (and
therefore is isolated from the network), and can be used as a normal tty console. Console messages
from AIX are streamed to the output window in the HMC. The HMC also provides virtual operator
panel functions for each partition, including a display of the firmware and AIX progress and error
codes that would normally appear on the LCD display on the front of the server.

19.4.2. Install Media Devices

If there is only one installation device (for example, a CD-ROM or tape) available in a system, it
should not be connected under the same SCSI adapter as boot disks or other disks critical to that
partition’s operation. Doing so would limit the ability to reconfigure that installation device to be used
by different partitions. Instead, the device should be connected to its own SCSI adapter so that it can
be independently allocated to any partition when required.

19.4.3. Boot Devices

Each partition requires its own separate boot device. This means the system must have at least one
boot device and associated adapter per partition.

19.5. Options and Extensions

• Fibre Channel Adapter.


• Communications adapters Ethernet 10/100Mb/s, Gigabit Ethernet, Token Ring, Asynchronous).
• DAS fibre RAID disk subsystems with FC-AL interface.
• EMC disk subsystems with SCSI or FC-AL interface.

Chapter 2: Models Description 116/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

19.6. Maximum Configuration

• 128 GB of system memory with PL1600R.


• 256 GB of system memory with PL1600R+.
• Up to 16 CPUs.
• Up to 16 internal disks and up to 20 PCI slots per Drawer
• Up to 48 internal disks and up to 60 PCI slots with up to 3 maximum drawers

19.7. PL1600R Description

Chapter 2: Models Description 117/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

19.8. Buses frequency and bandwidth with PL1600R :

• Maximum memory bandwidth : More than 100 GB per second.


• For each I/O drawer, the 2 RIO ports offer a bandwidth of 2 GB of data per second.

• Each half I/O drawer provides:


seven PCI slots at 64-bit, 3.3V, 66 MHz (528 MB/s)
three PCI slots at 64-bit, 5V, 32 MHz (256 MB/s)

19.9. Buses frequency and bandwidth with PL1600R+ :

• Maximum memory bandwidth : More than 100 GB per second.


• For each I/O drawer, the 2 RIO ports offer a bandwidth of 2.6 GB of data per second.
• Each half I/O drawer provides ten PCI slots at 64-bit, 3.3V, 66 MHz (528 MB/s)

19.10. RIO-2 Remote I/O Loop Adapter

The RIO-2 Remote I/O Loop Adapter provides two RIO-2 Remote I/O ports for attaching
I/O drawers to the system in a single loop.

Chapter 2: Models Description 118/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

19.11. Operational Requirements

• AIX 5.1 or later.

19.12. Power Kits for the PL1600R

Note: Power kits including processors provide additional power cables, DC Power Converters,
Capacitor books and Processor Bus Pass Through Modules as needed.

19.12.1. 4-way POWER4 Processor

The Power Kit contains the following items:

• One 4-way POWER4 @ 1.1 GHz MCM board with 128MB L3 cache.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL1600R with no MCM board installed.

19.12.2. 8-way POWER4 Processor

The Power Kit contains the following items:

• One 8-way POWER4 @ 1.1 GHz MCM board with 128MB L3 cache.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL1600R with no MCM board installed or with an 8-way MCM board installed and one CPU
slot available.

19.12.3. Swap 4-way POWER4 with 8-way POWER4

The Power Kit contains the following items:

• One 8-way POWER4 @ 1.1 GHz MCM board with 128 MB L3 cache.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL1600R with one 4-way POWER4 @ 1.1 GHz MCM board.

The removed parts become the property of Bull.

Chapter 2: Models Description 119/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

19.13. Power Kits for the PL1600R+

19.13.1. 4-way POWER4+ Processor

The Power Kit contains the following items:

• One 4-way POWER4+ @ 1.5 GHz MCM board with 128MB L3 cache.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL1600R+ with no MCM board installed.

19.13.2. 8-way POWER4+ Processor

The Power Kit contains the following items:

• One 8-way POWER4+ @ 1.5 GHz MCM board with 128MB L3 cache.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL1600R+ with no MCM board installed or with an 8-way MCM board installed and one
CPU slot available

19.13.3. Swap 4-way POWER4 with 8-way POWER4+

The Power Kit contains the following items:

• One 8-way POWER4+ @ 1.5 GHz MCM board with 128 MB L3 cache.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL1600R with one 4-way POWER4 @ 1.1 GHz MCM board.

The removed parts become the property of Bull.

19.13.4. Swap 8-way POWER4 with 8-way POWER4+

The Power Kit contains the following items:

• One 8-way POWER4+ @ 1.5 GHz MCM board with 128 MB L3 cache.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL1600R with one 8-way POWER4 @ 1.1 GHz MCM board.

The removed parts become the property of Bull.

Chapter 2: Models Description 120/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

19.13.5. Swap 8 way POWER4 with 16-way POWER4+

The Power Kit contains the following items:

• One 16-way POWER4+ @ 1.5 GHz MCM board with 128 MB L3 cache.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL1600R with one 8-way POWER4 @ 1.1 GHz MCM board.

The removed parts become the property of Bull.

19.13.6. Swap 4-way POWER4 with 16-way POWER4+

The Power Kit contains the following items:

• One 16-way POWER4+ @ 1.5 GHz MCM board with 128 MB L3 cache.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL1600R with one 4-way POWER4 @ 1.1 GHz MCM board.

The removed parts become the property of Bull.

Chapter 2: Models Description 121/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

20. Escala EPC2400

Discontinued: 31/07/2001.

The Escala EPC2400 is composed of a Central Electronics Complex (CEC) and one to four I/O
drawers. The CEC is packaged inside a dedicated 19-inch 32U rack called the CEC rack. The I/O
drawer must be racked in a 19-inch I/O rack.

A service processor provides all the features for maintenance (tests, survey, alarm) and is included in
an I/O drawer. This I/O drawer also contains the system disk and will be referred to as the primary I/O
drawer. Additional I/O drawers are called secondary I/O drawers.

The Power on Demand (PoD) option allows customers to upgrade the EPC2400 computing power in
two-CPU increments, adding just the capacity they need when they need it.

20.1. The EPC2400 CEC

The CEC contains:


• One, two, three or four 6-way processor boards (for a total of 6, 12, 18 or 24 processors).
• From 2GB to 64GB of memory provided by 5 slots fitting quad-memory boards of 1GB
(4x256MB), 2GB (4x512MB), 4GB (4x1024MB), 8GB (4x2048MB) or 16GB (4x4096MB).
• One Remote I/O (RIO) controller supporting 4 connections at 500MB/s. These are used to connect
the I/O drawers.
• Redundant power and redundant cooling.

The EPC2400 supports PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz 64-bit processors.


Each processor board contains six processors with 128KB internal cache and 8MB L2 associative
cache on each processor.

20.2. The EPC2400 Primary I/O Drawer

• Two areas of 6 Disk bays (total of 12 disk bays) for 9.1GB or 18.2GB hot-plug Ultra2 SCSI
internal disks; each area must be driven by a dedicated SCSI bus; at least one disk is necessary.
• Two media bays for internal media devices: one is occupied by a CD-ROM drive and one is free
for additional media (DAT, VDAT, or CD-ROM).
• One floppy disk drive
• Fourteen PCI slots (11 or 12 free slots depending on the disk areas configuration) on 4 PCI buses
One PCI slot is dedicated to the service processor (PowerPC 603).
One PCI slot is dedicated to an Ultra SCSI controller for media
One or two PCI slots are dedicated to SCSI controllers to connect each area of disk bays to a
different SCSI bus (depending on the system configuration). The first bus is used for the first area
and the second bus for the second area.
Note: some models were delivered with a dual Ultra2 SCSI controller to connect media and disks.
• Two RS232 serial ports.
• One parallel port.

Chapter 2: Models Description 122/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

• One keyboard and one mouse port.


• Two Ultra SCSI PCI adapters.
• Dual hot-swap power supplies for enhanced reliability.

The EPC2400 I/O drawer occupies 10 Units of vertical space.

20.3. The EPC2400 Secondary I/O Drawer

• Two areas of 6 disk bays (total of 12 disk bays) for 9.1GB or 18.2GB hot-plug Ultra2 SCSI
internal disks. Each area must be driven by a dedicated SCSI bus.
• Two media bays for internal media devices (DAT, VDAT, or CD-ROM).
• Fourteen PCI slots (5*64-bit and 9*32-bit).

20.4. Options and Extensions

• External modem for remote monitoring and maintenance allowing the service processor to call out
and alert the Bull Maintenance Center.
• Fibre Channel Adapter.
• Communications adapters (FDDI, Ethernet 10/100Mb/s, Gigabit Ethernet, Token Ring, ATM,
Asynchronous and X25).
• DAS SCSI RAID subsystems.
• DAS fibre RAID subsystems with FC-AL interface.
• DAE5000 JBOD enclosures with FC-AL interface.
• EMC disk subsystems with SCSI or FC-AL interface.
• Overland DLT tape library (DLT4000 or DLT7000) with SCSI interface.

20.5. Maximum Configuration

• Internal disk storage:


12x18.2GB=218.4GB with one I/O drawer.
4x218.4GB=873.6GB with 4 I/O drawers.
• 64 GB of memory.
• Up to 3 quad-CPU boards (i.e. 12-way).
• Up to 14 PCI slots per I/O drawer.
• Up to 56 PCI slots with four I/O drawers.

20.6. Operational Requirements

• AIX 4.3.3 or later.

Chapter 2: Models Description 123/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

20.7. EPC2400 Description

EPC2400 Description

6 to 24 9.1GB
PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz or
by adding 6-CPU boards 18.2 GB Media:
disks VDAT, DAT,
CD-ROM

PCI PCI
Empty Bay PCI Empty Bay PCI
Empty Bay Empty Bay
for for
for for
6 x 1’’ disks PCI 6 x 1’’ disks PCI
6 x 1’’ disks 6 x 1’’ disks

PCI PCI
6 CPUs

6 CPUs

6 CPUs

6 CPUs
6 CPUs

PCI PCI
6 CPUs

6 CPUs

6 CPUs

Empty Bay Empty Bay


Empty Bay Empty Bay
for for
for PCI for PCI
EPC2400 CEC 6 x 1’’ disks 6 x 1’’ disks
6 x 1’’ disks 6 x 1’’ disks
Service Processor PCI

Ultra SCSI PCI


4 memory module slots

4 memory module slots


4 memory module slots

4 memory module slots

Free area for


4 memory module slots

4 memory module slots


4 memory module slots

4 memory module slots

Free area for


1 medium Empty Bay
1 medium Ultra SCSI Empty Bay PCI
for
for
CDROM 2 media
2 media
PCI PCI

PCI PCI
Floppy
PCI PCI

S1 S2 PCI PCI
S1 S2
Keyboard/
Parrallel PCI PCI
Keyboard/ Mouse
Parrallel
2 GB to 64 GB Mouse
by adding
4*256MB, 4*512MB, 4*1GB EPC2400 1 to 3 EPC2400
4*2GB or 4*4GB
memory modules
Primary Drawer Secondary Drawer
(Optional)

20.8. Power Kits for the EPC2400

20.8.1. Power Kit Six-CPU RS64-III@450MHz - 8MB L2 Associative Cache per CPU

The Power Kit contains the following items:

• One six-CPU board PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any EPC2400 (one CPU slot available - 4 CPU slots maximum).


• 18- and 24-CPU configurations require a power supply extension (PSKG006).

Chapter 2: Models Description 124/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

20.8.2. Power On Demand

The Power on Demand (PoD) option allows customers to upgrade the EPC2400 computing power in
two-CPU increments, adding just the capacity they need when they need it. When additional capacity
is demanded, the Power on Demand feature enables additional CPUs simply using an AIX command.
The company pays when the additional capacity is turned on. The additional activated capacity is
checked by the Bull remote maintenance center.

Power on Demand is available as an option when acquiring an Escala EPC2400 system and as an add-
on for an installed EPC2400 base.

20.8.2.1. Power On Demand with four operational ways (on the first CPU board)

This Power Kit contains the following:

• One six-CPU board PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz – 8MB L2 cache with four CPUs activated

2 CPUs can be activated using the “Power On Demand – Upgrade Capacity of 2 RS64-III@450MHz
(CPKG210)” for a total of 6 activated CPUs.

Operational Requirements:
• Initial order of an EPC2400.
• Silver GlobalCare contract.
• Remote maintenance via modem and a customer connection agreement.

20.8.2.2. Power On Demand with zero operational ways

This Power Kit contains the following:

• One six-CPU board PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz – 8MB L2 cache with no CPU activated

2 to 6 CPUs can be activated in increments of 2 using the “Power On Demand – Upgrade Capacity of
2 RS64-III@450 MHz (CPKG210)” for a total of 2, 4 or 6 activated CPUs.

Operational Requirements:
• An EPC2400 with at least one standard six-CPU board and one free CPU slot.
• Silver GlobalCare contract.
• Remote maintenance via modem and a customer connection agreement.

20.8.2.3. Power On Demand with two operational ways

This Power Kit contains the following:

• One six-CPU board PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz – 8MB L2 cache with two CPUs activated

2 to 4 CPUs can be activated in increments of 2 using the “Power On Demand – Upgrade Capacity of
2 RS64-III@450 MHz (CPKG210)” for a total of 4 or 6 activated CPUs.

Chapter 2: Models Description 125/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Operational Requirements:
• An EPC2400 with at least one standard six-CPU board and one free CPU slot.
• Silver GlobalCare contract.
• Remote maintenance via modem and a customer connection agreement.

20.8.2.4. Power On Demand with four operational ways

This Power Kit contains the following:

• One six-CPU board PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz – 8MB L2 cache with four CPUs activated

2 CPUs can be activated using the “Power On Demand – Upgrade Capacity of 2 RS64-III@450 MHz
(CPKG210)” for a total of 6 activated CPUs.

Operational Requirements:
• An EPC2400 with at least one standard six-CPU board and one free CPU slot.
• Silver GlobalCare contract.
• Remote maintenance via modem and a customer connection agreement.

20.9. Upgrade Kits from the EPC2400 to the EPC2450

20.9.1. Basic Upgrade Kit from EPC2400 to EPC2450

This upgrade kit allows to upgrade the first six-way RS64-III@450MHz CPU board of an EPC2400 to
a six-way RS64-IV@600 MHz CPU board. Additional six-way RS64-IV@600 MHz CPU boards can
be ordered as needed.

The basic kit includes:

• One six-way RS64-IV@600 MHz CPU board with 16 MB of L2 cache.


• Installation instructions.

Parts Removed Becoming the Property of Bull

• One six-way PowerPC RS64-III@450 MHz CPU board with 8 MB of L2 cache.

This upgrade kit allows an EPC2400 to have the same memory capacity as an EPC2450: up to 96 GB
of memory using 32 GB quad-memory boards.

Chapter 2: Models Description 126/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

21. Escala EPC2450

The Escala EPC2450 is composed of a Central Electronics Complex (CEC) and one to four I/O
drawers. The CEC is packaged inside a dedicated 19-inch 32U rack called the CEC rack. The I/O
drawer must be racked in a 36U I/O rack.

A service processor provides all the features for maintenance (tests, survey, alarm) and is included in
an I/O drawer. This I/O drawer also contains the system disk and will be referred to as the primary I/O
drawer. Additional I/O drawers are called secondary I/O drawers.

The Power on Demand (PoD) option allows customers to upgrade the EPC2450 computing power in
two-CPU increments, adding just the capacity they need when they need it.

21.1. The EPC2450 CEC

The CEC contains:


• One, two, three or four 6-way processor boards (for a total of 6, 12, 18 or 24 processors).
• From 2 GB to 96 GB of memory provided by 5 slots fitting quad-memory boards of 2 GB
(4x512MB), 4 GB (4x1024MB), 8 GB (4x2048MB,) 16 GB (4x4096MB) or 32 GB (4x8192MB).
• Four Remote I/O (RIO) ports. A pair of RIO port is necessary to connect a maximum of two I/O
drawers in a loop-like fashion.
• Redundant power and redundant cooling.

The EPC2450 supports the following processor boards:


• PowerPC RS64-IV@600 MHz 64-bit copper-based, silicon-on-insulator (SOI) processors with 16
MB L2 associative cache on each processor
• PowerPC RS64-III@450 MHz 64-bit processors with 8 MB L2 associative cache on each
processor.
Each processor board contains six processors with 128 KB internal cache.

21.2. The EPC2450 Primary I/O Drawer

• Two areas of 6 Disk bays (total of 12 disk bays) for 9.1GB or 18.2GB hot-plug Ultra2 SCSI
internal disks; each area must be driven by a dedicated SCSI bus; at least one disk is necessary.
• Two media bays for internal media devices: one is occupied by a CD-ROM drive and one is free
for additional media (DAT, VDAT, or CD-ROM).
• One floppy disk drive
• Fourteen PCI slots (11 or 12 free slots depending on the disk areas configuration) on 4 PCI buses
One PCI slot is dedicated to the service processor (PowerPC 603).
One PCI slot is dedicated to an Ultra SCSI controller for media
One or two PCI slots are dedicated to SCSI controllers to connect each area of disk bays to a
different SCSI bus (depending on the system configuration). The first bus is used for the first area
and the second bus for the second area.
• Two RS232 serial ports.
• One parallel port.

Chapter 2: Models Description 127/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

• One keyboard and one mouse port.


• Two Ultra SCSI PCI adapters.
• Dual hot-swap power supplies for enhanced reliability.

The EPC2450 I/O drawer occupies 10 Units of vertical space.

21.3. The EPC2450 Secondary I/O Drawer

• Two areas of 6 disk bays (total of 12 disk bays) for 9.1GB or 18.2GB hot-plug Ultra2 SCSI
internal disks. Each area must be driven by a dedicated SCSI bus.
• Two media bays for internal media devices (DAT, VDAT, or CD-ROM).
• Fourteen PCI slots (5*64-bit and 9*32-bit).

21.4. Options and Extensions

• External modem for remote monitoring and maintenance allowing the service processor to call out
and alert the Bull Maintenance Center.
• Fibre Channel Adapter.
• Communications adapters (FDDI, Ethernet 10/100Mb/s, Gigabit Ethernet, Token Ring, ATM,
Asynchronous and X25).
• DAS SCSI RAID subsystems.
• DAS fibre RAID subsystems with FC-AL interface.
• DAE5000 JBOD enclosures with FC-AL interface.
• EMC disk subsystems with SCSI or FC-AL interface.
• Overland DLT tape library (DLT4000 or DLT7000) with SCSI interface.

21.5. Maximum Configuration

• Internal disk storage:


12x18.2GB=218.4GB with one I/O drawer.
4x218.4GB=873.6GB with 4 I/O drawers.
• 96 GB of memory.
• Up to 3 quad-CPU boards (i.e. 12-way).
• Up to 14 PCI slots per I/O drawer.
• Up to 56 PCI slots with four I/O drawers.

21.6. Operational Requirements

• AIX 4.3.3 or later.

Chapter 2: Models Description 128/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

21.7. EPC2450 Description

EPC2450 Description
6 to 24
9.1GB
PowerPC RS64-IV@600MHz
or
or PowerPC RS64-III@450 MHz Media:
18.2 GB
by adding 6-CPU boards VDAT, DAT,
disks
CD-ROM

PCI PCI
Empty Bay PCI Empty Bay PCI
Empty Bay Empty Bay
for for
for for
6 x 1’’ disks PCI 6 x 1’’ disks PCI
6 x 1’’ disks 6 x 1’’ disks

PCI PCI
6 CPUs

6 CPUs
6 CPUs

6 CPUs
6 CPUs

PCI PCI
6 CPUs

Empty Bay Empty Bay


6 CPUs

6 CPUs

Empty Bay Empty Bay


for for
for for
6 x 1’’ disks PCI 6 x 1’’ disks PCI
EPC2450 CEC 6 x 1’’ disks 6 x 1’’ disks
Service Processor PCI

Ultra SCSI PCI


4 memory module slots

4 memory module slots

4 memory module slots


4 memory module slots

Free area for


4 memory module slots

4 memory module slots

4 memory module slots


4 memory module slots

Free area for


1 medium Empty Bay
1 medium Ultra SCSI Empty Bay PCI
for
for
2 media
CDROM 2 media
PCI PCI

PCI PCI
Floppy
PCI PCI

S1 S2 PCI PCI
S1 S2
Keyboard/
Parrallel PCI PCI
Keyboard/ Mouse
Parrallel
2 GB to 96 GB Mouse
by adding
4*512MB, 4*1GB, 4*2GB, EPC2450 1 to 3 EPC2450
4*4GB or 4*8GB
memory modules
Primary Drawer Secondary Drawer
(Optional)

21.8. Buses Frequency and Bandwidth

Ten 128-bit wide system buses (2 to each processor card and 2 to the I/O interface) running at 150
MHz (2.4 GB/s bandwidth per bus).
Four 512-bit wide memory ports running at 75 MHz (4.8 GB/s bandwidth per port).
Four RIO ports, each with 2 uni-directional 8-bit wide links that operate at 250 MHz (500 MB/s
aggregate bandwidth).
Four I/O drawers, each equipped with a 66 MHz, 64 bit-wide bus (528 MB/s bandwidth).
Each I/O drawer has 14 PCI slots:
• 10 slots at 66 MHz, 64 bit, 3.3V (528 MB/s)
• 4 slots at 33 MHz, 32 bit, 5V (132 MB/s).

Chapter 2: Models Description 129/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

21.9. Power Kits for the EPC2450

21.9.1. Power Kit Six-CPU RS64-IV@600 MHz - 16 MB L2 Associative Cache per CPU

The Power Kit contains the following items:

• One six-CPU board PowerPC RS64-IV@600 MHz - 16 MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any EPC2450 (one CPU slot available - 4 CPU slots maximum).


• 18- and 24-CPU configurations require a power supply extension (PSKG006).

21.9.2. Power Kit Six-CPU RS64-III@450 MHz - 8 MB L2 Associative Cache per CPU

The Power Kit contains the following items:

• One six-CPU board PowerPC RS64-III@450 MHz - 8 MB L2 cache per CPU.

Operational Requirements

• Any EPC2450 (one CPU slot available - 4 CPU slots maximum).


• 18- and 24-CPU configurations require a power supply extension (PSKG006).

21.9.3. Power On Demand with RS64-IV@600 MHz CPU Boards

The Power on Demand (PoD) option allows customers to upgrade the EPC2450 computing power in
two-CPU increments, adding just the capacity they need when they need it. When additional capacity
is demanded, the Power on Demand feature enables additional CPUs simply using an AIX command.
The company pays when the additional capacity is turned on. The additional activated capacity is
checked by the Bull remote maintenance center.

Power on Demand is available as an option when acquiring an Escala EPC2450 system and as an add-
on for an installed EPC2450 base.

21.9.3.1. Power On Demand with four operational ways (on the first CPU board)

This Power Kit contains the following:

• One six-CPU board PowerPC RS64-IV@600MHz – 16MB L2 cache with four CPUs activated

2 CPUs can be activated using the “Power On Demand – Upgrade Capacity of 2 RS64-IV@600MHz
(CPKG209)” for a total of 6 activated CPUs.

Chapter 2: Models Description 130/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Operational Requirements:
• Initial order of an EPC2450.
• Silver GlobalCare contract.
• Remote maintenance via modem and a customer connection agreement.

21.9.3.2. Power On Demand with zero operational ways (on additional CPU boards)

This Power Kit contains the following:

• One six-CPU board PowerPC RS64-IV@600MHz – 16MB L2 cache with no CPU activated

2 to 6 CPUs can be activated in increments of 2 using the “Power On Demand – Upgrade Capacity of
2 RS64-IV@600MHz (CPKG209)” for a total of 2, 4 or 6 activated CPUs.

Operational Requirements:
• An EPC2450 with at least one standard six-CPU board and one free CPU slot.
• Silver GlobalCare contract.
• Remote maintenance via modem and a customer connection agreement.

21.9.3.3. Power On Demand with two operational ways (on additional CPU boards)

This Power Kit contains the following:

• One six-CPU board PowerPC RS64-IV@600MHz – 16MB L2 cache with two CPUs activated

2 to 4 CPUs can be activated in increments of 2 using the “Power On Demand – Upgrade Capacity of
2 RS64-IV@600MHz (CPKG209)” for a total of 4 or 6 activated CPUs.

Operational Requirements:
• An EPC2450 with at least one standard six-CPU board and one free CPU slot.
• Silver GlobalCare contract.
• Remote maintenance via modem and a customer connection agreement.

21.9.3.4. Power On Demand with four operational ways (on additional CPU boards)

This Power Kit contains the following:

• One six-CPU board PowerPC RS64-IV@600MHz – 16MB L2 cache with four CPUs activated

2 CPUs can be activated using the “Power On Demand – Upgrade Capacity of 2 RS64-IV@600MHz
(CPKG209)” for a total of 6 activated CPUs.

Operational Requirements:
• An EPC2450 with at least one standard six-CPU board and one free CPU slot.
• Silver GlobalCare contract.
• Remote maintenance via modem and a customer connection agreement.

Chapter 2: Models Description 131/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

21.9.4. Power On Demand with RS64-III@450 MHz CPU Boards

The Power on Demand (PoD) option allows customers to upgrade the EPC2450 computing power in
two-CPU increments, adding just the capacity they need when they need it. When additional capacity
is demanded, the Power on Demand feature enables additional CPUs simply using an AIX command.
The company pays when the additional capacity is turned on. The additional activated capacity is
checked by the Bull remote maintenance center.

Power on Demand is available as an option when acquiring an Escala EPC2450 system and as an add-
on for an installed EPC2450 base.

21.9.4.1. Power On Demand with four operational ways (on the first CPU board)

This Power Kit contains the following:

• One six-CPU board PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz – 8MB L2 cache with four CPUs activated

2 CPUs can be activated using the “Power On Demand – Upgrade Capacity of 2 RS64-III@450MHz
(CPKG210)” for a total of 6 activated CPUs.

Operational Requirements:
• Initial order of an EPC2450.
• Silver GlobalCare contract.
• Remote maintenance via modem and a customer connection agreement.

21.9.4.2. Power On Demand with zero operational ways (on additional CPU boards)

This Power Kit contains the following:

• One six-CPU board PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz – 8MB L2 cache with no CPU activated

2 to 6 CPUs can be activated in increments of 2 using the “Power On Demand – Upgrade Capacity of
2 RS64-III@450 MHz (CPKG210)” for a total of 2, 4 or 6 activated CPUs.

Operational Requirements:
• An EPC2450 with at least one standard six-CPU board and one free CPU slot.
• Silver GlobalCare contract.
• Remote maintenance via modem and a customer connection agreement.

Chapter 2: Models Description 132/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

21.9.4.3. Power On Demand with two operational ways (on additional CPU boards)

This Power Kit contains the following:

• One six-CPU board PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz – 8MB L2 cache with two CPUs activated

2 to 4 CPUs can be activated in increments of 2 using the “Power On Demand – Upgrade Capacity of
2 RS64-III@450 MHz (CPKG210)” for a total of 4 or 6 activated CPUs.

Operational Requirements:
• An EPC2450 with at least one standard six-CPU board and one free CPU slot.
• Silver GlobalCare contract.
• Remote maintenance via modem and a customer connection agreement.

21.9.4.4. Power On Demand with four operational ways (on additional CPU boards)

This Power Kit contains the following:

• One six-CPU board PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz – 8MB L2 cache with four CPUs activated

2 CPUs can be activated using the “Power On Demand – Upgrade Capacity of 2 RS64-III@450 MHz
(CPKG210)” for a total of 6 activated CPUs.

Operational Requirements:
• An EPC2450 with at least one standard six-CPU board and one free CPU slot.
• Silver GlobalCare contract.
• Remote maintenance via modem and a customer connection agreement.

Chapter 2: Models Description 133/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

22. Escala PL3200R & 3200R+


CPUG075/CPUG077/CPUG080 Discontinued: December 31, 2003

The Escala PL3200R/R+ is composed of a Central Electronics Complex (CEC), a media drawer and
one to eight I/O drawers. The CEC, the I/O drawers and the media drawer must be racked in a 24-inch
rack. Other additional drawers (e.g. DAS) must be racked in a 19-inch rack.
Up to 2 Optional Battery Backups will be available in 2Q2002.

A Hardware Management Console (HMC) provides the set of functions to manage the PL3200R &
PL3200R+ and LPAR configurations.

22.1. The PL3200R & PL3200R+ CEC

The CEC contains:


• Up to four Multi-Chip Modules (MCM); each MCM contains 8 POWER4 processors and 5.6 MB
of L2 cache shared between the eight processors providing each processor with 0.72 MB of L2
cache.
• POWER4 processors can run at 1.1 GHz or 1.3 GHz with PL3200R.
• POWER4+ processors can run at 1.5 GHz or 1.7 GHz with PL3200R+.
• All processors must operate at the same speed.
• Each processor contains 32 KB of data cache and 64 KB of instruction cache.
• 128 MB of L3 cache per MCM. The L3 cache operates at 400 MHz for 1.1 GHz processors and
433 MHz for 1.3 GHz processors
• From 8 GB to 256 GB of Chipkill ECC memory provided by up to 8 memory cards. Memory cards
capacity can be 4 GB, 8 GB, 16 GB, or 32 GB.
• Remote I/O (RIO) ports. A pair of RIO ports is necessary to connect each I/O drawer in a loop-like
fashion. Four RIO ports are provided to connect the first and second I/O drawers. In order to
connect subsequent I/O drawers, additional RIO ports must be added in the form of RIO books of 8
RIO ports allowing to connect up to 4 I/O drawers. All the RIO ports of an RIO book must be used
before adding another RIO book.
• Redundant power and cooling.
• Service Processor.
• 4 serial ports (2 dedicated to the HMC - Hardware Management Console).

The PL3200R & PL3200R+ CEC is a 17U, 24-inch rack mounted drawer.

The following table provides the number of I/O drawer and the amount of memory supported
depending on the number of MCMs installed inPL3200R & PL3200R+.

Number of Number / type of CPUs Maximum Memory Maximum number of


MCMs installed With PL3200R with PL3200R I/O drawers supported
1 8 / 1.1GHz or 1.3 GHz 64 GB 2
2 16 / 1.1 GHz or 1.3 GHz 128 GB 4
3 24 / 1.1 GHz or 1.3 GHz 192 GB 6
4 32 / 1.1 GHz or1.3 GHz 256 GB 8

Chapter 2: Models Description 134/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Number of Number / type of CPUs Maximum Memory Maximum number of


MCMs installed With PL3200R+ with PL3200R+ I/O drawers supported
1 8 / 1.5GHz or 1.7 GHz 128 GB 2
2 16 / 1.5 GHz or 1.7 GHz 256 GB 4
3 24 / 1.5 GHz or 1.7 GHz 384 GB 6
4 32 / 1.5 GHz or1.37GHz 512 GB 8

22.2. The PL3200R & PL3200R+ I/O Drawer

At least one I/O drawer is mandatory in each PL3200R or PL3200R+.


Each I/O drawer is divided in two separate halves. Each half contains:
• Ten 64-bit PCI slots (seven 3.3V, 66 MHz and three 5V, 32 MHz)
• Eight hot-swap disk bays
• Two Ultra3 SCSI controllers used to connect the 8 internal disks by sets of 4.

The PL3200R & PL3200R+ I/O drawer is a 4U, 24-inch rack-mounted drawer.

Number of PCI Adapters supported with Maximum per Maximum per


PL3200R I/O Drawer versus Drawer system
PL3200R+ I/O Drawer
10/100Mbps Ethernet PCI 20/20 40/140
DCCG137
2 Gbits Fibre Channel PCI-X 10/20 40/139
DCCG173
GIGABIT ETHERNET-SX PCI-X 10/20 40/139
DCCG156
10/100/1000 BASE-TX ETHERNET PCI-X 10/20 40/139
DCCG157
UNIVERSAL 4-Port 10/100 ETHERNET na/20 na/40
DCCG152
2-Port 10/100/1000 BASE-TX ETHERNET na/20 na/80
DCCG165
2 x GIGABIT ETHERNET-SX PCI-X na/20 na/40
DCCG166

Chapter 2: Models Description 135/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

22.3. The PL3200R & PL3200R+ Media Drawer

This media drawer is required for each PL3200R or PL3200R+.


It is split into 2 separate sections.
The front section provides:
• One floppy disk
• Two media bays for DAT, CD-ROM or DVD-RAM.
The rear section provides two additional media bays for CD-ROM.
Each section must be attached to separate PCI adapters located in one of the I/O drawers.

The PL3200R & PL3200R+ media drawer is a 1U, 24-inch rack-mounted drawer.

22.4. Logical Partitioning (LPAR)

Static LPAR is supported with AIX V5.1 or V5.2. Dynamic LPAR requires AIX V5.2.
The PL3200R can be divided into up to 16 logical partitions. System resources can be dedicated to
each LPAR.
A minimum of one processor is required per LPAR.
I/O adapters in PCI slots and the integrated Ultra3 SCSI controllers of the I/O drawers may be
allocated to an LPAR on an individual basis, but it is recommended to assign half I/O drawer per
LPAR whenever possible.

22.4.1. Virtual Console Devices for Each Partition

For each partition running on the server, one virtual tty is provided as a substitute to using a physical
console. This tty runs through the RS232 connection between the HMC and the service processor (and
therefore is isolated from the network), and can be used as a normal tty console. Console messages
from AIX are streamed to the output window in the HMC. The HMC also provides virtual operator
panel functions for each partition, including a display of the firmware and AIX progress and error
codes that would normally appear on the LCD display on the front of the server.

22.4.2. Install Media Devices

If there is only one installation device (for example, a CD-ROM or tape) available in a system, it
should not be connected under the same SCSI adapter as boot disks or other disks critical to that
partition’s operation. Doing so would limit the ability to reconfigure that installation device to be used
by different partitions. Instead, the device should be connected to its own SCSI adapter so that it can
be independently allocated to any partition when required.

22.4.3. Boot Devices

Each partition requires its own separate boot device. This means the system must have at least one
boot device and associated adapter per partition.

Chapter 2: Models Description 136/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

22.5. Options and Extensions

• Fibre Channel Adapter.


• Communications adapters Ethernet 10/100Mb/s, Gigabit Ethernet, Token Ring, Asynchronous).
• DAS fibre RAID disk subsystems with FC-AL interface.
• EMC disk subsystems with SCSI or FC-AL interface.

22.6. Maximum Configuration

• 256 GB of system memory with PL3200R.


• 512 GB of system memory with PL3200R+.
• Up to 32 CPUs.
• Up to 16 internal disks and up to 20 PCI slots per Drawer
• Up to 128 internal disks and up to 160 PCI slots with up to 8 maximum drawers

Chapter 2: Models Description 137/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

22.7. PL3200R Description

22.8. Buses frequency and bandwidth with PL3200R :

• Per MCM, the system can transfer up to 51.2 GB of information per second between processors
and memory.
• L3 cache: data transmitted to and from the POWER4 chip at a speed of one-third of the processor
frequency; rate of data transfer between the L3 cache and the POWER4 chip can reach 13.8 GB of
data per second.
• Maximum memory bandwidth : 204.8 GB per second.
For each I/O drawer, the 2 RIO ports offer a bandwidth of 2 GB of data per second.
• Each half I/O drawer provides:
seven PCI slots at 64-bit, 3.3V, 66 MHz (528 MB/s)
three PCI slots at 64-bit, 5V, 32 MHz (256 MB/s)
• Reminder: each MCM holds 4 POWER4 chips; each POWER4 chip contains 2 processors

Chapter 2: Models Description 138/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

22.9. Buses frequency and bandwidth with PL3200R+ :

• Per MCM, the system can transfer up to 51.2 GB of information per second between processors
and memory.
• L3 cache: data transmitted to and from the POWER4+ chip at a speed of one-third of the processor
frequency.
• Maximum memory bandwidth : more than 204.8 GB per second.
• For each I/O drawer, the 2 RIO ports offer a bandwidth of 2.6 GB of data per second.
• Each half I/O drawer provides ten PCI slots at 64-bit, 3.3V, 66 MHz (528 MB/s).
• Reminder: each MCM holds 4 POWER4+ chips; each POWER4+ chip contains 2 processors

22.10. RIO-2 Remote I/O Loop Adapter

The RIO-2 Remote I/O Loop Adapter provides two RIO-2 Remote I/O ports for attaching
I/O drawers to the system in a single loop.

22.11. Operational Requirements

• AIX 5.1 or later.

22.12. Power Kits for the PL3200R

Note: Power kits including processors provide additional power cables, DC Power Converters,
Capacitor books and Processor Bus Pass Through Modules as needed.

22.12.1. 8-way POWER4 Processor Option (First)

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 8-way POWER4 @ 1.1 GHz MCM board.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL3200R with no MCM board installed.

22.12.2. 8-way POWER4 Processor Option (Additional)

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 8-way POWER4 @ 1.1 GHz MCM board.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL3200R with at least one MCM board installed and one CPU slot available.

Chapter 2: Models Description 139/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

22.12.3. 128 MB L3 Cache, 400MHz

128 MB L3 cache operating at 400MHz is necessary for each 8-way POWER4@1.1GHz MCM board.

22.12.4. 8-way POWER4 Turbo Processor Option (First)

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 8-way POWER4 @ 1.3 GHz MCM board.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL3200R with no MCM board installed.

22.12.5. 8-way POWER4 Turbo Processor Option (Additional)

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 8-way POWER4 @ 1.3 GHz MCM board.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL3200R with at least one MCM board installed and one CPU slot available.

22.12.6. 128 MB L3 Cache, 433MHz

128 MB L3 cache operating at 433MHz is necessary for each 8-way POWER4@1.3GHz MCM board.

22.12.7. Basic Upgrade Kit from 24-to 32-way

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• Four 8-way POWER4 @ 1.3 GHz MCM boards.
• Four 128 MB L3 cache at 433 MHz.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL3200R with three 8-way POWER4 @ 1.1 GHz MCM boards.

The removed MCM boards and L3 cache become the property of Bull.

22.13. Power Kits for the PL3200R+

Note: Power kits including processors provide additional power cables, DC Power Converters,
Capacitor books and Processor Bus Pass Through Modules as needed.

22.13.1. 8-way POWER4+ Processor Option

Chapter 2: Models Description 140/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 8-way POWER4+ @ 1.5 GHz MCM board.

Operational Requirements

Any PL3200R+ with no MCM board installed.

22.13.2. 8-way POWER4+ Turbo Processor Option

The Power Kit contains the following items:


• One 8-way POWER4+ @ 1.7 GHz MCM board.

Operational Requirements

Any PL3200R+ with no MCM board installed.

22.13.3. Swap 8-way POWER4 with 8-way POWER4+ (First & Add)

The Power Kit contains the following items:

• One 8-way POWER4+ @ 1.5 GHz MCM board with 128 MB L3 cache.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL3200R with one 8-way POWER4 @ 1.1 GHz MCM board.

The removed parts become the property of Bull.

22.13.4. Swap 8-way POWER4 with 8-way POWER4+ (First & Add)

The Power Kit contains the following items:

• One 8-way POWER4+ @ 1.7 GHz MCM board with 128 MB L3 cache.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL3200R with one 8-way POWER4 @ 1.1 GHz MCM board.

The removed parts become the property of Bull.

Chapter 2: Models Description 141/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

22.13.5. Swap 8-way POWER4 with 8-way POWER4+ (First & Add)

The Power Kit contains the following items:

• One 8-way POWER4+ @ 1.5 GHz MCM board with 128 MB L3 cache.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL3200R with one 8-way POWER4 @ 1.3 GHz MCM board.

The removed parts become the property of Bull.

22.13.6. Swap 8-way POWER4 with 8-way POWER4+ (First & Add)

The Power Kit contains the following items:

• One 8-way POWER4+ @ 1.7 GHz MCM board with 128 MB L3 cache.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL3200R with one 8-way POWER4 @ 1.3 GHz MCM board.

The removed parts become the property of Bull.

22.13.7. Swap 8-way POWER4+ with 8-way POWER4+

The Power Kit contains the following items:

• One 8-way POWER4+ @ 1.7 GHz MCM board with 128 MB L3 cache.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL3200R+ with one 8-way POWER4+ @ 1.5 GHz MCM board.

The removed parts become the property of Bull.

Chapter 2: Models Description 142/142


9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems

1. EXTERNAL SUBSYSTEMS................................................................................................7

1.1. External Subsystems Summary Tables .....................................................................................................................7

2. DAS AND DAE FIBRE DISK SUBSYSTEMS.....................................................................8

2.1. Common Features of the DAS 4500/4700/4700-2/5300/5700 and DAE 5000 Series ..............................................8
2.1.1. Highlights...............................................................................................................................................................8
2.1.2. Disks ......................................................................................................................................................................8
2.1.3. DAE enclosure .....................................................................................................................................................10
2.1.4. iDAE Enclosure ...................................................................................................................................................13
2.1.5. DPE Enclosure .....................................................................................................................................................20

2.2. Disks and SP for CX line...........................................................................................................................................28

2.3. CX200 Mono SP.........................................................................................................................................................29


2.3.1. Highlights.............................................................................................................................................................29
2.3.2. Configurability and Packaging ............................................................................................................................29

2.4. CX200 Dual SP...........................................................................................................................................................29


2.4.1. Highlights.............................................................................................................................................................30
2.4.2. Configurability and Packaging ............................................................................................................................31

2.5. CX600 Dual SP...........................................................................................................................................................31


2.5.1. Highlights.............................................................................................................................................................31
2.5.2. Configurability and Packaging ............................................................................................................................33

2.6. CX400 Dual SP...........................................................................................................................................................34


2.6.1. Highlights.............................................................................................................................................................34
2.6.2. Configurability and Packaging ............................................................................................................................35

2.7. DAE5000 (Full Fibre JBOD Disk Array Subsystems) ...........................................................................................36


2.7.1. Highlights.............................................................................................................................................................36
2.7.2. Configurability and Packaging ............................................................................................................................36
2.7.3. SAN features........................................................................................................................................................36

2.8. DAS5300 (Full Fibre RAID Disk Subsystems)........................................................................................................37


2.8.1. Highlights.............................................................................................................................................................37
2.8.2. Configurability and Packaging ............................................................................................................................37
2.8.3. SAN features........................................................................................................................................................38

2.9. DAS 4500 ....................................................................................................................................................................38


2.9.1. Highlights.............................................................................................................................................................38
2.9.2. Configurability and Packaging ............................................................................................................................39
2.9.3. SAN features........................................................................................................................................................39

2.10. DAS 4700 and DAS 4700-2......................................................................................................................................40


2.10.1. Highlights...........................................................................................................................................................40
2.10.2. Configurability and Packaging ..........................................................................................................................41
2.10.3. SAN Features .....................................................................................................................................................41

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 1/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.11. DAS5700 (Full Fibre RAID Disk Subsystems) ..................................................................................................... 42


2.11.1. Highlights .......................................................................................................................................................... 42
2.11.2. Configurability and Packaging .......................................................................................................................... 42
2.11.3. SAN features...................................................................................................................................................... 43

2.12. DAS5720 (Full Fibre RAID Disk Array Subsystems).......................................................................................... 43


2.12.1. Highlights .......................................................................................................................................................... 43
2.12.2. Configurability and Packaging .......................................................................................................................... 43
2.12.3. SAN features...................................................................................................................................................... 44

3. DAS SCSI SUBSYSTEMS (DAS 1000, 2000 AND 3000 SERIES) ................................. 45

3.1. Highlights ................................................................................................................................................................... 45

3.2. The Storage Control Processor (SP)........................................................................................................................ 46

3.3. The 3.5" SCSI-2 Disk Modules ................................................................................................................................ 46

3.4. The DAS 3000 Series Cabinet................................................................................................................................... 47

3.5. The DAS 2000 Series Cabinet................................................................................................................................... 47

3.6. The DAS 1000 Series Cabinet................................................................................................................................... 48

3.7. The Power Subsystem ............................................................................................................................................... 48

3.8. The Cooling Subsystem............................................................................................................................................. 48

3.9. The SCSI Host Connection....................................................................................................................................... 48

3.10. Disk Drives Specifications....................................................................................................................................... 49

3.11. Mirrored Caching Option....................................................................................................................................... 49

3.12. Single board Caching Option ................................................................................................................................. 49

3.13. Prerequisites & Configurability............................................................................................................................. 50

3.14. Configuration Rules and Hints for the DAS1300, DAS2900 and DAS3200/DAS3500 ..................................... 51
3.14.1. Basic Cabinet ..................................................................................................................................................... 51
3.14.2. Number of Disk Drives Allowed....................................................................................................................... 51
3.14.3. RAID Group Binding Rules .............................................................................................................................. 52
3.14.4. Number of Power Modules................................................................................................................................ 52
3.14.5. Number of Storage Processors (SP) .................................................................................................................. 52
3.14.6. Mirrored Cache.................................................................................................................................................. 52
3.14.7. Single Board Cache ........................................................................................................................................... 52

3.15. Performance............................................................................................................................................................. 53

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 2/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

4. DAS MANAGEMENT ........................................................................................................54

4.1. DAS Connection Kit for Escala Systems .................................................................................................................54

4.2. Navisphere Supervisor and Manager (for Windows NT) ......................................................................................54


4.2.1. Product Overview ................................................................................................................................................54
4.2.2. Product’s Deployment..........................................................................................................................................56
4.2.3. Prerequisites.........................................................................................................................................................56
4.2.4. Licensing..............................................................................................................................................................56

4.3. Navisphere for AIX....................................................................................................................................................57


4.3.1. Product Overview ................................................................................................................................................57
4.3.2. Product’s Deployment..........................................................................................................................................58
4.3.3. Prerequisites.........................................................................................................................................................60
4.3.4. Licensing..............................................................................................................................................................60

4.4. DAS Manager and ArrayGuide ...............................................................................................................................61

4.5. ATF .............................................................................................................................................................................61

4.6. PowerPath Full and PowerPath Base ......................................................................................................................62

4.7. Access Logix (DAS 4500, DAS 4700 and DAS 4700-2)...........................................................................................63

4.8. SnapView (DAS 4700 and DAS 4700-2)...................................................................................................................65

4.9. MirrorView (DAS 4700 and DAS 4700-2) ...............................................................................................................65

5. EMC² SYMMETRIX FAMILY SUBSYSTEMS ...................................................................66

5.1. Symmetrix Storage Philosophy ................................................................................................................................66


5.1.1. Highest Performance............................................................................................................................................66
5.1.2. Scalability ............................................................................................................................................................66
5.1.3. Connectivity.........................................................................................................................................................66
5.1.4. Information Protection .........................................................................................................................................66
5.1.5. Information Sharing .............................................................................................................................................67
5.1.6. Information Management.....................................................................................................................................67

5.2. Symmetrix Product Description...............................................................................................................................67


5.2.1. Host Channel connection .....................................................................................................................................67
5.2.2. Internal Data Flow ...............................................................................................................................................68
5.2.3. Disk Drives ..........................................................................................................................................................68
5.2.4. Disk Directors ......................................................................................................................................................68
5.2.5. Symmetrix Data Protection..................................................................................................................................69

5.3. Symmetrix 3000 Family ............................................................................................................................................69


5.3.1. Symmetrix 3930-18/36 Architecture ...................................................................................................................69
5.3.2. Symmetrix 3830-18/36 Architecture ...................................................................................................................70
5.3.3. Symmetrix 3630-18/36 Architecture ...................................................................................................................70
5.3.4. Configuration Summary.......................................................................................................................................71
5.3.5. Ultra-SCSI Director .............................................................................................................................................71
5.3.6. Fibre Channel Director ........................................................................................................................................71
5.3.7. ESCON Director ..................................................................................................................................................71
5.3.8. SRDF Remote Link Director ...............................................................................................................................72
5.3.9. Cache Memory.....................................................................................................................................................72
5.3.10. Disk Drives ........................................................................................................................................................72

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 3/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

5.4. Symmetrix 8000 Family ............................................................................................................................................ 73


5.4.1. Symmetrix 8730 and 8830-18/36/50/73/181 Architecture .................................................................................. 73
5.4.2. Symmetrix 8430 and 8530-18/36/50/73/181 Architecture .................................................................................. 73
5.4.3. Configuration Summary ...................................................................................................................................... 74
5.4.4. Ultra-SCSI Director............................................................................................................................................. 74
5.4.5. 4-Port Fibre Channel Director ............................................................................................................................. 74
5.4.6. Multi Mode Fibre Channel Director.................................................................................................................... 74
5.4.7. Multi Mode / Mono Mode Fibre Channel Director ............................................................................................. 75
5.4.8. 4-Port ESCON Director....................................................................................................................................... 75
5.4.9. ESCON Director.................................................................................................................................................. 75
5.4.10. SRDF Remote Link Director ............................................................................................................................. 75
5.4.11. Cache Memory................................................................................................................................................... 76
5.4.12. Disk Drives ........................................................................................................................................................ 76

6. TAPE LIBRARIES AND SUBSYSTEMS.......................................................................... 77

6.1. DLT 4000 and DLT 7000-Cartridge Tape Library................................................................................................ 77

6.2. Magnetic Tape Drive................................................................................................................................................. 79


6.2.1. STK9914 1/2" 9 TrackTape Drive Drawer ......................................................................................................... 79

7. STORAGE AREA NETWORK (SAN) INTRODUCTION .................................................. 80

7.1. Challenges and Risks................................................................................................................................................. 82

7.2. SAN Management...................................................................................................................................................... 82

7.3. The Design of a SAN Infrastructure........................................................................................................................ 83


7.3.1. Media Speed ........................................................................................................................................................ 83
7.3.2. Cabling................................................................................................................................................................. 83
7.3.3. Fibre Channel Networks...................................................................................................................................... 84
7.3.4. Zoning, Switched Loops, Mix of Private Loops and Fabrics.............................................................................. 88
7.3.5. Interconnection with Legacy Technologies......................................................................................................... 90

8. SAN - INFRASTRUCTURE COMPONENTS ................................................................... 92

8.1. S@N.IT!...................................................................................................................................................................... 92
8.1.1. Product Overview ................................................................................................................................................ 92
8.1.2. Product’s Deployment ......................................................................................................................................... 93
8.1.3. Prerequisites......................................................................................................................................................... 94

8.2. ASM V2 (AIX SAN Manager).................................................................................................................................. 94


8.2.1. Product Overview ................................................................................................................................................ 94
8.2.2. Product’s Deployment ......................................................................................................................................... 96
8.2.3. Prerequisites......................................................................................................................................................... 99
8.2.4. Licensing ........................................................................................................................................................... 100
8.2.5. Memory Usage................................................................................................................................................... 100

8.3. SilkWorm 3200 Fibre Channel Switch.................................................................................................................. 100


8.3.1. Highlights .......................................................................................................................................................... 100
8.3.2. SAN Topologies & Interoperability .................................................................................................................. 101
8.3.3. Technical Specifications.................................................................................................................................... 102

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 4/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

8.4. SilkWorm 3800 Fibre Channel Switch ..................................................................................................................103


8.4.1. Highlights...........................................................................................................................................................103
8.4.2. SAN Topologies & Interoperability...................................................................................................................104
8.4.3. Technical Specifications ....................................................................................................................................105

8.5. SilkWorm 2040 Fibre Channel...............................................................................................................................107


8.5.1. Highlights...........................................................................................................................................................107
8.5.2. Limitations .........................................................................................................................................................107
8.5.3. SAN Topologies & Interoperability...................................................................................................................107
8.5.4. Technical Specifications ....................................................................................................................................108

8.6. SilkWorm 2800 Fibre Channel Switch ..................................................................................................................109


8.6.1. Highlights...........................................................................................................................................................109
8.6.2. SAN Topologies & Interoperability...................................................................................................................111
8.6.3. Technical Specifications ....................................................................................................................................112

8.7. SilkWorm Software Components...........................................................................................................................114

8.8. Fibre Channel Optical Link Extender...................................................................................................................116


8.8.1. Highlights...........................................................................................................................................................116
8.8.2. SAN Topologies & Interoperability...................................................................................................................116
8.8.3. Packaging...........................................................................................................................................................116
8.8.4. Technical Specifications ....................................................................................................................................116

8.9. Vixel 1000 Fibre Channel Hub ...............................................................................................................................117


8.9.1. Highlights...........................................................................................................................................................117
8.9.2. SAN Topologies & Interoperability...................................................................................................................118
8.9.3. Technical Specifications ....................................................................................................................................118

8.10. Gadzoox Bitstrip TW Fibre Channel Hub ..........................................................................................................120


8.10.1. Highlights.........................................................................................................................................................120
8.10.2. SAN Topologies & Interoperability.................................................................................................................121
8.10.3. Packaging.........................................................................................................................................................121
8.10.4. Technical Specifications ..................................................................................................................................122

8.11. MIA .........................................................................................................................................................................123


8.11.1. Highlights.........................................................................................................................................................123
8.11.2. SAN Topologies & Interoperability.................................................................................................................123
8.11.3. Packaging.........................................................................................................................................................123
8.11.4. Technical Specifications ..................................................................................................................................123

9. STORAGE PLUS DRAWER AND SHARED STORAGE DRAWER...............................125

10. ULTRA320 STORAGE PLUS DRAWER AND ULTRA320 SHARED STORAGE


DRAWER..............................................................................................................................126

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 5/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 6/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

1. External Subsystems

1.1. External Subsystems Summary Tables


PL220R EPC400 EPC430 EPC440 EPC450 PL400R
DAS5700 - EOC=31/03/01 EOC=31/03/01 EOC=31/03/01 EOC=31/03/01 -
DAS5720 - EOC=31/12/99 - EOC=31/12/99 - -
DAS5300 EOC=30/04/2003 EOC=30/04/2003 EOC=30/04/2003 EOC=30/04/2003 EOC=30/04/2003 EOC=30/04/2003
DAS4500 EOC=21/12/2002 EOC=21/12/2002 EOC=21/12/2002 EOC=21/12/2002 EOC=21/12/2002 EOC=31/12/2002
DAS4700/4700-2 EOC=30/04/2003 - EOC=30/04/2003 - EOC=30/04/2003 EOC=30/04/2003
DAE5000 - EOC=31/10/01 EOC=31/10/01 EOC=31/10/01 EOC=31/10/01 -
DAS2900 - EOC=31/10/00 EOC=31/10/00 EOC=31/10/00 EOC=31/10/00 -
DAS3500 - EOC=30/06/99 EOC=30/06/99 (1) - - -
DAS3200 - EOC=30/09/99 EOC=30/09/99 (1) EOC=30/09/99 EOC=30/09/99 (1) -
DAS1300 - EOC=31/10/00 EOC=31/10/00 EOC=31/10/00 EOC=31/10/00 -
EMC Symmetrix Y Y Y Y Y Y
DLT 4000 - EOC=30/06/01 EOC=30/06/01 EOC=30/06/01 EOC=30/06/01 -
DLT 7000 - EOC=30/06/01 EOC=30/06/01 EOC=30/06/01 EOC=30/06/01 -
CX400/600 Y (3) 1Q 2003 1Q 2003 (3) 1Q 2003 1Q 2003 Y (3)

PL420R EPC610 PL600R EPC800 EPC810 PL800R PL820R


DAS5700 - EOC=31/03/01 - - EOC=31/03/01 - -
DAS5720 - EOC=31/12/99 (2) - - - - -
DAS5300 - EOC=30/04/2003 EOC=30/04/2003 - EOC=30/04/2003 EOC=30/04/2003 -
DAS4500 - EOC=31/12/2002 EOC=31/12/2002 - EOC=31/12/2002 EOC=31/12/2002 -
DAS4700/4700-2 - EOC=30/04/2003 EOC=30/04/2003 EOC=30/04/2003 EOC=30/04/2003 -
DAE5000 - EOC=31/10/01 EOC=31/10/01 - EOC=31/10/01 - -
DAS2900 - EOC=31/10/00 (2) - EOC=31/10/00 - - -
DAS3500 - - - - - - -
DAS3200 - EOC=30/09/99 (2) - EOC=30/09/99 - - -
DAS1300 - EOC=31/10/00 (2) - EOC=31/10/00 - - -
EMC Symmetrix Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
DLT 4000 - EOC=30/06/01 EOC=30/06/01 EOC=30/06/01 EOC=30/06/01 - -
DLT 7000 - EOC=30/06/01 EOC=30/06/01 EOC=30/06/01 EOC=30/06/01 - -
CX400/600 Y 1Q 2003 Y (3) - 1Q 2003 Y (3) Y
(1) Available through reconnection only, when upgrading from EPC400 to EPC430/EPC450.
(2) Available through reconnection only, when upgrading from EPC440 to EPC610.
(3) Support with AIX 4.3 is planned for 1Q 2003.

EPC1200/1200A PL1600R EPC2400 EPC2450 PL3200R


DAS5700 EOC=31/03/01 - EOC=31/03/01 EOC=31/03/01 -
DAS5720 EOC=31/12/99 - - - -
DAS5300 EOC=30/04/2003 - EOC=30/04/2003 EOC=30/04/2003 -
DAS4500 EOC=31/12/2002 EOC=31/12/2002 EOC=31/12/2002 EOC=31/12/2002 EOC=31/12/2002
DAS4700/4700-2 - EOC=30/04/2003 EOC=30/04/2003 EOC=30/04/2003 EOC=30/04/2003
DAE5000 EOC=31/10/01 - EOC=31/10/01 EOC=31/10/01 -
DAS2900 EOC=31/10/00 - EOC=31/10/00 - -
DAS3500 EOC=30/06/99 - - - -
DAS3200 EOC=30/09/99 - - - -
DAS1300 EOC=31/10/00 - - - -
EMC Symmetrix Y Y Y Y Y
DLT 4000 EOC=30/06/01 - EOC=30/06/01 EOC=30/06/01 -
DLT 7000 EOC=30/06/01 - EOC=30/06/01 EOC=30/06/01 -
CX400/600 1Q 2003 Y (3) 1Q2003 1Q 2003 Y (3)

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 7/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2. DAS and DAE Fibre Disk Subsystems

2.1. Common Features of the DAS 4500/4700/4700-2/5300/5700 and DAE 5000 Series
CABG024/CABG026/DRWG010 Discontinued : December 31, 2003

2.1.1. Highlights

The DAS 4500/4700/4700-2/5300/5700 and DAE 5000 Series storage subsystems constitute a
powerful, highly scalable, family of fibre channel storage solutions. They provide JBOD or RAID
capabilities, terabytes of disk storage capacity, high transfer rates, flexible configurations, and high
availability. These storage systems are ideal solutions for today's sophisticated enterprise.

The main customer benefits are:

• high performance
• scalability, modularity and flexibility
• low foot print with capability to mix servers and storage in the same packaging (rack only)
• capability to build high availability solutions, using multipath failover software and cluster
integration
• sharing between heterogeneous servers
• easy to use management tools

This line of disk subsystems is based on a common modular architecture, reusing the same components
across the complete range. These basic building blocks are:

disks dual-ported fibre channel disks.


DAE enclosure a 10 disk module, which can be chained to provide the
required capacity.
iDAE Intelligent DAE, a DAE module with one or two RAID
Storage Processors (SP) designed for mid-range disk
DPE a high end single or dual RAID Storage Processors with up to
10 disks.

2.1.2. Disks

2.1.2.1. Overview

The DAS 4700-2/4700/4500/5300/5700 and DAE 5000 Series storage subsystems use fibre channel,
dual-port disk drives. The dual port architecture has better resilience to failures than the old single port
SCSI technology.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 8/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

The disks are offered in 18 GB, 36 GB and 72 GB capacities and different formatting, as described in
the table below. All of them are high performance, 10K rpm or 15K rpm disks.

Format
18 GB 18 GB (1) 36 GB
(Bytes per 9 GB 36 GB (1) 72 GB
10,000 rpm 15,000 rpm 15 Krpm
sector)
DAS 5300 520 EOC EOC Y Y Y Y
DAS 5700 520 EOC EOC Add on Y Add on Y
DAS 5720 520 EOC EOC Add on Add on Add on Add on
DAS 4500 520 N EOC Y Y Y Y
DAS 4700/4700-2 520 N N Y Y Y Y
DAE 5000 512 EOC EOC N EOC N/A N/A
(1) EOC=31/12/2003

2.1.2.2. Disk formatting

Disk formatting depends on the disk subsystem in which they are integrated: it is either 520 bytes per
sector (for RAID subsystems), or 512 bytes per sector (JBOD). Thus, it is not possible to move disks
from a JBOD subsystem to RAID subsystem. Reformatting is required. (And could be proposed in
SFR). Changing disk formatting is not possible with the tools shipped with the disk subsystems, and
cannot be performed on site.

2.1.2.3. Technical specifications

8.8 GB – 10 K rpm 17.8 GB – 10K rpm 36 GB – 10K rpm 72 GB – 10K rpm 17.1 GB – 15K rpm 36 GB – 15K rpm
Form factor 3.5” 3.5” 3.5” 3.5” 3.5” 3.5”
Height 1.0” 1.0” 1.0” 1.0” 1.0” 1.0”
Rotational speed 10 000 rpm 10 000 rpm 10 000 rpm 10 000 rpm 15 000 rpm 15 000 rpm
Interface Fibre Channel Fibre Channel Fibre Channel Fibre Channel Fibre Channel Fibre Channel
Data buffer 1 MB 4 MB 16 MB 16 MB 8 MB 8 MB
Transfer rates
Buffer to/from media 17.2 – 25.3 MB/s 26.7 – 40.2 MB/s 26.7 - 40.2 MB/s 36.0 - 58.0 MB/s 51.8 - 68.1 51.8 - 68.1
SP or HBA to/from buffer 100 MB/s (max) 100 MB/s (max) 100 MB/s (max) 100 MB/s (max) 100 MB/s (max) 100 MB/s (max)
Access time
average access read 5.2 ms read 5.4 ms read 5.4 ms read 5.2 ms read 3.8 ms read 4.0 ms read
average access write 6.0 ms write 6.2 ms write 6.2 ms write 5.9 ms write 4.2 ms write 4.2 ms write
Rotational latency 2.99 ms 2.99 ms 2.99 ms 2.99 ms 2 ms 2 ms
Connector 40-pin, FC-SCA-2 40-pin, FC-SCA-2 40-pin, FC-SCA-2 40-pin, FC-SCA-2 40-pin, FC-SCA-2 40-pin, FC-SCA-2
Monitoring protocol SES/SFF-8067 SES/SFF-8067 SES/SFF-8067 SES/SFF-8067 SES/SFF-8067 SES/SFF-8067
EOC EOC EOC EOC
31/10/2000 31/10/2001 31/12/2002 31/12/2002

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 9/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

MTBF

9 GB, 10K rpm 1,000,000 h


18 GB, 10K rpm 1,200,000 h
36 GB, 10K rpm 1,200,000 h
72 GB, 10K rpm 1,200,000 h

2.1.3. DAE enclosure


CABG024/CABG026/DRWG010 Discontinued : December 31, 2003

2.1.3.1. Overview

The DAE (Disk-Array Enclosure) is a 10-slot enclosure without RAID capabilities (no SPs), playing
the role of the capacity building block. Several enclosures can be chained to create larger
configurations.

The figure below summarizes the hardware architecture of a DAE enclosure. A DAE contains at least
one Fibre Channel loop. The hardware to implement the second FC-AL loop is optional. Individual
hardware components are discussed later in this document.

SP A SP B
Redundant Fibre Channel Fibre Channel
Fan Circuitry A Circuitry B
Module

Power Power
Supply Supply
A B
Dual-ported Drives

AC Branch A AC Branch B

The DAE components include:

• One or two LCCs (Link Controller Cards, shown as “fibre channel circuitry” in the figure above)
to implement one or two FC-AL loops.
• Up to 10 fibre channel dual port disk modules.
• One or two power supplies each with its own power cord.
• One redundant fan module to cool the disks.

All these components can be replaced under power.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 10/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.1.3.2. Packaging

The DAE enclosure is available as a rackmount (4U) unit.

2.1.3.3. Host connectivity and management

The DAE offers one Fibre Channel DB/9 copper connectors per LCC for the connection to servers,
hubs, converters, and other kind of fibre channel devices. MIAs are supported to provide optical
interface for the connection of 50 µm multimode optical fibers. 62.5 µm fibers may also be acceptable.

The DAE, when used as a JBOD (and not within a RAID array), can be managed by Navisphere
Supervisor or Navisphere Manager from an NT server.

2.1.3.4. Architecture: SP, LCC, disks, memory

2.1.3.4.1. LCC (Link Control Cards)

DAE enclosures can be equipped with one or two LCCs. The LCC receives and electrically terminates
the incoming FC-AL signal from the host or other kind up “up stream” devices. The LCC passes the
input signal to its disk drives and then conducts the output signal, via cables, to an LCC of the next
DAE in the loop (if any). In addition, each LCC monitors the environmental status of the enclosure.

When enclosures are equipped with two LCCs, two distinct internal fibre channel loops can be
implemented, and in the event of an LCC failure, access remains possible through the other LCC.

Each LCC contains two connectors. One is reserved for the connection to another DAE. The other can
be used to connect another DAE or other type of devices, like servers, iDAE enclosures or DPE
enclosures. The distance between chained DAE enclosures is limited to 10m with copper cables.

2.1.3.4.2. Power Supplies

DAE enclosures can be equipped with one or two power supplies. Each power supply supports a fully
configured enclosure and shares power with the other power supply if one is present. Each power
supply is equipped with its own power cord, making the connection to two different power sources
possible.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 11/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.1.3.4.3. Cooling Fans

DAE enclosures are equipped with a drive fan pack that cools the disk modules. The fan pack contains
3 fans. If a fan fails, the speed of the remaining fans increases to compensate. If needed (for example
to change a failed power supply), a fan pack can be removed for exchange operation while the storage
system continues to operate. The exchange operation, however, must not exceed two minutes,
otherwise disks will shut down.

2.1.3.4.4. Disk drives

The minimum number of disks per DAE enclosure depends on the number of LCCs. The maximum is
always 10 disks:

Minimum Maximum
(DAE enclosure) (DAE enclosure)
1 LCC 2 10
2 LCC 4 10

Notes:
• The DAE 5000 (JBOD) is a DAE enclosure with a single LCC.
• DAE enclosures in DAS RAID subsystems with a single SP have a single LCC. With dual SP, all
the DAE enclosures have also dual LCC.

2.1.3.5. Summary of high availability features

• Dual port disks


• Dual loops / LCCs
• Dual Power supply with independent power cords
• Redundant fans
• No electronics in the chassis or backplane
• All active components are hot plug.

2.1.3.6. Performance figures

The performance of the DAE enclosure is given by the performance of the individual disks that are in
the enclosure.

2.1.3.7. Technical specifications

Interface to host

Fibre Channel interfaces of 100 MB/s (1 LCC) or 200 MB/s (2 LCCs).


9-pin, DB9 shielded connector, compatible with copper/optical Media Interface Adapters (MIA).

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 12/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Dimensions (approximate)

• Height - 6.07 in. (15.4 cm), 3.5 EIA units (occupies 4 units of rack space)
• Width - 17.5 in. (44.5 cm) (Standard NEMA 19-inch rack)
• Depth - 24 in. (60.9 cm)
• Weight - 78 lb. (35.4 kg) max.

Power requirements
• Frequency: 47-63 Hz
• AC Voltage: 100-240 VAC +- 10%, single phase
• Current Draw: At 100 v ac input – 10-slot DAE: 4A
• Power consumption: 10-slot DAE: 400VA.

Operating environment
Temperature: 50 - 104 degrees F (10 - 40 degrees C)
Temperature Gradient: 10 degrees C/hr
Relative Humidity: 20% - 80% (non-condensing)
Elevation: 10,000 ft (3048m) @ 37°C.
Operating Shock: 3 G @ 11 ms, ½ sine pulse
Operating Vibration: .25 G @ 5 - 500 Hz

Other
• Electromagnetic emissions: FCC Class A, EN55022 Class A, CE Mark, VCCI Class 1
• Safety: UL 1950, CSA C22.2-950, and EN 60950.

MTBF
Drive Fan pack: 667 000 h
DAE LCC: 781 000 h
DAE power supply 162 000 h
DAE midplane: 4 761 000 h

2.1.4. iDAE Enclosure

2.1.4.1. Overview

The iDAE (Intelligent DAE) is a 10-slots enclosure DAE with RAID functionality provided by one or
two SPs (Storage Processors), which replace the LCC cards of the basic DAE. It has been designed to
build mid range disk subsystems, with up to 30 disks. It is a “full Fibre Channel” RAID subsystem,
using Fibre Channel for both host connect (i.e. font-end) and internal disks connection (i.e. back-end).

Entry price configurations can be defined with the minimum of hardware redundancy, to enable cost
attractive solutions. Upgrade to a fully redundant high availability configuration is a simple matter of
adding redundant hardware components (described below). Dual SP configurations are strongly
recommended, for performance reasons (use of write cache is only possible with dual SP), and high
availability reasons (in conjunction with dual HBA and ATF). All these components are designed for
non-disruptive removal and insertion, and can be replaced under power.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 13/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

The iDAE can operate in a homogeneous AIX environment, or in a mixed AIX/NT environment, in
conjunction with ASM (AIX SAN Manager) or S@N.IT!.

The figure below summarizes the hardware architecture of an iDAE enclosure. An iDAE contains at
least one SP. The second SP is optional. Individual hardware components are discussed later in this
document.

To Hosts

Redundant Redundant
Processor Hub Hub Disk
Fan Fan
Module SP A SP B Module
Mirrored
cache cache
Power Write Power
Supply RAID Data RAID Supply
A engine engine B
Mutual Fibre
Fibre
Channel
survey Channel
Circuitry 1 Circuitry 1
Standby Standby
Power Power
System A System B

AC Branch AC Branch
A B
Dual-ported Drives

The iDAE components include:


• One or two SPs (Storage Processors), with Fibre Channel circuitry, to manage the internal loops of
the RAID subsystem.
• Up to 10 fibre channel dual ported disks.
• One or two power supplies each with its own power cord.
• One redundant fan module to cool the disks and another to cool the SPs.
• To implement write caching, one or two SPSs (Standby Power Supplies – also called BBUs, i.e.
Battery Backup Units).

All these components can be replaced under power.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 14/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.1.4.2. Packaging

The iDAE enclosure is available as a rackmount (4U) unit.

Note: for rackmount systems, the SPS is placed in a tray directly beneath the iDAE (one or two SPS
units fit in a 1 U space, one beside the other)

2.1.4.3. Host connectivity and management

The iDAE has two fibre channel DB/9 copper connectors per Storage Processor for servers, hubs,
converters, and other fibre channel devices connection. MIAs are supported to provide optical
interface for 50 µm multimode optical fibers connection. 62.5 µm fibers can also be used.

The two ports of one SP correspond to a single fibre channel loop. The typical usage is the direct
connection of two servers on the same SP. The use of the two connectors to chain multiple devices
(servers, SPs or other disk subsystems, …) is not recommended. In case of connection to a fibre
channel fabric (switch), a single connector must be used. The second connector is inactive.

The iDAE can be managed in-band, (i.e. through the host fibre channel interfaces), from any server
connected to the iDAE, using the Navisphere software.

A RS232 with RJ11 connector is also available, enabling the management through a serial line.
RJ11/DB9M, plus DB9F/DB25M converters and a RS232 6m DB25F/DB25F cable are shipped with
each iDAE.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 15/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.1.4.4. Architecture: SP, LCC, disks, memory

2.1.4.4.1. SPs (Storage Processors) and host interface

The SP provides the following features to the disk subsystem:


• RAID processing
• host interface management
• backend management
• memory
• built-in hub for external connection
• Fibre Channel circuitry for backend.

Each SP has 3 fibre channel connectors.

Port A and port B connectors correspond to a built-in hub, offering a 100 MB/s logical connection.
Using these connectors, 2 devices (like HBA within servers) can be connected to the same SP, without
any external device. They share the 100 MB/s bandwidth. Above two devices, an external hub must be
used.

The host interface implements the FCP-SCSI-3 protocol. Command tag queuing is implemented.

The third connector is a DB9 expansion connector (EXP) which enables the connection to an
additional DAE enclosure. It is not possible to chain more than 2 DAEs. When iDAE is equipped with
two SPs, two distinct internal fibre channel loops are available, and the chained DAEs must be
equipped with dual LCCs. In the event of a failure, disk access remains possible through the other SP.
The distance between iDAE and DAE or between chained DAE enclosures is limited to 10m with
copper cables.

2.1.4.4.2. Power Supplies (and PDUs)

iDAE enclosures can be equipped with one or two power supplies. Each power supply supports a fully
configured enclosure and shares power with the other power supply if present. Each power supply is
equipped with its own power cord, making the connection to two different power sources possible.

2.1.4.4.3. Standby Power Supply (SPS)

The SPS protects the iDAE against external power supply failures, and enables to properly stop a disk
subsystem in case of power outage.

SPS are optional, but at least one SPS must be installed to use the write cache. Optionally, a second
SPS can be installed to provide higher availability.

The SPS is also named BBU (Battery Backup Units).

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 16/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.1.4.4.4. Cooling Fans

iDAE enclosures are equipped with a drive fan pack that cools the disks and the SPs. The fan pack
contains 3 fans. If a fan fails, the speed of the remaining fans increases to compensate. If needed, a fan
pack can be removed for exchange operation while the storage system continues to operate (the
exchange operation, however, must not exceed two minutes, otherwise disks and SPs shut down).

2.1.4.4.5. Disk drives

The iDAE enclosures use the same disk than the other enclosures of the 5000 Series. The minimum
number of disks per iDAE enclosure depends on the number of SP. The maximum is always 10 disks,
but one or two DAE can be chained to increase the capacity of the array.

Minimum Maximum
(iDAE enclosure) (iDAE enclosure)
1 SP 3 10
2 SP 5 10

Disks are formatted with 520 bytes per sectors.

2.1.4.4.6. Memory

Each SP can have 64, 128 or 256 MB of memory.

The Flare (micro code running on the SP) requires 15 to 18 MB. The remaining 110 MB of memory
can be used as a read cache, or write cache, or a mixture of both, to improve the subsystem
performance.

To ensure data consistency in case of failure, the write cache is always mirrored, and the following
hardware configuration must be used:
• Two SPs per iDAE
• Two power supplies and two LCCs in the iDAE and in each DAE
• Disk slots 0 through 4 of the iDAE enclosure must be populated.
• One SPS with a fully charged battery (two SPSs provide higher availability)
• Identical cache memory in both SPs (64, 128 or 256 MB per SP).

It is not possible to use write caching without mirroring across SPs and without the hardware
configuration described above. For example, it is not possible to configure a write cache on an iDAE
with a single SP.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 17/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

The usable cache size is computed as described in the next table:

1 SP 2 SP
Raw memory per SP M M
(64, 128 or 256 MB)
Write cache 0 W<M
Read cache M 2 x (M – W)
Total M W + 2 x (M – W)

M is the amount of available raw memory per SP


W is the value configured for the write cache size.

Because of the mirroring, the usable write cache is not multiplied by the number of SPs.

2.1.4.5. Summary of high availability features

• dual port disks


• dual loops / LCCs
• dual Power supply with independent power cords
• redundant fans.
• no electronics in the chassis or back plain
• all active components are hot plug
• RAID protection
• redundant SP
• mirrored write cache.

2.1.4.6. Supported Fibre Channel topologies

The iDAE supports various fibre channel topologies:


• point to point (connection with a direct cable)
• loop (connection to a fibre channel hub)
• fabric (connection to a fibre channel switch)

2.1.4.7. RAID features

The RAID features of the iDAE are:

• RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 1/0, RAID 3, RAID 5 and “individual disk” modes support
LUN type: Possible number of disks in the RAID volume:
RAID 0: 3 to 16 disks
RAID 1: 2 disks
RAID 1/0: 4 to 16 disks (must be an even number)
RAID5: 3 to 16 disks
All disks within a RAID volume must have the same capacity,
otherwise disk storage space is wasted.
• Any combination of RAID levels can exist in the same subsystem

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 18/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

• Up to 224 LUNs with LUN partitioning enabled (require Navisphere Supervisor or Navisphere
Manager, both running on NT)
• Up to 32 LUNs without LUN partitioning
• Dynamic RAID volume expansion (with LUN partitioning feature)
• 2 global hot spares, with rebuild priority adjustment (configurable threshold for the minimum
number of IO reserved for server use during rebuild). The capacity of a hot spare disk must be at
least as great as the capacity of the largest disk module that it might replace.

2.1.4.8. Performance figures

• 8400 IO/s from SP cache, with dual SP


• 120 MB/s with dual SP

These values are measured from SP cache to servers. They represent the processing power of the SP,
and the maximum performance that could be obtained with optimal configuration. In real
configurations, performance is lower, and mainly depends on the number of disks: less disks means
low throughput and low read/write I/O rates.

2.1.4.9. Technical specifications

Interface to host:
• Fibre Channel interfaces of 100 MB/s (1 SP) or 200 MB/s (2 SPs).
• 9-pin, DB9 shielded connector, compatible with copper/optical Media Interface Adapters (MIA).

Fibre Channel related standards:


• FC-PH, Rev 4.4
• FC-AL Rev 4.5
• Private Loop Direct Attach PLDA Rev 1.10
• SCSI Enclosure Services (SES) Rev 8a

Dimensions (approximate):
• Height - 6.07 in. (15.4 cm), 3.5 EIA units (occupies 4 units of rack space)
• Width - 17.5 in. (44.5 cm) (Standard NEMA 19-inch rack)
• Depth - 24 in. (60.9 cm)
• Weight - 80 lb. (36 kg) max.

Power requirements:
• Frequency: 47-63 Hz
• AC Voltage: 90-264 Vrms, single phase (auto-ranging power supplies)
• Current Draw: At 100 v ac input: 4A
• Power consumption: 400VA (fully configured)

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 19/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Operating environment:
Temperature: 50 - 104 degrees F (10 - 40 degrees C)
Temperature Gradient: 10 degrees C/hr
Relative Humidity: 20% - 80% (non-condensing)
Elevation: 10,000 ft (3048m)
Operating Shock: 3 G @ 11 ms, ½ sine pulse
Operating Vibration: .25 G @ 5 - 500 Hz

Other:
• Electromagnetic emissions: FCC part 15 Class A and B, EN55022 Class A and B, CE Mark, VCCI
Class 1 and 2
• Safety: UL 1950, CSA C22.2-950, EN 60950

MTBF:
SP: 125 000 h
Drive Fan pack: 667 000 h
SP FAN pack: 162 000 h
iDAE power supply 4 761 000 h
iDAE midplane: 4 761 000 h
SPS: 100 000 h

2.1.5. DPE Enclosure

2.1.5.1. Overview

The DPE (Disk-Array Processor Enclosure) is a 10-slots enclosure with RAID functionality provided
by one or two SPs (Storage Processors). It has been designed to build high-end disk subsystems, with
up to 100 disks. It is a “full Fibre Channel” RAID subsystem, using Fibre Channel for both host
connect (i.e. front-end) and internal disks connection (i.e. back-end).

Configurations can be defined with the minimum of hardware redundancy, to enable cost attractive
solutions with high end SPs. Upgrade to a fully redundant high availability configuration is a simple
matter of adding redundant hardware components (described below). Dual SP configurations are
strongly recommended, for performance reasons (use of write cache is only possible with dual SP),
and high availability reasons (in conjunction with dual HBA and ATF). All these components are
designed for non-disruptive removal and insertion, and can be replaced under power.

The DPE can host various SPs:


• 4700 and 4700-2, the latest generation of SP, deliver about twice the performance of a DAS 4500.
The 4700 and 4700-2 support sharing between multiple operating systems. They also support the
new SnapView and MirrorView software.
• 4500, the third generation of SP, delivers the highest performance levels and can connect to
heterogeneous servers (in conjunction with Access Logix). The 4500 supports sharing between
multiple operating systems.
• 5700, the second generation of SP. The 5700 supports sharing between AIX and NT servers, when
used in conjunction with ASM (AIX SAN Manager) or S@N.IT!.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 20/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.1.5.2. Packaging

The DPE enclosure is available as a 7U rackmount unit (shown below).

Note: for rackmount systems, the Standby Power Supply (SPS) is placed in a tray directly beneath the
DPE (one or two SPS units fit in a 1U space, one beside the other).

2.1.5.3. Host connectivity and management

The DPE offers two fibre channel connectors per Storage Processor for servers, hubs, switches,
converters, and other fibre channel devices connection.

On DAS 4500/5700, the two ports correspond to a single fibre channel loop. When connecting to a
switch, a single connector must be used. In other circumstances, both connectors are usable. The
typical usage is the direct connection of two servers on a single SP. The use of the two connectors to
chain multiple devices (servers, SPs or other disk subsystems, …) is not recommended.

On a DAS 4700/4700-2, the two ports of the SPs are independent and can be connected to servers or
switches. The DAS 4700/4700-2 must not be connected to hubs, as FC-AL loops are not supported.
The two ports of an SP must not be connected to the same server. The same rule applies in fabric
environments. Fabric zoning must be used to ensure that each server has a single path to each SP (i.e.
two paths between a server with dual HBA / ATF and a DAS with dual SP). To benefit of the
performance enhancements delivered by the two independent ports, at least two servers must be
connected to the DAS 4700/4700-2.
Use of remote mirroring with MirrorView product requires dedicating one port per SP for the
Mirroring traffic.

The type of connector depends on the SP considered.

4700-2 4500/4700 5700


Short Wave Length laser Short Wave Length laser Active copper (30 m
Interface type for multimode fibers for multimode fibers cables)
dual LC connectors dual SC connectors DB9 connectors
MIA support n/a n/a with MIA

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 21/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

The DPE for DAS 4500/5700 is managed in-band, (i.e. through the host fibre channel interfaces), from
any server connected to the DPE, using the Navisphere software.

The DPE for DAS 4700/4700-2 is managed through the Ethernet interface of each SP, using built-in
Navisphere agents. Each SP must be connected to the LAN, and must be able to communicate with the
Navisphere management stations. The host agents also transmit host configuration information to the
management station, and must be able to communicate with the SP through the LAN.

A RS232 serial line is also available. Appropriate converters to obtain a DB25M interface and a
RS232 6m DB25F/DB25F cable are shipped with each DPE.

2.1.5.4. Architecture: SP, LCC, disks, memory

The figure below summarizes the hardware architecture of a DPE enclosure. A DPE contains at least
one SP and one LCC. The hardware to implement the second FC-AL loop is optional. Individual
hardware components are discussed later in this document.

To Hosts

Redundant Redundant
Port 0

Port 1

Port 0

Port 1
Processor Disk
Fan Fan
Module SP B Module
SP A
Mirrored
cache cache
Power Write Power
Supply RAID Data RAID Supply
A B
engine engine
Mutual
survey
LCC LCC
Standby Standby
Power Power
System A System B

Dual-ported Drives Dual-ported Drives


AC Branch AC Branch
A B
Redundant FC-AL loop Redundant FC-AL loop
To first DAE string To second DAE string

The DAS 4700/4700-2 architecture

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 22/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

To Hosts
port 0 port 1 port 0 port 1
Redundant Redundant
Processor Disk
Fan Hub Hub Fan
Module SP B Module
SP A
Mirrored
cache cache
Power Write Power
Supply RAID Data RAID Supply
A B
engine engine
Mutual
survey
LCC LCC
Fibre Channel Fibre Channel
Standby Circuitry 1 Circuitry 1 Standby
Power Power
System A System B

AC Branch AC Branch
A B
Dual-ported Drives
The DAS 4500 / 5700 architecture

The DPE components include:


• One or two SPs (Storage Processors)
• One or two LCCs (Link Controller Cards, shown as “fibre channel circuitry” in the figure above)
to implement one or two FC-AL loops
• Up to 10 fibre channel dual ported disk modules
• One or two power supplies each with its own power cord
• One redundant fan module to cool the disks and another to cool the SPs
• To implement write caching, one or two SPSs (Standby Power Supplies – also called BBUs, i.e.
Battery Backup Units).

2.1.5.4.1. SPs (Storage Processors) and host interface

The SP provides the following features to the disk subsystem:


• RAID processing
• host interface management
• backend management
• memory
• built-in hub for external connection.

Each SP has 2 fibre channel connectors.

On DAS 4500/5700, port 0 and port 1 connectors correspond to a built-in hub, offering a 100 MB/s
logical connection. Using these connectors, 2 devices (like HBA within servers) can be connected to
the same SP, without any external devices. They share the 100 MB/s of bandwidth. Above two
devices, an external hub or switch must be used.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 23/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

On DAS 4700, port 0 and port 1 connectors are independent, offering two 100 MB/s logical
connections. On DAS 4700-2, port 0 and port 1 connectors are independent, offering two 200 MB/s
logical connections. Using the 2 connectors on DAS 4700 and DAS 4700-2, two devices (like HBA
within servers) can be connected to the same SP, without any external devices. They do not share the
100 MB/s or 200 MB/s bandwidth. Above two devices, an external switch must be used. Both ports
can be connected to the same switch, or use two distinct switches.

The host interface implements the FCP-SCSI-3 protocol. Command tag queuing is implemented, with
up to 256 tags.

2.1.5.4.2. LCC (Link Control Cards)

DPE enclosures can be equipped with one or two LCCs (depending on the number of SP). The LCC
receives and electrically terminates the incoming FC-AL signal from the host or other kind up “up
stream” devices. The LCC passes the input signal to its disk drives and then conducts the output
signal, via cables, to an LCC of the next DAE in the loop (if any). In addition, each LCC monitors the
environmental status of the enclosure.

There is a one-to-one relation between SPs and LCCs. Either the DPE enclosure has one SP and one
LCC, or the DPE has 2 SPs and 2 LCCs. When enclosures are equipped with two LCCs, two distinct
internal fibre channel loops can be implemented, and all the DAE enclosures chained in the backend
must have 2 LCCs each. In the event of a failure, disk access remains possible through the other
SP/LCC.

The connector of the LCC of the DPE enclosure is reserved for the connection to another DAE.
Technically, up to 9 DAE enclosures can be chained to create a RAID subsystem with 100 disk
capacity (10 in PDE plus 9x10 in DAE enclosures). Interconnection is made with copper cables.
The distance between DPE and DAE or between chained DAE enclosures is limited to 10m with
copper cables.

2.1.5.4.3. Power Supplies (and PDUs)

DPE enclosures can be equipped with one or two power supplies. Each power supply supports a fully
configured enclosure and shares power with the other power supply, if present. Each supply is
equipped with its own power cord, making the connection to two different power sources possible.

2.1.5.4.4. Standby Power Supply (SPS)

The SPS protects the DPE against external power supply failures, an enable to properly stop a disk
subsystem in case of power outage.

SPS are optional, but at least one SPS must be installed to use the write cache. Optionally, a second
SPS can be installed to provide higher availability.

The SPS is also referred to as BBU (Battery Backup Units).

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 24/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.1.5.4.5. Cooling Fans

DPE enclosures are equipped with a drive fan pack that cools the disk modules. DPE enclosures also
include an SP fan pack that cools the SPs. Any type of fan pack contains three fans. If a fan fails, the
speed of the remaining fans increases to compensate. If needed, a fan pack can be removed for
exchange operation while the storage system continues to operate (the exchange operation, however,
must not exceed two minutes, otherwise disks and SPs will shut down).

2.1.5.4.6. Disk drives

DPE enclosures use the same disks as the DAE and iDAE enclosures. The minimum number of disks
per DPE enclosure depends on the number of LCCs and SP. The maximum is always 10 disks, but one
or two DAE can be chained to increase the capacity of the array:

Minimum Maximum
(DPE enclosure) (DPE enclosure)
1 SP / 1 LCC 5 10
2 SP / 2 LCC 9 10

Disks are formatted with 520 bytes per sectors.

2.1.5.4.7. Memory

The available memory depends on the SP model.

4500 256, 512, 1024


5700 64, 128, 256, 512
4700/4700-2 1024

A few amount is reserved to store the LIC (Licensed Internal Code) running on SPs. The exact size
depends on version, and is around 12 MB. The rest of the cache is available for read cache, or write, or
a mixture of both, to improve performances of the subsystem. To ensure data consistency in case of
failure, the write cache is always mirrored, and the following hardware configuration must be used:
• Two SPs per DPE
• Two power supplies and two LCCs in the DPE and in each DAE
• Disk slots 0 through 8 of the DPE enclosure must be populated.
• One SPS with a fully charged battery (two SPSs provide higher availability)
• Identical cache memory in both SPs.

It is not possible to use write caching without mirroring across SPs and without the hardware
configuration described above. For example, it is not possible to configure a write cache on a DPE
with a single SP.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 25/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

The usable cache size is computed as described in the next table:

1 SP 2 SP
Raw memory per SP M M
Write cache 0 W<M
Read cache M 2 x (M – W)
Total M W + 2 x (M – W)

M is the amount of available raw memory per SP


W is the value configured for the write cache size.

Because of the mirroring, the usable write cache is not multiplied by the number of SPs.

2.1.5.5. Summary of high availability features

• dual port disks


• dual loops / LCCs
• dual Power supply with independent power cords
• redundant fans.
• no electronics in the chassis or back plain
• all active components are hot plug
• RAID protection
• redundant SP
• mirrored write cache.

2.1.5.6. Supported Fibre Channel topologies

The DPE supports various fibre channel topologies:


• point to point (connection with a direct cable)
• loop (connection to a fibre channel hub)
• fabric (connection to a fibre channel switch)

2.1.5.7. RAID features

The RAID features of the DPE are:


• RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 1/0, RAID 3, RAID 5 and “individual disk” modes support
LUN type: POSSIBLE NUMBER OF DISKS IN THE RAID VOLUME:
RAID 0: 3 to 16 disks
RAID 1: 2 disks
RAID 1/0: 4 to 16 disks (must be an even number)
RAID5: 3 to 16 disks
All disks within a RAID volume must have the same capacity, otherwise,
disk storage space is wasted.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 26/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

• Any combination of RAID levels can exist in the same subsystem


• Up to 224 LUNs with LUN partitioning enabled (require Navisphere Supervisor or Navisphere
Manager)
• Up to 32 LUNs without LUN partitioning
• Dynamic RAID volume expansion (with LUN partitioning feature)
• 2 global hot spares, with rebuild priority adjustment (configurable threshold for the minimum
number of IO reserved for server use during rebuild). The capacity of a hot spare disk must be at
least as great as the capacity of the largest disk module that it might replace.

2.1.5.8. Performance figures

4700/4700-2 4500 5700


IO/s (2 SPs, 2 KB blocks) 50000 30000 22000
Bandwidth M/s (2 SPs) 360 175 120

These values are measured from SP cache to servers. They represent the processing power of the SP,
and the maximum performances that could be obtained with optimal configuration. In real
configurations, performance is lower, and depends mainly on the number of disks: less disks means
low throughput and low read/write I/O rates.

2.1.5.9. Technical specifications

Interface to host

• 4700-2: LC connector, Short Wave Length laser for multimode fibers


• 4500/4700: SC connector, Short Wave Length laser for multimode fibers
• 5700: 9-pin, DB9 shielded connector, compatible with copper/optical Media Interface Adapters
(MIA).

Dimensions (approximate)

• Height - 11.25 in. (28.6 cm), 6.5 EIA units (occupies 7 units of rack space)
• Width - 17.5 in. (44.5 cm) (Standard NEMA 19-inch rack)
• Depth - 27.2 in. (69.2cm)
DAS 4500
• Weight - 115 lb. (52 kg) max. With 2 SPSs: 163 lb. (74 kg) max.
DAS 4700
• Weight - 121 lb. (55 kg) max. With 2 SPSs: 169 lb. (77 kg) max.

Power requirements

• Frequency: 47-63 Hz
• AC Voltage: 100-240 VAC +-10%
• Current Draw: At 100 v ac input: 8A max; SPS: 4 A max per unit during charge
• Power consumption DPE: 800 VA max; SPS 400 VA max per unit during charge.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 27/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Operating environment

Temperature: 50 - 104 degrees F (10 - 40 degrees C)


Temperature Gradient: 10 degrees C/hr
Relative Humidity: 20% - 80% (non-condensing)
Elevation: 10,000 ft (3048m) @ 37°C
Operating Shock: 3 G @ 11 ms, ½ sine pulse
Operating Vibration: .25 G @ 5 – 500 Hz

Other

• Electromagnetic emissions: FCC Class A, EN55022 Class A, CE Mark, VCCI Class 1


• Safety: UL 1950, CSA C22.2-950, EN 60950

MTBF
SP: 125 000 h
Drive Fan pack: 667 000 h
SP FAN pack: 667 000 h
DPE power supply 162 000 h
DPE power supply 162 000 h
DPE LCC: 750 000 h
DPE midplane: 3 200 000 h
SPS: 140 000 h

2.2. Disks and SP for CX line

36GB (10K) 36GB (15K) 73GB (10K) 146GB (10K


Formatted capacity
(520 bytes/sector) 35.15 GB 32.9 GB 71.25 GB 135.7 GB
Raw Capacity 8.6 TB 8.6 TB 17.5 TB
Usable Capacity 7.2 TB 6.7 TB 14.6 TB
Form Factor 3.5" 3.5" 3.5" 3.5"
Height 1.0" 1.0" 1.0" 1.0"
Rotational Speed 10,000 rpm 15,000 rpm 10,000 rpm 10,000 rpm
Interface Fibre Channel Fibre Channel Fibre Channel Fibre Channel
Data Buffer 16 MB 8 MB 16 MB 32 MB
# of Segments Up to 16 Up to 16 Up to 16 Up to 16
Transfer Rates
Buffer to/from Media 26.7-40.2 MB/s 51-69 MB/s 26.7-40.2 MB/s 43 to 78 MB/s
SP to/from Buffer 200 MB/s (max) 200 MB/s (max) 200 MB/s (max) 200 MB/s (max)
Access Time
Average Seek 5.2 ms Read 3.6 ms Read 5.2 ms Read 4.7 ms Read
6.0 ms Write 4.2 ms Write 6.0 ms Write 5.3 ms Write
Rotational Latency 2.99 ms 2 ms 2.99 ms 2.99 ms

CX200 (mono or dual SP) limitation, versus CX400 & CX600 (dual SP) :

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 28/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

• CX200 mono SP
• 1 direct link and 15 disks maximum
• No possible link to a Switch
• CX200 Dual SP
• 1 direct link and 30 disks maximum (+ internal Hub)
• 2 maximum links to a Switch
• CX400 Dual SP
• 1 direct link and 60 disks maximum
• 4 maximum links to a Switch
• CX600 Dual SP – Dual Channel
• 2 direct link and 150 disks maximum
• 4 maximum links to a Switch
• CX600 Dual SP – Quad Channel
• 4 direct link and 150 disks maximum
• 8 maximum links to a Switch

2.3. CX200 Mono SP

2.3.1. Highlights

The CX200 Mono SP extends the CX full 2 Gb product family into the heart of the mid-tier storage
market. It offers the advanced functionality and connectivity required for this networked storage
environment. The CX200 Mono SP belongs to the DAS line called NDAS.

The CX200 Mono SP is composed of one Disk Processor Enclosure (DPE).


The DPE enclosure includes one Storage Processor with 512MB memory cache. In addition to the SP,
the DPE includes up to 15 disk drives and 2 power supplies with integrated fans. A minimum of 3
drives is mandatory in the DPE and an additionnal drive is requested in case of hot spare.
CX200 Mono SP supports 36GB, 73 GB and 146GB 10krpm or 15 krpm drives.

2.3.2. Configurability and Packaging

HARDWARE CX200 Mono SP


Disk Processor Enclosure Includes :
- 1SP w/ 2 ports per SP, 512 MB cache per SP
- Up to 15 drives , minimum 3 drives, 4 w/ hot
spare
- 2 Power Supplies
- 3 fans
Size : 3U
Cache memory 512 MB (512 MB per SP)
Front end connectors 1 dual LC (1 per SP)
Offered drives 36GB 15 krpm, 73GB 10krpm, 146GB 10krpm

2.4. CX200 Dual SP

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 29/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.4.1. Highlights

The CX200 Dual SP extends the CX full 2 Gb product family into the heart of the mid-tier storage
market. It offers the advanced functionality and connectivity required for this networked storage
environment. The CX200 Dual SP shares consistent software and identical architecture with the
CX400 and CX600. The CX200 belongs to the DAS line called NDAS.

The CX200 Dual SP is composed of one Disk Processor Enclosure (DPE), up to one Disk Array
Enclosures 2 Gbits (DAE2) and one Standby Power Supply (SPS) enclosure.
The DPE enclosure includes the 2 Storage Processors which offer in the front-end four 2Gb/s fibre
channel ports (two per storage processor) and in the back-end two dual 2Gb back-end fibre channel
loops to connect the DAE2. Each storage processor supports a 1GB memory cache. In addition to the
SP, the DPE includes up to 15 disk drives and 2 power supplies with integrated fans. A minimum of 5
drives is mandatory in the DPE and a sixth drive is requested in case of hot spare.
A DAE2 enclosure is a disk drawer which can include up to 15 drives. The CX200 Dual SP supports
up to one additionnal DAE2 to reach a total of 30 drives. CX200 Dual SP supports 36GB, 73 GB and
146GB 10krpm or 15 krpm drives. The SPS enclosure includes 2 SPS for redundancy purpose.

The CX200 Dual SP reaches a high level of performance for a medium range a new level of
performance for high bandwidth and high throughput demanding applications.
The CX200 Dual SP supports all the already known array based software provided in the previous
DAS : AccessLogix, SnapView and MirrorView.

The Access Logix software provides a secure, shared or selective access to the storage volumes in
both mixed and homogeneous platform environments.

The SnapView software is a non disruptive backup and recover enabler that facilitates increased data
availability. It provides a point in time image of information stored on a CX200 Dual SP, maintaining
a view of the data at the desired point and allowing access to that view for other uses such as backup
or application testing. An additionnal host is requested on AIX to run the application using the
snapshot copies.

The MirrorView software provides highly available data storage across several CX200 Dual SP,
CX400, CX600 and DAS4700, possibly at separate locations. By maintaining synchronous data
mirroring between the arrays, MirrorView ensures data availability of byte for byte mirrored images.
MirrorView is an array base software so that hosts are not impacted by this feature.

CX200 Dual SP supports also Powerpath that provides both load balancing to access data through the
different SP ports, and end to end failover capabilities. CX200 Dual SP does not support ATF.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 30/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

The CX200 Dual SP can be shared by AIX and Windows servers using the S@N.IT! Manager.
Support of mix of AIX with other operating systems requires Access Logix.

Navisphere Manager Version 6 is mandatory to manage a CX200 Dual SP.


CX200 Dual SP supports various operating systems environments : Windows, AIX, Solaris, HP-UX,
Linux , Netware, …

2.4.2. Configurability and Packaging

HARDWARE CX200 Dual SP


Disk Processor Enclosure Includes :
- 2 SP w/ 2 ports per SP, 1 GB cache per SP
- Up to 15 drives , minimum 5 drives, 6 w/ hot
spare
- 2 Power Supplies
- 3 fans
- 1 Hub
Size : 3U
Additionnal Disk Array Enclosure (DAE2) Includes :
(up to 1 DAE2 and 30 drives max) - 2 LCC
- 2 PowerSupplies w/ fans
- Up to 15 drives , minimum 0 drives
Size : 3U
Cache memory 2GB (1GB per SP)
Front end connectors 4 dual LC (2 per SP)
Offered drives 36GB 15 krpm, 73GB 10krpm, 146GB 10krpm
Usable disk space First five drives :
User space starts at @5.881GB
Other drives :
User space starts at @32.43 MB

2.5. CX600 Dual SP

2.5.1. Highlights

The CX600 is the sixth generation of the DAS line (called NDAS). CX600 provides a powerful
storage foundation that offers an end to end 2 Gb fibre channel technology and a raw capacity up to
17.5 TB. With a fully redundant and highly available architecture with no single points of failure, the
CX600 retains all of the same data integrity and high availability features of the DAS offer. This
includes global hot spares, redundant power and cooling, on-line RAID group expansion and data path
parity checking throughout the array.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 31/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

The CX600 is composed of one Storage Processor Enclosure (SPE), up to 16 Disk Array Enclosures
2 Gbits (DAE2) and one Standby Power Supply (SPS) enclosure.
The SPE enclosure includes the 2 Storage Processors which offer in the front-end eight 2Gb/s fibre
channel ports (four per storage processor) and in the back-end two dual 2Gb back-end fibre channel
loops to connect the DAE2. The SPE includes also 2 power supplies and 3 fan modules and does not
include any disk drives. Each storage processor supports 2GB or 4GB of cache, ie up to 8 Gb for the
array.
The DAE2 enclosure is the disk drawer which includes up to 15 drives. A minimum of 5 drives is
mandatory and a sixth drive is requested in case of hot spare. The CX600 supports up to 16 DAE2 to
reach a total of 240 drives and a raw capacity of 17.5 TB. CX600 supports 36GB, 73GB and 146GB
10krpm and 15 krpm drives.
The SPS enclosure includes 2 SPS for redundancy purpose.

The CX600 brings a new level of performance for high bandwidth and high throughput demanding
applications. As it can deliver up to 1000 MB/s and 80000 IO/s in cache.

The CX600 supports all the already known array based software provided in the previous DAS with
increased capabilities : AccessLogix, SnapView and MirrorView.

The Access Logix software provides a secure, shared or selective access to the storage volumes in both
mixed and homogeneous platform environments.

The SnapView software is a non disruptive backup and recover enabler that facilitates increased data
availability. It provides a point in time image of information stored on a CX600, maintaining a view of
the data at the desired point and allowing access to that view for other uses such as backup or
application testing . CX600 supports up to 300 active snapshots with the ability to generate eight
snapshots per LUN. An additionnal host is requested on AIX to run the application using the snapshot
copies.

The MirrorView software provides highly available data storage across several CX600 and across
CX600 and DAS4700, possibly at separate locations. By maintaining synchronous data mirroring
between the arrays, MirrorView ensures data availability of byte for byte mirrored images.
MirrorView is an array base software so that hosts are not impacted by this feature. CX600 can
support up to 100 mirrors.

CX600 supports also Powerpath that provides both load balancing to access data through the different
SP ports, and end to end failover capabilities. CX600 does not support ATF.

The CX600 can be shared by AIX and Windows servers using the S@N.IT! Manager. Support of mix
of AIX with other operating systems requires Access Logix.

Navisphere Manager Version 6 is mandatory to manage a CX600.

CX600 supports various operating systems environments : Windows, AIX, Solaris, HP-UX, Linux ,
Netware, …

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 32/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.5.2. Configurability and Packaging

The CX600 is available only with rack packaging and dual SP configurations. The configurability is
summarized in the next table.

HARDWARE CX600 Dual SP


Storage Processor Enclosure Includes :
- 2 SP w/ 4 ports each, 2 or 4 GB cache each
- 2 Power Supplies
- 3 fans
Size : 4U
Disk Array Enclosure w/ Operating System (first Includes :
DAE2) - 2 LCC
- 2 PowerSupplies w/ fans
- Up to 15 drives , minimum 5 drives, 6 w/ hot
spare
Size : 3U
Additionnal Disk Array Enclosure (DAE2) Includes :
(up to 15 DAE2 and 240 drives max) - 2 LCC
- 2 PowerSupplies w/ fans
- Up to 15 drives , minimum 0 drives
Size : 3U
Cache memory 4GB (2GB per SP) ; option additionnal 4GB
Front end connectors 8 dual LC
Offered drives 36GB 15 krpm, 73GB 10krpm, 146GB 10krpm
Usable disk space First five drives :
User space starts at @5.881GB
Other drives :
User space starts at @32.43 MB
SOFTWARE
Max number of iniators 256 initiators (HBA ports)
(w/ AccessLogix) 32 initiators per SP port
128 hosts w/ 2 HBA
Max nb of LUNs
w/o AccessLogix 256
w/ AccessLogix 1024
Nb of LUNs per RAID group 32
MAX LUN size 2TB
Max RAID groups 240
Snap View
Nb snapshots per array 300
Nb Snapshot cache LUNs 100
Nb of Snapshot sessions at the same time 100
Nb of Snashot per LUN 8
MirrorView
Nb of mirrors 100 (primary & secondary)
Nb of write intent logs 50

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 33/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.6. CX400 Dual SP

2.6.1. Highlights

The CX400 extends the CX full 2 Gb product family into the heart of the mid-tier storage market. It
offers the advanced functionality and connectivity required for this networked storage environment.
The CX400 shares consistent software and the identical architecture with the CX600.
The CX400 belongs to the DAS line called NDAS.

The CX400 is composed of one Disk Processor Enclosure (DPE), up to 3 Disk Array Enclosures 2
Gbits (DAE2) and one Standby Power Supply (SPS) enclosure.
The DPE enclosure includes the 2 Storage Processors which offer in the front-end four 2Gb/s fibre
channel ports (two per storage processor) and in the back-end two dual 2Gb back-end fibre channel
loops to connect the DAE2. Each storage processor supports a 1GB memory cache. In addition to the
SP, the DPE includes up to 15 disk drives and 2 power supplies with integrated fans. A minimum of 5
drives is mandatory in the DPE and a sixth drive is requested in case of hot spare.
A DAE2 enclosure is a disk drawer which can include up to 15 drives. The CX400 supports up to 3
additionnal DAE2 to reach a total of 60 drives. CX400 supports 36GB, 73GB and 146GB 10krpm and
15 krpm drives.
The SPS enclosure includes 2 SPS for redundancy purpose.

The CX400 reaches a high level of performance for a medium range a new level of performance for
high bandwidth and high throughput demanding applications. As it can deliver up to 700 MB/s and
40000 IO/s in cache.

The CX400 supports all the already known array based software provided in the previous DAS :
AccessLogix, SnapView and MirrorView.

The Access Logix software provides a secure, shared or selective access to the storage volumes in
both mixed and homogeneous platform environments.

The SnapView software is a non disruptive backup and recover enabler that facilitates increased data
availability. It provides a point in time image of information stored on a CX400, maintaining a view of
the data at the desired point and allowing access to that view for other uses such as backup or
application testing . CX400 supports up to 150 active snapshots with the ability to generate eight
snapshots per LUN. An additionnal host is requested on AIX to run the application using the snapshot
copies.

The MirrorView software provides highly available data storage across several CX400, CX600 and
DAS4700, possibly at separate locations. By maintaining synchronous data mirroring between the
arrays, MirrorView ensures data availability of byte for byte mirrored images. MirrorView is an array
base software so that hosts are not impacted by this feature. CX400 can support up to 50 mirrors.

CX400 supports also Powerpath that provides both load balancing to access data through the different
SP ports, and end to end failover capabilities. CX400 does not support ATF.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 34/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

The CX400 can be shared by AIX and Windows servers using the S@N.IT! Manager. Support of mix
of AIX with other operating systems requires Access Logix.

Navisphere Manager Version 6 is mandatory to manage a CX400.

CX400 supports various operating systems environments : Windows, AIX, Solaris, HP-UX, Linux ,
Netware, …

2.6.2. Configurability and Packaging

HARDWARE CX400 Dual SP


Disk Processor Enclosure Includes :
- 2 SP w/ 2 ports per SP, 2 or 4 GB cache per SP
- Up to 15 drives , minimum 5 drives, 6 w/ hot spare
- 2 Power Supplies
- 3 fans
Size : 3U
Additionnal Disk Array Enclosure (DAE2) Includes :
(up to 3 DAE2 and 60 drives max) - 2 LCC
- 2 PowerSupplies w/ fans
- Up to 15 drives , minimum 0 drives
Size : 3U
Cache memory 2GB (1GB per SP)
Front end connectors 4 dual LC (2 per SP)
Offered drives 36GB 15 krpm, 73GB 10krpm, 146GB 10krpm
Usable disk space First five drives :
User space starts at @5.881GB
Other drives :
User space starts at @32.43 MB
SOFTWARE
Max number of iniators 128 initiators (HBA ports)
(w/ AccessLogix) 32 initiators per SP port
64 hosts w/ 2 HBA

Max nb of LUNs
w/o AccessLogix 256
w/ AccessLogix 512
Nb of LUNs per RAID group 32
MAX LUN size 2TB
Max RAID groups 60
Snap View
Nb snapshots per array 150
Nb Snapshot cache LUNs 50
Nb of Snapshot sessions at the same time 50
Nb of Snashot per LUN 8

MirrorView
Nb of mirrors 50
Nb of write intent logs 25

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 35/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.7. DAE5000 (Full Fibre JBOD Disk Array Subsystems)

Discontinued: 31/10/2001.

2.7.1. Highlights

The DAE5000 Series constitutes a powerful, JBOD fibre channel storage solutions. It is based on a
DAE enclosure and contains up to 10 disks.

The direct access from servers to the Fibre Channel disks offers very high transfer rates, enabling to
operate near full Fibre Channel speed (around 95 MB/s), with a single DAE5000.

The DAE5000 is ideal to increase the storage capacity of AIX servers, without investing in more
expensive RAID subsystems. Use of AIX software RAID 1 brings protection against disk failures.
Protection against HBA, connection or DAE failures can be obtained using 2 DAE5000 per server.

The DAE5000 is also proposed as an entry range shared storage solution for dual node clusters, using
AIX mirroring and redundant DAE5000 for complete data protection.

2.7.2. Configurability and Packaging

The DAE5000 is based on DAE enclosures with a single LCC. A DAE5000 can host from 2 to 10
disks. Two DAE5000 can be connected per server.
There is no hardware option available for the DAE5000.

For more information, refer to "2.1. Common Features of the DAS 4500/4700/4700-2/5300/5700 and
DAE 5000 Series" earlier in this chapter.

2.7.3. SAN features

Each DAE5000 is connected to a dedicated fibre channel adapter on the AIX server, or to a hub for
sharing by 2 servers. Interconnection of DAE5000 is not proposed, due to the high performance
obtained with the 10-disk enclosure, and the risk of saturation of the fibre channel loop.

The connection to hubs or servers is made with copper cables. Connection to switches has not been
qualified.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 36/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.8. DAS5300 (Full Fibre RAID Disk Subsystems)

Discontinued as of 30/04/2003

2.8.1. Highlights

The DAS5300 constitutes an entry-level RAID subsystem, offering up to 30 disks (18 / 36 / 72 GB). It
is based on iDAE and DAE enclosures. The Fibre Channel technology used for the host connection
brings an optimal cabling flexibility, and high transfer rates (up to 120 MB/s with dual SP).

The basic packaging, containing 1 SP, and a single power supply, can be upgraded with optional
hardware to offer a fully redundant disk subsystem. Several packaging and capacity options allow to
build the most suited configuration, while preserving the evolutivity up to 30 disks.

The DAS5300 offers an excellent data protection solution for use with standalone servers, or as a
shared storage between multiple AIX servers and/or cluster nodes.

The DAS 5300 can be shared by AIX and NT servers, using ASM (AIX SAN Manager) or S@N.IT!.

2.8.2. Configurability and Packaging

The configurability is summarized in the next table.

basic configuration high availability configuration


1 SP 2 SP
base drawer(s) 1 iDAE – 10 slots 5 U drawer including 1 iDAE – 10 slots 5 U drawer including
a 1U tray for one or two additional SPS one 1 U tray to fit one or two SPS
additional DAE – 4 U / 10 disks drawer 0..2 0..2
single LCC/PS DAEs dual LCC/PS DAEs
minimum number of disks 3 5
minimum number of disks per additional 2 4
DAE
maximum number of disks 30 30
memory (MB) 64, 128, 256 64, 128, 256
write cache not supported yes
power supply 1 PS - No dual PS option 2
SPS 0 1
second SPS optional for higher
availability
ATF not applicable yes

For more information, refer to "2.1. Common Features of the DAS 4500/4700/4700-2/5300/5700 and
DAE 5000 Series" earlier in this chapter.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 37/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.8.3. SAN features

One or multiple servers can be connected to a DAS5300, using the connectors of the SP (2 connector
per SP). External hubs or switches can be used to increase the connectivity. MIA can be plugged on
the DAS connectors to enable longer distances with multimode optical fibers, or to connect to devices
with native optical interfaces. Several DAS5300 can be connected to a single HBA on a server using
external hubs or switches.

2.9. DAS 4500

Discontinued as of 31/12/2002.

2.9.1. Highlights

The DAS 4500 is the mid-range model of the Fibre Channel DAS product line. It is a highly flexible
disk subsystem, with high performance levels, up to 80 disks slots and 18 / 36 / 72 GB disks. Higher
capacities (up to 100 disks) can be proposed in SFR.

The DAS 4500 is based on DPE and DAE enclosures. The Fibre Channel technology used for host
connection brings optimal cabling flexibility, and high transfer rates. The Storage Processors of the
DAS 4500 perform extremely well for both I/O intensive and bandwidth hungry applications.
Delivering 30,000 I/Os and 175 MB/s with two Storage Processors, the DAS 4500 is the ideal solution
for a wide range of applications. From OLTP and Web servers to data warehouses and graphics-
intensive environments, the DAS 4500 delivers information fast.

The DAS 4500 offers an excellent data protection solution for use with standalone servers, or as a
storage system shared between multiple AIX servers and/or cluster nodes, but also between NT and
other UNIX variants (using Access Logix). It is well suited for environments requiring high volumes
of storage, and high I/O performance.

The DAS 4500 can be shared by AIX and NT servers using ASM (AIX SAN Manager) or S@N.IT!.
Support of mix of AIX with other operating systems requires Access Logix.

The basic package contains 1 SP and a single power supply. It can be upgraded with optional hardware
components to provide a fully redundant disk subsystem. Several packaging and capacity options
allow to build the most suited configuration, while preserving the evolutivity up to 100 disks.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 38/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.9.2. Configurability and Packaging

The configurability is summarized in the next table.

basic configuration high availability configuration


1 SP 2 SP
base drawer(s) 1 DPE – 10 slots 8 U drawer including a 1 DPE – 10 slots 8 U drawer including one
1U tray for one or two additional SPS 1 U tray to fit one or two SPS
additional DAE – 4 U / 10 disks drawer 0..7 single LCC/PS DAEs 0..7 dual LCC/PS DAEs
minimum number of disks 5 9
minimum number of disks per additional 2 4
DAE
maximum number of disks 80 80
memory (MB) 256, 512, 1024 256, 512, 1024
same value on both SPs
write cache not supported yes
power supply 1 PS - No dual PS option 2
SPS 0 1
second SPS optional for higher availability

ATF not applicable yes

Note: The number of additional DAE drawers depends on the rack size.

For more information, refer to"2.1. Common Features of the DAS 4500/4700/4700-2/5300/5700 and
DAE 5000 Series" earlier in this chapter.

2.9.3. SAN features

One or multiple servers can be connected to a DAS 4500, using the connectors of the SP (two
connectors per SP). The host interface provides SC connectors, with short Wave Length laser for
multimode fibers. External hubs or switches can be used to increase connectivity. Several DAS 4500
can be connected to a single HBA on a server using external hubs or switches.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 39/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.10. DAS 4700 and DAS 4700-2

Discontinued as of 30/04/2003

2.10.1. Highlights

The DAS 4700-2 is equipped with four 2Gb/s fibre channel ports. It is a highly flexible disk subsystem
with high performance levels. It supports up to 120 disk slots with 36 and 72 GB disks, i.e. 8.8 TB per
array.

The DAS 4700 is the high-end model of the 1Gb/s DAS product line. It is a highly flexible disk
subsystem with high performance levels. It supports up to 80 disk slots with 36 and 72 GB disks.

Both DAS 4700 and DAS 4700-2 support direct-attach and SAN topologies.

The DAS 4700/4700-2 is based on DPE and DAE enclosures. The Fibre Channel technology used for
host connection brings optimal cabling flexibility, and high transfer rates. The DAS 4700/4700-2
includes new multiprocessor Storage Processors, four independent fibre channel connections on the
front-end side to connect to servers or switches, and two couples of redundant fibre channel loops to
connect disks drives on the back-end. These new Storage Processors dramatically increase
performance. Delivering 50,000 I/Os and 360 MB/s with two Storage Processors, the DAS 4700/4700-
2 is the best mid-range solution for a wide range of applications in OLTP, Web servers or data
warehouses environments.

The DAS 4700/4700-2 offers an excellent data protection solution for use with standalone servers, or
as a storage system shared between multiple AIX servers and/or cluster nodes, but also between NT
and other UNIX variants. It is well suited for environments requiring high volumes of storage, and
high I/O performance.

The DAS 4700-2 and DAS 4700 are the two DAS disk subsystem supporting the SnapView and
MirrorView storage software.

The SnapView software is a non disruptive backup and recover enabler that facilitates increased data
availability. It provides a point in time image of information stored on a DAS 4700/4700-2,
maintaining a view of the data at the desired point and allowing access to that view for other uses such
as backup or application testing.

The MirrorView software provides highly available data storage across several DAS 4700/4700-2
possibly at separate locations. By maintaining synchronous data mirroring between the arrays,
MirrorView ensures data availability of byte for byte mirrored images. MirrorView is an array base
software so that hosts are not impacted by this feature.

The DAS 4700/4700-2 can be shared by AIX and NT servers using S@N.IT! Manager. Mixing AIX
with other operating systems requires Access Logix.

Navisphere Manager Version 5 is mandatory for the DAS 4700/4700-2.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 40/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.10.2. Configurability and Packaging

The DAS 4700 and DAS 4700-2 are only available with rack packaging and dual SP configurations.
Their configurability is summarized in the next table.

DAS 4700 high availability DAS 4700-2 high availability


configuration - 2 SP configuration - 2 SP
base drawer(s) 1 DPE – 10 slots 8 U drawer including 1 DPE – 10 slots 8 U drawer including
one 1 U tray to fit two SPS one 1 U tray to fit two SPS
additional DAE – 4 U / 10 disks drawer 0..7 dual LCC/PS DAEs 0..11 dual LCC/PS DAEs
minimum number of disks 9 w/o hot spare, 10 w/ hot spare) 9 w/o hot spare, 10 w/ hot spare)
minimum number of disks per additional DAE 4 4
maximum number of disks 80 120
memory (MB) 1024 MB per SP 1024 MB per SP

write cache yes yes


power supply 2 2
SPS 2 2

Connectors 4 dual SC 4 dual LC


ATF yes yes

Notes:
• The number of additional DAE drawers depends on the rack size.
• 10 drives are required in a DPE if a hot spare is configured.
• The DAS 4700-2 requires LC cables.

For more information, refer to"2.1. Common Features of the DAS 4500/4700/4700-2/5300/5700 and
DAE 5000 Series" earlier in this chapter.

2.10.3. SAN Features

One or multiple servers can be connected to a DAS 4700 or DAS 4700-2, using the connectors of the
SP (two connectors per SP, SC or LC according to speed).
The host interface provides also SC or LC connectors, with short Wave Length laser for multimode
fibers. External switches can be used to increase connectivity.

Fabric zoning must be configured to ensure that each server has a single path to each SP. Each server
can use only one port of each SP.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 41/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.11. DAS5700 (Full Fibre RAID Disk Subsystems)

Discontinued as of 31/03/2001.
All addons discontinued as of 31/12/2002.

2.11.1. Highlights

The DAS5700 was the high-end model of the 5000 Series. It is a highly flexible disk subsystem, with
high performance levels, up to 80 disk slots (rack packaging) and 18 / 36 / 72 GB disks. Higher
capacities (up to 100 disks) can be proposed in SFR.

The DAS5700 is based on DPE and DAE enclosures. The Fibre Channel technology used for the host
connection brings an optimal cabling flexibility, and high transfer rates (up to 120 MB/s with dual SP).
With the DPE design, optimized for OLTP and RAID 5 processing, and the high number of disk, it is
able to sustain a very high IO rate, supporting heavy transactional applications.

The basic package contains 1 SP and a single power supply. It can be upgraded with optional hardware
components to offer a fully redundant disk subsystem. Several packaging and capacity options allow to
build the most suited configuration, while preserving the evolutivity up to 120 disks.

The DAS5700 offers an excellent data protection solution for use with standalone servers, or as a
shared storage between multiple AIX servers and/or cluster nodes. It is well suited for environments
requiring high volumes of storage, and high levels of I/O performance.

The DAS 5700 can be shared by AIX and NT servers using ASM (AIX SAN Manager) or S@N.IT!.

2.11.2. Configurability and Packaging

The configurability is summarized in the next table.


basic configuration high availability configuration
1 SP 2 SP
base drawer(s) 1 DPE – 10 slots 8 U drawer including a 1 DPE – 10 slots 8 U drawer including one
1U tray for one or two additional SPS 1 U tray to fit one or two SPS
additional DAE – 4 U / 10 disks drawer 0..7 single LCC/PS DAEs 0..7 dual LCC/PS DAEs
minimum number of disks 5 9
minimum number of disks per additional 2 4
DAE
maximum number of disks 80 80
memory (MB) 64, 128, 256, 512 64, 128, 256, 512
same value on both SPs
write cache not supported yes
power supply 1 PS - No dual PS option 2
SPS 0 1
second SPS optional for higher availability

ATF not applicable yes

Note: The number of additional DAE drawers depends on the rack size.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 42/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

For more information, refer to "2.1. Common Features of the DAS 4500/4700/4700-2/5300/5700 and
DAE 5000 Series" earlier in this chapter.

2.11.3. SAN features

One or multiple servers can be connected to a DAS5700 using the connectors of the SP (two
connectors per SP). External hubs or switches can be used to increase connectivity. MIA can be
plugged on the DAS connectors to enable longer distances with multimode optical fibers, or to connect
to devices with native optical interfaces. Several DAS5700 can be connected to a single HBA on a
server using external hubs or switches.

2.12. DAS5720 (Full Fibre RAID Disk Array Subsystems)

Discontinued: December 1999.


All addons discontinued as of 31/12/2002.

2.12.1. Highlights

The DAS5720 is a bundled product based on a dual SP DPE enclosure and a single DAE. It is
configured to offer a very attractive price for high availability configurations, with medium storage
resource requirement (20 disks). The Fibre Channel technology used for the host connection brings an
optimal cabling flexibility, and high transfer rates (up to 120 MB/s with dual SP).

The DAS5720 offers an excellent data protection solution for use with standalone servers, or as a
shared storage between multiple AIX servers and/or cluster nodes.

2.12.2. Configurability and Packaging

The configurability is summarized in the next table.

high availability configuration


2 SP
base drawer(s) 1 DPE – 10 slots 8 U drawer including one 1 U
tray to fit one or two SPS
additional DAE – 4 U / 10 disks drawer 0..1
dual LCC/PS DAEs
minimum number of disks 9
minimum number of disks per additional DAE 4

maximum number of disks 20


memory (MB) 64, not upgradable
write cache yes
power supply 2
SPS 1
additional SPS optional for higher availability

ATF yes

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 43/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

For more information, refer to "2.1. Common Features of the DAS 4500/4700/4700-2/5300/5700 and
DAE 5000 Series" earlier in this chapter.

2.12.3. SAN features

One or multiple servers can be connected to a DAS5720 using the connectors of the SP (two
connectors per SP). External hubs or switches can be used to increase connectivity. MIA can be
plugged on the DAS connectors to enable longer distances with multimode optical fibers, or to connect
to devices with native optical interfaces. Disaster recovery configurations can be setup with external
copper to single mode converters. Several DAS5720 can be connected to a single HBA on a server
using external hubs.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 44/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

3. DAS SCSI Subsystems (DAS 1000, 2000 and 3000 Series)

DAS3500 discontinued as of 30 June 1999.


DAS3200 discontinued as of 30 September 1999.
DAS1300 and DAS2900 discontinued as of 31 December 2000.

3.1. Highlights

The DAS 1000, 2000 and 3000 Series, are standalone SCSI-2 based disk array subsystems. The
DAS3500 uses SCSI disks but provides FC-AL fibre channel attachment to servers. The DAS 1000,
2000 and 3000 Series extend Bull's ESCALA disk offering with a scaleable, "worry free" storage
solution, for customers who need both high availability and high capacity for mission critical
applications.

The DAS 2000 and 3000 Series consist of model DAS2900 and DAS3200/DAS3500, near fault
tolerant storage subsystems with highly competitive performance and price. The DAS2x00 and
DAS3x00 are recommended for high availability software applications requiring large capacity disk
storage. The DAS2900 and DAS3200/DAS3500 models, based on Power PC technology provide 50%
more performance. The DAS 1000 Series consists of model DAS1300, a redundant subsystem
providing half of the DAS2900 maximum capacity.

The DAS3200/DAS3500 provide 50¨% more disk capacity than the DAS2900.

The DAS1300, DAS2900 and DAS3200/DAS3500 provide availability, and high performance with
caching options.

DAS1300 DAS2900 DAS3200/DAS3500


Disk modules 10 20 30
Embedded memory per SP Yes (optional) Yes (optional) Yes (optional)
Cache and buffers 32, or 64 MB 32 or 64 MB 32 or 64 MB
RAID levels 0, 1, 3, 5, 1/0 0, 1, 3, 5, 1/0 0, 1, 3, 5, 1/0
Global spare Yes Yes Yes
HW Redundancy Yes Yes (near fault tolerant) Yes (near fault tolerant)

Major features of the 1000, 2000 and 3000 Series models include:
• High availability design
• RAID technology based storage subsystems
• Write cache memory for high performance needs
• Scalable host connectivity with the Fibre Channel connectivity on DAS3500
• Scaleable storage subsystems (capacity and performance)
• Small footprint
• Low cost of ownership

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 45/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

The major components of the 1000, 2000 and 3000 Series are:
• Storage-Control Processor (SP) with optional single or mirrored cache memory
• Disk modules (3.5" SCSI-2, high performance, single ended drives)
• Disk array cabinet (10 drives chassis for DAS1300, 20 drives chassis for DAS2900, and 30 drives
chassis for DAS3200/DAS3500)
• Redundant power subsystem
• Redundant cooling subsystem
• Battery Backup Unit for cache security

3.2. The Storage Control Processor (SP)

The Storage Control Processors (SP) are the main components of the DAS1300, DAS2900 and
DAS3200/DAS3500. One or two SPs can be configured in a disk array cabinet. The DAS1300 Storage
Processor design is based on a 25MHz AMD 29000 RISC processor, 4MB of instruction and data
memory, three or six SCSI-2 interface controllers, power regulator and RS232 interface. The
DAS2900 and DAS3200/DAS3500 Storage Processor is based on Power PC technology, with a basic
8 MB memory.

The Storage Control Processor serves a number of functions including the RAID 0, 1, 1/0, 3, and 5
modes of operation, as well as individual disk operation. The SP continuously monitors the status of
the other major components concurrently with the temperature within the storage subsystem and
notifies the host in the event of a failure.

The DAS 1000, 2000 and 3000 Series are optimized to provide high I/O throughput in server
environments. They can support two Storage Control Processors (dual active) within the same cabinet.
Dual active SPs induce higher overall I/O performance by minimizing bus contention and paralleling
data access.

The two SPs can be interfaced directly to a host resident SCSI-2 adapter (or Fibre Channel Adapter for
the DAS3500) or daisy chained on the SCSI bus. Each SP is configured as a unique SCSI ID and can
support up to 32 logical units (LUNs) each. A LUN would be equivalent to a RAID stripe. The disk
drives within the array can be logically connected to any of the Storage-Control Processors. However,
dynamically shared access to a drive group is not supported.
In the event of an SP failure, access to data is insured due to the dual-ported subsystem architecture
with active dual initiator. The SP can house a modular memory for write cache option.

3.3. The 3.5" SCSI-2 Disk Modules

All DAS models support high performance 4.2GB (7200RPM), 8.8GB (7200RPM) and 17.8GB disk
drives. Up to 30 Winchester disk units can be configured in the 3000 Series, up to 20 disk units in the
2000 Series, up to 10 disk units in the DAS 1000 Series. The disks within the storage system can be
configured as either individual disks, RAID 0 groups, RAID 1 or RAID 1/0 pairs, RAID 3 or RAID 5
groups. Any or all of these modes of operation can be configured concurrently. This allows the tuning
of the DAS 1000, 2000 and 3000 Series to adapt to specific attributes of a given application.
A small amount of disk capacity will be used to save the write cache when a power failure occurs.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 46/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Each disk drive is housed in a hot plug disk module. Each module consists of a disk drive, a drive
carrier, and a regulator PCB. In redundant RAID configurations, when a disk failure occurs, any
module can be removed from a logical group without halting operation of the array. When drive
replacement is done, data is automatically rebuilt on the new disk.

On redundant RAID configurations global sparing is another area where the DAS 1000, 2000 and
3000 Series offers significant benefit. Global sparing allows the user to designate one or more spares
which will satisfy the requirements of any redundant logical group within the subsystem. By initiating
a rebuild on the global spare, the disk array essentially heals itself; thereby re-establishing disk level
redundancy, minimizing the impact of degraded mode operation, and minimizing exposure to double
failures within a single group.

Manufacturers specify disk capacities in GB. One gigabyte (GB) is 1,000,000,000 bytes (ten to the
ninth). Under AIX, volume sizes are given in MB (two to the twentieth) with the convention: one MB
is 1024 x 1024 bytes. A 5 percent difference in size appears between both measurements of the same
space. For example a 4.2 GB disk (4.2 x 10**9 bytes) will be viewed as a 4,091 MB volume at AIX
level.

3.4. The DAS 3000 Series Cabinet

DAS3500 discontinued as of 30 June 1999.


DAS3200 discontinued as of 30 September 1999.

The DAS 3000 rackmount cabinet includes space for 5 to 30 replace-under-power (hot plug) disk
drives, two Storage Control Processors, one mid-plane, three DC power supplies, and one cooling
assembly to support the array's operation and replace-under-power features. DAS3200/DAS3500
cabinets manage room for a Battery Backup Unit for write cache security.
Hot plug technology results in dynamic expansion ability. Users can expand capacity or add any other
component while the system remains on line and operating.
There is no difference between the cabinet models.

The DAS3500 subsystems is connected to the host either via a copper connection (limited to 30
meters) or via an optic fiber connection using an Media Interface Adapter (MIA) depending on the
distance between the Host and the DAS3500.
The distance is up to 10Km by using Link Extender box and suited optic fiber connection (9µ).

3.5. The DAS 2000 Series Cabinet

DAS2900 discontinued as of 31 December 2000.

The DAS 2000 rackmount cabinet includes space for 5 to 20 replace-under-power (hot plug) disk
drives, two SPs, one mid-plane, three DC power supplies, and one cooling assembly to support the
array's operation and replace-under-power features. DAS2900 cabinets manage room for a Battery
Backup Unit for write cache security. Hot plug technology results in dynamic expansion ability. Users
can expand capacity or add any other component while the system remains on line and operating.
There is no difference between the cabinet models.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 47/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

3.6. The DAS 1000 Series Cabinet

DAS2900 discontinued as of 31 December 2000.

In the DAS 1000 Series cabinet 3 to 10 hot-plug disk modules and two Power Modules can be housed.
All other features of the 2000 Series cabinet are supported.

3.7. The Power Subsystem

It includes power supplies (VSCs) (three for the DAS 2000 and 3000 Series or up to two for the DAS
1000 Series), AC input and AC circuit breaker. The subsystem supports n+1 DC power supply
configuration to allow for automatic failover in the event of a single supply failure. Each DC power
supply is contained in a replace-under-power module and can be replaced without disrupting
subsystem operation. Power fault design ensures data integrity even in the event of power loss during a
write operation. The third Power Module is automatically configured with every DAS 2000 and 3000
Series.

3.8. The Cooling Subsystem

Like the power subsystem, the DAS 1000, 2000 and 3000 Series incorporate an n+1 cooling design.
Two fan pack modules are contained in a single cooling subsystem (one for the DAS 1000 Series), and
each fan pack module consists of 3 fans and a fan monitoring PCB. One fan in the system can fail
without impacting operation of the disk array. The entire cooling subsystem can be detached from the
array cabinet and replaced while the system continues to operate.

3.9. The SCSI Host Connection

The main component of the connection to the ESCALA host is the standard dedicated SCSI-2 SE/DE
adapter except for the DAS3500 (Fibre Channel). It is a 20MB/s Fast Wide differential MCA/PCI-to-
SCSI-2 Adapter. The connection uses also a SCSI-2 bus cable and an asynchronous RS232 cable for
the DAS1300, DAS2900 and DAS3200.

The DAS3500 uses a Fibre Channel connection (FC-AL) to connect the SP to the Host. It provides 2
internal 3-port hubs (one for each Storage Processor) to chain the SP of one DAS3500 or between two
DAS3500. The Host Connection can use also an external hub to chain or to share SP of DAS3500.
This solution is more secure than the internal hub and it is recommended for HA solutions.

The local connections can use copper cables up to 30 meters. The distant connections (DAS3500 or
host) have to use a mix of copper cables and fiber cables (up to 500 meters) with MIAs modules on the
hubs or on the SPs. For Customers who want to get more than 500 meters between DAS3500 and the
Hosts, the Fibre Link Extender module has to be used with fiber cables (9/125µm).

Limits: 3 DAS3500 per FC-AL loop.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 48/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

3.10. Disk Drives Specifications

4.2 GB disks discontinued as of 30 November 1999.


8.8 GB and 17.8 GB disks discontinued as of 31 December 2001.

Nominal Disk Capacity (GB) 4.2 8.8 17.8


Actual Disk Capacity (10*6 B) 4372 8800 17800
Interface SCSI-2 SCSI-2 SCSI-2
Form Factor 3.5" 3.5" 3.5"
Seek Time (Average R/W) (ms) 8.4 /9.9 8.5 /10.5 8.5 /10.5
Spindle speed (RPM) 7202.7 7202.7 7202.7
Latency (ms) 4.17 4.17 4.17
Transfer Rate
buffer to/from media (MB/sec) 9.59 to 12.58 10 to 15 10 to 15
buffer to/from host (MB/sec) up to 20
Buffer Size (kB) 512 1024 1024

Disk drives are common to the DAS 1000, 2000 and 3000 Series.

3.11. Mirrored Caching Option

On DAS1300, DAS2900 and DAS3200/DAS3500 models, with dual SP, a cache memory is available.
Mainly dedicated to write access caching, it can be also configured as a read cache or as a read and
write cache.
The write cache drops the response time for every write access and thus alleviate the write penalty tied
to RAID5. A small amount of read cache (2 to 4 MB) will benefit sequential access.

The DAS 1000, 2000 and 3000 Series write cache is fully protected against power failures by a Battery
Backup Unit (BBU), against memory components by an ECC (Error Correcting Code) and against SP
failures by mirroring. The mirrored copy of data and associated address is saved on the second SP.

The DAS1300 can have 32, or 64 MB of cache memory. A 2 MB memory space is reserved by the SP
for internal use. DAS2900 and DAS3200/DAS3500 can have 32 or 64 MB of cache memory. A 4 MB
memory space is reserved by the SP for internal use. The actual memory capacity is twice the user size
due to mirroring protection.

3.12. Single board Caching Option


On the DAS1300, DAS2900 and DAS3200/DAS3500 models, with only one SP, a cache memory
option is also available. This option offers a competitive price for basic configurations.
The DAS 1000, 2000 and 3000 Series single board cache is protected against power failures by a
Battery Backup Unit (BBU), and against memory component failure by an ECC (Error correcting
Code). No mirrored copy of data is provided.

The DAS1300 can have 32 MB of cache memory. A 2 MB memory space is reserved by the SP for
internal use. DAS2900 and DAS3200/DAS3500 can have 32 MB of cache memory. A 4 MB memory
space is reserved by the SP for internal use.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 49/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

3.13. Prerequisites & Configurability

The DAS 1000, 2000 and 3000 Series are available as a standard offering on the ESCALA platforms.
AIX 4.1, or later, is required.

The following configurations are possible for the DAS1300, DAS2900 and DAS3200/DAS3500:
Ba sic C o n fig ur a tio n (with op tional Daisy chain) D u al S P C o n fig ur a tio n (with op tional Daisy chain)

RS232 ES CA LA / RS232 R S232 E S C A LA / R S232


PORT D PX/20 PORT PORT D P X /2 0 P O R TS

M C A /S C S I M C A /S C S I
ADAPTER ADAPTER

STORAGE STORAGE STORAGE STORAGE STORAGE STORAGE


PROCESSOR PROCESSOR PROCESSOR PROCESSOR PROCESSOR PROCESSOR

D AS1 300 / D AS2300 D AS1300 / D AS230 0 D AS1 300 / D AS2300 D AS1300 / D AS2300

D ua l S C S I / D ua l S P C on figu ra tion C ab in et S ha r ing - Basic C on fi gu ra ti on

E SC ALA / ES CA LA / D PX/20#1
R S 232 R S 232 R S 232 ES C ALA / D P X/20#2
D PX /20
PORT PORT PORT

M C A /S C S I M C A /S C S I
M C A /S C S I M C A /S C S I
ADAPTER ADAPTER ADAPTER ADAPTER

STORAGE STORAGE STORAGE


PROCESSOR PROCESSOR PROCESSOR

D AS13 00 / D A S2300

C ab in et S h arin g - D u al S P C o nfig uratio n (H AC M P o n D P X 2 0 m od es 1 & 2) H ig h Ava ila bility C on fig u ra tio n (H A C M P m od e 3 o n D PX 2 0 )

ES C ALA / D P X/20#1 RS232


ES CA LA / ES C ALA / D P X/20#2
R S 232 RS232 ES CA LA / D PX/20#1 RS232
POR T
D PX/20#2
PORT PORT PORT

MCA/SCSI M C A /S C S I MCA/SCSI MCA/SCSI M C A /S C S I M C A /S C S I


ADAPTER ADAPTER ADAPTER ADAPTER ADAPTER ADAPTER

STORAGE STORAGE STORAGE STORAGE


PROCESSOR PROCESSOR PROCESSOR PROCESSOR

D A S1300 / D A S23 00 D AS13 00 / D AS2300


H A C M P th ird p arty ta k e-ove r

ES C ALA / D P X/20#1 R S 232 RS232 ES C ALA / D P X/20#2


PORT
ES CA LA / D PX/20#3
PORT

M C A /S C S I MCA/SCSI MCA/SCSI M C A /S C S I
ADAPTER ADAPTER ADAPTER ADAPTER

STORAGE STORAGE
PROCESSOR PROCESSOR

D AS1 300 / D AS2300

Performance in these configurations is dictated by a number of factors, including host CPU utilization,
SCSI bus traffic, individual disk usage, write cache option.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 50/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

The basic configuration includes a single ESCALA host interfaced to the DAS through a standard
MCA-to-Differential/SCSI-2 host adapter or a Fiber Channel adapter (DAS3500 only). In this
configuration, a single Storage-Control Processor (SP) is used to access up to 10 (DAS1300), 20
(DAS2900) or 30 (DAS3200/DAS3500) drives in the array chassis. A second array can be daisy
chained to the first (up to 534GB: 30x17.8GB for the 3000 Series). The cache memory is available as
an option.

The dual Storage Control Processor (SP) configuration offers a higher performance and availability
alternative to the basic configuration through the addition of second SP. The mirrored cache memory
is available as an option. The SPs can be configured to any of the disks within the subsystem; however,
shared access to a single drive is not supported. A second DAS 1000, 2000 and 3000 Series array can
be daisy chained to the first. In the dual SP configuration, system level redundancy is provided at the
drive, power supply and cooling levels. Redundancy at the Storage Control Processor level is also
provided: failover requires operator interaction with the host system.

The dual SCSI adapter or Fibre Channel adapter/dual SP configuration extends the capabilities of
the dual SP configuration by extending a separate SCSI or Fibre bus to the second SP. As with the
previous configurations, the optional cache is available and a second array can be daisy chain to the
first system. Failover of the storage processors, or SCSI-2 adapters, or Fibre Channel adapters can be
initiated through operator interaction with the host system.

The cabinet sharing configurations: in this configuration, the SCSI-2/Fibre Channel-to-SP


connections are on separate SCSI/Fibre buses, thereby allowing both host systems to share the DAS
array as a highly integrated, high availability storage solution.

Limitations to the DAS 1000, 2000 and 3000 Series Cabinet Sharing Configuration:

• Dynamically shared access by two systems to a single drive requires host software (HACMP).
• HACMP configurations are supported on redundant configurations.

3.14. Configuration Rules and Hints for the DAS1300, DAS2900 and DAS3200/DAS3500

3.14.1. Basic Cabinet

One SP is included in the basic cabinet, with 3 power modules for DAS2900 or DAS3200/DAS3500,
only 1 for DAS1300.

3.14.2. Number of Disk Drives Allowed

DAS3200/DAS3500: 5 to 30
DAS2900: 5 to 20
DAS1300 without cache: 3 to 10
DAS1300 with cache: 5 to 10
All models with cache and hot-spare disk 6 to 10, 20 or 30
A location exclusion exists between the hot-spare disks and the 5-disk group dedicated to cache
saving.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 51/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

3.14.3. RAID Group Binding Rules

RAID0: 3 to 16 drives per group (3 to 10 for DAS1300)


RAID1: always 2 drives per group
RAID1/0: 4 to 20 drives per group (4 to 10 for DAS1300)
RAID3: always 5 drives per group
RAID5: 3 to 16 drives per group (3 to 10 for DAS1300)

In a DAS1300, or in a DAS 2000 Series with more than 5 drives per group, a very small risk of single
point of failure exits at internal SCSI bus level.
When configured in RAID1 RAID3 or RAID5 an amount of capacity of one disk is used for redundant
data storage.

3.14.4. Number of Power Modules

DAS1300:
The second power supply is an option, power redundancy is only assumed with it. Add the second
power supply with 2SPs or with the cache option. NOEMIE will set the option as default. You may
remove it to get a lower price, but availability will become poor.
DAS2900 and DAS3200/DAS3500:
The third power supply will be delivered with every subsystem.

3.14.5. Number of Storage Processors (SP)

The second SP is recommended for higher availability (associated or not with the second SCSI
connection) and for performance over 10 drives.
For high availability, it is mandatory to have the mirrored cache option.
For DAS2900, the single SP configuration is able to manage up to 15 disks without internal I/O
saturation (short random I/Os).

3.14.6. Mirrored Cache

The mirrored cache option needs the dual SP configuration, 5 disk drives or more, and the Battery
Backup Unit. The memory modules are provided by pairs. Memory size is 32 or 64 MB per SP. A 2-
MB space will be reserved for internal use on the DAS1300. The DAS2900 and DAS3200/DAS3500
need a 4-MB reserved space.

3.14.7. Single Board Cache

The single board cache option is available in single SP configuration, 5 disk drives or more, and the
Battery Backup Unit. The memory size is limited to 32 MB for every model. A 2-MB space will be
reserved for internal use on the DAS1300. The DAS2900 and DAS3200/DAS3500 need a 4-MB
reserved space.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 52/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

3.15. Performance

Performance takes advantage of the capability of mixing RAID architectures to fit application needs.
The appropriate RAID level must be chosen according to the file size and the type of access. The write
cache drops the write response time for all RAID levels, sweeps out the RAID 5 penalty and boosts the
read after write access.

The raw performance of the DAS1300 reaches in RAID 5 for one 5-disk LUN:
• 350 I/Os per second (100 % of READ, random access of 512 bytes, without cache)
• 120 I/Os per second (100% of WRITE, random access of 512 bytes, with an 8MB cache).
• a 13ms response time for 20 I/O per second (read without cache)
• a 7.3 ms response time for 20 I/O per second (write with an 8MB mirrored cache)
• a 5 ms response time for 20 I/O per second (write with an 8MB single cache).

The raw performance of the DAS2900 is much higher for large configurations (more than 12 drives).

• 1200 I/Os per second (100 % of READ, random access of 4 Kbytes, cache hit = 0, access time =
32 ms, 20-disk 4-LUN RAID5, Dual SP Dual SCSI configuration).
• 4 ms less than DAS1300 in access time for 4 Kbytes I/Os in the same conditions.
• 500 I/Os per second (100 % of WRITE, random access of 4 Kbytes, 30 MB of mirrored write
cache, 20-disk 4-LUN RAID5, Dual SP Dual SCSI configuration).
• 340 I/Os per second (100 % of WRITE, random access of 4 Kbytes, 30 MB of mirrored write
cache, 20-disk 4-LUN RAID5, Single SP Single SCSI configuration).
• a 7 ms response time for 20 I/O per second (100 % of WRITE, random access of 4 Kbytes, 30 MB
of mirrored write cache, 20-disk 4-LUN RAID5, Single SP Single SCSI configuration).

These values are worst cases, measured within a full size working space, the access time includes a
higher seek time than the one usual applications get.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 53/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

4. DAS Management

4.1. DAS Connection Kit for Escala Systems

Each Escala server connected to a DAS subsystem can use a set of basic software products that are
part of the DAS connection kit for AIX, delivered on the Bull Enhancement CD-ROM.

The basic software provides the following:


• Interoperability of AIX servers with DAS subsystems. The interoperability requires a set of ODM
configuration database, drivers and configuration commands. Some basic management commands
and utilities are also delivered, to simplify task automation.
• The latest version of Flare (firmware) for the DAS subsystems.
• Navisphere AIX agent, to enable the management of the server's attached DAS subsystems from
Windows NT based Navisphere management tools (or AIX based management tools). A license is
mandatory for each agent.
• Navisphere AIX CLI (command line interface).
• AIX errlog wrapper, which monitors the DAS subsystems and writes in the server's AIX errlog
service all the problems detected by the DAS itself. AIX errlog enables a reporting of DAS
operations and problems, either locally or remotely. The customization capabilities of AIX errlog
enable to activate administrator's defined scripts and commands for each event. AIX events can
also be automatically transmitted to Bull's remote maintenance centers.
• Navisphere Supervisor, a Windows NT based management tool for DAS subsystems.

This basic software also contains Navisphere for AIX, DAS Manager and ArrayGuide. This software
supports legacy DAS systems.

4.2. Navisphere Supervisor and Manager (for Windows NT)

4.2.1. Product Overview

Navisphere Supervisor and Navisphere Manager are management and monitoring tool for DAS and
DAE storage systems connected to AIX and non-AIX servers either with a point-to-point SCSI or
Fibre Channel connection, or through a Storage Area Network. They provide a graphical user interface
that let administrators configure and manage DAS disk-array storage systems from a physical
component viewpoint.

Navisphere Supervisor and Manager run on a Microsoft Windows NT host, called a Navisphere
management station. The managed array(s) can be connected to the management station or to a server
that is accessible to the management station over a TCP/IP network. The server with the attached array
runs a Navisphere agent, which acts as a gateway between Navisphere applications and the attached
disk array.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 54/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Navisphere lets administrators configure the storage systems on local and remote servers. Using
Navisphere, they can:
• Set the configuration, memory, and cache properties for storage systems.
• Combine physical disks into RAID groups and create logical units (LUNs) on those RAID Groups
on storage systems with RAID Group support.
• Combine physical disks into LUN on storage systems without RAID Group support.
• Change the user-defined parameters of LUNs, such as their rebuild time and storage processor (SP)
owner.
• Update the Licensed Internal Code (LIC) and programmable read-only memory (PROM) code that
controls storage systems.

Navisphere lets administrators monitor faults and problems with storage systems on local and remote
servers. Using Navisphere they can:
• Monitor the status of the storage system and the physical disks and other customer-replaceable
units (CRUs) that comprise it and the RAID Groups and LUNs on it.
• Monitor the status of ATF software on the storage-system server.

Navisphere Manager Version 5 supports all DAS models and all features:
• DAS 5300, 5700, 4500, 4700 and 4700-2
• management of Access Logix, SnapView, MirrorView
• capability to manage multiple DAS connected to multiple servers

Navisphere Manager Version 4 and Navisphere Supervisor have the following limitations:
• DAS 4700 (or later) not supported
• Access Logix, SnapView and MirrorView not supported
• Management of a single DAS at a time.

However, for compatibility reasons, Bull will still provide the latest available version of Navisphere
Supervisor.

Regarding the high availability aspect, a failure of the Navisphere Manager for AIX does not affect
DAS operations; it is fully transparent to the applications using the managed DAS and does not
prevent ATF operations.

Navisphere Manager vs. Navisphere Supervisor

The difference between managing a single or multiple DAS is easy to understand. When starting the
Navisphere Supervisor, the administrator must select a server on the LAN, and then, one of the DAS
attached to this server. To manage another DAS, the administrator must exit the tools and restart it.
The monitoring is limited to the DAS currently selected. With Navisphere Manager, a window allows
to browse all the known servers and disk arrays. It is also possible to have simultaneously two
windows to compare configuration parameters of two different DAS. The monitoring is done for all
the DAS, and there is a global indicator telling that a problem occurred in one of the managed DAS.
Thus the Navisphere Manager is better suited to the management of multiple DAS than the Navisphere
Supervisor.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 55/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

4.2.2. Product’s Deployment

The next figure shows a sample of Navisphere Supervisor or Manager deployment, to manage DAS
subsystems connected to AIX servers.

NT host Navisphere
management
station

AIX server
AIX server AIX server
AIX server
AIX server
SCSI

Fibre Channel Fibre Channel


DAS

DAS DAS
DAS

Multiple DAS per Single DAS Shared DAS


server

Navisphere Supervisor or Navisphere agent


Manager

4.2.3. Prerequisites

The Navisphere Management Station requires Windows NT 4 with SP6.

Navisphere Supervisor and Manager are backward compatible with previously installed AIX agents.
But the AIX agents must be upgraded to benefit from the latest DAS features and models.

4.2.4. Licensing

A Navisphere AIX agent is mandatory on each AIX server. The Navisphere Supervisor license is
bundled with the AIX agent's license.
Navisphere Supervisor for NT is delivered in the Bull Enhancement CD-ROM.

Navisphere Manager is a separately priced and packaged product.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 56/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

4.3. Navisphere for AIX

4.3.1. Product Overview

Discontinued: 13/07/2001.

Bull Navisphere Manager for AIX® is a management and monitoring tool for DAS RAID storage
systems (1300, 2900, 3200, 3500, 5300, 5700 and 5720) connected to AIX server, either with a point-
to-point SCSI or Fibre Channel connection, or through a Storage Area Network.

Bull Navisphere Manager for AIX enables an efficient and easy management of the DAS subsystems,
and delivers the following services to AIX and DAS administrators:

• An easy control of DAS configuration and status, with a tree representation of all the DAS
components (Storage Processors, enclosures, LUN, individual disks, LCC, power supplies, standby
power supplies, fans, …), and icons varying upon the component status.
• Simple management of the storage resources (RAID and LUN creation, binding / unbinding, hot
spare management, …).
• Performance management (read and write cache configuration, cache page size, cache prefetch
policy, rebuilt priority, cache hit ratio, I/O activity, disk errors statistics, …).
• Diagnostic and maintenance operations (component status, event log display, firmware
download,…).

The Navisphere Manager for AIX is integrated in WebSM, and offers an easy-to-use Graphical User
Interface (GUI). A graphical terminal or X11 terminal is mandatory, like for any other WebSM
applications. A Java enabled Web browser may be used to access to the Navisphere Manager for AIX
from non-AIX environments.

The Navisphere Manager for AIX provides the same unified user interface for all the model of DAS
subsystems, thus reducing training of administrators.

The Navisphere Manager for AIX may be used locally to manage the DAS subsystems connected to
the AIX server on which it is installed. But storage administrators will be much more efficient using
the distributed mode of the Navisphere Manager for AIX, enabling to consolidate the management of
multiples DAS subsystems connected to multiple AIX servers. When operating in distributed mode,
the main Navisphere window displays all the managed AIX servers, and enables to manage all the
DAS subsystems connected to these servers from a single window.

The security policy of Navisphere Manager for AIX is the same as the other WebSM applications. It
relies on AIX and WebSM built-in security controls. All the users can view all the information. Only
root users can modify the DAS configuration.

Regarding the high availability aspect, a failure of the Navisphere Manager for AIX does not disturb
DAS operations, is fully transparent to the applications using the managed DAS, and does not prevent
ATF operations.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 57/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

4.3.2. Product’s Deployment

The Navisphere Manager for AIX is based on a manager / agent architecture. The Navisphere agents
run on AIX servers connected to DAS subsystems and get information or send configuration orders
through Fibre Channel or SCSI connections, or through a serial line. The Navisphere manager
manages the information received from one or multiple DAS, and implements a Graphical User
Interface (GUI) for the administrators.

The Navisphere manager can be used either in local or distributed mode. In local mode, the manager
and the agent are on the same server. In distributed mode, the Navisphere manager and all the
Navisphere agents communicate through TCP/IP. The distributed mode requires to install a software
license (NetLS key) on the AIX server hosting the Navisphere manager. A Navisphere agent can be
used simultaneously from a local Navisphere manager, or from one or multiple distributed Navisphere
managers. The packaging of the Navisphere Manager for AIX allows to install separately the manager
and the agent, to reduce the disk space requirements for AIX servers.

The recommended mode of deployment uses a single Navisphere manager operating in distributed
mode, and Navisphere agents for each DAS connected to an AIX server. Each DAS must have at least
one agent on an AIX server. When a DAS subsystem is connected to multiple servers, the deployment
of two (or more) agents on distinct AIX servers is recommended to preserve the manageability in case
of AIX server failure.

Case study: local mode

The next figure shows a sample of DAS configuration using only the local mode, in various
configurations (server connected to multiple DAS, shared DAS, DAS dedicated to a single server).
With this mode, the Manager of each AIX server manages only the DAS subsystems connected to this
server. A remote X11 display or a web browser can be used to display the Navisphere Manager for
AIX on other servers.

The local mode can be used either with standalone servers or cluster nodes. The PowerConsole can
activate the local Navisphere managers installed on cluster nodes. Nevertheless, the distributed mode
is preferable with the PowerConsole.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 58/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Optional
Optional
Web browser
X terminal
Enterprise LAN

AIX server
AIX server AIX server
AIX server
AIX server
SCSI

Fibre Channel Fibre Channel


DAS

DAS DAS
DAS

2 Agent/Manager for 1 DAS


1 Agent/Manager 1 Agent/Manager 1 connected server can not
for 2 DAS for 1 DAS manage the DAS

Navisphere manager/GUI Navisphere agent

Local Navisphere mode

Case study: distributed mode

The next figure shows a sample of Navisphere Manager for AIX® deployment, in distributed mode, to
consolidate DAS management in a single point. The default configuration rule is to install an AIX
agent on each server connected to a DAS.
If required by AIX servers' administrators, it is also possible to deploy Navisphere Managers operating
in local mode on a part or on all the AIX servers hosting Navisphere agents, or to deploy multiple
managers in distributed mode.

Optional
AIX server Optional
Web browser
X terminal
Enterprise LAN

AIX server
AIX server AIX server
AIX server
AIX server
SCSI

Fibre Channel Fibre Channel


DAS

DAS DAS
DAS

Multiple DAS Single DAS Shared DAS

Navisphere manager/GUI Navisphere agent


with NetLS key

Distributed Navisphere mode

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 59/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Case study: cluster configuration with PowerConsole

The recommendation for this type of configuration is to install Navisphere Manager for AIX on the
PowerConsole itself. The private network for cluster management can be used, when available. Else
the Manager / Agent exchanges will use the enterprise LAN.

Optional
Optional
Web browser
X terminal
Enterprise LAN

AIX server
AIX server
AIX server AIX server
PowerConsole AIX server

Fibre Channel Fibre Channel


Private network
for cluster
management

DAS DAS
DAS DAS
DAS

Escala cluster

Navisphere manager/GUI Navisphere agent


with NetLS key

Cluster with PowerConsole

4.3.3. Prerequisites

Bull Navisphere Manager requires:

• A graphic terminal or console connected to the server on which it is located, or an X11 terminal.
• AIX 4.3.2 or later.

4.3.4. Licensing

The Navisphere agents are licensed components. A license is mandatory for each agent, regardless of
the number of DAS managed by the agent.

The Navisphere Manager can operate in local mode without specific license (except the agent's one).

Licenses are mandatory to operate in distributed mode. The license defines the maximum number of
managed Navisphere agents. The pricing depends on the number of managed agents. The number of
managed agents is dedicated to a single Navisphere Manager, and can not be shared with other
Navisphere Managers that could be deployed by the customer.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 60/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

4.4. DAS Manager and ArrayGuide

DAS Manager and ArrayGuide support only the DAS 1000, 2000, and 3000 Series.

The DAS 1000, 2000 and 3000 Series Storage System Manager (DASMGR) software, is an integrated
set of utilities that allow users to configure the array, monitor the status of the major storage system
components, and download updates of the arrays internal microcode. DASMGR is delivered with AIX
version 4.

In addition we can take advantage of a new graphic array management tool simplifying day-to-day
operational tasks. Called ArrayGUIde, this tool is basically available and requires a graphical color
display on the host or somewhere on a LAN connected to the host.

4.5. ATF
ATF V2.1 & ATF V2.2 Discontinued : December 31, 2003
ATF, Application Transparent Failover is a host based software, running on Escala servers, which
delivers uninterrupted information access to DAS subsystems equipped with dual storage processors.
ATF delivers automatic rerouting of I/O traffic in the event of a host-to-storage path failure. Failover
to a redundant I/O path is transparent to the server's application software and users. With ATF,
production is not impacted by the failure of a cable, host bus adapter or storage processor. Instead, data
continues to be delivered without interruption. ATF ensures that no I/O is lost.

Server
Application Application
disk1 disk2 disk1 disk2
ATF HBA failure ATF
Cable failure
Storage Processor failure

SP A SP B SP A SP B

1 2 Storage 1 2
Load balancing I/O rerouted
dual active SP single active SP
I/O path

In the unlikely event of a failure, the failover occurs in seconds, permitting continuous access to the
information stored on the disk subsystem(s). Without the user intervention, ATF reconfigures the
RAID subsystem (e.g. bind the LUNs to the surviving SP), retrieves I/Os in the mirrored write cache
and completes them, and finally, on the server it self, route the I/O through a secondary path to the
surviving (provided that the server is equipped with two fibre channel adapters).

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 61/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

ATF is easy to manage. The initial configuration is fully automatic. ATF retrieves itself the SP pairs.
Failover is automatic, based in the IO errors returned by the host bus adapters in case of unreachability
of LUNs. The trespass command enables to force I/O rerouting, for example for maintenance
operations. The restoration of initial IO routing after repair is also controlled by the administrator. All
ATF path management operations are logged in each server's errlog (for AIX), enabling an easy
tracking. Navisphere tools (for AIX or for NT) enable to check the current SP attached for each LUN,
to control which path is currently used, and what is the default configuration.

Furthermore, ATF is integrated with HA-CMP to enable intelligent failover: failure of a single path is
managed by ATF, whereas dual path failure leads to node takeover.
ATF fully uses the dual active architecture of the DAS subsystems. During normal operations, the two
paths to the disk subsystem are active, and are used by the server's I/O traffic. The I/O workload can
be balanced between the two storage processors, to deliver optimal performances. This load balancing
is managed by the storage administrators, at the initial DAS configurations. There is a single active
path for each LUN, through the SP processor where it is bound be default. Thus, administrators must
balance the LUNs across both storage processors, taking into account the expected IO load for each
LUN, to optimize the performances. The load balancing is automatically tuned based on the effective
IO load, but it is possible to change the LUN to SP bindings, transparently for the applications.
Administrators can modify the LUN balancing to optimize the performances, without stopping the
applications.

ATF operates with all DAS models (series 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000), but not with the DAE
5000, which is a JBOD and not a RAID subsystem. Any type of Escala server and AIX versions are
supported. Any type of connection can be used (SCSI, fibre channel point-to-point, loop, fabrics, …).
ATF is compatible with LUN access control features deployed in SAN environments (such as zoning,
LUN masking with AIX SAN Manager or Access Logix), as long as the SAN administrators take care
to allow LUN access through two distinct paths.

ATF Version 2.1 requires iFOR/LS license keys. ATF Version 2.2 is delivered without license keys.
The migration ATF to PowerPath is available only for DAS4500, DAS4700 and DAS5300
ATF does not support the CX400 and CX600.
4.6. PowerPath Full and PowerPath Base

PowerPath software is a server-resident, performance and information availability enhancing software


solution. PowerPath also supports high availability cluster environments.

• PowerPath Full integrates multiple path I/O capabilities, automatic load balancing, and path
failover functions into one comprehensive package for use on platforms connected to Symmetrix
or DAS storage sub-systems.

• PowerPath Base integrates only path failover functions into one comprehensive package for use on
platforms connected to Symmetrix or DAS storage sub-systems.

The PowerPath software resides on the open server platforms and supports SCSI (Symmetrix only),
and Fibre Channel for both switched fabric and arbitrated loop environments.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 62/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

With PowerPath, not only are multiple channels used to share the I/O workload, but also the automatic
load balancing capability ensures that they are utilized in the most efficient manner possible.
Multipathing allows for two or more data paths (up to 16 for DAS and up to 32 for Symmetrix) to be
simultaneously used for read/write operations. Performance is thereby enhanced by automatically and
equally dispersing data access across all the available paths. PowerPath’s workload balancing feature
ensures that no one path can become overloaded while others have underutilized bandwidth causing an
I/O bottleneck. When one or more paths become busier than others, PowerPath shifts the I/O traffic
from the busy paths to the others, further enhancing throughput over the already efficient multipathing
feature.

PowerPath’s automatic path failover and dynamic recovery feature permits data access to be
immediately and non-disruptively dispersed to an alternate data path or paths in the event of a failure.
This eliminates the possibility of disrupting an application due to the failure of an adapter, cable, or
channel controller. In the event of a path failover, all outstanding and subsequent I/O requests are
automatically and non-disruptively directed to the alternative path. Mission-critical applications
continue without interruption and the customer business stays online.

PowerPath has increased its functionality by extending Intelligent Path Management to support
failover between the switch and the storage. Instead of losing an active HBA in the event of a path
failure, PowerPath fails over to an alternative channel resulting in the path being restored. Mission-
critical applications continue without interruption, your business remains online, performance is
maximized, and your storage assets are maximized. PowerPath's Auto Detect and Auto Restore
features allow for periodic probing of inactive paths to check for path failures. Once the failure has
been detected and repaired, the path is automatically restored. There is no user intervention required.

PowerPath is particularly beneficial in cluster environments in that it can prevent costly interruptions
to operations. PowerPath’s path failover capability avoids node failover, thus maintaining
uninterrupted application support on the primary node in the event of a single path disconnect.

4.7. Access Logix (DAS 4500, DAS 4700 and DAS 4700-2)

Access Logix is an optional feature of the DAS 4500 DAS 4700 and DAS 4700-2, which is managed
exclusively by the Navisphere Manager on NT. The purpose is to control storage allocation when the
array is shared and/or reachable by multiple servers, typically in SAN configurations. Access Logix
enables safe, secure information access.

This feature controls the access of hosts to LUNs within the DAS unit. LUNs are grouped in storage
groups. For each storage group, one or multiple servers are authorized, and will be able to discover the
LUNs, read and write the data. The other servers will not be able to send any SCSI command to the
LUNs of the storage group. A server can use resources spread across multiple DAS subsystems. In
such a case, the storage administrator must configure the LUN access rule for each individual DAS.

From the server point of view, each server can only access to its allocated storage resource, (defined
through Navisphere Manager), avoiding conflicts and administrator errors with other servers sharing
the same array.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 63/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Rest of the
AIX - Escala world
Cluster A Server C
Server B
NT
Solaris
SGI
...

$
$
Cluster A
Cluster A
Server B
Server C Server C
Cluster A
Server B
Server C

Access Logix requires well defined configurations:


• DAS 4500 with dual SP or DAS 4700/4700-2
• connection to fibre channel switches, or direct attachment
• dual adapters and ATF on all the servers sharing the DAS

Access Logix cannot be used for DAS connected to hubs, neither external, nor SP's built-in hubs.

Navisphere Manager
NT (NT management station)
LAN

Servers
ATF ATF AIX, NT, Solaris, ...

switch switch Switches

DAS 4000 series - dual SP


(one or more)

There is a version of Access Logix for each DAS product (4500, 4700 and 4700-2). Access Logix
provides the same features on all subsystems.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 64/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

4.8. SnapView (DAS 4700 and DAS 4700-2)

SnapView is a software application that captures a snapshot image of a LUN and retains the image
independently of subsequent changes to the LUN. The snapshot image can serve as a basis for decision
support, revision testing, backup, or in any situation where you need a consistent, copyable image of
real data.

The snapshot image consists of the unchanged LUN block and, for each block that changes from the
snapshot moment, a copy of the original block. The software stores the copies of original blocks in a
private LUN called a snapshot cache. For any block, the copy happens only once, when the block is
first modified. A snapshot can be performed on all LUNs except the PSM LUN.

Since only changed data blocks are retained in the private area, the storage capacity required to
implement SnapView is a fraction of the capacity of the LUN. The SnapView documentation contains
examples of the appropriate size of a snapshot cache LUN. Navisphere contains simulation tools
enabling to evaluate the optimal cache size for a real application. A guideline is a cache size of 10% to
20% of the source LUN.

In a failover situation, ATF routes the LUN, but the snapshot session for this LUN is stopped.

SnapView is tightly integrated and managed from within Navisphere Manager. In addition, the
Admsnap program allows to run the SnapView commands (start, activate, deactivate, stop) on the host
servers.

SnapView requires two hosts running the same operating system.

4.9. MirrorView (DAS 4700 and DAS 4700-2)

MirrorView is a software application running that provides synchronous data mirroring between two
DAS 4700/4700-2.

In a MirrorView configuration, a host is attached to the primary or production DAS 4700/4700-2


array. The host writes to the primary array, which records the data and synchronously writes the same
data to the secondary DAS 4700/4700-2 array. An acknowledgement is sent back to the host once the
data has been written to both the primary and secondary arrays, ensuring a complete transaction on
both sides of the mirror. The resulting mirror can be used for many purposes, most importantly, fast
failover to the secondary site so business operations can continue.

MirrorView arrays must be connected directly, using port 1 of each SP. The connection between the
SPs of the two arrays can be done either directly or through a fabric.

It is recommended not to configure more than 50 mirrors including primary and secondary copies or
25 mirrors using the Write Intent Log feature.

In a failover situation, ATF routes the LUN to the second SP and the MirrorView Session continues on
the second path.

MirrorView is tightly integrated and managed from within Navisphere Manager.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 65/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

5. EMC² Symmetrix Family Subsystems

5.1. Symmetrix Storage Philosophy

5.1.1. Highest Performance

Symmetrix systems use large cache memory configurations, and proprietary caching algorithms enable
the highest probability for “cache hits” when reading data. One hundred percent cache fast writes
ensure the highest possible performance when writing data. Fast, 100 percent cache writes enable
Symmetrix performance to appear as close to that of solid-state disk as possible while being able to
support the largest data capacity per system in the industry.

5.1.2. Scalability

Symmetrix systems enable consolidated storage strategies by providing scalable storage in a common
family. System capacities scale from some gigabytes to multiple terabytes of fully protected storage.
Symmetrix offers new ways to manage change and growth in applications, databases, servers, and
overall business requirements.

5.1.3. Connectivity

Connectivity to host platforms is provided through industry-standard interfaces.

Symmetrix systems support connectivity to open UNIX, Windows NT, and AS/400 systems with
connectivity to Ultra SCSI, and Fibre Channels. When optional Symmetrix ESP software is added to
Symmetrix systems, they simultaneously support mainframe connections through ESCON channels.

This level of Symmetrix connectivity enables simultaneous support of multiple hosts and multiple host
types for greater configuration flexibility and the fulfillment of Symmetrix Enterprise Storage
philosophy.

5.1.4. Information Protection

Symmetrix software provides a variety of information protection/business continuance options,


including Mirroring the optimum RAID level for both performance and availability.

The following software offerings supplement the Symmetrix Enterprise Storage philosophy:
• Symmetrix Remote Data Facility (SRDF) provides fast enterprise-wide data recovery capability in
the event of a planned or unplanned data center outage.
• TimeFinder supports the online creation of multiple independently addressable business
continuance volumes (BCVs) of information allowing other processes such as backup, batch,
application development and testing, and database extractions and loads to be performed
simultaneously with OLTP and other business operations.

Bull’s Remote Support network can be used to upgrade Symmetrix operating software (microcode) on
an operational Symmetrix system with minimal interruption of service. This unique approach upgrades

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 66/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Symmetrix software and functionality without downtime, combining fast functional enhancements
with continuous data availability.

5.1.5. Information Sharing

Symmetrix provides centralized, sharable information storage that supports changing environments
and mission-critical applications. This leading-edge technology begins with physical devices shared
between heterogeneous operating environments and extends to specialized software that enhances
information sharing between disparate platforms:
• Symmetrix Enterprise Storage Platform (ESP) software provides simultaneous mainframe and
open systems support for Symmetrix systems.
• InfoMover extends information sharing. InfoMover facilitates high-speed bulk file transfer
between heterogeneous mainframe, UNIX, and Windows NT host platforms without the need for
network resources.

5.1.6. Information Management

Symmetrix systems improve information management by allowing users to consolidate storage


capacity for multiple hosts and servers. Powerful tools are offered and it dramatically simplifies and
enhances Symmetrix configuration, performance, and status information gathering and management:
• ControlCenter™ is a family of applications that provides extensive user management tools.
ControlCenter’s monitoring, configuration, control, tuning, and planning capabilities simplify
management of the Symmetrix supporting open systems and mainframe environments, while
keeping track of changing requirements
• PowerPath™ optionally offers a combination of simultaneous multiple path access, workload
balancing, and path failover capabilities between Symmetrix systems and supported server hosts.
• Volume Logix allows multiple UNIX and NT server hosts to share the same Symmetrix Fibre
Adapter port while providing multiple volume access controls and data protection. The Volume
Logix software also provides volume access management for non-supported Volume Logix GUI
and Host Utilities platforms that are connected via Fibre Channel.
• Symmetrix Optimizer provides automatic performance tuning for Symmetrix by balancing
performance and eliminating potential bottlenecks. It reduces the effort and expertise required to
achieve optimal Symmetrix performance by automatically balancing I/O activity across physical
drives. RAID-S is not supported.

5.2. Symmetrix Product Description

5.2.1. Host Channel connection

Symmetrix systems provide exceptional host channel connectivity through combinations of Channel
Directors, each with two advanced microprocessors. Each Channel Director is connected to two
memory buses and supplies multiple independent data paths to cache, then to disk, from the host
system. Channel Directors are installed in pairs, providing redundancy and continuous availability in
the event of repair or replacement to any one Channel Director. These include ESCON channels, SCSI
and Fibre Channels, and Remote Link Directors.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 67/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Multi Host Support:


Open systems connect to Symmetrix systems through Ultra SCSI and Fibre Channel interfaces.
For a more detailed list of specific server models and supported operating system versions and
interface technologies check EMC partner’s web site at: https://powerlink.emc.com/

Host Cluster Support:


Configuring hosts in clusters achieves high availability and high performance. Cluster nodes share
access to Symmetrix systems via fast-wide SCSI, Ultra SCSI, and Fibre Channel interfaces. For more
detailed information on Symmetrix support for clustered environments, check EMC partner’s web site
at: https://powerlink.emc.com/

5.2.2. Internal Data Flow

Intelligent cache configurations allow Symmetrix systems to transfer data at electronic memory speeds
that are much faster than physical disk speeds. Symmetrix products are based on the principle that the
working set of data at any given time is relatively small when compared to the total system storage
capacity. When this working set of data is in cache, there is a significant improvement in I/O
performance. The performance improvement achieved is dependent on both:
• Locality of Reference: If a given piece of data is used, there is a high probability that a nearby
piece of data will be used shortly thereafter,
• Data Reuse: If a given piece of data is used, there is a high probability that it will be reused shortly
hereafter.

5.2.3. Disk Drives

Symmetrix systems use advanced technology disk drives and disk controllers to enhance Symmetrix
capabilities. Microprocessors embedded in the controllers of each drive enable capabilities such as
advanced RAID protection to be offloaded from CPUs, disk directors and controllers. This further
enhances the performance of Symmetrix systems and also serves to make them more easily compatible
with a wide array of hardware and software platforms.

5.2.4. Disk Directors

The Disk Directors manage the interface to the physical disk, and are responsible for data movement
between the HDAs and cache. HDAs are connected to Disk Directors through industry-standard SCSI
interfaces with two microprocessors per Disk Director. This connection allows rapid introduction of
the latest disk drive technology into Symmetrix systems.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 68/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

5.2.5. Symmetrix Data Protection

Unique customer value can be derived from the ability to have Symmetrix products support disk arrays
that can be protected with:
• Mirroring (RAID 1) provides the highest level of performance and availability for all mission-
critical and business critical applications by maintaining a duplicate copy of volumes on two disk
devices
• RAIDS: offers more usable capacity than a mirrored system containing the same number of disk
drives through performance-enhanced parity-based data protection.
• Symmetrix Remote Data Facility (SRDF): an enhanced version of mirroring for multiple storage
system data protection and availability that can include multiple sites.
• Dynamic Sparing option which reserves disk drives as standby spares. This option increases data
availability without impacting performance and can be used in conjunction with Mirroring, RAID-
S, or SRDF

This capability allows optimization for the best relationships of availability, performance, and cost for
individual data sets. These options are configurable at the physical volume level so that different levels
of protection can be applied to different data sets within the same Symmetrix system. This unique
flexibility allows the customer to maintain the lowest possible costs in relation to the necessary levels
of performance and data availability.

5.3. Symmetrix 3000 Family

Discontinued.

5.3.1. Symmetrix 3930-18/36 Architecture

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 69/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

5.3.2. Symmetrix 3830-18/36 Architecture

5.3.3. Symmetrix 3630-18/36 Architecture

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 70/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

5.3.4. Configuration Summary

Symmetrix 3000 model specifications:

Connectivity directors
Model Ultra SCSI Fibre Channel Serial Channel Remote Link Cache directors Disk devices
Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max
3630-18/36 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 2 2 2 8 32
3830-18/36 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 2 2 4 16 96
3830-18/36 (1) 2 6 2 6 2 6 2 4 2 2 16 96
3930-18/36 2 8 2 8 2 8 2 6 2 4 32 256

(1) With option to convert Cache slots in Front End Director slots.

5.3.5. Ultra-SCSI Director

The Ultra SCSI director is a single card that has four differential wide interfaces for connection to host
systems and one high-speed path to cache. It can attach to hosts supporting Ultra-SCSI connectivity
and Fast-Wide differential SCSI connectivity. The Ultra SCSI director contains two advanced
microprocessors that process commands and data from the host and manage access to cache. On each
Ultra-SCSI channel director, data transfers from the host to cache occur as four concurrent operations.
Each Ultra SCSI director can support up to 960 logical volumes (with a maximum of 2,048 logical
volumes per Symmetrix 3830 and Symmetrix 3930 and 1,024 logical volumes for the 3630
Symmetrix)

5.3.6. Fibre Channel Director

The Fibre Channel director is a single card that has two FC ANSI compliant 1-Gigabit Fibre Channel
interfaces for connection to open systems hosts and one high-speed path to cache. The Fibre Channel
director contains two advanced microprocessors that process commands and data from the host and
manage access to cache. The Fibre Channel SCSI protocol mapping and upper level protocol layers are
both implemented within the director. Each Fibre Channel director can support up to 256 logical
volumes per Symmetrix system. The two physical interfaces are 52µ multi mode fibre.

5.3.7. ESCON Director

The ESCON director is a single card that offers four ports, which can support up to 1,024 logical
volumes per board. Symmetrix ESCON directors support 2 Control Unit Address (CUADD) images,
512 logical devices per ESCON port and 32 separate logical paths (LPaths) addressable to one port.
The 32 logical paths may be shared in any fashion between the 2 CU images. For example, all 32
logical paths can be configured on one CU image and none on the other. Alternatively, 32 logical paths
may be split between the ports (for example, 18 on CUADD 0 and 14 on CUADD 1)

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 71/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

5.3.8. SRDF Remote Link Director

The Remote Link Director (RLD) is a 4-port serial channel director microcode configured as the link
between Symmetrix units in a Symmetrix Remote Data Facility (SRDF) configuration. The Remote
Link Director (RLD) interfaces to Symmetrix channels via a serial channel interface adapter. The
Remote Link Director supports up to 1,024 logical volumes per board. Symmetrix requires a minimum
of two RLDs in each Symmetrix unit used in an SRDF configuration. When one of the processors of a
serial channel director (two ports on each processor) is configured as an RLD, only one of the ports on
that processor can be configured as a remote link, while the remaining port is not used. If two ports of
the four-port RLD are needed as remote links to other Symmetrix units, only one port from each
processor can be used.

For open systems, SRDF over Fibre Channel implementations use Remote Fibre Directors (RFD) for
connecting Symmetrix systems using high-speed Fibre Channel links. These directors are multi-mode
fiber and only one of the two ports is usable for the remote connection. The minimum microcode
version required for this director is 5x66.

5.3.9. Cache Memory

One of the most crucial components of a Symmetrix system is the cache memory. All read or write
operations transfer data to or from cache. Any transfers between the host processor, Channel Directors,
and cache are achieved at electronic speeds that are a quantum leap faster than transfers involving disk.
Optimization around the movement of data between disk and cache results in the highest performance
possible. There are two cache buses, x and y; each has a 360MB per second bandwidth for a total
processing bandwidth of 720MB per second.

5.3.10. Disk Drives

Symmetrix systems use advanced technology disk drives and disk controllers to enhance Symmetrix
capabilities. Microprocessors embedded in the controllers of each drive enable capabilities such as
advanced RAID protection to be offloaded from CPUs, disk directors and controllers. This further
enhances the performance of Symmetrix systems and also serves to make them more easily compatible
with a wide array of hardware and software platforms.

Symmetrix 3630, 3830, and 3930systems support mixed configurations of up to 32, 96, and 256
(respectively) 18GB and 36GB disks drives. This breadth of scalable capacity and configuration
choices allows Symmetrix systems to adapt to virtually any enterprise storage requirement.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 72/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

5.4. Symmetrix 8000 Family

5.4.1. Symmetrix 8730 and 8830-18/36/50/73/181 Architecture

5.4.2. Symmetrix 8430 and 8530-18/36/50/73/181 Architecture

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 73/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

5.4.3. Configuration Summary

Symmetrix 8000 model specifications:

Connectivity directors
Model Ultra SCSI Fibre Serial Remote Link Cache Disk devices
Channel Channel directors
Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max
8430/8530- 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 2 2 4 16 96
18/36/50/73/181
8430/8530- 2 6 2 6 2 6 2 4 2 2 16 96
18/36/50/73/181 (1)
8730/8830- 2 8 2 8 2 8 2 6 2 4 32 384 (2)
18/36/50/73/181

(1) With option to convert Cache slots in Front End Director slots.
(2) Limited to 256 with 36GB disk drives sold before July 1, 2000.
Limited to 320 with 73 GB Disk Drives.
Number of 181 GB RAID 1 divided by 2 plus number of 181 GB HDD limited to 192.

5.4.4. Ultra-SCSI Director

The Ultra SCSI director is a single card that has four differential wide interfaces for connection to host
systems and one high-speed path to cache. It can attach to hosts supporting Ultra-SCSI connectivity
and Fast-Wide differential SCSI connectivity. The Ultra SCSI director contains two advanced
microprocessors that process commands and data from the host and manage access to cache. On each
Ultra-SCSI channel director, data transfers from the host to cache occur as four concurrent operations.
Each Ultra SCSI director can support up to 960 logical volumes (with a maximum of 2,048 logical
volumes per Symmetrix 8730 or 8430).

5.4.5. 4-Port Fibre Channel Director

The new multi-mode Fibre Channel director is a single card that has four FC ANSI compliant 1-
Gigabit Fibre Channel interfaces for connection to open systems hosts. They extend the Symmetrix
Fibre Channel connectivity to 32 independent Fibre Channel ports. The multi-mode Fibre Channel
directors require at least Enginuity 5567.29.15s and version 4.3 of the SymAPI.

5.4.6. Multi Mode Fibre Channel Director

The multi-mode Fibre Channel director is a single card that has two FC ANSI compliant 1-Gigabit
Fibre Channel interfaces for connection to open systems hosts and one high-speed path to cache. The
Fibre Channel director contains two advanced microprocessors that process commands and data from
the host and manage access to cache. The Fibre Channel SCSI protocol mapping and upper level
protocol layers are both implemented within the director. Each Fibre Channel director can support up
to 256 logical volumes per Symmetrix system. The two physical interfaces are 52µ multi mode fiber.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 74/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

5.4.7. Multi Mode / Mono Mode Fibre Channel Director

The multi-mode Fibre Channel director is a single card that has two FC ANSI compliant 1-Gigabit
Fibre Channel interfaces for connection to open systems hosts and one high-speed path to cache. The
Fibre Channel director contains two advanced microprocessors that process commands and data from
the host and manage access to cache. The Fibre Channel SCSI protocol mapping and upper level
protocol layers are both implemented within the director. Each Fibre Channel director can support up
to 256 logical volumes per Symmetrix system. One physical interface is 52µ multi mode fiber and the
second one is 9µ mono-mode fiber.

5.4.8. 4-Port ESCON Director

The new ESCON and SRDF over ESCON channel directors use four processors providing the power
to drive four concurrent I/O operations. They provide more than two times the throughput of the older
ESCON and SRDF over ESCON channel directors, which use two processors and support two
concurrent I/O operations. The SRDF over ESCON channel director can support up to four individual
remote link connections for SRDF. Any remaining ports can be used for host connections. The
ESCON and SRDF over ESCON channel director requires Enginuity V5567.

5.4.9. ESCON Director

The ESCON director is a single card that offers four ports, which can support up to 1,024 logical
volumes per board. Symmetrix ESCON directors support 2 Control Unit Address (CUADD) images,
512 logical devices per ESCON port and 32 separate logical paths (LPaths) addressable to one port.
The 32 logical paths may be shared in any fashion between the 2 CU images. For example, all 32
logical paths can be configured on one CU image and none on the other. Alternatively, 32 logical paths
may be split between the ports (for example, 18 on CUADD 0 and 14 on CUADD 1).

5.4.10. SRDF Remote Link Director

The EMC Remote Link Director (RLD) facilitates the direct connection between two Symmetrix
systems in a Symmetrix Remote Data Facility (SRDF) or Symmetrix Data Migration Services (SDMS)
configuration. SRDF and SDMS implementations require a minimum of two, and support a maximum
of four, RLDs in each connected system. SRDF implementations can be either ESCON or Fibre
Channel. SDMS implementations are ESCON only.

For open systems, SRDF over Fibre Channel implementations use Remote Fibre Directors (RFD) for
connecting Symmetrix systems using high-speed Fibre Channel links. These directors are either multi-
mode fiber or multi/mono mode fiber and only one of the two ports is usable for the remote
connection.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 75/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

5.4.11. Cache Memory

One of the most important components of a Symmetrix 8000 system is the cache memory. This cache
solution is field-proven, currently delivering over six million hours of continuous operation per week.
Cache boards are available in sizes of 1GB, 2GB, 4GB, and 8GB. These leading-edge memory boards
provide four independent areas on each board thereby increasing operations in each cache board.
Symmetrix 8430/8530 and 8730/8830 models have four cache slots to accommodate up to a maximum
of 32GB of cache memory per system.

All read and write operations transfer data to or from cache. All transfers between the host processor,
Channel Directors, and cache are achieved at electronic speeds that are a quantum leap faster than
transfers involving disk. The Symmetrix 8000 system’s intelligent use of cache contributes greatly to
this performance advantage: There are four internal buses (top high, top low, bottom high, and bottom
low), each has a 360MB per second bandwidth for a total internal processing bandwidth of 1440MB
per second.

5.4.12. Disk Drives

Symmetrix 8000 systems use advanced technology disk drives and disk controllers to enhance
Symmetrix capabilities. Microprocessors embedded in the controllers of each drive enable capabilities
such as advanced RAID protection to be offloaded from CPUs, disk directors and controllers. This
further enhances the performance of Symmetrix systems and also serves to make them more easily
compatible with a wide array of hardware and software platforms.

Symmetrix 8430/8530, and 8730/8830 systems support mixed configurations of up to 96, and 384
(respectively) 18GB, 36GB, 50GB, 73GB and 181GB disks drives (There are limitations to the
maximum capacity of the 8730 model. For more information, see "Symmetrix 8000 Family -
Configuration Summary".) This breadth of scalable capacity and configuration choices allows
Symmetrix systems to adapt to virtually any enterprise storage requirement.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 76/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

6. Tape Libraries and Subsystems

6.1. DLT 4000 and DLT 7000-Cartridge Tape Library

Discontinued: 31/10/2001.

This DLT 4000/7000-Cartridge Tape Library is also designed in Bull as "DLT LibraryXpress". It is a
stand-alone subsystem providing 10-cartridge capacity and housing up to two DLT4000 or DLT7000
drives.

The DLT technology is available with the 10-cartridge library (Overland) fitted with 2 DLT drives,
offering a 400GB capability and a 6MB/second transfer rate.

The DLT Library Xpress gives you the most options for capacity, performance and growth of any tape
library available.

Then, as your needs grow even greater, the exclusive SmartScale Storage design will let you snap on
additional modules for a simple expansion of up to 3.2 Terabytes with transfer rates of up to 172
GB/hour, all while protecting your original investment.

The combination of high-performance DLT drive technology and Overland Data's proven Mainframe
Class library robotics gives you peace of mind. Your data is safe when you combine the highly reliable
Library Xpress and backup & storage solutions across Bull platforms.

Specifications

Drives and Media LXB4210


Drive type DLT4000
Number of drives Two
Media type CompacTape IV
Tape type 5 in. metal particle, .5 mil thick
Tape length 1800 feet
Cartridge size 4.1 in. * 4.1 in. * 4.1 in.
Magazine size 10 cartridges

System performance

Read/write tape speed 110 ips, streaming


Search tape speed streaming 150 ips
Sustained native transfer rate (max/drive.) 3 MB/sec. - 180 MB/min.
Compressed transfer rate per drive (2:1): 6 MB/sec. - 360 MB/min.
Peak SCSI transfer rate per drive 20 MB/sec. synchronous mode
Cartridge load /unload time 10 seconds
Average access time from (BOT) 45 seconds
Average rewind time 45 seconds

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 77/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Data organization

Data compatibility digital linear tape


Recording format 128 track serial serpentine
Recording density 82,000 bpi
Read/write head w/MIG 2 channel ferrite
Native capacity 200 GB
Data compression Standard Digital Lempel-Ziv (DLZ) algorithm
Compressed capacity (2:1) 400 GB

System reliability & data integrity

Head life 10,000 hours


Mechanism life 500,000 cycles
Media life 500,000 passes
Error correction code Reed Solomon ECC, 64-bit CRC on each 4 KB of data, 16-
bit parity check on each record, internal parity check on the
buffer
Hard error rate less than 1 to 1017 bits read
Undetected error rate less than 1 to 1030 bits read

Connectivity & system compatibility

Drive interface (diff.) Fast SCSI-2


Library interface (diff.) Fast SCSI-2

Physical dimensions

Dimensions rackmount (H * W * D) 17 in. * 17 in. * 22 in.


(17.78 cm * 43.2 cm * 55.88 cm)
Dimensions desktop (H * W * D) 8 in. * 19 in. * 23 in.
(20.32 cm * 48.26 cm * 58.42 cm)
Weight rackmount 65 lbs. / 29.53 kg
Weight desktop 70 lbs. / 31.8 kg

A 4-line, 20-character LCD front-panel display provides direct access to comprehensive library status.
Configure the library or drives through the panel or from software. Check the loader robotics and
magazine status, and access system statistics and command history.

Magazine handling is easy, just push one button to load or unload, or lock it in the LibraryXpress for
security.

Standard Connection (recommended)

One SCSI-DE connection to the robotics control and two drives.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 78/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

High Availability Connection

• One SCSI-DE connection to the robotics control and to one drive


• One dedicated SCSI-DE board and cable to the second drive.

The DLT Entry Library is leveraged from Overland Data LPX4210.

The DLT Entry Library is supported through services offered by NetBackup Software.

6.2. Magnetic Tape Drive

A Magnetic tape drawer is available for open-reel tape configurations. It is made by Bull’s partner
StorageTeK. It runs 9-track, ½ inch standard tapes.

6.2.1. STK9914 1/2" 9 TrackTape Drive Drawer

(Discontinued)
Available on the EPC430 and EPC450 through reconnection only, when upgrading from the EPC400.

The Optional 1/2-Inch 9-Track Tape Drive Drawer contains the STK9914 Tape Drive.
The STK9914 is an autoloading, autothreading, reel to reel tape device.

Main features:

• ANSI Standard 9-track tape interchange,


• selectable tape density: 6250bpi (GCR mode), 1600bpi and 3200bpi (PE mode) and 800bpi (NRZ
mode)
• transfer rate: 781kB/s
• tape speed: 42/125ips
• reel size: 6 to 10.5" (IBM Hub)
• tape length: up to 3600'
• MTBF (specified): 25000H.

Attachment

Connection to an SCSI2-DE controller.

The 1/2-inch 9-Track Tape Drive Drawer does not have support for battery backup operation.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 79/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

7. Storage Area Network (SAN) Introduction

The term SAN designates a new type of storage architecture in which the storage systems are attached
to a high-speed network dedicated exclusively to storage. It involves a whole new network totally
distinct of the existing communication networks, as described in the next figure. The application
servers (usually UNIX or NT based) access to the storage resource through the SAN. The Applications
servers are offloaded of most of their local storage resources, which becomes managed separately from
servers, and are consolidated at the data center, site or enterprise level.

This SAN architecture is represented in the next figure.

Terminal and
servers

Local Area
Network LAN

Application
servers

Storage Area
Network SAN

Storage subsystems
(disk and tapes)

In the literature, the term SAN refers either to the high speed network infrastructure, or may cover the
whole storage architecture, including servers, storage subsystems and management software.

Fibre Channel is today the preferred technology to implement these SAN architectures. This
technology is open, widely accepted on the market, and is defined by ANSI standards. A SAN
infrastructure based on Fibre Channel protocols supports multiple protocols, to simplify the migration
and integration of legacy equipment. For example, the infrastructure can convey SCSI protocols,
widely used in UNIX and Intel based servers, but also ESCON for IBM mainframes, and IP, to offer
some networking capabilities. But the SAN purpose is not to replace enterprise LANs. All these
protocols can use simultaneously the same cables.

This new storage architecture is very different from traditional architectures, where each storage
system is connected to a single or sometimes to a limited group of servers. That’s why they are
sometimes called “private storage” architectures. The SAN generates in the enterprises a revolution
similar to the one occasioned by the LAN deployment in the last decade. SANs deliver powerful
solutions which enable enterprises to manage their storage with an un-preceding efficiency and
flexibility. The benefits for the enterprise are the following:

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 80/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Cost reduction: The cost of storage systems depends on the cost of the disks, but also on the cost of
the enclosure and of the management software. In a private storage architecture, it
is usually mandatory to buy lot of small or medium size enclosures. With the SAN
architecture, it is possible to reduce the number of enclosures, thanks to the
capability of storage sharing through the network. Furthermore, the disk space in
the enclosures can also be shared. Another factor of cost reduction arises with the
performance of the high-speed network that allow to use larger storage systems,
which are usually less expensive (per GB) than several smaller systems.

Easy The separation of servers and storage resources allows to recentralize, consolidate,
administration: and homogenize the storage systems and their management applications. Storage
administrators do not need to be trained for any server operating system and
management software. Management is simplified (less variety and number of
equipment, less tools, less consoles), and consolidated (aggregation of information
from several storage systems). Failure detection, prevention and trend analysis is
much easier, due to the lower number of storage systems to monitor.

High security and The SAN improves the availability and security of the storage. The SAN offers a
availability: meshed infrastructure with multiple paths. Redundant interfaces for servers and
storage systems provide highly available data path between servers and storage.
Thanks to the networked access, the storage remains available even in case of
server failures. The cost reduction generated by the storage concentration facilitates
the deployment of RAID solutions, which can be used by any server. The systems
themselves can be more secure, with internal high availability features (hot plug,
redundancy). The reduced number of storage systems to manage facilitates backup
operations.

Improved The SAN improves the performance in various ways:


performance: • Any application server can directly be connected to the storage systems at a
(multi-) gigabit speed. Compared to today network storage solutions based on
protocols operating on LANs (NFS, DFS, and SMB), the data access is highly
improved.
• Data can be shared between hosts, avoiding unnecessary copies.
• The use of high-end storage systems, with a high internal bandwidth, larger
read and write caches and efficient processing engines boosts the performance.

Quick evolution The storage concentration enables a very quick adaptation to the evolution of the
capability: information processing. The storage allocation is extremely flexible and scaleable.
Administrators can migrate applications from servers to servers, add or remove
servers without any impact on the data: no need to move data from a storage system
to another, no need to add disks, ... The data remain at their location, only routing
and access rights must be modified. Administrators can add storage without
stopping application servers.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 81/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

7.1. Challenges and Risks

Designing a SAN looks like designing a LAN: it's a network, and the design must integrate analysis of
traffic requirements, the number and location of devices to connect, topology constraints, and other
network related factors. The design must also take into account the availability constraints, which are
much higher for storage access that for legacy LANs. A failure of a Fibre Channel switch must stop
tens of applications servers, no more able to access to their data.

It is necessary to understand the behavior of infrastructure equipment such as hub, switches, bridges,
and all the proprietary features implemented by hardware vendors to simplify interoperability, improve
reliability, and manage the infrastructure. This knowledge must be combined with a good
understanding of all the proprietary fail-over solutions supported by each server, disk array, tape
library, SAN infrastructure device and management software.

And unfortunately, the Fibre Channel technology is not yet enough mature to guarantee
interoperability between any device like for LAN technologies. Thus, the design must take into
account the qualified links, or certified interoperability which are published by all the SAN vendors,
including Bull.

The last risk is that many equipment and software (like operating systems for servers) have not yet
integrated the SAN dimension. They still behave like with private SCSI storage, trying to discover all
the storage resources, our writing on disks when they recognize an OS compatible format (like NT
servers do). Sharing storage resource in heterogeneous server environment must be carefully analyzed
and managed.

7.2. SAN Management

The SAN management covers specific aspects, which were not covered by previous storage
management tools:

• SAN infrastructure (hub, switches, bridges, …)


• Resource sharing.

Managing a SAN infrastructure is very similar to managing a LAN. It involves hubs, switches, bridges
and any other device that is part of the network infrastructure; topology analysis, link status, the
management of virtual networks (using zoning), and the monitoring of data flow, performance metrics,
QOS, availability, etc. But SAN infrastructure products available on the market are less numerous than
the ones for LAN technology. This is because it's a new technology, standards are not well defined and
hardware vendors are relatively small and none of them is able to provide a hardware/software global
solution.

The management of resource sharing is also critical to enable a safe operation within SAN
environments. A SAN enables each server to access each tape drive or disk logical volume attached to
it. It is very flexible, but very complex for the server administrators, because they may have to manage
hundreds of resources, duplicated on all the application servers. That's why it is critical, even in small
size SANs (less than 8 servers) to deploy management tools that control resource sharing. And again,
there is not yet a global solution. Tape drive allocation and sharing is usually managed by the backup

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 82/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

software, which must integrate specific SAN features. For the disk resources, LUN masking
technologies can be involved, either at the server level or disk array level. Zoning can also be used to
create virtual networks and simplify the management.

7.3. The Design of a SAN Infrastructure

Fibre channel is the single technology available on the market that allows to deploy SANs with a high
level of performance. It is a highly reliable, gigabit interconnect technology allowing concurrent
communications among servers, data storage systems, and other peripherals using SCSI and IP
protocols. One of the advantages of the fibre channel technology is the high flexibility of the network
design: the use of switches and hubs allows to create large infrastructures, with a high level of
performance and interconnecting various equipment.

7.3.1. Media Speed

Fibre Channel technology can operate at 100MB/s or 200MB/s. But it is not yet the ultimate evolution
of this technology: the 400 MB/s speed is standardized, but no products are available today.

7.3.2. Cabling

The Fibre Channel standards have defined several media. The most frequently used solutions and their
characteristics are described in the next table.

Typical Cable
Media Maximum cable length
connector structure
50 µm multi-mode optical fibers 500 m SC 2 fibers
62.5 µm multi-mode optical fibers 175 m SC 2 fibers
9 µm single mode optical fibers 10 km ST, SC 2 fibers
50 µm multi-mode optical fibers 300 m LC 2 fibers
9 µm single mode optical fibers 10 km ST, LC 2 fibers
30 m (active interface)
copper DB9, HSSDC 4 wires
3-15 m (passive interface)

50 µm multi-mode optical fibers is the preferred cable for Fibre Channel. 62.5 µm has been introduced
to reuse LAN cabling, where this type of fibers is widely used. Single mode fibers are reserved for
specific applications, such as long distance interconnection for site interconnection and/or disaster
recovery solutions. This type of cabling enables connections far above the 10 km defined by the
standard, using more powerful laser and/or more sensitive receivers.

Copper cabling has been widely used due to its lower cost. It is now less and less used, because the
price of optical equipment rapidly decreases, and because of the sensitiveness of the copper
technology to EMI, ESD and ground problems. The copper cables are specific for the Fibre Channel
technology, and are not compatible with UTP or STP cables used in LANs, or with copper cables used
in telco.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 83/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

7.3.3. Fibre Channel Networks

Fibre Channel networks are implemented with respect of some rules defined by the ANSI standards,
and using some equipment to implement the network infrastructure.

7.3.3.1. Point to Point Connection

The point to point connection between two devices is the simplest cabling solution. The cable types
and distance limitations have been described in 7.3.2. Cabling.

1 cable, full-duplex
capability

Point-to-point cabling

7.3.3.2. Loops and Hubs

The loop has been very popular at the beginning of Fibre Channel. It enables to interconnect up to 126
equipment at a very low cost. The principle of this topology is to chain the transmitter of a port to the
receiver of the next port, thus creating a loop. The loop protocol is defined by the FC-AL standard.

Tx Rx

Rx Tx
Tx

Rx

loop cabling

The loop has several main drawbacks:

• The bandwidth is shared by the connected devices, and only two devices can communicate
simultaneously.
• Each device of the loop is a single point of failure: if the device fails, the loop is broken, and none
of the connected devices may communicate.
• Inserting or removing devices causes a loop disruption.
• The connectivity is limited to 126 devices.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 84/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

The bandwidth and connectivity limitations are inherent to the protocol used. The risk of loop
disruption is addressed by the use of Fibre Channel hubs, which implement a loop within the device, in
conjunction with bypass circuits for each hub's port. The bypass circuits maintain the loop integrity in
case of unused port or faulty external devices. They also simplify the cabling, converting the loop
cabling to a star cabling.

Internal loop

bypass circuits

inactive port inactive port

Tx

Tx
Rx

Rx

Tx

Rx
bypassed bypassed

Interconnected devices

External star cabling Hub’s internal

In practice, a hub may contain one or more logical loops. The repartition of ports in several loops is
performed either with hardware switches, that control loop continuity or loopback, or through software
configuration.

7.3.3.3. Fabrics and Switches

A fabric is a network where, contrarily to loops, several couples of devices can communicate
simultaneously, and can benefit of the whole bandwidth. The fibre channel fabric can be compared to
other switched networks, like Ethernet, ATM or frame relay networks. Each switch's port analyses the
frame headers, selects the destination port, and puts the frame in the appropriate transmission queue.
Non blocking designs and advanced forwarding algorithms allow a very low latency (few micro
second), and a full bandwidth per port, regardless of effective traffic conditions.

The advantages of switches versus hubs are:


• they enable the deployment of large networks
• they offer higher performance and scalability (no bandwidth sharing, selection of the best past, …)
• they provide better fault isolation
• switches and fabrics are more stable that loops (less reconfigurations and traffic interruptions)
• they have built-in management functions (directory, …)

The drawback is usually a higher price per port.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 85/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

The smallest Fibre Channel fabric is made of a single switch. Larger fabric can be interconnected by
cascading switches. The protocol enables to connect million of devices.

Tx Rx
Tx Rx

fabric Rx Tx
Rx Tx

switch N-port F-port F-port N-port

switch switch switch fabric


F-port N-port
N-port F-port
Tx
Rx
Tx Rx
Rx
Tx
Rx Tx

conceptual cabling schematic cabling

Integrated routing algorithms automatically route circuits and frames across the fabric, through the
best path. Resilient multi-switch fabrics can be deployed, with automatic data routing and re-routing,
self-healing and almost unlimited scalability.

primary path

switch switch

inter-switch
link

switch alternate path in case


of failure of the inter-
switch link of the
primary path

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 86/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Multiple inter-switch links can be aggregated, to avoid the risk of bandwidth bottleneck that may arise
when using a single link operating at the same speed than the switch ports.

4x100 MB/s or
4x 200 MB/s
3 x 100 MB/s or 3 x 100 MB/s or
3 x 200 MB/s aggregation 3 x 200 MB/s
of 4 links
potential potential

100 MB/s or 100 MB/s or


200 MB/s 200 MB/s

100 MB/s or 100 MB/s or


200 MB/s 200 MB/s

100 MB/s or 100 MB/s or


200 MB/s 200 MB/s

switch switch

A single link could be a


bottleneck

7.3.3.4. Interconnection of Fabrics and Loops

Fabric and switch ports are quite expensive. Thus, the Fibre Channel standards enable to mix switches
and hubs. A switch port can be shared between multiple devices, connected through a hub, to the
switch's port. They share the 100 MB/s or 200 MB/s offered by the switch's port. Such devices are
named "public loop devices". They can communicate with any other devices of the fabric or of other
public loops. The public loops are always connected at the edge of a fabric. Loops and hubs cannot be
used to interconnect switches.

fabric
switch
Public loop
switch switch switch

Public loop
Fabric and public loops

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 87/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

7.3.4. Zoning, Switched Loops, Mix of Private Loops and Fabrics

Using these basic topologies and protocols to operate in private or public loop and fabric
environments, various features have been implemented by the SAN infrastructure vendors. These
features are proprietary, usually compatible with Fibre Channel standards and bring new
interconnection and operation capabilities.

7.3.4.1. Fabric Zoning

Fabric zoning is a feature that allows to create several logical areas on a single physical fibre channel
network. Devices such as servers or disk subsystems can only communicate with other devices in the
same zone. In some implementations, zones can overlap. This means that a device can belong to
several zones.

Zone A

fabric

Zone C
Zone B

Zoning can be used as a security service, preventing some resource to be used by non authorized users:
a disk subsystem with confidential data can be isolated in a zone of authorized servers.
Zoning can also be used to solve some interoperability problems: a zone can be defined for all the
servers and storage resources used by AIX servers, another zone being dedicated to NT servers and
NT storage resources.

7.3.4.2. Loop Zoning

Loop zoning is a feature that allows to create several independent loops, through the same hub. The
zoned loops are usually defined by a list of hub's ports. Contrarily to fabric zoning, its usually not
possible to define overlapping zones, nor zones across multiple interconnected hubs. The zoned loops
can be enforced at the hardware level (by splitting the hub's internal loop), or emulated by software.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 88/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

7.3.4.3. Switched Loops

Switched loops are the synthesis of switching technologies and fibre channel private loop protocol.
They enable private loop devices, which do not support fabric connection, to benefit of improved
performance compared to "simple" loops.

With this technology, several small private loops, called looplets are interconnected by a switching
device called switched hub or storage switch. This device creates a single logical private loop
compliant with the FC-AL standard (with up to 126 devices), but enables several simultaneous
communications between couple of ports, like a fabric switch. The device intelligently controls loop
protocols, like the initialization and the arbitration protocols and enables several devices to acquire the
loop simultaneously, as long as they are not in the same looplet.

looplet

looplet

looplet switching looplet


hardware
storage switch enabling
several independent
communications

looplet

Single logical loop

This kind of features can be available in managed hubs relying on an internal switching architecture, or
can be emulated on fabric switches. Depending on the implementations, the logical loop can be limited
to a single hub/switch, or can spawn across multiple hubs/switches.

A storage switch increases the performance compared to hubs, without using fabric protocols. But it is
more limited in term of addressing, interconnection and routing.

7.3.4.4. Mix of Private Loops and Fabrics

The connection to a fabric, either in point-to-point or through hubs requires specific protocols that are
not yet available on all the devices. Thus, fabric switch vendors have implemented various proprietary
solutions to support on the same hardware, full fabric operations, private loop emulation, and bridging
capabilities between fabric capable devices and "private loop" devices.

The characteristic of each piece of equipment must be carefully checked before using these features in
a SAN implementation.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 89/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

7.3.5. Interconnection with Legacy Technologies

7.3.5.1. Fibre Channel / SCSI Bridges

Fibre channel / SCSI bridges provide a fibre channel interface for SCSI devices. A bridge can connect
servers or storage subsystems that do not have fibre channel interfaces. There are two modes of
operation:
• SCSI initiator (e.g. server with SCSI adapter) to fibre channel target (e.g. fibre channel disk
subsystem)
• Or fibre channel initiator (e.g. server with fibre channel adapter) to SCSI target (e.g. library).

SCSI initiator Fibre channel


target
SCSI bus
Fibre
Bridge channel
network

Fibre Channel
initiator SCSI target

Fibre
channel Bridge
network
SCSI bus

The bridges have a lot of implementation dependant features, and notably:

• Support of SCSI or FC initiators, or both


• Number of SCSI buses and fibre channel interfaces,
• Supported fibre channel topologies (point-to-point, fabric, private or public loop)
• Mode of operation SCSI / FC address translation,
• Device discovery
• Sustained performance

7.3.5.2. Fibre Channel / IP Bridges

The Fibre Channel / IP Bridges devices are used to interconnect legacy IP networks (Ethernet, FDDI,
ATM, etc.) to a fibre channel network supporting IP. The market for such kind of devices is very
small, because Fibre Channel is now positioned as a technology for storage (SAN architecture), and no
more a potential high speed LAN, as it has been the case.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 90/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

7.3.5.3. Fibre Channel / WAN Bridges

Fibre Channel supports long distance links, but it is often difficult to deploy a private cabling in the
public domain.

Thus proprietary devices has been designed by hardware vendors to interconnect SAN islands using
services from telco operators like ATM or E3/T3. Some of these devices implement real fabric
services or loop emulation, and are fully transparent for the Fibre Channel protocols. Other support
only SCSI over Fibre channel, and behave like FC/SCSI bridges.

ATM, E3/T3,
Internet, ...

SAN

Bridge

WAN

Site A Bridge

SAN

Site B

In-depth analysis is mandatory before integrating such devices in SAN solutions.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 91/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

8. SAN - Infrastructure Components

The following paragraphs describe the SAN infrastructure components of the Escala offer. This offer
does not include bridges.

8.1. S@N.IT!

S@N.IT! is now available from the Storage BU catalog. Refer to Storage BU for updated information.

8.1.1. Product Overview

Storage Area Networks (SAN) bring new opportunities to implement storage architectures delivering
unpreceding performance and flexibility to the infrastructure of information systems. They also
increase the complexity of these information systems, due to the deployment of dedicated storage
networks, and new storage services (such as disk array or library sharing between multiple servers).

Bull S@N.IT! enables storage administrators to efficiently manage SAN for Escala and Express5800
servers running AIX 4, 5L, Windows NT or Windows 2000.
S@N.IT! is a multi-tiered administration tool, which consolidates the management of multiple servers,
SAN infrastructure devices (switches, bridges, and hubs), and RAID disk subsystems. This
management tool provides administrators with:

• Automatic discovery of the SAN topology and disk subsystems, and tape drives reachable from the
managed servers.
• Graphical display of the complete SAN topology, simplifying the understanding of devices
interconnections and relations, the control of physical cabling, and the storage allocation decisions.
• Centralized allocation of the SAN attached disk resources to the managed servers. By simply
selecting information such as a server’s name in a list, LUNs can be assigned to servers to increase
the storage resources useable by the server, or de-assigned, thus freeing resources which will
become available for other servers. LUNs can be assigned to individual servers, or can be shared
between multiple servers.
• LUN allocation can be modified from scripts, using the command line interface available on each
SAN attached server but also on the management server.
• Access control mechanism ensuring data security and confidentiality for SAN attached disk
resources. Each server can only access to the storage resources it has been assigned.
• Centralized monitoring of the SAN managed components (Fibre Channel switches, RAID disk
subsystems), with automatic update of displayed icons in case of failure detection and correction.
• An interface enabling to customize event management actions, through the activation of
administrator defined scripts.
• Consolidation of configuration information across multiple tools (SMIT, WebSM, Navisphere for
DAS, EMC Control Center for Symmetrix, ATF, PowerPath, Windows NT Disk Administrator),
enabling to display within a single window the relation between AIX logical volumes, volumes
groups, hdisks, disk subsystems or Windows NT disk numbers, drive letters and RAID volumes
within subsystems.
• Multi-domain facilities, to manage independently multiple SANs or group of AIX and Windows
NT servers with attached storage resources.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 92/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

• Easy access to dedicated device management applications (running under AIX or with a Web
interface), such as Navisphere, Symmetrix Manager, Brocade WebTools… A simple click on a
device icon starts the associated application.
• Two types of users, for access level control. Display is available to all users, while information
modifications is reserved to administrators.

S@N.IT! offers an easy-to-use Graphical User Interface (GUI), available on AIX, NT and W2K.
Multiple GUI can be used simultaneously. The GUI is available on any SAN attached server, on the
management server, and can be launched also via a web browser.
S@N.IT! is a graphical application, and therefore requires a graphical display. It cannot be run on an
ASCII terminal connected to an Escala server.

The security policy relies on two user profiles. All users can display information, but only S@N.IT!
administrators can modify information and launch device specific management applications. The root
login on AIX systems or administrator rights on Windows NT/Windows 2000 do not provide any
S@N.IT! administrator rights.

Regarding the high availability aspect, a failure of S@N.IT! is fully transparent for the managed
servers connected to the SAN, and for the applications using the managed SAN. Disk subsystems,
logical volumes and libraries are still available for use. Any SAN component, including servers can be
stopped and restarted or rebooted even if the SAN manager is not available. Each SAN attached server
has a local copy of its configuration data, which ensure operational continuity in case S@N.IT!
unavailability.

S@N.IT! relies on various SNMP and SCSI mechanisms to monitor the disk subsystems, switches, …
All the event are centralized and logged by S@N.IT! to facilitate proactive management of SAN
infrastructures.

S@N.IT! does not replace the devices management tools (like Navisphere for DAS, ECC for
Symmetrix,…), but cooperate with these products. S@N.IT! is also compatible with ATF, PowerPath,
Access Logix (for DAS) and ESN Manager / Volume Logix (for Symmetrix). However, it does not use
these products to enforce the LUN access rules defined by the S@N.IT! administrator.

8.1.2. Product’s Deployment

S@N.IT! is based on a three-tier architecture:

• A central server running AIX, Windows NT or Windows 2000 consolidates all the information
from the managed objects. The system that hosts the central server is not necessarily connected to a
SAN.
• Agents are installed on all the SAN attached servers.
• The user interface (GUI or command line interface) can be used on multiple servers (AIX,
Windows NT or Windows 2000), not necessarily connected to the SAN.

The same software is installed on all servers. The role of each server (agent, user interface, central
server, or mix) is defined by configuration. The agent role requires SAN attachment.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 93/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

A single central server can manage multiple SAN. Multiple central servers can also be installed in an
enterprise. In this type of configuration, each device (AIX or Windows server, switch, disk
subsystem,…) is managed by a single central manager, and each system running GUI is configured to
access a single central server. The central server(s) can be one of the SAN attached servers, or a
dedicated management station such as an Escala PowerConsole, or a Windows NT management
station, which can host other management products such as Navisphere or ECC.

All these software components use TCP/IP to communicate with each other, and with the managed
objects (DAS 4700/4700-2, switches, hubs, bridges, Symmetrix management stations,…).

8.1.3. Prerequisites

S@N.IT! is backward compatible with ASM. If an upgrade is performed, LUN access control
information is preserved.

Software requirements:
• AIX 4.3.3
• Windows NT 4.0 with Service Pack 5
• Windows 2000 with Service Pack 1
• Java runtime environment for AIX and Windows servers (available on the S@N.IT! CDROM).

SAN attached servers must have an operational Fibre Channel adapter:


• A Fibre Channel adapter supported by Bull (e.g. Emulex LP 7000e or LP8000) with the Bull
standard device driver delivered for Escala servers
• Emulex SCSI port driver (delivered within Express 5800 connection kits for DAS products or for
EMC products depending on the type of disk subsystem to be connected) for Emulex LP8000 or
LP850.

Using platforms other than Escala or Express5800 has to be submitted as an SFR.

8.2. ASM V2 (AIX SAN Manager)

Discontinued: 31/12/2001.

This product is replaced by S@N.IT!, which is fully compatible with existing installations. S@N.IT! is
mandatory to manage SANs including the DAS 4700/4700-2.

8.2.1. Product Overview

Storage Area Networks (SAN) bring new opportunities to implement storage architectures delivering
unpreceding performance and flexibility to the infrastructure of information systems. They also
increase the complexity of these information systems, due to the deployment of dedicated storage
networks, and new storage services (such as disk array or library sharing between multiple servers).

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 94/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Bull AIX SAN Manager (ASM) enables storage administrators to efficiently manage SAN for AIX
servers and for Windows NT Servers. ASM is a multi-tiered administration tool, which consolidates
the management of multiple AIX and Windows NT servers, SAN, and RAID disk subsystems. This
management tool provides administrators with:
• Automatic discovery of the SAN topology and disk subsystems reachable from the managed AIX
servers and Windows NT servers.
• Graphical display of the complete SAN topology, simplifying the understanding of devices
interconnections and relations, the control of physical cabling, and the storage allocation decisions.
• Centralized allocation of the SAN attached disk resources to AIX and Windows NT servers. By
simply selecting information such as a server’s name in a list, LUNs can be assigned to servers to
increase the storage resources useable by the server, or de-assigned, thus freeing resources which
will become available for other servers. LUNs can be assigned to individual servers, or can be
shared between multiple servers.
• Access control mechanism ensuring data security and confidentiality for SAN attached disk
resources. Each server can only access to the storage resources it has been assigned.
• Centralized monitoring of the SAN managed components (Fibre Channel switches, RAID disk
subsystems), with automatic update of displayed icons in case of failure detection and correction.
• An interface enabling to customize event management actions, through the activation of
administrator defined scripts.
• Consolidation of configuration information across multiple tools (SMIT, WebSM, Navisphere for
DAS, EMC Control Center for Symmetrix, ATF, PowerPath, Windows NT Disk Administrator),
enabling to display within a single window the relation between AIX logical volumes, volumes
groups, hdisks, disk subsystems or Windows NT Disks numbers, drive letters and RAID volumes
within subsystems
• Multi-domain facilities, to manage independently multiple SANs or group of AIX and Windows
NT servers with attached storage resources.
• Easy access to dedicated device management applications (running under AIX or with a Web
interface), such as AIX Navisphere, AIX Symmetrix Manager, Brocade WebTools, … A simple
click on a device icon starts the associated application.

ASM is integrated in WebSM, and offers an easy-to-use Graphical User Interface (GUI). Multiple GUI
can be used simultaneously, on the AIX server, or on multiple distinct AIX servers and terminals. A
graphical terminal or X11 terminal is mandatory, like for any other WebSM applications. A Web
browser can be used to access a subset of ASM functionality.

The security policy is the same as the other WebSM applications. It relies on AIX and WebSM built-in
security controls. All the users can view all the information. Only root users can modify the SAN
configuration (e.g. allocate or remove storage resources for AIX servers).

Regarding the high availability aspect, a failure of ASM is fully transparent for the AIX and Windows
NT servers connected to the SAN, and for the applications using the managed SAN. Disk subsystems,
logical volumes, libraries are still available for use. Any SAN component, including servers can be
stopped and restarted or rebooted even if the SAN manager is not available. Each AIX and Windows
NT server has a local copy of its configuration data, which ensure operational continuity in case ASM
unavailability.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 95/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

ASM relies on Symmetrix manager running on AIX servers to monitor the Symmetrix disk
subsystems. The Brocade switch is monitored through its built-in SNMP capabilities and no software
need to be installed on AIX servers. The PowerConsole is not a pre-requisite for ASM, but it may be
installed on a PowerConsole, and may be activated by selecting the SAN manager icon within the
PowerConsole. ASM is also independent of HA-CMP and MSCS, and can manage both standalone
AIX or Windows NT servers or clustered servers.

Restrictions for configurations where there are only Windows NT servers connected to a loop or
fabric:

• As the discovery of the SAN topology performed on NT servers is less complete than on AIX, the
display of the topology will be poorer.
• If no AIX server is connected to a DAS disk subsystem or Symmetrix subsystem, the monitoring
of this subsystem through the AIX SAN manager will not be operational.

8.2.2. Product’s Deployment

ASM is based on a three-tier architecture:

• The GUI is a WebSM application. It can be installed on multiple AIX servers, not necessarily
connected to the SAN.
• A central server, also running on AIX, consolidates all the information from the managed objects.
The server that hosts the central server is not necessarily connected to a SAN.
• SAN Manager local host agents are installed on all the AIX and Windows NT servers connected to
the managed Storage Area Networks.

The GUI must have a TCP/IP access to the central server and to the local host agents. The central
server must also have a TCP/IP access to each local host agents, and to the managed fibre channel
switch.

The ASM CD-ROM contains:

• The software to be installed on AIX: its packaging allows to install only the necessary components
(GUI, central server, and local host agents) on the AIX servers
• The software to be installed on Windows NT servers (local host agent and the Java Runtime time
environment which is a pre-requisite)

Multiple components may coexist on the same AIX server. The recommended mode of deployment
uses a single AIX central server, at least one GUI, and local host agents on each AIX and Windows
NT server connected to the SAN. Optional GUI can be installed on each managed AIX server.

Multiple AIX central servers can also be installed in an enterprise. In such a configuration, each device
(AIX or Windows NT server, switch, disk subsystem, …) is managed by a single central manager, and
each system running GUI is configured to access to a single central server.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 96/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Case study: standalone servers (no HA-CMP) or clusters without PowerConsole

The next figure shows a sample of ASM deployment, with a single central server, local host agents on
SAN connected AIX and Windows NT servers, and multiple GUI. The enterprise LAN can be used for
the communication between GUI, central server and managed objects.

Optional

AIX server
Optional
Remote
X terminal connection
Enterprise LAN

AIX server AIX server AIX server NT server

Fibre Channel
Switch / hub
Switch / hub

Disk Disk
subsystems Managed objects
subsystems

GUI Local host agent Central server

Standalone servers or cluster without PowerConsole

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 97/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Case study: cluster configuration with PowerConsole

The recommendation for this type of configuration is to install the central server on the PowerConsole,
as well as a GUI.

Enterprise LAN
PowerConsole

Managed objects
Optional NT Server
AIX server NT Server
Cluster nodes NT Server
Optional AIX nodes
Cluster NT Server
X terminal AIX nodes
Cluster
AIX nodes
Cluster
AIX

Fibre Channel
Remote Switch / hub
Switch / hub
connection
Optional

AIX server Disk Disk


subsystems subsystems

GUI Local host agent Central server

Cluster with PowerConsole


Special care should be taken when a private management network is installed for the PowerConsole:
ASM components can communicate through this network, but there is also a communication
requirement between the GUI display terminals connected to the enterprise and the subsystem
management software (AIX Navisphere, AIX Symmetrix Manager or other) installed on the
PowerConsole or cluster nodes.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 98/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Case study: multi-SAN configuration

The recommendation for multi-SAN configurations is to install a single central. Domains can be
defined to display only subsets of the managed servers.

Optional
AIX server
Optional AIX server
Remote
connection X terminal
Enterprise LAN

Domain 1 Domain 2 Domain 3


AIX
AIX
AIX NT NT AIX
NT AIX

Fibre Channel
Fibre Channel
Switch / hub
Disk Switch / hub
subsystems

Disk Disk
subsystems subsystems

GUI Local host agent Central server

Multi-SAN configuration

8.2.3. Prerequisites

Although backward compatibility is kept, it is recommended that all the AIX components of ASM be
at the same software level. If older components are already installed, it is mandatory to upgrade the
central server software for configurations where Windows NT servers are involved and to upgrade the
AIX local host agents for configurations where DAS 4500 disk subsystems are added. As new
software versions usually include problem fixing, upgrading to the latest software is generally
recommended (note that upgrading does not modify the LUN access control).

For SAN configurations where the S@N.IT! V1 product is already used on Windows-NT servers, the
S@N.IT! configuration file of these servers only needs to be edited to modify the name of the central
server and the "S@N.IT! scheduler" NT service to be restarted for these platforms to be taken into
account by ASM. This does not modify the LUN access control configuration for these servers.

WebSM is a pre-requisite for the GUI.

AIX 4.3.2 and Java 1.1.6 are the minimum levels required for all the SAN Manager components on
AIX (GUI, central server and local host agent).

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 99/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

The following are prerequisites for the Windows NT SAN Manager agent:

• Express 5800 with associated kits for connection to CLARiiON DAS or Symmetrix
• Windows NT 4.0 with Service Pack 5 at least,
• Windows NT TCP/IP services,
• Java Runtime Environment version 1.2.2 (provided on the AIX SAN Manager CDROM),
• Emulex SCSI port driver delivered within Express 5800 connection kits for DAS products or for
EMC products depending on the type of disk subsystem to be connected.

Use of other Windows NT platforms has to be submitted as an SFR.

8.2.4. Licensing

The central server is the only priced component. The pricing policy depends on the number of
managed AIX and Windows NT servers (i.e. the number of local host agents used). There is no
limitation on the number of users and GUI deployed.

When multiple central servers are installed, each one must have its own license, which defines the
number of local host agents that it is allowed to manage. This number of local host agents can not be
shared with other central servers.

8.2.5. Memory Usage

AIX WebSM GUI application: ~ 15MB


AIX Central server: ~ 12 MB
AIX Local host agent: ~ 10 MB
NT Local host agent :

8.3. SilkWorm 3200 Fibre Channel Switch

8.3.1. Highlights

The Brocade® SilkWorm® 3200 is a 8-port 1 Gb/s and 2 Gb/s Fibre Channel auto-sensing fabric
switch. It significantly increases performance and functionality for small-to-medium-sized SANs.

Designed for low-cost flexibility, the SilkWorm 3200 can provide an end-to-end 2 Gb/s switch
solution that serves a variety of purposes, including;

• A fast and easy way to migrate from DAS to SAN environments.


• A reliable base for small SAN islands and storage fan-out connectivity.
• A key component for highly available server clustering environments.
• An entry-point edge switch for high performance core-to-edge networks supporting the
connectivity of 2 Gb/s devices.
• A cost-effective replacement for legacy hubs and loop switches.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 100/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

The SilkWorm 3200 is easy to deploy. When used in dual-fabric SAN environments, it supports
the highest levels of availability, reliability and scalability. In addition, the SilkWorm 3200 simplifies
administration through embedded Brocade WEB TOOLS management software.

Software Components

The SilkWorm 3200 switch is supplied with the following software components:.

• Simple Name Server


• Registered State Change Notification (RSCN)
• Alias Server (multicast)
• Translative Mode
• WEB TOOLS
• Advanced Zoning

Optional software components (contact Bull for availability):


• QuickLoop, Fabric Watch, Extended Fabrics, Advanced Performance Monitoring, ISL Trunking,
Remote switch (connectivity through WAN).

8.3.2. SAN Topologies & Interoperability

The SilkWorm 3200 is a fabric switch that offers full backward and forward compatibility with other
Brocade SilkWorm switches providing a seamless migration path to 2 Gb/s connectivity and intelligent
fabric services.

The certified limits for fabrics are:


• 32 switches
• 7 hops

The switch has been qualified for the point-to-point connection of


• Escala servers
• DAS and Symmetrix disk subsystems
• Crossroads FC/SCSI bridges (4100 and 4200 family)

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 101/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

8.3.3. Technical Specifications

Fibre Channel protocol Fibre Channel ANSI Standards: FC-AL (v 4.5), FC-AL-2 (v 7.0),
FC- FLA (v 2.7), FC-GS-2 (v 5.3), FC-FG (v 3.5), FC-PH (v 4.3),
FC-PH-2 (v 7.4), FC-PH-3 (v 9.4), FC-PLDA (v 2.1), FC-SW (v 3.3),
FC-VI (v 1.5), IPFC RFC 2625
Number of Fibre Channel ports 8 (all universal ports or any one universal port)
Certified maximum 32 switches, 7 hops; larger fabrics certified as required
Interoperability Any SilkWorm 1000 series, 2000 series, 3000 series or later switch
Performance 2.125 Gb/s line speed, full duplex
Classes of service Class 2, Class 3, Class F (inter-switch frames)
Aggregate bandwidth 32 Gb/s end-to-end
Maximum Frame size 2,112 bytes payload
Fabric latency <2 µsec with no contention, cut-through routing
Data traffic types Fabric switches support unicast, multicast (256 groups), & broadcast
Data Transmission Ranges Up to 500m at 1 Gb/s, up to 300m at 2 Gb/s (with short wavelength)
Port types FL_Port, F_Port, and E_Port; self-discovery based on switch type
(U_Port)
Weight 3,9 kg (8.5 lbs)
Dimensions 1U, 19-in. (EIA compliant)
H: 4.2 cm (1.7 in.), W: 42.8 cm (16.9 in.), D: 26.4 cm (10.4 in.)

Power Requirements

Nominal 100-230 VAC, 47 to 63 Hz


Operational 90 to 264 VAC, 47 to 63 Hz
Power Consumption 50 Watts maximum

Operating Environment

Temperature (operating) 10°C to 40°C


Temperature (non operating) -25°C to + 70°C
Humidity 20% to 85% non-condensing at 40°C (104°F)
Altitude Up to 3,000 m (9,800 ft)
Shock (operating) 150 Gs, 2.7 ms half-sine
Shock (non-operating) 60 Gs, 13 ms trapezoid

Regulatory Compliance (Safety and Electromagnetic)

Safety EMC
European Community EN60950 EN55022 Level A
TUV, NEMKO EN55024 (Immunity)
Canada CSA 60950 ICES-003 Class A
United States UL 60950 FCC Part 15 Class A
Japan IEC60950 A4 VCCI Class A
Australia / New Zealand -- AS/NZS 3548
International IEC 60950 CISPR 22

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 102/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

8.4. SilkWorm 3800 Fibre Channel Switch

8.4.1. Highlights

The SilkWorm® 3800 switch is a 2 Gb/s, 16-port Fibre Channel Gigabit switch that provides
connectivity for up to 16 Fibre Channel compliant device ports. This auto-sensing Fibre Channel
switch significantly increases performance and functionality for Storage Area Networks (SANs). It
combines 1Gb/s and 2 Gb/s Fibre Channel throughput with new features that greatly enhance switch
operation.

The SilkWorm 3800 switch provides the following benefits:

Manageability
• Auto-configuration: all ports are universal ports, supporting F, FL or E-port mode of operation,
which is automatically selected by the switch software itself.
• Automatic negotiation to the highest common speed, 1Gb/s or 2Gb/s, of all devices connected to
the port.
• Automatic discovery of all the devices connected to the switch.
• Centralized Management from Telnet or via the WEB.

Availability
• Switch interconnection to build various topologies, including fully meshed and high available fibre
channel network.
• Automatically detects and re-routes data in case of link failure.
• Redundant, hot swap fans and power supplies with pluggable SFP media.

Scalability
• Online expansion: dynamic addition of a new switch to a running network.

Seamless integration with existing SilkWorm fabrics


• Compatibility of with existing 1 Gb/s switch offering.
• Management of mixed networks of SilkWorm with the same tools.

Top performance to satisfy high expectations

• Data path in hardware results in lowest end-to-end latency time in the industry, increasing
throughput.
• Cut-through frame forwarding moves frame traffic efficiently without having to receive the
complete frame first.
• In-order delivery of data frames guarantees that frames are delivered to a destination in the same
order as received by the switch from the originator.
• Flexible switch buffering stores a data frame for only as long as is absolutely necessary, moving
data faster through the switch.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 103/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Hardware Components

The SilkWorm 3800 switch includes the following hardware components:

• Motherboard including 1GHz CPU, 16MB SDRAM with parity and 512 KB of flash memory.
• 2 Bloom ASICs offering new features:
Hardware-based frame forwarding
Phantom translation
Hardware zoning
Frame filtering/LUN level zoning
Hardware-based statistics and enhanced failure detection
Inter-Switch Link trunking
FSPF Networking: self healing routing algorithm automatically recovers from path failures in a
redundant fabric.
• Auto-sensing ports allowing to double the bandwidth when connected with 2 Gb/s equipment and
to be added transparently in a 1 Gb/s network.
• Up to 16 optical ports, each with two LEDs (Light-Emitting Diodes), one to indicate port status
and one to indicate link speed.
• Full duplex ports supporting ShortWave multimode SFP (Small Form Factor Pluggable media,
dual LC connectors), allowing connections up to 300 m without additional link extender.
• One 10/100 Mbps Ethernet port with an RJ-45 connector.
• One serial port with an RS-232 connector.
• A Switch Power LED, which indicates whether the switch has power.
• A Switch Status LED, which indicates the overall status of the switch.
• Two redundant and hot-swap power supplies, with built-in fans and LEDs.
• Two hot-swap fan trays.

Software Components

The SilkWorm 3800 switch is supplied with the following software components: Fabric OS, Zoning,
WEB tools and SES.

Optional software components (contact Bull for availability): QuickLoop, Secure OS, ISL Trunking,
Extended Fabric (up to 100Km links), Fabric Manager (Web tools extension), Remote switch
(connectivity through WAN).

8.4.2. SAN Topologies & Interoperability

The SilkWorm 3800 is a fabric switch that can be interconnected with other Brocade fabric switches
(such as the SilkWorm II, SilkWorm Express and the SilkWorm 2000 series), regardless the supplier
of the switch (Bull or other Brocade reseller).

The certified limits for fabrics are:


• 32 switches
• 7 hopes
• 8 inter switch links

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 104/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

The switch has been qualified for the point-to-point connection of


• Escala servers
• DAS and Symmetrix disk subsystems
• Crossroads FC/SCSI bridges (model 4100 and 4200) to connect libraries.

The SWL SFP supports 300 m cables with 50 µm multi-mode optical fibers.
The LWL SFP supports 10 km cables with 9 µm single mode optical fibers.

Any kind of device can be connected and mixed on the switch, on condition that it is supported by Bull
or by a third party supplier.

8.4.3. Technical Specifications

Fibre Channel protocol: Fibre Channel ANSI Standards: FC-AL (v 4.5), FC-AL-2 (v 7.0),
FC- FLA (v 2.7), FC-GS-2 (v 5.3), FC-FG (v 3.5), FC-PH (v 4.3),
FC-PH-2 (v 7.4), FC-PH-3 (v 9.4), FC-PLDA (v 2.1), FC-SW (v
3.3), FCP (rev 012), SES (rev 8a)
Number of Fibre Channel ports: 16
Fibre Channel port speed: 2.125 GB/s, full duplex
Operation modes: Fibre Channel Class-2 and -3 connectionless service
Aggregate bandwidth: 64 Gbits/sec end-to-end
Frame buffers: 16 frame buffers for each port at 2,112 bytes per frame
Fabric latency: <2 µsec with no contention
Data traffic types: Unicast, multicast, and broadcast
Data transmission ranges: Up to 500m with short-wave GBIC
Port types: Universal ports: G_Port (E- and F-Port modes) or FL_Port
automatic configuration
Weight: 12,94 kg (28.5 lbs) with dual power supply

Chassis types
Rackmount dimensions:
1U, 19-in. (EIA compliant) ; 2U with rackmounting kit
H: 4.34 cm (1.71 in.), W: 42.86 cm (16.87 in.), D: 62.23 cm (24.50 in.)
Tabletop dimensions:
H: 4.34 cm (1.71 in.), W: 42.86 cm (16.87 in.), D: 62.23 cm (24.50 in.)

Power Requirements

Nominal:
100-230 VAC, 50/60 Hz

Operational:
85 to 264 VAC, 50/60 Hz

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 105/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Operating Environment

Temperature (operating): 10°C -- 40°C


Temperature (non operating): -35°C to + 65°C
Humidity: 5% to 85% non-condensing @ 40°C (104°F)
Altitude: Up to 3,000 m (9,800 ft)
Shock (operating): 5 G, 11 ms_half sine

Safety

European Union Market


Compliance with the Low Voltage Directive EEC/73/23 amended by EEC/93/68 and thus to the
following European standards:
• EN 60950
• EN 60825 (only applicable for laser product).

North American Market


Certified in conformance to UL 1950 (USA) and CSA 950 (Canada), and display the UL and CSA
labels.

Other Countries
Certified as conforming to IEC950.

Electromagnetic Compatibility

European Union Market


Compliance with the EMC directive EEC/89/336 amended by EEC/93/68 and thus the following
European Standards:
• EN55022 Class A
• EN50082-1
• EN61000-3-2 *
• EN61000-3-3 *
* Mandatory for all products shipped from January 1, 2001.

North American Market


Compliance with the following requirements:
• For USA: FCC part 15 Class A.
• For Canada: CSA C108-8 & IECS-003 Class A.

Other Countries
Compliance with the following requirements:
• Japan: VCCI Class 1 (or A).
• Rest of the World: CISPR22 class A.

Localization
Local country power cord supplied.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 106/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

8.5. SilkWorm 2040 Fibre Channel

Discontinued as of 30/09/2002

8.5.1. Highlights

The SilkWorm 2040 is an entry level Fibre Channel switch designed to address the SAN requirements
of small workgroups, servers farms and clusters. It enables cost-effective, "pay-as-you-grow"
migration to - and integration with - advanced SAN configurations.

SilkWorm 2040 is an 8-port switch that provides 7 ports with fixed Short Wave Length optical ports
(for multimode optical fibers), and 1 configurable GBIC based port. It delivers 100 MB/s full duplex
per port. The non blocking architecture guarantees full-speed data delivery irrespective of traffic
conditions. Cut-through routing guarantees maximum latency of 2 microseconds from switch port to
switch port. The SilkWorm 2040 supports zoning, and a single E-port. It can be cascaded with a
second switch to create a 2-switch fabric. An option, available through SFR, enables to upgrade the
SilkWorm 2040 to a full fibre switch, with multiple E-ports.

The switch is designed as a Field Replaceable Unit, to provide optimal price performance. Highly
reliable components, continuous monitoring of environmental components and a streamlined design
maximize the MTBF.

The SilkWorm 2040 switches are easy to manage. Brocade Web Tools provides a graphical and
intuitive management interface that requires almost no training for the administrators. The telnet
interface enables access to a command line interface. SNMP (with support for industry standard MIBs)
and Brocade SES are also offered to enable easy integration in management applications. The
management is performed out-band, using an Ethernet interface, or in-band over a Fibre Channel port.

8.5.2. Limitations

• Translative mode (for the connection of private loop devices), and Quick loop are not validated in
the AIX environment.
• Connected equipment must support fabric operations.

8.5.3. SAN Topologies & Interoperability

The SilkWorm 2040 is a fabric switch, which can be interconnected with other Brocade fabric
switches (such as SilkWorm II, SilkWorm Express, SilkWorm 2000 series), regardless of the supplier
of the switch (Bull or other Brocade reseller). The switch has a single E-port.

The switch has been qualified for the point-to-point connection of


• Escala servers
• DAS and Symmetrix disk subsystems
• Crossroads FC/SCSI bridges (model 4100 and 4200)

The SWL GBIC supports 500 m cables with 50 µm multi-mode optical fibers.
The LWL GBIC supports 10 km cables with 9 µm single mode optical fibers.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 107/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Any kind of device can be connected and mixed on the switch, provided that they are supported by
Bull or by a third party supplier.

8.5.4. Technical Specifications

Fibre Channel protocol: Fibre Channel ANSI Standards: FC-AL (v 4.5), FC-AL-2 (v 7.0),
FC- FLA (v 2.7), FC-GS-2 (v 5.3), FC-FG (v 3.5), FC-PH (v 4.3),
FC-PH-2 (v 7.4), FC-PH-3 (v 9.4), FC-PLDA (v 2.1), FC-SW (v
3.3), FCP (rev 012), SES (rev 8a), IPFC - RFC2625
Number of Fibre Channel ports: 8
Fibre Channel port speed: 1.0625 GB/s, full duplex
Operation modes: Fibre Channel Class-2 and -3 connectionless service
Switch bandwidth: 8 Gb/sec end-to-end
Frame buffers: 224 frame buffers dynamically allocated at 2,112 bytes per frame
Fabric latency: <2 µsec with no contention. Non blocking architecture. Cut-
through routing
Data traffic types: Unicast, multicast, and broadcast
Data transmission ranges: Up to 500m with short-wave GBIC
Port types: Universal ports: F-Port, FL_Port or E-ports. 1 E-port only on 2040.
Media type: 7 fixed SWL optical ports. SC connectors
1 GBIC port: SWL or LWL. SC connectors
Cascading: yes
Interoperability: SilkWorm II, SilkWorm Express, any SilkWorm 2000 with fabric
capabilities.
Weight: 4.1 kg (9 lbs.)

Dimensions

Rack packaging: 1U, 19-in. (EIA compliant)


H: 4.7 cm (1,85 in), W: 44.75 cm (17.62 in.), D: 27 cm (10.63 in.)

Power Requirements

Nominal: 100-230 VAC, 47 - 63 Hz


Operational: 85-264 VAC, 47 - 63 Hz
Total Power: 75 watts maximum

Operating Environment

Temperature (operating): 10°C -- 40°C


Temperature (non operating): -35°C - 65°C
Humidity: 5% to 85% non-condensing @ 40°C (104°F)
Altitude: Up to 3,000 m (9,800 ft)
Shock (operating): 4 G, 11 ms, half sine low impulse
Vibration (operating): 5 G, 0-3 kHz

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 108/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Safety

European Union Market


Compliance with the Low Voltage Directive EEC/73/23 amended by EEC/93/68 and thus to the
following European standards:
• EN 60950 A4

North American Market


Certified in conformance to UL 1950 3rd Ed. (USA) and CSA 950 3rd Ed. (Canada), and display the
UL and CSA labels.

Other Countries
Certified as conforming to IEC950.
TUV, NEMKO

Electromagnetic Compatibility

European Union Market


Compliance with the EMC directive EEC/89/336 amended by EEC/93/68 and thus the following
European Standards:
• EN55022 Class A
• EN50082-2 (immunity)

North American Market


Compliance with the following requirements:
• For USA: FCC part 15 Class A.
• For Canada: ICES-003 issue 3.

Other Countries
Compliance with the following requirements:
• Japan: VCCI Class 1 (or A).
• Rest of the World: CISPR22 class A.

Localization

Local country power cord supplied.

8.6. SilkWorm 2800 Fibre Channel Switch

8.6.1. Highlights

The SilkWorm® 2800 switch is a 16-port Fibre Channel Gigabit switch that provides connectivity for
up to 16 Fibre Channel compliant device ports. The SilkWorm 2800 switch is used to connect servers
with storage devices to create a SAN (Storage Area Network). Devices in a Fibre Channel SAN can
access information anywhere in the SAN.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 109/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

The SilkWorm 2800 switch features:

• Simple hardware installation thanks to universal ports: each port supports F, FL or E-port mode of
operation, which is automatically selected by the switch software itself.
• Easy setup and configuration: simple network initialization by entering the IP address on the front
panel (no need to connect a terminal).
• Automatic discovery of all the devices connected to the switch.
• Plug-and-play connections without powering down the switch.
• Convenience of switch connections and controls at the front panel.
• Switch interconnection to build various topologies, including fully meshed and high available fibre
channel network.
• Dynamic addition of a new switch to a running network.
• Zoning services to create virtual independent area within or across several switches.
• Translative mode to reconnect the fabric devices that support only the PLDA protocol (private
loop).
• Quick Loop, to create virtual private loops across the switch.
• Management tools accessible from the front panel, Telnet or via the WEB.
• Software products offering advanced features to manage the SAN and secure access to
information.

Top performance to satisfy high expectations

• Data path in hardware results in lowest end-to-end latency time in the industry, increasing
throughput.
• Cut-through frame forwarding moves frame traffic efficiently without having to receive the
complete frame first.
• In-order delivery of data frames guarantees that frames are delivered to a destination in the same
order as received by the switch from the originator.
• Flexible switch buffering stores a data frame for only as long as is absolutely necessary, moving
data faster through the switch.

Hardware Components

The SilkWorm 2800 switch includes the following hardware components:

• Motherboard containing the CPU, memories and ASICs.


• Hot swap auto-ranging power supply. An optional redundant power supply can be installed in the
switch.
• Hot swap fan assembly with redundant fans.
• Up to 16 1-gigabit-per-second (GB/s) full duplex ports supporting ShortWave multimode GBIC
(dual SC connectors), allowing connections up to 500 m without additional link extender.
• Front panel with buttons and display to manage the switch and launch diagnostics.
• 10/100 Base T Ethernet connection (RJ45 connector).

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 110/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Software Components

The SilkWorm 2800 switch includes the following software components:

• The fabric operating system allowing the operation and management of the fabric.
• A Simple Name Server, which discovers connected devices and registers/deregisters the device
information when a connection changes.
• The Registered State Change Notification: dynamic detection of changes in topology and port
status.
• Multicast Service (Alias Server): sends a single data copy simultaneously to group members.
• A switch management accessible through 5 access methods:
front panel controls located on the switch.
Telnet commands via Ethernet connection.
SNMP agent embedded in the switch.
SES (SCSI-3 Enclosure Services).
WEB based management tools.
• Zoning Service: confines access among devices by creating logical subsets of devices for
additional management of and security in the SAN.
• Diagnostics: Embedded online and offline diagnostics.

Limitations

Translative mode, quick loop and switch interconnection are not yet validated in the AIX environment.

8.6.2. SAN Topologies & Interoperability

The SilkWorm 2800 is a fabric switch that can be interconnected with other Brocade fabric switches
(such as SilkWorm II, SilkWorm Express, SilkWorm 2000 series), regardless the supplier of the
switch (Bull or other Brocade reseller).

The certified limits for fabrics are:


• 32 switches
• 7 hopes
• 8 inter switch links

The switch has been qualified for the point-to-point connection of


• Escala servers
• DAS and Symmetrix disk subsystems
• Crossroads FC/SCSI bridges (model 4100 and 4200)

The SWL GBIC supports 500 m cables with 50 µm multi-mode optical fibers.
The LWL GBIC supports 10 km cables with 9 µm single mode optical fibers.

Any kind of device can be connected and mixed on the switch, on condition that they are supported by
Bull or by a third party supplier.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 111/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

8.6.3. Technical Specifications

Fibre Channel protocol: Fibre Channel ANSI Standards: FC-AL (v 4.5), FC-AL-2 (v 7.0),
FC- FLA (v 2.7), FC-GS-2 (v 5.3), FC-FG (v 3.5), FC-PH (v 4.3),
FC-PH-2 (v 7.4), FC-PH-3 (v 9.4), FC-PLDA (v 2.1), FC-SW (v
3.3), FCP (rev 012), SES (rev 8a)
Number of Fibre Channel ports: 16
Fibre Channel port speed: 1.0625 GB/s, full duplex
Operation modes: Fibre Channel Class-2 and -3 connectionless service
Switch bandwidth: 16 GB/s end-to-end
Frame buffers: 16 frame buffers for each port at 2,112 bytes per frame
Fabric latency: <2 µsec with no contention
Data traffic types: Unicast, multicast, and broadcast
Data transmission ranges: Up to 500m with short-wave GBIC
Port types: Universal ports: G_Port (E- and F-Port modes) or FL_Port
automatic configuration
Weight: 12,94 kg (28.5 lbs) with dual power supply

Chassis types
Rackmount dimensions
2U, 19-in. (EIA compliant)
H: 8.7 cm (3.44 in.), W: 44.75 cm (17.62 in.), D: 43.1 cm (16.99 in.)
Tabletop dimensions
H: 8.7 cm (3.44 in.), W: 42.9 cm (16.88 in.), D: 43.1 cm (16.99in.)

Power Requirements

Nominal:
100-120 VAC, 50/60 Hz
200-250 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Operational:
90-134 VAC, 50/60 Hz
180-257 VAC, 50/60 Hz

Operating Environment

Temperature (operating): 10°C -- 40°C


Temperature (non operating): -35°C - 65°C
Humidity: 5% 85% non-condensing @ 40°C (104°F)
Altitude: Up to 3,000 m (9,800 ft)
Shock (operating): 5 G, 11 ms_half sine

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 112/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Safety

European Union Market


Compliance with the Low Voltage Directive EEC/73/23 amended by EEC/93/68 and thus to the
following European standards:
• EN 60950
• EN 60825 (only applicable for laser product).

North American Market


Certified in conformance to UL 1950 (USA) and CSA 950 (Canada), and display the UL and CSA
labels.

Other Countries
Certified as conforming to IEC950.

Electromagnetic Compatibility

European Union Market


Compliance with the EMC directive EEC/89/336 amended by EEC/93/68 and thus the following
European Standards:
• EN55022 Class A
• EN50082-1
• EN61000-3-2 *
• EN61000-3-3 *
* Mandatory for all products shipped from January 1, 2001.

North American Market


Compliance with the following requirements:
• For USA: FCC part 15 Class A.
• For Canada: CSA C108-8 & IECS-003 Class A.

Other Countries
Compliance with the following requirements:
• Japan: VCCI Class 1 (or A).
• Rest of the World: CISPR22 class A.

Localization

Local country power cord supplied.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 113/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

8.7. SilkWorm Software Components

Fabric OS
The Brocade Fabric OS™ is an embedded operating system that allows the operation and management
of the fabric. Fabric OS runs on the Brocade SilkWorm® family of Fibre Channel switches, providing
transparent interoperability between 1Gb/s and 2 Gb/s switches and a smooth transition from 1 Gb/s to
2 Gb/s SANs. It includes the following services:
• A Simple Name Server, which discovers connected devices and registers/deregisters the device
information when a connection changes.
• The Registered State Change Notification: dynamic detection of changes in topology and port
status.
• Multicast Service (Alias Server): sends a single data copy simultaneously to group members.
• Switch management:
SNMP agent embedded in the switch.
Telnet commands via Ethernet connection.
WEB based management tools.
• Diagnostics: Embedded online and offline diagnostics.
• Translative mode to reconnect the fabric devices that support only the PLDA protocol (private
loop).

Zoning
Zoning allows to partition your SAN into logical groupings of devices that can access each other.
Zoning can arrange fabric-connected devices into logical groups, or zones, over the physical
configuration of the fabric.
Zones can be configured dynamically. They can vary in size depending on the number of fabric-
connected devices, and devices can belong to more than one zone.
With Zoning you can:
• Administer security: zone members can access only other members of the same zone; a device not
included in a zone is not available to members of that zone.
• Customize environments: use zones to create logical subsets of the fabric to accommodate closed
user groups or to create functional areas within the fabric.
• Optimize IT resources: use zones to consolidate equipment.

Zoning can be done at port level or WWN level:


• Port Level Zone: a zone containing members specified by switch ports (domain ID, port number)
only. Port level zoning is enforced hardware in the Brocade 2000 series of switches and beyond.
• WWN Zone: a zone containing members specified by device World Wide Name (WWN’s) only.
WWN zones are hardware-enforced in the Brocade 3000 series of switches.
• Mixed Zone: a zone containing members specified by WWN and other members specified by
switch port. Mixed zones are software enforced through the fabric name server.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 114/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Web Tools
Web Tools provides a graphical interface that allows to monitor and manage entire fabrics and
individual switches and ports from a standard workstation. All switches in the fabric are displayed in
the main window of Web Tools, including switches that do not have a Web Tools license. However,
only switches that have a Web Tools license installed can be managed by Web Tools (other switches
must be managed through Telnet or SES).
Web Tools provides the following information and capabilities:
• Monitoring and managing the entire fabric: status of all switches in the fabric, access to event logs
for entire fabric, zoning functions, access to the Name Server Table, Telnet functions.
• Monitoring and managing individual switches: summary information about each switch, access to
event logs for individual switches, switch configuration and administration, ability to upgrade
Fabric OS and license key administration, report capability for switch configuration information.
• Monitoring and managing individual ports: port status, information about connected devices,
performance.

SES (SCSI-3 Enclosure Services)


SES enables an SES host connected to a fabric switch to manage all the switches in the SAN. This is
done remotely, in-band, through a Fibre Channel link.
• Access to and management of every Brocade SilkWorm switch in the fabric
• Manage a fabric of Brocade SilkWorm switches in a storage environment that is exclusively SCSI
based
• Configuration of switches in a fabric (for example, enabling or disabling a port)
• Performance monitoring (for example, view frame and word counters of a port)
• Enclosure monitoring (for example, view temperature sensor readings)
• SES-enabled host can immediately begin managing Brocade SilkWorm switches.

ISL Trunking
The ISL Trunking feature allows up to four Inter-Switch Links (ISLs) to merge logically into a single
link. An ISL is a connection between two switches through an Expansion Port (E_Port). When using
ISL Trunking to aggregate bandwidth of up to four ports, the speed of the ISLs between switches in a
fabric is quadrupled. For example, at 2 Gb/s speeds, trunking delivers ISL throughput of up to 8 Gb/s.
The ISL Trunking feature
• routes data in the switch network
• optimizes bandwidth utilization
• preserves in-order delivery
• enables load balancing of traffic at the frame-level as opposed to Fibre Channel Shortest Path First
(FSPF), to achieve faster fabric convergence, as well as higher availability in the fabric.

QuickLoop (to create virtual private loops across the switch)


QuickLoop is a migration path from a single private Loop to a fully scalable Fabric for constructing
Storage Area Networks (SAN). QuickLoop enabled switch (or switches) can be used to replace hubs
when a SAN is first deployed. When Nx_Port devices become Fabric capable, the SAN can be
upgraded to mix QuickLoop and Fabric switches and continue to expand towards a full Fabric.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 115/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

8.8. Fibre Channel Optical Link Extender

The Fibre Channel Optical Link Extender will not be included in the Escala offering as of 31/01/2001.

8.8.1. Highlights

The FLX-2000 extends the distance of high-speed optical fibers well beyond the 500 m limit of
multimode optical fibers. Finisar’s Optical Link Extenders facilitate new applications such as remote
storage and disaster recovery.

A pair of FLX-2000s extends a link by converting the short-haul copper or multi-mode optical signal
to a long-haul, single-mode signal, and vice versa. Its internal Digital Signal Conditioner re-times the
signal over the long-served over long distances with a bit error rate of 10-12 or better.

Simple to install, FLX-2000 link extenders include comprehensive system status monitoring and link
diagnostics. The link monitoring and diagnostics provide quick fault detection and isolation.
Integration with network management is provided via an RS232 serial port attached to a local terminal
or modem to allow remote access.

8.8.2. SAN Topologies & Interoperability

Long distance links have been qualified only with one Optical link extender at both ends of the fiber.
Interoperability with other devices on the long-haul optical fiber has not been qualified.

The Optical link extender has been qualified with links up to 10 km. Longer distances can be obtained
in SFR (up to 120 km).

The short-haul connection has been qualified with DAS RAID subsystems, AIX PCI servers, and the
Gadzoox Bitstrip fibre channel hub.

8.8.3. Packaging

The Optical Link Extender is tabletop (and stackable) equipment. Flat mounting on a wall is possible.
Rack mounting kit is not available.

8.8.4. Technical Specifications

Fibre channel specification

Protocol: Fibre Channel


Data rate: 1.062 Gbps

Electrical Specification

Power requirement: +5 V (3 A), redundant inputs


Power supply: 110/220 V input, +5 V (4 A) output

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 116/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Front-panel LED

• Power
• System
• Short-haul
• Long-haul

Short-haul Connectivity

Short-haul copper cable: Shielded balance per FC-PH specification


Maximum short-haul copper distance: 25 m

Long-haul Connectivity

Long-haul fiber connector: ST


Long-haul fiber cable: Single-mode zero dispersion at 1310 nm, 9/125 µm
Maximum long-haul distance: 10 km (optional up to 120 km)
Minimum Tx power: -3 dBm
Minimum Rx sensitivity: -26 dBm

Physical Dimensions

Dimensions: 8.2” x 7.5” x 1”(20,8 cm x 19,5 cm x 2,5 cm)


Weight: 2.5 lbs. (1.3 kg)
Operating Temperature: 0 to 50°C

Other

Laser safety: Class 1 per FDA/CDRH, IEC 825-1


Agency Approvals: UL1950, CSA 22.2 950, EN 60950,IEC 950, CE Mark, VCCI

Electromagnetic Specifications

Emission: FCC Part 15 Class A, EN55022A, EN 55022, DOC CAS C108.8


Immunity: EN 50082-1

8.9. Vixel 1000 Fibre Channel Hub

8.9.1. Highlights

The Vixel 1000 Hub is an unmanaged 7-port Fibre Channel-Arbitrated Loop (FC-AL) device that
provides gigabit-per-second data transmission between servers, storage arrays and libraries. It is
designed as a cost effective, high-speed alternative to SCSI server-to-storage connectivity employing
speeds up to 100 times faster.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 117/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

The Vixel 1000 is a plug-and-play device that does not require any configuration nor management
operations. It is ideally suited for the deployment of entry SAN configurations, using the same star
topology as well established Local Area Networks. The "hot plug" capability of ports allows for online
changes (adding devices, removing devices, changing port type, …) without taking off-line the hubs,
and with minimal impact on the other devices connected to the loop. The Vixel 1000 is designed for
flexible mix-and-match configuration of fiber optic (short wave and long wave) and copper media.

The Vixel 1000 Hub is optimized for small Escala clusters and Escala server farms. It provides also a
cost effective solution for AIX/NT storage consolidation and LANfree backup applications.

Features

• 7 FC-AL ports
• 1 FC-AL loop, 100 MB/s
• Hot Plug GBICs based ports (SC/SWL, SC/LWL, active copper DB9)
• Cascading support
• Automatic Bypass of unused ports
• Clock and data recovery on each port
• Fully ANSI X3T11 FC-AL standards compliant
• Rack packaging (2 hubs per 1 U space), or tabletop unit

8.9.2. SAN Topologies & Interoperability

The Vixel 1000 hub enables to implement private fibre channel loops, using a star cabling (direct
connection of servers and storage devices to the hub). It supports cascading with other hubs.

The hub has been qualified for the point-to-point connection of


• Escala servers
• DAS, DAE and Symmetrix disk subsystems
• Crossroads FC/SCSI bridges (models 4100 and 4200)

The preferred interface is the SWL/SC GBIC (for multimode optical fibers).

The SWL GBIC supports 500 m cables with 50 µm multi-mode optical fibers.
The LWL GBIC supports 10 km cables with 9 µm single mode optical fibers.
The copper GBIC is an active port with DB9 connectors, and supports 30m cables.

8.9.3. Technical Specifications

Standards

Fibre Channel protocol: Fibre Channel ANSI Standards: FC-AL, FC-PH, FC-PH-
2, FC-PH-3, and GBIC

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 118/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Architecture

Number of Fibre Channel ports: 7


Media Type: GBIC, Optical or Copper (any configuration)

OPTICAL SHORT WAVE


Data Rate: 1.0625 Gbps
Wavelength: 780 nm, Non-OFC
Cable Type: 50/125 µm multimode fiber
62.5/125 µm multimode fiber
Connector Type: Dual SC connector:
Distance: 500 meters (50/125 µm fiber)
175 meters (62.5/125 µm fiber)
OPTICAL LONG WAVE
Data Rate: 1.0625 Gbps
Wavelength: 1310 nm, Non-OFC
Cable Type: 9/125 µm single mode fiber
Connector Type: Dual SC connector
Distance: Up to 10 Km
COPPER - Active
Data Rate: 1.0625 Gbps
Cable Type: Dual Twinax or Quad Axial
Connector Type: DB9
Distance: 30 meters
LED indicators: GBICS and Port state (per port)

Environmental conditions

Temperature Operating: 10° - 50 ° C


Non Operating: -40° - 85° C
Relative humidity 5 - 95% (non-condensing)
Altitude: Up to 5000 m
Shock: Operating: 10 g, 11 ms half Sine
Non Operating: 50 g, 11 ms, half Sine
Vibration: Operating: 1.25 g, 5-500 Hz, Sine
Non Operating: 2.5 g, 5-500 Hz, Sine

Physical dimensions

Size 21.8 cm (W) x 4.3 cm (H) x 36.6 cm (D)


8.6"(W) x 1.7"(H) x 14.4"(D)
Weight < 2.7 kg < 6 lbs.
rackmount or table top 2 units can be install in the same 1 U high rack mounting kit.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 119/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Power Requirements

Nominal 100-240 VAC, 30 watts, 50/60 Hz

Agency Approvals

United States and Canada UL/CUL, FCC class A/B


Europe: EN60950, CE Mark, TUV, Demko, Semko, Fimko, Nemko
Japan VCCI class A
International: EN60950, CISPR22, EN50082-1

8.10. Gadzoox Bitstrip TW Fibre Channel Hub

The Gadzoox Bitstrip™ TW Fibre Channel Hub will not be included in the Escala offering as of
31/01/2001.

8.10.1. Highlights

The Gadzoox Bitstrip™ TW Fibre Channel Arbitrated Loop (FC-AL) hub is specifically designed to
be a cost effective entry point into high availability, gigabit storage networking. The Bitstrip TW
incorporates several active features, such as Gadzoox’ Reflex intelligent port bypass and per port data
regeneration, which ensure reliable, trouble free, plug and play operation as well as a high degree of
data integrity.

The Bitstrip TW is a 9-port FC-AL active hub that uses a DB-9 connector for each port allowing
native connection to copper cabling. The Bitstrip TW also supports optics on all 9 ports through the
use of external DB-9 to optics Media Interface Adapters (MIAs). MIAs are hot-plug and field
upgradable, providing hub users with maximum flexibility in mixing copper and optical connections in
their Fibre Channel systems. Power is automatically supplied on a per port basis to each connected
MIA.

The Reflex feature, an intelligent port detection and bypass capability, dynamically reconfigures the
arbitrated loop network to preserve communication between all operating devices. Using Reflex, the
Bitstrip TW manages movement of nodes on and off the network, constantly monitoring nodes for
failure, cable disconnection or network reconfiguration. Non-operating nodes are automatically
bypassed, newly communicating nodes are automatically entered onto the loop. All loop
reconfiguration is handled by the Bitstrip TW without disrupting communication on the remainder of
the network. In the absence of the Bitstrip TW, the physical loop would need to be recabled on the
addition or removal of a node, bringing the network down and disrupting communications.

The Bitstrip TW can be cascaded to other FC-AL hubs for the expansion of the loop. Port expansion is
supported to the FC-AL limit of 126 nodes. Any port may be used for cascading.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 120/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

The Bitstrip TW implements the most complete suite of intelligent data detection tests to ensure the
highest availability of the Fibre Channel Arbitrated Loop. This test suite includes:

• Valid 8B/10B Data Detection


• Oscillation Detection
• Open Cable Detection

These three tests allow the Bitstrip TW to differentiate between valid Fibre Channel data and
erroneous data, preventing corruption on the loop. Multiple detection circuits ensure that nodes will be
bypassed only on real line failures, allowing transient events such as bit failures to be handled by the
Fibre Channel frame level protocol. In the event that a node is bypassed, front panel LEDs provide
convenient indications.

8.10.2. SAN Topologies & Interoperability

Despite the advanced features of the hub to retime and regenerate the signal allowing hub cascading,
hub interconnections must be avoided because of the risk of performance bottleneck. The hub shares
the 100 MB/s bandwidth between the connected devices. Thus with 8 servers connected to a single
hub, the average bandwidth per server is only 12,5 MB/s (100/8), i.e. much less than SCSI.
Interconnecting hubs does not increase the available bandwidth, but at the opposite share the 100 MB/s
between more devices. The single case where hubs interconnection is tolerated (but should not exceed
3) is when there is no more than 9 devices (host bus adapters or storage subsystems) and the
interconnection simplify the cabling. Typical examples are the disaster recovery configurations. Please
refer to the SAN configuration guide for more information.

Another consequence of the bandwidth sharing concerns servers with multiple adapters: attempting to
connect multiple adapters to a single hub is a design error. It will not increase the bandwidth available
for the server, and furthermore, a failure of the hub (like a power outage) will impact all the connected
adapters.

The interconnection of hubs and switches is not supported.

The mix of DAS, Symmetrix and libraries (with either native Fibre Channel tape connection or
through bridges) is not supported.

The mix of Escala servers and Express 5800 servers is authorized, through fabric connection is
preferred for heterogeneous environments.

8.10.3. Packaging

The hub is tabletop equipment.

It can also be mounted into a rack. It is designed as a precise half rack chassis so that two hubs can be
installed in a single, 1U-height rack space. There is a double rack mount kit designed for mounting two
hubs, side by side into a rack.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 121/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

8.10.4. Technical Specifications

Bit Rate

1.0625 Gigabit/Second, 8B/10B encoded

Data Rate

100 MByte/Second each direction

Standards Support

Fibre Channel Arbitrated Loop

Physical Specifications

(H) 1.7 in./43mm, (W) 8.7in/221mm, (D) 5.7 in./145mm

Weight

Net - 3 lbs., Shipping - 3.3 lbs.

LED Indicators

1 Amber/port - LED on indicates port by-pass


1 Green - LED on indicates power on

Environmental Specifications

Operating temperature: +10 deg. C to +40 deg. C


Storage temperature: -30 deg. C to +60 deg. C
Operating humidity: 80% maximum relative humidity

Electrical Specifications

AC Voltage: 100-240 VAC


Power: 2A, 50-60 Hz

Electromagnetic Specifications

FCC Part 15 Class A, EN55022A

Agency Approvals

UL1950, CSA 950, EN60950 (IEC950), CE Mark, VCCI

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 122/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

8.11. MIA

8.11.1. Highlights

The MIA is a high performance integrated duplex data link for bi-directional communication over
multimode optical fiber for Fibre Channel applications. It is compliant with the Media Interface
Adapter (MIA) specification. The MIA is specifically designed to connect to electrical high speed data
communications links that require extended distance performance. The previous limit of 30 m in
copper connections can easily be extended to 500 m with multimode.

8.11.2. SAN Topologies & Interoperability

The MIA has been qualified with Gadzoox hubs and DAS subsystems.

Caution

This MIA (DCOF001-0000), introduced in 9/99, replaces the product number MI DCOQ001-0000. It
is not compatible with the PCI 64-bit Fibre Channel adapter (MI DCCG147). To support optical
connections on AIX servers, a PCI adapter with the native optical interface must be used. If necessary,
existing adapters must be replaced.

8.11.3. Packaging

The MIA is plugged directly on copper / DB9 connectors on hub’s ports or on DAS host interface
ports.

8.11.4. Technical Specifications

Bit Rate

1.0625 Gigabit/Second, 8B/10B encoded

Data Rate

100 MByte/Second each direction

Standards Support

Fibre Channel

Physical Specifications

(H) 0.63 in./ 16 mm, (W) 1.4 in. / 36 mm, (D) 2.7 in. / 68.6 mm

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 123/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Environmental Specifications

Operating temperature: +0 deg. C to +70 deg. C


Storage temperature: -40 deg. C to +85 deg. C

Optical interface

SC Duplex Optical Interface


50 µm multimode optical fibers
62.5 µm multimode optical fibers

Electrical Interface

DB-9
75 ohm Input / Output
Single +5V Power Supply

Safety

Class 1 Laser Safety Compliance IEC825-1


FDA radiation performance standards 21 CFR, chapter 1 subchapter J
UL 1950 Approved
FCC Part 15 class B

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 124/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

9. Storage Plus Drawer and Shared Storage Drawer


Storage Plus Drawer DRWG021/DRWG022 Discontinued: March 31, 2004
Shared Storage Plus Drawer DRWG031 Discontinued: March 31, 2004

The Storage Plus Drawer DRWG021/DRWG022 provides flexible, scalable and cost-effective storage
solutions for Escala systems. Housing multiple drawers in a rack provides the flexibility to build
storage capacity from gigabytes to terabytes.

• 14 bays for hot-swap disks divided into two groups of seven disks.
• Up to 2055,2 GB of disks capacity with a combination of 36.4 GB,73.4 GB and 146.8 GB disks.
• Redundant power supply and cooling fan option.
• One internal Ultra3 SCSI bus with one external port.
• Optional second internal Ultra3 SCSI bus with one external port.

The Storage Plus Drawer occupies 3U of vertical space.

Each group of seven disks can be connected to a dedicated internal SCSI bus for AIX software
mirroring. RAID 0, 1, 1E, 5, 5E options are available for the whole drawer or for each group of 7 disks
when connected to a RAID adapter.

The Storage Plus Drawer DRWG021/DRWG022 is considered an extension drawer on PL220R,


PL420R, and PL820R.

The Storage Plus Drawer can be shared by two different hosts using the 2 external SCSI connectors for
non-RAID, HACMP configurations. It is then called the Shared Storage Drawer (DRWG031).
The Shared Storage Drawer DRWG031 comes with a redundant power supply and supports 12 disks
connected to a single bus. This offering is available on the PL220R, PL400R, PL420R, PL600R,
PL800R and PL820R.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 125/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

10. Ultra320 Storage Plus Drawer and Ultra320 Shared Storage Drawer
Storage Plus Drawer DRWG052/DRWG053
Shared Storage Plus Drawer DRWG054

The Ultra320 Storage Plus Drawer (DRWG052/DRWG053) provides flexible, scalable and cost-
effective storage solutions for Escala systems. Housing multiple drawers in a rack provides the
flexibility to build storage capacity from gigabytes to terabytes.

• 14 bays for hot-swap disks divided into two groups of seven disks
• Up to 2055,2 GB of disks capacity with a combination of 36.4 GB,73.4 GB and 146.8 GB disks
• Redundant power supply option
• Redundant cooling fan included
• One internal Ultra320 SCSI bus with one external port
• Optional second internal Ultra320 SCSI bus with one external port

The Storage Plus Drawer occupies 3U of vertical space.

Each group of seven disks can be connected to a dedicated internal SCSI bus for AIX software
mirroring. RAID 0, 1, 1E, 5, 5E options are available for the whole drawer or for each group of 7 disks
when connected to a RAID adapter.

The Storage Plus Drawer DRWG052/DRWG053 is considered an extension drawer on PL220R,


PL240R, PL420R, and PL820R.

The Storage Plus Drawer can be shared by two different hosts using the 2 external SCSI connectors for
non-RAID, HACMP configurations. It is then called the Shared Storage Drawer (DRWG054).
The Shared Storage Drawer DRWG054 comes with a redundant power supply and supports 12 disks
connected to a single bus. This offering is available on the PL220R, PL240R, PL420R, PL820R.

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 126/126


9pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers


This chapter describes disks, media and associated controllers available on the Escala Rack PL and
EPC models.

1. ADAPTERS .........................................................................................................................7

1.1. SCSI Adapters for EPC400, EPC430 and EPC450 ..................................................................................................7


1.1.1. PCI SCSI-3 LVD/Wide RAID Adapter (CKTG149) ............................................................................................7
1.1.2. PCI SCSI-3 LVD/Wide Adapter (MSCG041).......................................................................................................8
1.1.3. PCI SCSI-3 Ultra Wide SE Adapter (MSCG022) .................................................................................................9
1.1.4. PCI SCSI-3 Ultra Wide RAID SE Adapter - DPT (CKTG075)..........................................................................10
1.1.5. PCI SCSI-3 Ultra Wide DE Adapter (MSCG023) ..............................................................................................11

1.2. SCSI Ultra320 Adapters for PL220R, PL420R, PL820R, EPC1200, PL1600R & R+ and PL3200R & R+ .....12
1.2.1. PCI Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (MSCG054, MSCG060) .................................................................12
1.2.2. PCI Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter (MSCG053, MSCG059).......................................................12
1.2.3. PCI Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Blind Swap Adapter (MSCG056, MSCG058)..............................................12
1.2.4. PCI Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Blind Swap Adapter (MSCG055, MSCG057)...................................13
1.2.5. Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Enablement Adapter (MSCG052) .............................................................13

1.3. SCSI Adapters for PL220R, EPC440, PL400R, PL420R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, PL820R,
EPC1200, EPC1200A, PL1600R, EPC2400, EPC2450 and PL3200R ..........................................................................14
1.3.1. PCI Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI Adapter (MSCG048, MSCG051 for PL240R, PL420R and PL820R).............14
1.3.2. PCI 4-Channel Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter (MSCG047, MSCG050 for PL240R, PL420R and PL820R)........15
1.3.3. PCI Dual Channel Ultra2 SCSI Adapter (MSCG043).........................................................................................15
1.3.4. PCI Single-Ended Ultra SCSI Adapter (MSCG040) ...........................................................................................16
1.3.5. PCI Single-Ended Ultra SCSI Adapter (CKTG188) ...........................................................................................16
1.3.6. PCI Differential Ultra SCSI Adapter (MSCG030) ..............................................................................................17
1.3.7. PCI Enhanced Differential Ultra SCSI Adapter (MSCG044, MSCG049 for PL240R, PL420R and PL820R)..17
1.3.8. PCI SCSI-2 Fast Wide Single-ended Adapter (MSCG031) ................................................................................18
1.3.9. PCI 3-Channel Ultra SCSI RAID Adapter (MSCG045) .....................................................................................18

1.4. SCSI Adapters for EPC800.......................................................................................................................................19


1.4.1. WSA - SCSI-2 F/W SE Adapter (MSCG019).....................................................................................................19
1.4.2. WSA - SCSI-2 F/W DE Adapter (MSCG020) ....................................................................................................19
1.4.3. LSA - SCSI-2 F/W SE Adapter ...........................................................................................................................20
1.4.4. LSA - SCSI-2 F/W DE Adapter (MDCG001).....................................................................................................20
1.4.5. SCSI-2 Fast Wide SE/SE Adapter (MSCG011) ..................................................................................................21
1.4.6. SCSI-2 Fast Wide SE/DE Adapter (MSCG012) .................................................................................................22

1.5. SSA Adapters for EPC400 ........................................................................................................................................23


1.5.1. PCI SSA 4-port Multi-Initiator/RAID EL Adapter (MSCG039) ........................................................................23

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 1/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

1.6. SSA Adapters for EPC800........................................................................................................................................ 25


1.6.1. SSA Enhanced 4-Port Adapter (MSCU101) ....................................................................................................... 25
1.6.2. Micro Channel SSA 4-port Multi-Initiator/RAID EL Adapter (MSCG038) ...................................................... 26

1.7. SSA Adapters for EPC1200 and EPC1200A .......................................................................................................... 27


1.7.1. PCI SSA 4-port Multi-Initiator/RAID EL Adapter (MSCG036) ........................................................................ 27

1.8. 2 Gb/s Fibre Channel Adapter for 64-bit PCI Bus for the PL220R, EPC430, EPC440, EPC450, PL400R,
PL420R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, PL820R, EPC1200, EPC1200A, PL1600R, EPC2400, EPC2450
and PL3200R (DCCG154, DCCG155) ............................................................................................................................ 29

1.9. 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter for the PL220R, PL240R, PL400R, PL420R, PL600R, PL800R,
PL820R, PL1600R and PL3200R (DCCG172, DCCG173) ........................................................................................... 32

1.10. PCI 64 bits Fibre Channel Adapters for the PL220R, EPC400, EPC430, EPC440, EPC450, PL400R,
EPC610, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, EPC1200, PL1600R, EPC1200A, EPC2400, EPC2450 and PL3200R
(DCCG147, DCCG148)..................................................................................................................................................... 32

1.11. PCI Fibre Channel Adapter for EPC400, EPC430, EPC440, EPC1200, and EPC1200A................................ 35

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 2/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2. DISK DRIVES ....................................................................................................................38

2.1. Discontinued Disk Drives ..........................................................................................................................................38

2.2. 4.2 GB Ultra SCSI Disks for EPC400 (MSUG072) ................................................................................................40

2.3. 4.2 GB SCSI-2 High Speed Disks EPC800 (MSUG072).........................................................................................40

2.4. 4.5 GB Ultra SCSI High Speed Disks for EPC1200 and EPC1200A (MSUG089) ..............................................40

2.5. 9.1 GB Ultra SCSI Disks for EPC400 (MSUG073) ................................................................................................41

2.6. 9.1 GB Ultra SCSI Disks for EPC400 (MSUG097) ................................................................................................41

2.7. 9.1 GB SCSI-2 High Speed Disks for EPC800 (MSUG073)...................................................................................41

2.8. 9.1 GB SCSI-2 High Speed Disks for EPC800 (MSUG097)...................................................................................42

2.9. 9.1 GB Ultra SCSI Disks for EPC1200 and EPC1200A (MSUG083) ...................................................................42

2.10. 9.1 GB Ultra SCSI Disks for EPC440, EPC1200, EPC1200A, EPC2400 and EPC2450 (MSUG104) .............42

2.11. 9.1 GB Ultra2 SCSI LVD/SE Disks for Escala EPC440, EPC1200, EPC1200A, EPC2400 and EPC2450
(MSUG128).........................................................................................................................................................................43

2.12. 9.1 GB Ultra2 SCSI LVD/SE Disks for Escala EPC430 and EPC450 (MSUG120) ..........................................43

2.13. 18.2 GB Ultra Wide SCSI Disks for EPC400 (MSUG122) ..................................................................................43

2.14. 18.2 GB Ultra SCSI Disks for EPC440, EPC1200, EPC1200A, EPC2400 and EPC2450 (MSUG125) ...........44

2.15. 18.2 GB Ultra2 SCSI LVD/SE Disks for Escala EPC430 and EPC450 (MSUG121) ........................................44

2.16. 9.1 GB Ultra SCSI Disks for EPC610 and EPC810 (MSUG133) ........................................................................44

2.17. 9.1 GB Ultra2 SCSI LVD/SE Disks for EPC610 and EPC810 (MSUG134).......................................................45

2.18. 18.2 GB Ultra SCSI Disks for EPC610 and EPC810 (MSUG135) ......................................................................45

2.19. 18.2 GB Ultra2 SCSI LVD/SE Disks for EPC610 and EPC810 (MSUG136).....................................................45

2.20. 9.1 GB Ultra3 SCSI Disk for PL400R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, and PL820R (MSUG164).......46

2.21. 18.2 GB Ultra3 SCSI Disk for PL400R, EPC610, PL420R, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, and PL820R
(MSUG165).........................................................................................................................................................................46

2.22. 36.4 GB Ultra3 SCSI Disk for PL400R, EPC610, PL420R, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, and PL820R
(MSUG166).........................................................................................................................................................................46

2.23. 9.1 GB Ultra SCSI Disks for PL400R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810 and PL800R (MSUG173) ........................47

2.24. 18.2 GB Ultra SCSI Disks for PL400R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810 and PL800R (MSUG174) ......................47

2.25. 36.4GB 10,000 RPM Ultra SCSI Disk Drive for PL220R (MSUG183) ..............................................................47

2.26. 18.2 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for PL220R (MSUG184) ...........................................................48

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 3/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.27. 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for PL220R (MSUG185) ........................................................... 48

2.28. 18.2 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for PL1600R and PL3200R (MSUG186)................................. 48

2.29. 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for PL420R, PL820R, PL1600R and PL3200R (MSUG187,
MSUG203).......................................................................................................................................................................... 49

2.30. 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL220R (MSUG188) ............................................... 49

2.31. 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL220R, (MSUG189) .............................................. 49

2.32. 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL420R, PL820R, PL1600R and PL3200R-
(MSUG190, MSUG204) .................................................................................................................................................... 50

2.33. 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra2 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL400R, PL600R, PL800R, EPC610 and EPC810 -
(MSUG191) ........................................................................................................................................................................ 50

2.34. 18.2 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra SCSI Disk Drive for Escala EPC2400 and EPC2450 - (MSUG192) .................... 50

2.35. 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL220R, PL400R, PL420R, PL600R, PL800R, and
PL820R (MSUG194) ......................................................................................................................................................... 51

2.36. 146.8 GB Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL420R and PL820R (MSUG202)............................................. 51

2.37. 18.2 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL420R (MSUG205) ............................................... 51

2.38. 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for PL420R (MSUG206) ........................................................... 52

2.39. 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL420R (MSUG207) ............................................... 52

2.40. 18.2 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL420R (MSUG208) ............................................... 52

2.41. 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for DRWG021/DRWG022 (MSUG209) ................................ 53

2.42. 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL420R and PL820R (MSUG210) ........................ 53

2.43. 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL420R and PL820R (MSUG211) ........................ 53

2.44. 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL1600 and PL3200 (MSUG212) .......................... 54

2.45. 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL1600 and PL3200 (MSUG213) .......................... 54

2.46. 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL220R – MSUG214............................................... 54

2.47. 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL220R (MSUG215) ............................................... 55

2.48. 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for DRWG021/DRWG022 (MSUG216) .................................. 55

2.49. 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for DRWG021/DRWG022 (MSUG217) .................................. 55

2.50. 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for PL240R (MSUG220) ........................................................... 56

2.51. 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL240R (MSUG221) ............................................... 56

2.52. 146.8 GB Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL240R (MSUG222) ................................................................... 56

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 4/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.53. 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL240R (MSUG223) ...............................................57

2.54. 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL240R (MSUG224) ...............................................57

2.55. 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive for DRWG021/DRWG022/DRWG031 (MSUG225) ..........58

2.56. 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive for DRWG021/DRWG022/DRWG031 (MSUG226) ..........58

2.57. 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive for DRWG021/DRWG022/DRWG031 (MSUG227) ........58

2.58. 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive for DRWG021/DRWG022/DRWG031 (MSUG228) ..........59

2.59. 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive for DRWG021/DRWG022/DRWG031 (MSUG229) ..........59

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 5/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

3. MEDIA .............................................................................................................................. 60

3.1. Media Usage Summary Table .................................................................................................................................. 60

3.2. Diskette Drives........................................................................................................................................................... 60


3.2.1. 3.5-Inch 1.44MB Diskette Drive ......................................................................................................................... 60
3.2.2. 3.5-Inch 1.44MB Diskette Drive (DDUG002 for PL420R)................................................................................ 60
3.2.3. 3.5-Inch 1.44MB Slimline Diskette Drive (DDUG003 for PL240R) ................................................................. 61

3.3. Tape Drives ................................................................................................................................................................ 61


3.3.1. QIC 16/32 GB MLR1 1/4-Inch Cartridge Tape Drive (MTUG032)................................................................... 61
3.3.2. QIC 25/50 GB MLR3 1/4-Inch Cartridge Tape Drive (MTUG036)................................................................... 62
3.3.3. 5/10 GB 8 mm Tape Drive (or VDAT 5/10 GB) (MTUG037) ........................................................................... 62
3.3.4. 7/14 GB 8 mm Tape Drive (or VDAT 7/14 GB) "Eliant" (MTUG029) ............................................................. 63
3.3.5. Internal/External 20/40 GB 16-bit 8 mm Tape Drive (or VDAT 20/40 GB) (MTUG033, MTUG038 and
MTSG015)...................................................................................................................................................................... 63
3.3.6. 60/150GB Internal 8mm VDAT Tape Drive (MTUG042) ................................................................................. 64
3.3.7. 60/150 GB 8mm Internal Auto-docking Tape Drive (VDAT) (MTUG045) ...................................................... 65
3.3.8. 60/150 GB Internal 8 mm VDAT Tape Drive (MTUG048) ............................................................................... 66
3.3.9. 12/24GB Internal 4mm DAT Tape Drive (MTUG035) ...................................................................................... 66
3.3.10. 12/24 GB 4 mm Tape Drive (MTUG028)......................................................................................................... 66
3.3.11. 20/40 GB DAT 4 mm Tape Drive (MTUG039)................................................................................................ 68
3.3.12. 20/40 GB DAT 4 mm Tape Drive (MTUG041)................................................................................................ 68
3.3.13. 20/40 GB 4-mm Auto-docking Tape Drive (DAT) (MTUG046) ..................................................................... 69
3.3.14. DLT 4000 Tape Drive ....................................................................................................................................... 69
3.3.15. DLT 7000 Tape Drive ....................................................................................................................................... 70
3.3.16. 40/80 GB External DLT Drive - DLT8000E .................................................................................................... 71
3.3.17. 160/320 GB External SDLT Drive – (MTSG022) ............................................................................................ 72
3.3.18. 200/400 GB Ultrium 2 external LTO tape drive – (MTSG020)........................................................................ 72

3.4. CD-ROM Drives ........................................................................................................................................................ 73


3.4.1. 14-32 Speed Tray-Loading CD-ROM Drive....................................................................................................... 73
3.4.2. 32x CD-ROM Drive ............................................................................................................................................ 73
3.4.3. 48x (Max) IDE CD-ROM Drive (CDRG017, CDRG020 for PL420R).............................................................. 73
3.4.4. 48x (Max) SCSI-2 Internal Auto-docking CD-ROM Drive (CDRG018)........................................................... 74

3.5. DVD-RAM Drives ..................................................................................................................................................... 75


3.5.1. 4.7 GB SCSI-2 DVD-RAM Drive (MTUG040, MTUG047 for PL420R) ......................................................... 75
3.5.2. 4.7 GB SCSI-2 Auto-docking DVD-RAM Drive (MTUG043) .......................................................................... 76

3.6. DVD-ROM Drives ..................................................................................................................................................... 77


3.6.1. 16X/48X (Max) SCSI Auto-docking DVD-ROM Drive (MTUG044) ............................................................... 77
3.6.2. 16X/48X (Max) IDE DVD-ROM Drive (CDRG019, CDRG021)...................................................................... 78
3.6.3. 16X/48X (Max) IDE Slimline DVD-ROM Drive (CDRG022) .......................................................................... 79

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 6/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

1. Adapters

1.1. SCSI Adapters for EPC400, EPC430 and EPC450

1.1.1. PCI SCSI-3 LVD/Wide RAID Adapter (CKTG149)

The PCI SCSI-3 LVD/Wide RAID Adapter is a dual-port Ultra2 (40 MHz) and wide (16-bit wide)
SCSI PCI Adapter that can provide synchronous SCSI bus data rates of up to 80 MB per second on
each port.

The PCI SCSI-3 LVD/Wide RAID Adapter provides high performance attachment to internal SCSI
disk drives. The maximum data rate depends on the maximum data rate of the attached devices.

The PCI SCSI-3 LVD/Wide RAID Adapter has two internal ports with high density internal
connectors (68p). These ports are also available as external with VHDCI connectors (68p). Each port
is capable of addressing up to 15 LVD/SE devices. The number of physical devices attached is limited
by SCSI bus cabling restrictions. The adapter supports 16-bit devices.

The PCI SCSI-3 LVD/Wide RAID Adapter supports RAID functionality (RAID 0, RAID 1 and RAID
5 mode) and is designed with 32 MB cache.

The PCI-SCSI-3 LVD/Wide RAID Adapter provides SAF-TE and DEC fault bus capabilities (fault
detection and management). The DEC fault bus capabilities are fully integrated with the disk's fault
LED management on Bull's platforms.

Key features

• AIX boot support


• Bus mastering, with on-board processor for reduced SCSI and host CPU overhead
• Scatter/Gather transfer support
• SCSI-1, SCSI-2, SCSI-3, Fast Wide (W), Fast-20/Wide (UW) or LVD/WIDE (Ultra2) SCSI
support with active termination
• Overlapped I/O and tagged command queuing
• Cache memory backup battery

Characteristics

• Ultra2 (LVD) and wide (16-bit wide) PCI SCSI RAID Adapter
• Two ports (2 internal/external)
• Accepts multiple commands per device from system
• SCSI-3 data rate of up to 80 MB per second (synchronous protocol)
• Acts as SCSI initiator (command issuer)
• SCSI parity support
• PCI Interface
Native 64-bit PCI bus support and 32-bit PCI bus compatible
PCI bus data transfer rates up to 264 MB/sec

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 7/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

• Supports Command Tagged Queuing (as SCSI initiator)


• SAF-TE and DEC fault bus capabilities
• RAID functionality
• Hot spare disk and hot-plugging disks
• Array configuration graphic support
• No jumper - Automatic configuration by Software.

Operational Requirements

• Supported on Escala EPC430 and EPC450


• One free PCI slot.
• AIX version 4.3.1, or later.

Caution: The PCI SCSI-3 LVD/Wide RAID Adapter cannot be used for Native HA.

1.1.2. PCI SCSI-3 LVD/Wide Adapter (MSCG041)

The PCI SCSI-3 LVD/Wide Adapter is a single ported Ultra2 (40 MHz) and wide (16-bit wide) SCSI
PCI Adapter that can provide synchronous SCSI bus data rates of up to 80 MB per second.

The PCI SCSI-3 LVD /Wide Adapter provides high performance attachment to both internal and
external SCSI disks, disk subsystems, tape devices. The maximum data rate depends on the maximum
data rate of the attached devices.

The PCI SCSI-3 LVD /Wide Adapter has one external VHDCI connector (68p) and one high-density
internal connector (68p). The Adapter is capable of addressing up to 15 LVD/SE devices. The number
of physical devices attached is limited by SCSI bus cabling restrictions. The adapter supports either 8-
bit or 16-bit devices.

Characteristics

• Ultra2 and wide (16-bit wide) SCSI PCI Adapter


• One external 68p VHDCI connector
• One internal 68p HD connector
• Controller conforms to SCSI-SPI2
• Accepts multiple commands per device from system
• SCSI-3 data rate of up to 80 MB per second (synchronous protocol)
• Acts as SCSI initiator (command issuer)
• SCSI parity support
• PCI Interface
32-bit PCI bus compatible (version 2.0 and 2.1)
PCI bus data transfer rates up to 132MB/sec
• Supports Command Tagged Queuing (as SCSI initiator)
• Automatic switching to LVD or SE mode.

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 8/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Operational Requirements

• Supported on the Escala EPC430 and EPC450 only.


• One free PCI slot.
• AIX version 4.3.2, or later.

1.1.3. PCI SCSI-3 Ultra Wide SE Adapter (MSCG022)

The PCI SCSI-3 Ultra Wide SE Adapter is a single ported Ultra (20 MHz) and wide (16-bit wide)
SCSI PCI Adapter that can provide synchronous SCSI bus data rates of up to 40 MB per second.
The PCI SCSI-3 Ultra Wide SE Adapter provides high performance attachment to both internal and
external Single Ended SCSI disks, disk subsystems, tape devices. The maximum data rate depends on
the maximum data rate of the attached devices.

The PCI SCSI-3 Ultra Wide SE Adapter has one external connector (68p) and two internal connectors
(1 narrow 50p and 1 wide 68p). The Adapter is capable of addressing up to 15 Single Ended devices.
The number of physical devices attached is limited by SCSI bus cabling restrictions. The adapter
supports either 8-bit or 16-bit devices.

Characteristics

• Ultra and wide (16-bit wide) SCSI PCI Adapter


• One external 68p connector
• Two internal (50p & 68p) connectors
• Controller conforms to ANSI Doc X3T9.2/86-109 Rev 10h
• Accepts multiple commands per device from system
• SCSI-3 data rate of up to 40 MB per second (synchronous protocol)
• Acts as SCSI initiator (command issuer)
• SCSI parity support
• PCI Interface
32-bit PCI bus compatible
PCI bus data transfer rates up to 132MB/sec
• Supports Command Tagged Queuing (as SCSI initiator).

Operational Requirements

• One free PCI slot.


• AIX version 4.2.1, or later.
• Supported on the EPC400 only.

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 9/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

1.1.4. PCI SCSI-3 Ultra Wide RAID SE Adapter - DPT (CKTG075)

Discontinued: 08/07/2002.

The PCI SCSI-3 Ultra Wide SE Adapter is a Dual ported Ultra (20 MHz) and wide (16-bit wide) SCSI
PCI Adapter that can provide synchronous SCSI bus data rates of up to 40 MB per second on each
port.

The PCI SCSI-3 Ultra Wide SE Adapter provides high performance attachment to internal Single
Ended SCSI disks. The maximum data rate depends on the maximum data rate of the attached devices.

The PCI SCSI-3 Ultra Wide SE Adapter has two internal Single Ended ports. One of these ports is also
available on the external connector. Each port is capable of addressing up to 15 Single Ended devices.
The number of physical devices attached is limited by SCSI bus cabling restrictions. The external port
of this adapter supports 8-bit or 16-bit devices via a 16-bit connector.

The PCI SCSI-3 Ultra Wide SE Adapter supports RAID functionality (RAID 0, RAID 1 and RAID 5
mode) and is designed with 16 MB cache upgradable to 64 MB.

The PCI-SCSI-3 Ultra Wide SE Adapter provides SAF-TE and "Storage Works" capabilities (fault
detection and management).
This adapter is used with the internal disks.

Key features

• Bus mastering, with on-board processor for reduced SCSI and host CPU overhead
• Supports simultaneous operation of Wide and Narrow devices
• Scatter/Gather transfer support
• SCSI-1, SCSI-2, SCSI-3, Fast Wide (W) or Fast-20/Wide (UW) SCSI support with active
termination
• Overlapped I/O and tagged command queuing.

Characteristics

• Ultra and wide (16-bit wide) PCI SCSI RAID Adapter


• Two ports (1 internal/external and 1 internal)
• Controller conforms to ANSI Doc X3T9.2/86-109 Rev 10h
• Accepts multiple commands per device from system
• SCSI-3 data rate of up to 40 MB per second (synchronous protocol)
• Acts as SCSI initiator (command issuer)
• SCSI parity support
• PCI Interface
32-bit PCI bus compatible
PCI bus data transfer rates up to 132MB/sec
• Supports Command Tagged Queuing (as SCSI initiator)
• SAF-TE and "Storage Works" capabilities
• RAID functionality

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 10/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

• Hot spare disk and hot-plugging disks


• Array configuration graphic support
• No jumper - Automatic configuration by Software.

Operational Requirements

• One free PCI slot.


• AIX version 4.2.1 or later.

Caution: PCI SCSI-3 Ultra-Wide RAID Adapter - DPT can't be used for Native HA.

1.1.5. PCI SCSI-3 Ultra Wide DE Adapter (MSCG023)

The PCI SCSI-3 Ultra Wide DE Adapter is a single ported Ultra (20 MHz) and wide (16-bit wide)
SCSI PCI Adapter that can provide synchronous SCSI bus data rates of up to 40 MB per second.
The PCI SCSI-3 Ultra Wide DE Adapter provides high performance attachment to external
Differential SCSI disks, disk subsystems, tape devices. The maximum data rate depends on the
maximum data rate of the attached devices.

The PCI SCSI-3 Ultra Wide DE Adapter has one external Differential port. The external port is
capable of addressing up to fifteen Differential devices. The number of physical devices attached is
limited by SCSI bus cabling restrictions. The external port of this adapter supports either 8-bit or 16-
bit devices via a 16-bit connector. The external Differential SCSI bus is capable of supporting cable
lengths of 25 meters (82 feet).

Characteristics

• Ultra wide (16-bit wide) PCI Adapter


• One external Differential 16-bit bus
• Controller conforms to ANSI Doc X3T9.2/86-109 Rev 10h
• Accepts multiple commands per device from system
• SCSI-3 data rate of up to 40 MB per second (synchronous protocol)
• Acts as SCSI initiator (command issuer)
• SCSI parity support
• PCI Interface
32-bit PCI bus compatible
PCI bus data transfer rates up to 132MB/sec
• Supports Command Tagged Queuing (as SCSI initiator)

Operational Requirements

• One free PCI slot.


• AIX version 4.2.1, or later.

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 11/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

1.2. SCSI Ultra320 Adapters for PL220R, PL420R, PL820R, EPC1200, PL1600R & R+ and
PL3200R & R+

1.2.1. PCI Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (MSCG054, MSCG060)

The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter is a 64-bit 3.3 volt adapter which is an excellent
solution for high-performance SCSI applications. This adapter provide two SCSI channels (busses),
each capable of running 320 MBps (max.), up to twice the maximum data transfer rate of the previous
Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI adapter (160 MBps). Each SCSI bus can either be internal or external.
Internally attached Ultra320 devices are designed to run at a data rate of up to 320 MB per second on
systems that have internal backplanes that are capable of supporting Ultra320 speeds.

Operational Requirements

• Supported on the PL220R, PL240R, PL420R and DRWG048 only for PL820R.
• One free PCI slot.
• MSCG054: AIX 5.1 or later for PL240R, PL420R and DRWG048 only for PL820R
• MSCG054: forbiden for PL820R base or DRWG049/DRWG050
• MSCG060: AIX 5.1 or later for PL220R

1.2.2. PCI Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter (MSCG053, MSCG059)

The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter is a 64-bit 3.3 volt, bootable high
performance adapter with a data rate of up to 320 MB per second and provides RAID 0,5, or 10
capability that can address up to thirty 16-bit SCSI physical disk drives on two independent SCSI
buses. A 40 MByte fast-write cache is resident on the adapter and is designed to increase the data
writing performance.

Operational Requirements

• Supported on the PL220R, PL240R, PL420R and DRWG048 only for PL820R.
• One free PCI slot.
• MSCG053: AIX 5.1, or later for PL240R, PL420R and DRWG048 only for PL820R.
• MSCG053: forbiden for PL820R base or DRWG049/DRWG050
• MSCG059: AIX 5.1, or later for PL220R

1.2.3. PCI Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Blind Swap Adapter (MSCG056, MSCG058)

The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Blind Swap Adapter is a 64-bit 3.3 volt adapters which is an
excellent solution for high-performance SCSI applications. This adapter provide two SCSI channels
(busses), each capable of running 320 MBps (max.), up to twice the maximum data transfer rate of the
previous Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI adapter (160 MBps). Each SCSI bus can either be internal or
external. Internally attached Ultra320 devices are designed to run at a data rate of up to 320 MB per
second on systems that have internal backplanes that are capable of supporting Ultra320 speeds.

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 12/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Operational Requirements

• Supported on the PL820R internal and DRWG049/DRWG050, PL1600R & R+ and PL3200R &
R+
• One free PCI slot.
• MSCG056: AIX 5.1 or later for PL820R internal and DRWG049/DRWG050
• MSCG056: forbiden for PL820R DRWG048 only
• MSCG058: AIX 5.1 or later for PL1600R & R+ and PL3200R & R+

1.2.4. PCI Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Blind Swap Adapter (MSCG055, MSCG057)

The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Blind Swap Adapter is a 64-bit 3.3 volt, bootable high
performance adapter with a data rate of up to 320 MB per second and provides RAID 0,5, or 10
capability that can address up to thirty 16-bit SCSI physical disk drives on two independent SCSI
buses. A 40 MByte fast-write cache is resident on the adapter and is designed to increase the data
writing performance

Operational Requirements

• Supported on the PL820R internal and DRWG049/DRWG050, PL1600R & R+ and PL3200R &
R+
• One free PCI slot.
• MSCG055: AIX 5.1, or later for PL820R internal and DRWG049/DRWG050
• MSCG055: forbiden for PL820R DRWG048 only
• MSCG057: AIX 5.1, or later for PL1600R & R+ and PL3200R & R+

1.2.5. Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Enablement Adapter (MSCG052)

The Dual Channel SCSI RAID Enablement Card is a bootable high performance SCSI RAID
Enablement feature providing RAID 0,5, or 10 capability to select pSeries systems with the
appropriate supporting integrated SCSI adapter. The enablement card provides an internal RAID
solution on supporting pSeries systems with internal multiple disk drives or packs of drives

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 13/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

1.3. SCSI Adapters for PL220R, EPC440, PL400R, PL420R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810,
PL800R, PL820R, EPC1200, EPC1200A, PL1600R, EPC2400, EPC2450 and PL3200R

1.3.1. PCI Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI Adapter (MSCG048, MSCG051 for PL240R, PL420R
and PL820R)

MSCG051 Discontinued: December 12, 2003

The PCI Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI Adapter is a 64 bit adapter providing 2 SCSI channels (buses).
Each SCSI bus can either be internal (on systems that support internal SCSI device or backplane
attachments) or external and will support a data rate of up to 160 MBytes per second.

In order to achieve an Ultra3 SCSI bus data rate of up to 160 MBytes per second and also maintain a
reasonable drive distance, the adapter utilizes Low Voltage Differential (LVD) drivers and receivers.
To fully utilize this Ultra3 160 MBytes per second performance, all attaching devices or subsystems
should also be Ultra3 LVD devices. But, if Ultra2 and Ultra3 devices coexist on the same bus, each
device will operate at its rated speed. For lower speed single-ended (SE) devices, the SCSI bus will
switch to single-ended (SE) performance and interface at the lower SE bus data rate of the device.

Two industry-standard VHDCI 68 pin connectors are mounted on the adapter's end bracket, allowing
attachment of various LVD and SE external subsystems. A 0.3 meter converter cable, VHDCI to P,
Mini-68 pin to 68 pin, can be used with older external SE subsystems to allow connection to the
VHDCI connector on the PCI Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI Adapter.

Note: If any Single Ended (SE) SCSI subsystem is attached to an external port of this adapter, the
SCSI port will auto-throttle to a "Fast" interface speed running no faster than 20MB/s max. This auto-
throttle function is performed to ensure best signal quality between host adapter and attaching
subsystem. The second external port is unaffected unless a SE subsystem is also attached to it. If so, it
would also auto-throttle as described above.

Operational Requirements

• Supported on the PL240R, PL400R, PL420R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, PL820R,
EPC2400 and EPC2450.
• One free PCI slot.
• MSCG048: AIX 4.3.3 or later on PL400R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, EPC2400 and
EPC2450
• MSCG051: AIX 5.1 or later for PL240R, PL420R and PL820R Discontinued: December 12, 2003

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 14/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

1.3.2. PCI 4-Channel Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter (MSCG047, MSCG050 for PL240R,
PL420R and PL820R)
MSCG050 Discontinued: December 12, 2003

The PCI 4-Channel Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter is a non-bootable high performance Ultra3 SCSI
RAID Adapter providing RAID 0, 1, 5, 5E capability and can address up to sixty 16-bit SCSI physical
disk drives on four independent SCSI buses.

To increase the data writing performance, a 128 MByte fast-write cache of non-volatile RAM is
provided as a resident part of this adapter. Should an adapter failure occur, a replacement PCI 4-
Channel Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter can be installed and the fast-write cache can be removed from the
failing adapter and installed in the new adapter insuring data integrity.

The 128 MByte fast-write cache can provide a significant improvement in data throughput and
response time during certain sequence write operations compared to SCSI RAID adapters without the
fast-write cache. The response time and data transfer improvement will vary depending upon the data
block sizes, the percentage of sequential writes, machine type/model, and application parameters.

The PCI 4-Channel Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter has four independent Ultra3 SCSI buses. There are
two internal ports and four external ports. The two internal ports are shared with two of the external
ports. Two of the four buses can drive either an internal port or an external port. The other two buses
only drive external ports.

Limitations:
Even though the PCI 4-Channel Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter has ports that run at Ultra3 SCSI speeds
(up to 160 MBytes/s) and Ultra2 SCSI speeds (up to 80MBytes/s), the internally attached disk drives
will run at a maximum SCSI bus data rate specified by that supporting the system backplane.

Operational Requirements
• Supported on the PL220R, PL240R, EPC440, PL400R, PL420R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810,
PL800R and PL820R.
• One free PCI slot.
• MSCG047: AIX 4.3.3 or later.
• MSCG050: AIX 5.1 or later for PL240R, PL420R and PL820R Discontinued: December 12, 2003

1.3.3. PCI Dual Channel Ultra2 SCSI Adapter (MSCG043)

Discontinued: 30/11/2001.
The PCI Dual Channel Ultra2 SCSI Adapter is a 64 bit adapter and is an excellent solution for high
performance SCSI applications. The PCI Dual Channel Ultra2 SCSI Adapter provides 2 SCSI
channels (buses). Each SCSI bus can either be internal or external and is designed to support a data
rate of up to 80 MB per second, up to twice the maximum data transfer rate of previous Ultra SCSI
adapters (40 MB per second).

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 15/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

In order to achieve an Ultra2 SCSI bus data rate of up to 80 MB per second, and also maintain a
reasonable drive distance, the adapter utilizes Low Voltage Differential (LVD) drivers and receivers.
In order to utilize this Ultra2 80 MB per second performance, all attaching devices or subsystems must
also be Ultra2 LVD devices. If any device is not Ultra2 LVD, the adapter will switch its SCSI bus to
single-ended (SE) performance and interface at the lower SE SCSI bus data rate of the device.

Two industry standard VHDCI 68 pin connectors are mounted on the adapter's end bracket allowing
attachment of various LVD and SE external subsystems. A .3 meter converter cable, VHDCI to P,
Mini-68 pin to 68 pin, can be used with older external SE subsystems to allow connection to the
VHDCI connector on the PCI Dual Channel Ultra2 SCSI Adapter.

Operational Requirements
• Supported on the PL400R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810, EPC1200A, EPC2400 and EPC2450 only.
• One free PCI slot.
• AIX 4.3.3 or later.

1.3.4. PCI Single-Ended Ultra SCSI Adapter (MSCG040)

The PCI Single-Ended Ultra SCSI Adapter is an ideal solution for applications requiring large block
data transfers (more than 64K block size) in a multi disk drive environment utilizing SCSI-2 protocol.
The PCI Single-Ended Ultra SCSI Adapter has a maximum data transfer rate of 40 MB per second,
which is twice the maximum data transfer rate of SCSI-2 Fast Wide adapters (20 MB per second).

The PCI Single-Ended Ultra SCSI Adapter conforms to the SCSI-2 standard and Fast-20 (Ultra)
specifications. Industry standard 68 pin connectors are incorporated (SCSI "P" connector definition of
X3T9.2/90-048).

Operational Requirements

• Supported on the EPC440, EPC1200, EPC1200A, PL1600R, EPC2400, EPC2450 and PL3200R.
• One free PCI slot.
• AIX 4.3 or later.

1.3.5. PCI Single-Ended Ultra SCSI Adapter (CKTG188)

The PCI Single-Ended Ultra SCSI Adapter is an ideal solution for applications requiring large block
data transfers (more than 64K block size) in a multi disk drive environment utilizing SCSI-2 protocol.
This adapter has a maximum data transfer rate of 40 MBytes per second.

The PCI Single-Ended Ultra SCSI Adapter conforms to the SCSI-2 standard and Fast-20 (Ultra)
documentation. Industry standard 68 pin connectors are incorporated (SCSI "P" connector definition
of X3T9.2/90-048).

Note: If any Single Ended (SE) SCSI subsystem is attached to the external port of this adapter, the
SCSI ports (both external and internal) will auto-throttle to a "Fast" interface speed running no faster
than 20MB/s max. This auto-throttle function is performed to ensure best signal quality between host
adapter and attaching subsystem.

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 16/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Operational Requirements

• Supported on the PL1600R and PL3200R.


• One free PCI slot.
• AIX 5.1 or later.

1.3.6. PCI Differential Ultra SCSI Adapter (MSCG030)

The PCI Differential Ultra SCSI Adapter is the next generation of SCSI-2 performance with maximum
data transfer rates of 40 MB per second. The PCI Differential Ultra SCSI Adapter allows connection to
external differential SCSI-2 F/W or Ultra SCSI type devices up to 25 meters away.
The PCI Differential Ultra SCSI Adapter will negotiate with each external device and transfer data at
the fastest SCSI data transfer rate capable by the external device.

The adapter conforms to SCSI-2 standard and the Fast-20 (Ultra) specifications. Industry standard 68
pin connectors are incorporated (SCSI "P" connector definition of X3T9.2/90-048).

Operational Requirements

• Supported on the EPC440, EPC1200 and EPC1200A. Discontinued on the EPC2400.


• One free PCI slot.
• AIX 4.3 or later.

1.3.7. PCI Enhanced Differential Ultra SCSI Adapter (MSCG044, MSCG049 for PL240R,
PL420R and PL820R)

The PCI Universal Differential Ultra SCSI Adapter is the latest technology advancement of a SCSI-2
differential adapter with a maximum data transfer rate of 40 MB per second.

This adapter has the capability to be plugged into the newer +3.3 volt PCI slots as well as the older +5
volt PCI slots. It allows connection to external differential SCSI-2 F/W or Ultra SCSI type devices up
to 25 meters away.

The PCI Universal Differential Ultra SCSI Adapter will negotiate with each external device and
transfer data at the fastest SCSI data transfer rate capable by the external device.

The adapter conforms to SCSI-2 standard and the Fast-20 (Ultra) specifications. Industry standard 68
pin connectors are incorporated (SCSI "P" connector definition of X3T9.2/90-048).

Operational Requirements

• Supported on the PL220R, PL240R, PL400R, PL420R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R,
PL820R, PL1600R, EPC2400, EPC2450 and PL3200R.
• One free PCI slot.
• MSCG044: AIX 4.3 or later.
• MSCG049: AIX 5.1 or later for PL240R, PL420R and PL820R

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 17/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

1.3.8. PCI SCSI-2 Fast Wide Single-ended Adapter (MSCG031)

Discontinued: 31/07/2000.

The PCI SCSI-2 Fast Wide Single-Ended Adapter provides a single-ended SCSI-2 Fast Wide interface
that can burst data to devices on the SCSI bus at 20MB/s. This feature can provide both internal and
external device support, connected to the same SCSI bus.

Operational Requirements

• Supported on the EPC1200 only.


• One free PCI slot.
• AIX 4.3 or later.

1.3.9. PCI 3-Channel Ultra SCSI RAID Adapter (MSCG045)

Discontinued: 31/10/2000.

The PCI 3-Channel Ultra SCSI RAID Adapter is a non-bootable high performance Ultra SCSI RAID
Adapter providing RAID 0,1,or 5 capability and can address up to forty-five 16-bit SCSI-2 physical
disk drives on three independent SCSI buses. To increase the data writing performance, a 32 MB fast-
write cache is provided as a resident part of this adapter. The 32 MB fast-write cache is a resident
feature of the PCI 3-Channel Ultra SCSI RAID Adapter that utilizes non-volatile RAM.

During the unlikely event of an PCI 3-Channel Ultra SCSI RAID Adapter failure, a replacement PCI
3-Channel Ultra SCSI RAID Adapter can be installed and the fast-write cache can be removed from
the failing adapter and installed in the new adapter insuring data integrity. The 32 MB fast-write cache
can provide a significant improvement in data throughput and response time during certain sequence
write operations compared to SCSI RAID adapters without the fast-write cache. The response time and
data transfer improvement will vary depending upon the data block sizes, the percentage of sequential
writes, machine type/model, and application parameters. The PCI 3-Channel Ultra SCSI RAID adapter
has one internal and two external independent Ultra SCSI buses. The internal port can be used to
provide an internal RAID solution. Systems with internal 6-pack disks can attach one PCI 3-Channel
Ultra SCSI RAID Adapter per internal 6-pack.

Operational Requirements

• Supported on the EPC440, EPC610 and EPC810 only.


• One free PCI slot.
• AIX 4.3 or later.

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 18/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

1.4. SCSI Adapters for EPC800

1.4.1. WSA - SCSI-2 F/W SE Adapter (MSCG019)

Discontinued: 30/06/2001.

The WSA/SCSI-2 SE Adapter is based on the same electronic design than the LAN/SCSI-2 Adapter
(Ethernet part removed)

The WSA/SCSI SE Adapter features:

• One SCSI-2 SE port used for the connection of the standard internal disk and media devices.
• New POS register to identify the board (0200 instead of 8F9D)
• PCB size reduced
• External SCSI connector only (68-position 16 bits)
• Single Ended connection
• Adapter SCSI ID from 0 to 7 (default 7)
• Performance improvement of about 20%.

Attachment

The adapter fits into a single MCA slot.

1.4.2. WSA - SCSI-2 F/W DE Adapter (MSCG020)

Discontinued: 30/06/2001.

The WSA/SCSI-2 DE Adapter is based on the same electronic design than the LAN/SCSI-2 Adapter
(Ethernet part removed)

The WSA/SCSI DE Adapter features:

• One SCSI-2 DE port used for the connection of the standard internal disk and media devices.
• New POS register to identify the board (0200 instead of 8F9D)
• PCB size reduced
• External SCSI connector only (68-position 16 bits)
• Differential Ended connection
• Adapter SCSI ID from 0 to 7 (default 7)
• Performance improvement of about 20%.

Attachment

The adapter fits into a single MCA slot.

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 19/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

1.4.3. LSA - SCSI-2 F/W SE Adapter

Discontinued.

The LSA SCSI-2 Fast Wide SE Adapter features:

• One SCSI-2 Fast Wide SE port used for the connection of the standard internal disk and media
devices.
• One Ethernet IEEE 802.3 port, with a communication rate of 10Mbps. A thick (10Base5)
connector and a twisted pair (10BaseT) connector are standard on the system.

SCSI-2 Fast Wide SE Port Description

The LSA SCSI-2 Fast Wide SE Adapter provides one 16-bit Single-Ended external bus featuring with
data rate of up to 20 MB/sec.

Characteristics:

• Fast and wide MCA Adapter


• One external Single-Ended 16-bit bus
• Provides synchronous SCSI bus data rates of up to 20 MB/sec
• Allows attachment to Single-Ended SCSI Disks, Media Drives and Storage Subsystems.

Main features of the external Single-Ended bus:

• Supports either 8-bit or 16-bit single-ended devices


• The number of physical devices attached to the bus is limited by SCSI bus cabling restrictions (up
to 4-meter length)
• External cabling can be up to 2.4-meter when attaching SCSI-2 SE Deskside Cabinets/Drawers

1.4.4. LSA - SCSI-2 F/W DE Adapter (MDCG001)

Discontinued.

The LAN/SCSI Fast Wide DE Adapter features:

• One SCSI-2 Fast Wide DE port used for the connection of the standard internal disk and media
devices.
• One Ethernet IEEE 802.3 port with a communication rate of 10Mbps. A thick (10Base5) connector
and a twisted pair (10BaseT) connector are standard on the system.

SCSI-2 Fast Wide DE Port Description

The LSA SCSI-2 Fast Wide DE Adapter providing one 16-bit Differential external bus featuring with
data rate of up to 20 MB/sec.

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 20/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Characteristics:

• Fast and wide MCA Adapter


• One external Differential 16-bit bus
• Provides synchronous SCSI bus data rates of up to 20 MB/sec
• Allows attachment to external Differential SCSI Disks and Storage Subsystems.

Main features of the external Differential bus:

• Supports 16-bit differential devices


• Maximum cable length is 25 meter.

1.4.5. SCSI-2 Fast Wide SE/SE Adapter (MSCG011)

Discontinued: 31/03/2000.

The SCSI-2 Fast Wide SE/SE Adapter provides one 8- or 16-bit internal Single-Ended bus and one 16-
bit Single-Ended external bus featuring both data rate of up to 20 MB/sec.

Characteristics:

• Dual ported fast and wide (16-bit wide) short MCA Adapter
• One internal 8 or 16-bit Single-Ended bus
• One external Single-Ended 16-bit bus
• Provides synchronous SCSI bus data rates of up to 20 MB/sec
• Allows attachment to Single-Ended SCSI Disks, Media Drives and Storage Subsystems.

Main features of the internal Single-Ended bus:

• Supports either 8-bit or 16-bit devices


• Only one of these two connectors can be used at a time
• 8-bit bus and 16-bit bus can not be connected and used at the same time
• Each SE bus is able to support up to seven devices

Main features of the external Single-Ended bus:

• Supports either 8-bit or 16-bit single-ended devices


• A maximum of four external SE bridge boxes devices can be connected
• The number of physical devices attached to each bus is limited by SCSI bus cabling restrictions
(up to 4-meter length)
• External cabling can be up to 2.4-meter when attaching SCSI-2 SE Deskside Cabinets/Drawers

Operational Requirements

One free MCA slot.

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 21/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

1.4.6. SCSI-2 Fast Wide SE/DE Adapter (MSCG012)

Discontinued.

The SCSI-2 Fast Wide SE/DE Adapter providing one 8 or 16-bit internal Single-Ended bus and one
16-bit Differential external bus featuring both data rate of up to 20 MB/sec.

Characteristics:

• Dual ported fast and wide (16-bit wide) MCA Adapter


• One internal 8 or 16-bit Single-Ended bus
• One external Differential 16-bit bus
• Provides synchronous SCSI bus data rates of up to 20 MB/sec
• Allows attachment to internal Single-Ended SCSI Disks and Media Drives and to external
Differential SCSI Disks and Storage Subsystems.

Main features of the internal Single-Ended bus:

• Supports either 8-bit or 16-bit devices


• Only one of these two connectors can be used at one time
• 8-bit bus and 16-bit bus can not be connected and used at the same time
• Each SE bus is able to support up to seven devices.

Main features of the external Differential bus:

• Supports 16-bit differential devices


• A maximum of seven external bridge boxes devices can be connected
• A maximum of two SCSI-2 DE Deskside Cabinets can be connected
• Maximum cable length is 25 meters (including internal length).

Additional DPX/20, Serial or SCSI Subsystems and High Availability connections are also available
with the differential system-to-system and Y-cable features.

Operational Requirements

One free MCA slot.

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 22/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

1.5. SSA Adapters for EPC400

Discontinued: 30 June 1999


Note: Available on the EPC430 and EPC450 through reconnection only, when upgrading from the
EPC400.

1.5.1. PCI SSA 4-port Multi-Initiator/RAID EL Adapter (MSCG039)

The SSA 4-Port Multi-Initiator/RAID EL Adapter is a high-performance, high-connectivity adapter


that conforms to the Serial Storage Architecture (SSA). It enables attachment of SSA technology disks
and subsystems.

The SSA 4-Port Multi-Initiator/RAID EL Adapter provides two pairs of serial ports that can be
configured to provide two SSA loops. Each of the two pairs supports the attachment of up to 48
devices (96 devices per adapter) in a closed loop. If the loop is broken by a fault, the two ports
continue to access the devices using the remaining connections as a string. However, it is not intended
that the devices should be initially configured as a string. These features support fault-tolerant
applications. Each adapter supports attachment of up to 6 maximum configuration SSA Disk
Subsystems (96 drives) for a total disk drive capacity of 873GB, using 9.1GB disk drives.

Each port operates at 20MB/sec full duplex, using point-to-point copper cables up to 25 meters long.
Transmissions to several destinations are multiplexed, and the effective bandwidth is further increased
by spatial reuse of the individual links. This means that disk commands to a disk in a subsystem are
automatically sent from disk to disk on the loop until the target disk receives the command. While this
is occurring, another disk command can be issued before any acknowledgement is received.

The SSA 4-Port Multi-Initiator/RAID EL Adapter allows connection of up to two hosts or nodes. This
enables multiple hosts to access the same data with the high performance and availability features of
SSA.

Note: SSA is a proposed industry-standard interface that retains the SCSI-2 commands, queuing
model, status, and sense bytes.

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 23/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Characteristics

• Four SSA ports configurable as two external loops


• Eight-initiator non-RAID, or two-initiator RAID configurations support
• RAID 5 support
• Optional 4MB Fast-Write Cache Card available for one-initiator RAID or one-initiator non-RAID
SSA configurations
• Address and data parity support
• Streaming data transfer at 40MB/sec or 80MB/sec
• Two-way, high-availability configurations using HACMP Version 4.1.1 or Version 4.2.2 in modes
1, 2, and 3 on AIX 4.1.5 and higher.
• Support for up to 3,000 I/O operations/sec
• Load balancing on loop configurations
• Attachment of up to 48 SSA disk drives per loop (2-SSA loops per adapter) or a total of 96 SSA
disk drives
• Interoperability of PCI and Micro Channel SSA Multi-Initiator/RAID EL Adapters.

Limitations

• Will not operate in SSA configurations supporting high-performance 4-Port SSA Adapter or
Enhanced 4-Port SSA Serial Adapter on Micro Channel.
• No IPL/Boot support from SSA disk drives
• RAID arrays must have all array members in same SSA loop
• PCI system interface only.

Operational Requirements

One free PCI slot.

Fast-Write Cache Option Card

The SSA Fast-Write Cache Option Card is a 4MB fast-write optional feature that plugs into either
SSA Multi-Initiator/RAID EL Adapter. It utilizes non-volatile RAM and has a data memory retention
of over seven years.

The SSA Fast-Write Cache Option Card can provide as much as a 10-times improvement of data
throughput and response time during certain sequence write operations compared to SSA RAID
adapters without the SSA Fast-Write Cache. The response time and data transfer improvement using
the option card will vary depending upon the data block sizes, the percentage of sequential writes and
application parameters.

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 24/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

1.6. SSA Adapters for EPC800

Discontinued: 30 June 1999.

1.6.1. SSA Enhanced 4-Port Adapter (MSCU101)

• High-performance, high-connectivity adapter that conforms to the Serial Storage Architecture


(SSA).
• Enables attachment of SSA technology disks and subsystems.
• Provides a cost-effective solution for packaging large numbers of disk drives.
• Allows to cluster up to eight nodes, to access large databases stored in SSA Disk Subsystem.

The SSA Enhanced 4-Port Adapter provides two pairs of serial ports that can be configured to provide
two SSA loops. Each of the two pairs supports the attachment of up to 48 devices (96 devices per
adapter) in a closed loop. If the loop is broken by a fault, the two ports continue to access the devices
using the remaining connections as a string. However, it is not intended that the devices should be
initially configured as a string. These features support fault-tolerant applications. Each adapter
supports attachment of up to 6 maximum configuration SSA Disk Subsystems (96 drives) for a total
disk drive capacity of 873GB, using 9.1GB disk drives.

Each port operates at 20MB/sec full duplex, using point-to-point copper cables up to 25 meters long.
Transmissions to several destinations are multiplexed, and the effective bandwidth is further increased
by spatial reuse of the individual links. This means that disk commands to a disk in a subsystem are
automatically sent from disk to disk on the loop until the target disk receives the command. While this
is occurring, another disk command can be issued before any acknowledgement is received.

The SSA Enhanced 4-Port Adapter allows connection of up to eight hosts or nodes. This enables
multiple hosts to access the same data with the high performance and availability features of SSA.

Note: SSA is a proposed industry-standard interface that retains the SCSI-2 commands, queuing
model, status, and sense bytes.

Characteristics

• Four SSA ports configurable as two external loops


• Conform to SSA, Level 1
• 8-byte bus master
• Address and data parity support
• Streaming data transfer at 40MB/sec or 80MB/sec
• Eight-way, high-availability configurations using HACMP Version 4.1 in modes 1, 2, and 3 on
AIX 4.1.4
• Support for up to 3,000 I/O operations/sec
• Load balancing on loop configurations
• Attachment of up to 48 SSA disk drives per loop (2-SSA loops per adapter) or a total of 96 SSA
disk drives per adapter
• Micro Channel Type 5 form factor card.
Operational Requirements

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 25/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

One free MCA slot.

1.6.2. Micro Channel SSA 4-port Multi-Initiator/RAID EL Adapter (MSCG038)

The SSA 4-Port Multi-Initiator/RAID EL Adapter is a high-performance, high-connectivity adapter


that conforms to the Serial Storage Architecture (SSA). It enables attachment of SSA technology disks
and subsystems.

The SSA 4-Port Multi-Initiator/RAID EL Adapter provides two pairs of serial ports that can be
configured to provide two SSA loops. Each of the two pairs supports the attachment of up to 48
devices (96 devices per adapter) in a closed loop. If the loop is broken by a fault, the two ports
continue to access the devices using the remaining connections as a string. However, it is not intended
that the devices should be initially configured as a string. These features support fault-tolerant
applications. Each adapter supports attachment of up to 6 maximum configuration SSA Disk
Subsystems (96 drives) for a total disk drive capacity of 873GB, using 9.1GB disk drives.

Each port operates at 20MB/sec full duplex, using point-to-point copper cables up to 25 meters long.
Transmissions to several destinations are multiplexed, and the effective bandwidth is further increased
by spatial reuse of the individual links. This means that disk commands to a disk in a subsystem are
automatically sent from disk to disk on the loop until the target disk receives the command. While this
is occurring, another disk command can be issued before any acknowledgement is received.

The SSA 4-Port Multi-Initiator/RAID EL Adapter allows connection of up to two hosts or nodes. This
enables multiple hosts to access the same data with the high performance and availability features of
SSA.

Note: SSA is a proposed industry-standard interface that retains the SCSI-2 commands, queuing
model, status, and sense bytes.

Characteristics

• Four SSA ports configurable as two external loops


• Eight-initiator non-RAID, or two-initiator RAID configurations support
• RAID 5 support
• Optional 4MB Fast-Write Cache Card available for one-initiator RAID or one-initiator non-RAID
SSA configurations
• Address and data parity support
• Streaming data transfer at 40MB/sec or 80MB/sec
• Two-way, high-availability configurations using HACMP Version 4.1.1 or Version 4.2.2 in modes
1, 2, and 3 on AIX 4.1.5 and later
• Support for up to 3,000 I/O operations/sec
• Load balancing on loop configurations
• Attachment of up to 48 SSA disk drives per loop (2-SSA loops per adapter) or a total of 96 SSA
disk drives
• Interoperability of PCI and Micro Channel SSA Multi-Initiator/RAID EL Adapters.
Limitations

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 26/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

• Will not operate in SSA configurations supporting high-performance 4-Port SSA Adapter or
Enhanced 4-Port SSA Serial Adapter on Micro Channel.
• RAID arrays must have all array members in same SSA loop
• Micro Channel system interface only.

Operational Requirements

One free MCA slot.

Fast-Write Cache Option Card

The SSA Fast-Write Cache Option Card is a 4MB fast-write optional feature that plugs into either
SSA Multi-Initiator/RAID EL Adapter. It utilizes non-volatile RAM and has a data memory retention
of over seven years.

The SSA Fast-Write Cache Option Card can provide as much as a 10-times improvement of data
throughput and response time during certain sequence write operations compared to SSA RAID
adapters without the SSA Fast-Write Cache. The response time and data transfer improvement using
the option card will vary depending upon the data block sizes, the percentage of sequential writes and
application parameters.

1.7. SSA Adapters for EPC1200 and EPC1200A

Discontinued: 30 June 1999.

1.7.1. PCI SSA 4-port Multi-Initiator/RAID EL Adapter (MSCG036)

The SSA 4-Port Multi-Initiator/RAID EL Adapter is a high-performance, high-connectivity adapter


that conforms to the Serial Storage Architecture (SSA). The SSA 4-Port Multi-Initiator/RAID EL
Adapter enables attachment of SSA technology disks and subsystems.

The SSA 4-Port Multi-Initiator/RAID EL Adapter provides two pairs of serial ports that can be
configured to provide two SSA loops. Each of the two pairs supports the attachment of up to 48
devices (96 devices per adapter) in a closed loop. If the loop is broken by a fault, the two ports
continue to access the devices using the remaining connections as a string. However, it is not intended
that the devices should be initially configured as a string. These features support fault-tolerant
applications. Each adapter supports attachment of up to 6 maximum configuration SSA Disk
Subsystems (96 drives) for a total disk drive capacity of 873GB, using 9.1GB disk drives.

Each port operates at 20MB/sec full duplex, using point-to-point copper cables up to 25 meters long.
Transmissions to several destinations are multiplexed, and the effective bandwidth is further increased
by spatial reuse of the individual links. This means that disk commands to a disk in a subsystem are
automatically sent from disk to disk on the loop until the target disk receives the command. While this
is occurring, another disk command can be issued before any acknowledgement is received.
The SSA 4-Port Multi-Initiator/RAID EL Adapter allows connection of up to two hosts or nodes. This
enables multiple hosts to access the same data with the high performance and availability features of
SSA.

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 27/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Note: SSA is a proposed industry-standard interface that retains the SCSI-2 commands, queuing
model, status, and sense bytes.

Characteristics

• Four SSA ports configurable as two external loops


• Eight-initiator non-RAID, or two-initiator RAID configurations support
• RAID 5 support
• Optional 4MB Fast-Write Cache Card available for one-initiator RAID or one-initiator non-RAID
SSA configurations
• Address and data parity support
• Streaming data transfer at 40MB/sec or 80MB/sec
• Two-way, high-availability configurations using HACMP Version 4.1.1 and Version 4.2.2 in
modes 1, 2, and 3 on AIX 4.1.5 and higher
• Support for up to 3,000 I/O operations/sec
• Load balancing on loop configurations
• Attachment of up to 48 SSA disk drives per loop (2-SSA loops per adapter) or a total of 96 SSA
disk drives
• Interoperability of PCI and Micro Channel SSA Multi-Initiator/RAID EL Adapters.

Limitations

• Will not operate in SSA configurations supporting high-performance 4-Port SSA Adapter or
Enhanced 4-Port SSA Serial Adapter on Micro Channel.
• No IPL/Boot support from SSA disk drives
• RAID arrays must have all array members in same SSA loop
• PCI system interface only.

Operational Requirements

One free PCI slot.

Fast-Write Cache Option Card

The SSA Fast-Write Cache Option Card is a 4MB fast-write optional feature that plugs into either
SSA Multi-Initiator/RAID EL Adapter. It utilizes non-volatile RAM and has a data memory retention
of over seven years.

The SSA Fast-Write Cache Option Card can provide as much as a 10-times improvement of data
throughput and response time during certain sequence write operations compared to SSA RAID
adapters without the SSA Fast-Write Cache. The response time and data transfer improvement using
the option card will vary depending upon the data block sizes, the percentage of sequential writes and
application parameters.

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 28/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

1.8. 2 Gb/s Fibre Channel Adapter for 64-bit PCI Bus for the PL220R, EPC430, EPC440,
EPC450, PL400R, PL420R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, PL820R, EPC1200,
EPC1200A, PL1600R, EPC2400, EPC2450 and PL3200R (DCCG154, DCCG155)

The 2Gb/s Fibre Channel for 64-bit PCI bus host adapter provides support for 2 Gb/s fibre channel
data rates, delivering the industry's highest performance. It features automatic speed negotiation
capability which allows complete compatibility with existing 1 Gb/s Fibre Channel SANs, while
allowing seamless upgrades to higher speed 2 Gb/s SANs.

The 2Gb/s Fibre adapter provides the flexibility and broad interoperability needed for complex highly
scalable SANs. It provides a unique combination of features, including switched fabric support using
F_Port and FL_Port connections, full-duplex data transfers, high data integrity features, support for all
Fibre Channel topologies and support for service class 2 and 3.

The 2Gb/s Fibre adapter also features sophisticated hardware that provides superior performance in
storage area networks, delivering low latency and high throughput in switched, arbitrated loop and
clustered environments. Support for fiber optic cabling is provided through a small form factor (LC)
optical embedded interface.

Specifications

• Simultaneous full duplex 2 Gb/s Fibre Channel delivers up to 400 MB/s


• Automatic speed negotiation
• Full fabric support using F_Port and FL_Port connections
• On board hardware context cache for superior fabric performance
• Support for concurrent use of multiple protocols (SCSI, IP)
• Full support for FC service Class 2 and 3
• Support for FC-Tape (FC-2) devices
• 64-bit, 66 MHz low profile or standard short form factor PCI
• End-to-end parity protection for high data integrity
• Buffered data architecture to support up to 50 km cabling at full 2Gb/s bandwidth
• Robust suite of software including IP and storage protocols
• Optical small form factor (LC) interface supports either short-wave or long-wave optics

Standards

• ANSI Fibre Channel FC-FS


• ANSI Fibre Channel FC-PH/PI
• ANSI Fibre Channel FC-AL
• ANSI Fibre Channel FC-PLDA
• ANSI Fibre Channel FC-FLA
• PCI Local Bus Revision 2.2 (see power requirements)
• PHP Hot plug - Hot swap
• Fibre Channel Class 2, 3

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 29/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Architecture

• Emulex Centaur ASIC technology


• Up to 66 MHz PCI bus master DMA
• 2 Gb/s or 1 Gb/s FC Link
• 2 MB FLASH memory
• 1 MB code RAM
• 256 KB buffer RAM

Optical

Data Rates: 1.0625/2.125 Gb/s


Optics: short/long wave lasers
Cable: 9/125 µm single-mode fiber
50/125 µm multi-mode fiber
62.5/125 µm multi-mode fiber
Connector Type: LC
Distance (1 Gb/s) 10K meters (32,800') 9/125 µm fiber
500 meters (1640') 50/125 µm fiber
300 meters (984') 62.5/125 µm fiber
Distance (2 Gb/s) 10K meters (32,800') 9/125 µm fiber
300 meters (984') 50/125 µm fiber
150 meters (492') 62.5/125 µm fiber

Physical Dimensions

• Short low profile MD2 form factor


• 167.64mm x 64.42mm (6.60" X 2.54")

Power Requirements

Volts: +3.3 VDC +/- 5%


Power: 8.5 watts typical

Environmental Conditions

Operating Temperature: 0° to 45° C (32° to 113° F)


Airflow Required: 10 Lf/m
Storage Temperature: -40° to 70° C (-40° to 158° F)
Relative Humidity: 5% to 95% non-condensing

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 30/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Agency Approvals

• Class 1 Laser Product per DHHS 21CFR (J) and EN60825


• UL Recognized to UL 1950
• CUR Recognized to CSA22.2, No. 950
• TUV Certified to EN60950
• FCC Rules, Part 15, Class A
• ICES-003, Class A
• EMC Directive 89/336/EEC (CE Mark)
- EN55022, Class A
- EN55024
• Australian EMC Framework (C-Tick Mark)
- AS/NZS 3548, Class A
• VCCI, Class A

Operating System Requirements

DCCG154: AIX® 4.3 or AIX® 5.1

DCCG155: AIX® 5.1 or later for PL420R and PL820R

Supported Systems/Adapters

EPC430 PL400R/EPC610 PL1600R


Escala 440/450 PL220R PL600R EPC2400/2450 PL3200R PL820R
PL800R/EPC1200-A
Adapters 4 2 8 per drawer 15 5 per half I/O drawer 6 in base
16 per server 30 per PL1600R 6 per IO drawer
40 per PL3200R 30 per system

Escala PL420R
Adapters 6 in base
7 per drawer
20 per system

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 31/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

1.9. 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter for the PL220R, PL240R, PL400R, PL420R,
PL600R, PL800R, PL820R, PL1600R and PL3200R (DCCG172, DCCG173)

The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter offers the ability to build a high-speed local and remote
storage network. This adapter is a PCI-X adapter that provides single or dual initiator capability over
an optical fiber link or loop running at speeds of up to 1 Gbps or 2 Gbps.
The adapter can be used to attach devices directly or through the use of fibre channel switches. With
this adapter, your enterprise can support data transfer at distances of up to 500 meters running at 1
Gbps data rate between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with supported fibre
channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable
running at either 1 Gbps or 2 Gbps data rates.

Quantities per Supported System:

• DCCG173 for PL220R: 2 in base


• DCCG173 for PL400R: 6 in base
• DCCG173 for PL600R: 6 in base
• DCCG173 for PL800R: 32
• DCCG173 for PL1600: 30
• DCCG173 for PL3200: 40
• DCCG172 for PL240R: 4 in base
• DCCG172 for PL420R: 4 in base
• DCCG172 for PL820R: 6 in base

Software Requirements:

DCCG173: AIX 5.1 and later for PL220R, PL400R, PL600R, PL800R, PL1600 and PL3200
DCCG172: AIX 5.1 and later for PL240R, PL420R and PL820R

1.10. PCI 64 bits Fibre Channel Adapters for the PL220R, EPC400, EPC430, EPC440, EPC450,
PL400R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, EPC1200, PL1600R, EPC1200A, EPC2400,
EPC2450 and PL3200R (DCCG147, DCCG148)

PCI 64 bits Optical Fibre Channel Adapter (DCCG148) discontinued as of 30/09/2002


PCI 64 bits Copper Fibre Channel Adapter (DCCG147) discontinued as of 29/02/2004

The PCI 64 bits Fibre Channel Host Bus Adapters deliver exceptional performance through the use of
Emulex's new Dragonfly ASIC, a 266 MIPs on-board processor, and state of the art dual ported buffer
memory. These adapters include sophisticated capabilities such as full-duplex data transfers, full fabric
support, parity protection and large data buffers.

The LP8000 delivers point-to-point, arbitrated loop and switch fabric connections as well as both
Class 2 and 3 frame formats. Support for both copper and fiber optic cabling is provided through
embedded interfaces.
Host Support

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 32/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

The PCI Fibre Channel Host Adapter provides simultaneous and concurrent multiple protocols (IP and
SCSI) support.

Specifications

• Simultaneous full duplex fibre channel 1.0625 GB/s transfers


• 64-bit PCI data and addressing
• On-board high speed 266 MIPs RISC processor
• Large on-board buffers
• Application Programming Interface (API)
• All fibre channel topologies: point-to-point, arbitrated loop and switch topologies
• Full fabric support using F Port and FL Port connections (FL port in a future product release)
• Full support for both FC service Class 2 and 3
• Supports both network and storage protocols simultaneously (IP and FCP)
• 2 physical interfaces: embedded copper or embedded optical fiber.

Architecture

• Emulex developed ASIC technology up to 33 MHz PCI bus master DMA


• 512 KB FLASH memory
• 1 MB code RAM
• 256 KB buffer RAM.

Benefits

• Industry's best I/O performance


• Single interface for network and storage applications
• Designed to support mission critical enterprise SAN applications.

Standards

• ANSI Fibre Channel FC-PH


• ANSI Fibre Channel FC-AL
• ANSI Fibre Channel FC-PLDA
• ANSI Fibre Channel FC-FLA
• PCI Local Bus Revision 2.2
• Fibre Channel Class 2, 3

Copper

Data Rate: 1.0625 GB/s


Cable Type: Dual Twinax
Connector Type: DB9
Distance: 98' (30 meters)

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 33/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Optical

Data Rates: 1.0625 GB/s


Optics: short wave laser
50/125 µm multimode fiber
Connector Type: dual SC

Physical Dimensions

Short PCI form factor 6.88 inch X 4.20 inch.

Power Requirements

Volts: +5 VDC
Power: 10 watts

Environmental Conditions

Operating Temperature: 32° to 113° F (0° to 45° C)


Storage Temperature: 14° to 131° F (-10° to 55° C)
Relative Humidity: 5% to 95% non-condensing

Agency Approvals

• Class 1 Laser Product per DHHS 21CFR (J) and EN60825


• UL Recognized to UL 1950
• CUR Recognized to CSA22.2, No. 950
• TUV Certified to EN60950
• FCC Rules, Part 15, Class B (Embedded copper Fibre Channel adapter is Class A)
• ICES-003, Class B (Embedded copper Fibre Channel adapter is Class A)
• EMC Directive 89/336/EEC (CE Mark)
EN55022, Class B*
EN50082-1
• Australian EMC Framework (C-Tick Mark)
AS/NZS 3548, Class B (Embedded copper Fibre Channel adapter is Class A)
• VCCI, Class B (Embedded copper Fibre Channel adapter is Class A).

Operating System Requirements

AIX 4.3.2 or later.

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 34/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Supported Systems/Adapters

Escala EPC400/430/440/450 PL220R PL400R/EPC610/PL600R EPC2400/2450 PL1600R/PL3200R


PL800R/EPC1200-A
Adapters 4 2 8 per drawer 15 5 per half I/O drawer
16 per server 30 per PL1600R
40 per PL3200R

1.11. PCI Fibre Channel Adapter for EPC400, EPC430, EPC440, EPC1200, and EPC1200A

Discontinued: 30/11/1999.

The Fibre Channel PCI Host Bus Adapter utilizes a state of the art dual ported on-board memory
architecture to provide high-performance I/O solutions for applications like client/server, database I/O,
multimedia, imaging and clustering which require sustained high throughput coupled with low latency
characteristics.

Architecture

The Fibre Channel PCI Host Adapter is designed using custom ASIC technology from Emulex. This
integrated design, including both chip level technology and Emulex developed firmware, reduces host
requirements, while simplifying the driver interface.
Emulex developed ASIC technology up to 33 MHz PCI bus master DMA

• 512 KB FLASH memory


• 512 KB - 512 KB context RAM
• 512 KB - 512 KB buffer RAM

Host Support

The PCI Fibre Channel Host Adapter provides simultaneous and concurrent multiple protocols (IP and
SCSI) support.

Specifications

• Supports Fibre Channel rate of 1 Gbits/sec


• Support point-to-point and arbitrated loop Fibre Channel topologies
• Supports both network and storage protocols simultaneously (IP and FCP)
• Direct interface to copper cables through standard 80-pin GLM
• Built-in protocol engine with an integrated RISC processor.

Benefits

• Industry's best I/O performance


• Single interface for network and storage applications
• Eliminate distributed application bottlenecks.

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 35/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Standards

• ANSI Fibre Channel FC-PH Revision 4.3


• ANSI Fibre Channel FC-AL Revision 4.5
• FCSI 301 Rev 1.0 Gigabaud Link Module
• PCI Local Bus Revision 2.0/2.1
• Fibre Channel Class 3.

Hardware Interface

80-pin GLM (Gigabit Link Modules) connector for copper interface.

Copper GLMs

Data Rate 1062.5 Mbits/s


Cable Type Dual Twinax or Quad Axial
Connector Type DB9
Distance 30 meters

Distance Supported

• Up to 30m with copper cables.


• Up to 175m with 62.5/125µm multimode fiber.
• Up to 500m with 50/125µm multimode fiber.
• Up to 10km with optical link extenders.

MIAs, Hubs and Link Extenders

• Hubs to provide up to nine copper ports (DB9 Female) with re-generated signals. The hubs can be
chained. (External hubs or rack-mount hubs are available.)
• MIAs to convert copper (DB9 Male) to multimode fiber (DSC) and to provide distant connections.
The MIA is directly connected to the copper interface (DBB9 Female) of the equipment.
• Link Extenders to offer a distant connection up to 10km from a copper interface (DB9) to a single
mode fiber (9/125µm - optical ST)

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 36/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Agency Approvals

• Class 1 Laser Product per DHHS 21 CFR (J) and EN60825


• UL Recognized to UL1950
• CUR Recognized to CSA22.2, No. 950
• TUV Certified to EN60950
• FCC Rules, Part 15, Class A
• DOC Rules, Class A
• EMC Directive 89/336/EEC (CE Mark)
EN55022, DISPR22/85, Class A
EN50082-1.

Operating System Requirements

• AIX 4.3 or later.

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 37/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2. Disk Drives

2.1. Discontinued Disk Drives


MI MSUG072 MSUG089 MSUG097 MSUG104 MSUG073 MSUG083 MSUG128 MSUG120 MSUG125 MSUG121 MSUG122 MSUG133
Disk Capacity 4.2 GB 4.5 GB 9.1 GB 9.1 GB 9.1 GB 9.1 GB 9.1 GB 9.1 GB 18.2 GB 18.2 GB 18.2 GB 9.1 GB
Form Factor 3"½ 3"½ 3"½ 3"½ 3"½ 3"½ 3"½ 3"½ 3"½ 3"½ 3"½ 3"½
Size (Low Profile, Half
1" 1" 1" 1" 1.6" 1.6" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1"
Height or Full Height)
Average Seek Time (ms) 7.5 7.5 6 6.7 8.2 8.2 5.1 5.2 7.2 (2) 5.2 6.9 6.7
Average Latency (ms) 4.17 4.17 4.17 4.17 4.17 4.17 2,99 2,99 4.17 2,99 4.17 4.17
Rotational Speed (RPM) 7200 7200 7200 7200 7200 7200 10000 10000 7200 10000 7200 7200
Data Transfer Rate:
Media (MB/sec - max) 15 15 39 22 10 15 44.3 40 32 40 39 22.4
Supported on System
PL220R
EPC400 EOC EOC EOC EOC
EPC430 EOC (1) EOC (1) EOC (1) EOC Y EOC
EPC440 EOC EOC EOC
EPC450 EOC (1) EOC (1) EOC (1) EOC Y EOC
PL400R
EPC610 EOC
PL600R
EPC800 Y EOC EOC
EPC810 EOC
PL800R
EPC1200 EOC EOC EOC EOC EOC
EPC1200A EOC EOC EOC EOC EOC
EPC2400 EOC EOC EOC
EPC2450 EOC EOC EOC
PL1600R/PL3200R
Interface SCSI-2 SCSI-2 SCSI-2 SCSI-2 SCSI-2 SCSI-2 Ultra2 SCSI Ultra2 SCSI Ultra SCSI Ultra2 SCSI SCSI-2 Ultra SCSI
SE High Speed Y Y Y Y Y Y LVD/SE LVD/SE Y LVD/SE Y Y
DE High Speed N N N N N N N N N N N N

(1) Available on the EPC430 and EPC450 through reconnection only, when upgrading from the EPC400.
(2) Based on 4 reads to 1 write.

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 38/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/03
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

MI MSUG134 MSUG135 MSUG136 MSUG164 MSUG165 MSUG173 MSUG174 MSUG184 MSUG186 MSUG192
Disk Capacity 9.1 GB 18.2 GB 18.2 GB 9.1 GB 18.2 GB 9.1 GB 18.2 GB 18.2 GB 18.2 GB 18.2 GB
Form Factor 3"½ 3"½ 3"½ 3"½ 3"½ 3"½ 3"½ 3"½ 3"½ 3"½
Size (Low Profile, Half
1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1"
Height or Full Height)
Average Seek Time (ms) 6.5 6.7 6.5 5.3 6.5 6.02 6.02 6.02 6.02 5
Average Latency (ms) 2.99 4.17 2.99 3.03 3.03 2.99 2.99 2.99 2.99 3.00
Rotational Speed (RPM) 10000 7200 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000
Data Transfer Rate:
Media (MB/sec - max) 20.2 22.4 20.2 20.3 20.3 30.5 44.3 44.3 44.3 83.88
Supported on System
PL220R Y Y
EPC400
EPC430
EPC440
EPC450
PL400R Y Y EOC Y
EPC610 EOC EOC EOC Y Y EOC Y
PL600R Y Y EOC Y
EPC800
EPC810 EOC EOC EOC Y Y EOC Y
PL800R Y Y EOC Y
PL820R Y Y
EPC1200
EPC1200A
EPC2400 Y
EPC2450 Y
PL1600R/PL3200R Y
Interface Ultra2 SCSI Ultra SCSI Ultra2 SCSI Ultra3 SCSI Ultra3 SCSI Ultra SCSI Ultra SCSI Ultra3 SCSI Ultra3 SCSI Ultra SCSI
SE High Speed LVD/SE Y LVD/SE LVD/SE LVD/SE Y Y LVD/SE LVD/SE Y
DE High Speed N N N N N N N N N N

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 39/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/03
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.2. 4.2 GB Ultra SCSI Disks for EPC400 (MSUG072)

Discontinued: 30/10/1999.
Available on the EPC430 and EPC450 through reconnection only, when upgrading from the EPC400.

Internal (Ultra SCSI) - "Hot-swap disk"

Form factor 3"1/2


Size 1"
Average seek time (ms) 7.5
Average Latency (ms) 4.17
Rotational speed (RPM) 7200
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 15 (max)

2.3. 4.2 GB SCSI-2 High Speed Disks EPC800 (MSUG072)

Discontinued.

Internal (SE High Speed) - "CRU"

Form factor 3"1/2


Size 1"
Average seek time (ms) 7.5
Average Latency (ms) 4.17
Rotational speed (RPM) 7200
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 15 (max)

2.4. 4.5 GB Ultra SCSI High Speed Disks for EPC1200 and EPC1200A (MSUG089)

Discontinued.

Internal (SCSI-2 or Ultra SCSI) - "hot-swap disk"

Form factor 3"1/2


Size 1"
Average seek time (ms) 7.5
Average Latency (ms) 4.17
Rotational speed (RPM) 7200
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 15 (max)

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 40/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.5. 9.1 GB Ultra SCSI Disks for EPC400 (MSUG073)

Discontinued.

Available on the EPC430 and EPC450 through reconnection only, when upgrading from the EPC400.

Internal (Ultra SCSI) - "hot-swap disk"

Form factor 3"1/2


Size 1.6"
Average seek time (ms) 8.2
Average Latency (ms) 4.17
Rotational speed (RPM) 7200
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 10 (max)

2.6. 9.1 GB Ultra SCSI Disks for EPC400 (MSUG097)

Discontinued: 31/10/2001.

Available on the EPC430 and EPC450 through reconnection only, when upgrading from the EPC400.

Internal (Ultra SCSI) - "hot-swap disk"

Form factor 3"1/2


Size 1"
Average seek time (ms) 6
Average Latency (ms) 4.17
Rotational speed (RPM) 7200
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 39 (max)

2.7. 9.1 GB SCSI-2 High Speed Disks for EPC800 (MSUG073)

Discontinued.

Internal (SE High Speed)

Form factor 3"1/2


Size 1.6"
Average seek time (ms) 8.2
Average Latency (ms) 4.17
Rotational speed (RPM) 7200
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 10 (max)

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 41/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.8. 9.1 GB SCSI-2 High Speed Disks for EPC800 (MSUG097)

Discontinued: 30/06/2001.

Internal (SE High Speed)

Form factor 3"1/2


Size 1"
Average seek time (ms) 6.9
Average Latency (ms) 4.17
Rotational speed (RPM) 7200
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 28.3 (max)

2.9. 9.1 GB Ultra SCSI Disks for EPC1200 and EPC1200A (MSUG083)

Discontinued.

Internal (SCSI-2 or Ultra SCSI) - "hot-swap disk"

Form factor 3"1/2


Size 1.6"
Average seek time (ms) 8.2
Average Latency (ms) 4.17
Rotational speed (RPM) 7200
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 15.5 (max)

2.10. 9.1 GB Ultra SCSI Disks for EPC440, EPC1200, EPC1200A, EPC2400 and EPC2450
(MSUG104)

Discontinued: 31/05/2001.

Internal (SCSI-2 or Ultra SCSI) - "hot-swap disk"

Form factor 3"1/2


Size 1"
Average seek time (ms) 6.7
Average Latency (ms) 4.17
Rotational speed (RPM) 7200
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 22 (max)

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 42/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.11. 9.1 GB Ultra2 SCSI LVD/SE Disks for Escala EPC440, EPC1200, EPC1200A, EPC2400
and EPC2450 (MSUG128)

Discontinued: 30/06/2002.

Internal (Ultra2 SCSI - LVD/SE) hot-swap disk

Form factor 3"1/2


Size 1"
Average seek time (ms) 5.1
Average Latency (ms) 2.99
Rotational speed (RPM) 10,000
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 44.3 (max)

2.12. 9.1 GB Ultra2 SCSI LVD/SE Disks for Escala EPC430 and EPC450 (MSUG120)

Discontinued: 31/10/2001.

Internal (Ultra2 SCSI - LVD/SE) hot-swap disk

Form factor 3"1/2


Size 1"
Average seek time (ms) 5.2
Average Latency (ms) 2.99
Rotational speed (RPM) 10,000
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 40 (max)

2.13. 18.2 GB Ultra Wide SCSI Disks for EPC400 (MSUG122)

Discontinued: 08/07/2002.

Available on the EPC430 and EPC450 through reconnection only, when upgrading from the EPC400.

Internal (Ultra SCSI) - "hot-swap disk"

Form factor 3"1/2


Size 1"
Average seek time (ms) 6
Average Latency (ms) 4.17
Rotational speed (RPM) 7200
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 39 (max)

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 43/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.14. 18.2 GB Ultra SCSI Disks for EPC440, EPC1200, EPC1200A, EPC2400 and EPC2450
(MSUG125)

Discontinued on the EPC1200 as of 31/05/2001.


Discontinued on the EPC1200A as of 30/11/2001.
Discontinued: 30/06/2002.

Internal (Ultra SCSI) - "hot-swap disk"

Form factor 4"


Size 1"
Average seek time (ms) 7.2 (based on 4 reads to 1 write)
Average Latency (ms) 4.17
Rotational speed (RPM) 7200
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 32 (max)

2.15. 18.2 GB Ultra2 SCSI LVD/SE Disks for Escala EPC430 and EPC450 (MSUG121)

Internal (Ultra2 SCSI - LVD/SE) hot-swap disk

Form factor 3"1/2


Size 1"
Average seek time (ms) 5.2
Average Latency (ms) 2.99
Rotational speed (RPM) 10,000
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 40 (max)

2.16. 9.1 GB Ultra SCSI Disks for EPC610 and EPC810 (MSUG133)

Discontinued: 31/05/2001.

Internal (SCSI-2 or Ultra SCSI) – Fixed - Non hot-plug

Form factor 3"1/2


Size 1"
Average seek time (ms) 6.7
Average Latency (ms) 4.17
Rotational speed (RPM) 7200
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 22.4 (max)

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 44/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.17. 9.1 GB Ultra2 SCSI LVD/SE Disks for EPC610 and EPC810 (MSUG134)

Discontinued: 31/01/2001.

Internal (Ultra2 SCSI - LVD/SE) hot-swap disk

Form factor 3"1/2


Size 1"
Average seek time (ms) 6.5
Average Latency (ms) 2.99
Rotational speed (RPM) 10,000
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 20.2 (max)

2.18. 18.2 GB Ultra SCSI Disks for EPC610 and EPC810 (MSUG135)

Discontinued: 31/05/2001.

Internal (Ultra SCSI) - Fixed - Non hot-plug

Form factor 3"1/2


Size 1"
Average seek time (ms) 6.7
Average Latency (ms) 4.17
Rotational speed (RPM) 7200
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 22.4 (max)

2.19. 18.2 GB Ultra2 SCSI LVD/SE Disks for EPC610 and EPC810 (MSUG136)

Discontinued: 31/01/2001.

Internal (Ultra2 SCSI - LVD/SE) hot-swap disk

Form factor 3"1/2


Size 1"
Average seek time (ms) 7.5
Average Latency (ms) 2.99
Rotational speed (RPM) 10,000
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 20.2 (max)

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 45/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.20. 9.1 GB Ultra3 SCSI Disk for PL400R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, and PL820R
(MSUG164)
Discontinued: 30/04/2003

Internal (Ultra3 SCSI – LVD/SE) hot-swap disk

Form Factor 3" ½


Size 1"
Average Seek Time (ms) 5.3
Average Latency (ms) 3.03
Rotational Speed (RPM) 10000
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 20.3

This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra3 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an
Ultra3 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 160 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI
devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2 or Ultra3 in order for this disk drive to run at 160
MBps.

2.21. 18.2 GB Ultra3 SCSI Disk for PL400R, EPC610, PL420R, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, and
PL820R (MSUG165)
MSUG165 : Discontinued: December31, 2003
Internal (Ultra3 SCSI – LVD/SE) hot-swap disk

Form Factor 3" ½


Size 1"
Average Seek Time (ms) 6.5
Average Latency (ms) 3.03
Rotational Speed (RPM) 10000
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 20.3

This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra3 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an
Ultra3 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 160 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI
devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2 or Ultra3 in order for this disk drive to run at 160
MBps.

2.22. 36.4 GB Ultra3 SCSI Disk for PL400R, EPC610, PL420R, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, and
PL820R (MSUG166)

Internal (Ultra3 SCSI – LVD/SE) hot-swap disk

Form Factor 3" ½


Size 1"
Average Seek Time (ms) 6.5
Average Latency (ms) 3.03
Rotational Speed (RPM) 10000
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 20.3

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 46/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra3 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an
Ultra3 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 160 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI
devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2 or Ultra3 in order for this disk drive to run at 160
MBps.

2.23. 9.1 GB Ultra SCSI Disks for PL400R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810 and PL800R (MSUG173)

Discontinued: 30/04/2002.

Internal (Ultra SCSI - SE) - Fixed - Non hot-plug

Form factor 3"1/2


Size 1"
Average seek time (ms) 6.02
Average Latency (ms) 2.99
Rotational speed (RPM) 10,000
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 30.5 (max)

2.24. 18.2 GB Ultra SCSI Disks for PL400R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810 and PL800R
(MSUG174)

18,2 GB Ultra-SCSI Disk Drive (1"/10Krpm) Discontinued: September 5, 2003


Internal (Ultra SCSI - SE) - Fixed - Non hot-plug

Form factor 3"1/2


Size 1"
Average seek time (ms) 6.02
Average Latency (ms) 2.99
Rotational speed (RPM) 10,000
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 44.3 (max)

2.25. 36.4GB 10,000 RPM Ultra SCSI Disk Drive for PL220R (MSUG183)

Internal (Ultra SCSI - SE) - Fixed - Non hot-plug

Form Factor 3" ½


Size 1"
Average Seek Time (ms) 6.02
Average Latency (ms) 2.99
Rotational Speed (RPM) 10000
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 44.3

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 47/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.26. 18.2 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for PL220R (MSUG184)

18,2 GB Ultra-SCSI Disk Drive (1"/10Krpm) Discontinued: September 5, 2003


Internal (Ultra3 SCSI – LVD/SE) hot-swap disk

Form Factor 3" ½


Size 1"
Average Seek Time (ms) 6.02
Average Latency (ms) 2.99
Rotational Speed (RPM) 10000
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 44.3

2.27. 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for PL220R (MSUG185)

Internal (Ultra3 SCSI – LVD/SE) hot-swap disk

Form Factor 3" ½


Size 1"
Average Seek Time (ms) 6.02
Average Latency (ms) 2.99
Rotational Speed (RPM) 10000
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 44.3

2.28. 18.2 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for PL1600R and PL3200R (MSUG186)

Internal (Ultra3 SCSI – LVD/SE) hot-swap disk

Form Factor 3" ½


Size 1"
Average Seek Time (ms) 6.02
Average Latency (ms) 2.99
Rotational Speed (RPM) 10000
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 44.3

This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra3 SCSI Adapter in an system that supports an
Ultra3 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 160MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI
devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2 or Ultra3 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive
to run at 160MBps

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 48/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.29. 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for PL420R, PL820R, PL1600R and
PL3200R (MSUG187, MSUG203)

Internal (Ultra3 SCSI – LVD/SE) hot-swap disk

Form Factor 3" ½


Size 1"
Average Seek Time (ms) 6.02
Average Latency (ms) 2.99
Rotational Speed (RPM) 10000
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 44.3

This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra3 SCSI Adapter in an system that supports an
Ultra3 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 160MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI
devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2 or Ultra3 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive
to run at 160MBps

2.30. 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL220R (MSUG188)

Internal (Ultra3 SCSI – LVD/SE) – Fixed – Non hot-plug.

Form Factor 3" ½


Size 1"
Average Seek Time (ms) 5.38
Average Latency (ms) 3.00
Rotational Speed (RPM) 10000
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 83.88

2.31. 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL220R, (MSUG189)

Internal (Ultra3 SCSI – LVD/SE) hot-swap disk.

Form Factor 3" ½


Size 1"
Average Seek Time (ms) 5.38
Average Latency (ms) 3.00
Rotational Speed (RPM) 10000
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 83.88

This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra3 SCSI Adapter in an system that supports an
Ultra3 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 160MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI
devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2 or Ultra3 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive
to run at 160MBps

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 49/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.32. 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL420R, PL820R, PL1600R and
PL3200R- (MSUG190, MSUG204)

Internal (Ultra3 SCSI – LVD/SE) – Available as hot-swap disk.

Form Factor 3" ½


Size 1"
Average Seek Time (ms) 5.38
Average Latency (ms) 3.00
Rotational Speed (RPM) 10000
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 83.88

This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra3 SCSI Adapter in an system that supports an
Ultra3 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 160MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI
devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2 or Ultra3 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive
to run at 160MBps

2.33. 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra2 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL400R, PL600R, PL800R,
EPC610 and EPC810 - (MSUG191)

Internal (Ultra2 SCSI – LVD/SE) –Non hot-plug.

Form Factor 3" ½


Size 1"
Average Seek Time (ms) 5.00
Average Latency (ms) 3.00
Rotational Speed (RPM) 10000
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 83.88

2.34. 18.2 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra SCSI Disk Drive for Escala EPC2400 and EPC2450 -
(MSUG192)

Internal (Ultra SCSI) – Available as hot-swap disk.

Form Factor 3" ½


Size 1"
Average Seek Time (ms) 5.00
Average Latency (ms) 3.00
Rotational Speed (RPM) 10000
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 83.88

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 50/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.35. 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL220R, PL400R, PL420R,
PL600R, PL800R, and PL820R (MSUG194)

Internal (Ultra SCSI) – Available as hot-swap disk.

Form Factor 3" ½


Size 1"
Average Seek Time (ms) 5.1 (read)/ 5.9 (write)
Latency (ms) 3.03
Rotational Speed (RPM) 10000
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 57

2.36. 146.8 GB Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL420R and PL820R (MSUG202)

Internal (Ultra3 SCSI - LVD/SE) – Available as hot-swap disk.

Form Factor 3" ½


Size 1"
Average Seek Time (ms) 4.94
Average Latency Time (ms) 2.99
Rotational Speed (RPM) 10000
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 67
This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra3 SCSI Adapter in an system that supports an
Ultra3 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 160MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI
devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2 or Ultra3 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive
to run at 160MBps

2.37. 18.2 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL420R (MSUG205)

18,2 GB Ultra-SCSI Disk Drive (1"/10Krpm) Discontinued: September 5, 2003


Internal (Ultra3 SCSI ) – hot-swap disk.

Form Factor 3" ½


Size 1"
Average Seek Time (ms) 4.82
Average Latency (ms) 2.99
Rotational Speed (RPM) 10000
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 67

This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra3 SCSI Adapter in an system that supports an
Ultra3 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 160MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI
devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2 or Ultra3 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive
to run at 160MBps

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 51/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.38. 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for PL420R (MSUG206)

Internal (Ultra3 SCSI – LVD/SE) hot-swap disk

Form Factor 3" ½


Size 1"
Average Seek Time (ms) 4.82
Average Latency (ms) 2.99
Rotational Speed (RPM) 10000
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 67

This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra3 SCSI Adapter in an system that supports an
Ultra3 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 160MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI
devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2 or Ultra3 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive
to run at 160MBps

2.39. 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL420R (MSUG207)

Internal (Ultra3 SCSI – LVD/SE) – Available as hot-swap disk.

Form Factor 3" ½


Size 1"
Average Seek Time (ms) 4.82
Average Latency (ms) 2.99
Rotational Speed (RPM) 10000
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 67

This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra3 SCSI Adapter in an system that supports an
Ultra3 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 160MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI
devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2 or Ultra3 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive
to run at 160MBps
2.40. 18.2 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL420R (MSUG208)

18,2 GB Ultra-SCSI Disk Drive (1"/10Krpm) Discontinued: September 5, 2003


Internal (Ultra3 SCSI ) – hot-swap disk.
Form Factor 3" ½
Size 1"
Average Seek Time (ms) 6.02
Average Latency (ms) 2.99
Rotational Speed (RPM) 10000
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 44.3

This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra3 SCSI Adapter in an system that supports an
Ultra3 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 160MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI
devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2 or Ultra3 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive
to run at 160MBps

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 52/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.41. 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for DRWG021/DRWG022 (MSUG209)

(Ultra3 SCSI - LVD/SE) – Available as hot-swap disk.

Form Factor 3" ½


Size 1"
Average Seek Time (ms) 4.94
Average Latency Time (ms) 2.99
Rotational Speed (RPM) 10000
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 67

This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra3 SCSI Adapter in an system that supports an
Ultra3 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 160MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI
devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2 or Ultra3 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive
to run at 160MBps

2.42. 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL420R and PL820R (MSUG210)

Internal (Ultra3 SCSI – LVD/SE) – hot-swap disk.

Form Factor 3" ½


Size 1"
Average Seek Time (ms) 3.7
Average Latency (ms) 2.00
Rotational Speed (RPM) 15000
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 83

This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra3 SCSI Adapter in an system that supports an
Ultra3 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 160MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI
devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2 or Ultra3 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive
to run at 160MBps

2.43. 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL420R and PL820R (MSUG211)

Internal (Ultra3 SCSI – LVD/SE) – hot-swap disk.


Form Factor 3" ½
Size 1"
Average Seek Time (ms) 3.7
Average Latency (ms) 2.00
Rotational Speed (RPM) 15000
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 83

This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra3 SCSI Adapter in an system that supports an
Ultra3 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 160MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI
devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2 or Ultra3 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive
to run at 160MBps

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 53/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.44. 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL1600 and PL3200 (MSUG212)

Internal (Ultra3 SCSI – LVD/SE) – hot-swap disk.

Form Factor 3" ½


Size 1"
Average Seek Time (ms) 3.7
Average Latency (ms) 2.00
Rotational Speed (RPM) 15000
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 83

This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra3 SCSI Adapter in an system that supports an
Ultra3 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 160MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI
devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2 or Ultra3 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive
to run at 160MBps

2.45. 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL1600 and PL3200 (MSUG213)

Internal (Ultra3 SCSI – LVD/SE) – hot-swap disk.

Form Factor 3" ½


Size 1"
Average Seek Time (ms) 3.7
Average Latency (ms) 2.00
Rotational Speed (RPM) 15000
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 83

This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra3 SCSI Adapter in an system that supports an
Ultra3 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 160MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI
devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2 or Ultra3 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive
to run at 160MBps

2.46. 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL220R – MSUG214

Internal (Ultra3 SCSI – LVD/SE) hot-swap disk.


Form Factor 3" ½
Size 1"
Average Seek Time (ms) 3.7
Average Latency (ms) 2.00
Rotational Speed (RPM) 15000
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 83

This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra3 SCSI Adapter in an system that supports an
Ultra3 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 160MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI
devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2 or Ultra3 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive
to run at 160MBps

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 54/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.47. 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL220R (MSUG215)

Internal (Ultra3 SCSI – LVD/SE) – hot-swap disk.

Form Factor 3" ½


Size 1"
Average Seek Time (ms) 3.7
Average Latency (ms) 2.00
Rotational Speed (RPM) 15000
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 83

This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra3 SCSI Adapter in an system that supports an
Ultra3 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 160MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI
devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2 or Ultra3 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive
to run at 160MBps

2.48. 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for DRWG021/DRWG022 (MSUG216)

(Ultra3 SCSI – LVD/SE) – hot-swap disk.

Form Factor 3" ½


Size 1"
Average Seek Time (ms) 3.7
Average Latency (ms) 2.00
Rotational Speed (RPM) 15000
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 83

This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra3 SCSI Adapter in an system that supports an
Ultra3 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 160MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI
devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2 or Ultra3 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive
to run at 160MBps

2.49. 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for DRWG021/DRWG022 (MSUG217)

(Ultra3 SCSI – LVD/SE) – hot-swap disk.

Form Factor 3" ½


Size 1"
Average Seek Time (ms) 3.7
Average Latency (ms) 2.00
Rotational Speed (RPM) 15000
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 83

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 55/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra3 SCSI Adapter in an system that supports an
Ultra3 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 160MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI
devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2 or Ultra3 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive
to run at 160MBps

2.50. 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for PL240R (MSUG220)

Internal (Ultra3 SCSI – LVD/SE) hot-swap disk

Form Factor 3" ½


Size 1"
Average Seek Time (ms) 4.82
Average Latency (ms) 2.99
Rotational Speed (RPM) 10000
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 67

This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra3 SCSI Adapter in an system that supports an
Ultra3 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 160MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI
devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2 or Ultra3 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive
to run at 160MBps

2.51. 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL240R (MSUG221)

Internal (Ultra3 SCSI – LVD/SE) – Available as hot-swap disk.

Form Factor 3" ½


Size 1"
Average Seek Time (ms) 4.82
Average Latency (ms) 2.99
Rotational Speed (RPM) 10000
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 67

This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra3 SCSI Adapter in an system that supports an
Ultra3 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 160MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI
devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2 or Ultra3 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive
to run at 160MBps

2.52. 146.8 GB Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL240R (MSUG222)
Internal (Ultra3 SCSI - LVD/SE) – Available as hot-swap disk.

Form Factor 3" ½


Size 1"
Average Seek Time (ms) 4.94
Average Latency Time (ms) 2.99
Rotational Speed (RPM) 10000
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 67

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 56/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra3 SCSI Adapter in an system that supports an
Ultra3 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 160MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI
devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2 or Ultra3 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive
to run at 160MBps

2.53. 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL240R (MSUG223)

Internal (Ultra3 SCSI – LVD/SE) – hot-swap disk.

Form Factor 3" ½


Size 1"
Average Seek Time (ms) 3.7
Average Latency (ms) 2.00
Rotational Speed (RPM) 15000
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 83

This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra3 SCSI Adapter in an system that supports an
Ultra3 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 160MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI
devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2 or Ultra3 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive
to run at 160MBps

2.54. 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL240R (MSUG224)

Internal (Ultra3 SCSI – LVD/SE) – hot-swap disk.

Form Factor 3" ½


Size 1"
Average Seek Time (ms) 3.7
Average Latency (ms) 2.00
Rotational Speed (RPM) 15000
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 83

This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra3 SCSI Adapter in an system that supports an
Ultra3 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 160MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI
devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2 or Ultra3 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive
to run at 160MBps

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 57/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.55. 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive for DRWG021/DRWG022/DRWG031
(MSUG225)

(Ultra320 SCSI – LVD/SE) hot-swap disk

Form Factor 3" ½


Size 1"
Average Seek Time (ms) 4.82
Average Latency (ms) 2.99
Rotational Speed (RPM) 10000
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 67

This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an
Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI
devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run
at 320MBps

2.56. 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive for DRWG021/DRWG022/DRWG031
(MSUG226)

(Ultra320 SCSI – LVD/SE) – hot-swap disk.

Form Factor 3" ½


Size 1"
Average Seek Time (ms) 4.82
Average Latency (ms) 2.99
Rotational Speed (RPM) 10000
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 67

This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an
Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI
devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run
at 320MBps

2.57. 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive for DRWG021/DRWG022/DRWG031
(MSUG227)

(Ultra320 SCSI - LVD/SE) – hot-swap disk.

Form Factor 3" ½


Size 1"
Average Seek Time (ms) 4.94
Average Latency Time (ms) 2.99
Rotational Speed (RPM) 10000
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 67

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 58/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an
Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI
devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run
at 320MBps

2.58. 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive for DRWG021/DRWG022/DRWG031
(MSUG228)

(Ultra320 SCSI – LVD/SE) – hot-swap disk.

Form Factor 3" ½


Size 1"
Average Seek Time (ms) 3.7
Average Latency (ms) 2.00
Rotational Speed (RPM) 15000
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 83

This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an
Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI
devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run
at 320MBps

2.59. 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive for DRWG021/DRWG022/DRWG031
(MSUG229)

(Ultra320 SCSI – LVD/SE) – hot-swap disk.

Form Factor 3" ½


Size 1"
Average Seek Time (ms) 3.7
Average Latency (ms) 2.00
Rotational Speed (RPM) 15000
Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 83

This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an
Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI
devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run
at 320MBps

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 59/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

3. Media

3.1. Media Usage Summary Table

S: Standard O: Internal Option E: External Option N: Not supported

EPC1200 &

EPC2400 &
EPC1200A
EPC430 &

EPC810 &
PL400R &

PL3200R
EPC2450

PL1600R
EPC400

EPC450
EPC440
EPC610

EPC800
PL220R

PL600R

PL800R

PL820R
(2)

&
3"1/2 Floppy 1.44MB S S S S S S S S S S S S
1/4" Tape 16/32 GB N O/E O/E (1) N N N O/E N N N N N
1/4" Tape 25/50 GB N O O N N N E N N N N N
8mm VDAT 7/14 GB N O O O O O O O O N N N
8mm VDAT 20/40 GB O E E E O O E O O O N N
8mm VDAT 65/150 GB O N N N N O N O N N O O
4mm DAT 12/24 GB N O O O O O O O O O N N
4mm DAT 20/40 GB N N O O O O N O O O O O
DLT4000 20/40 GB N E E E E E E E N N N N
DLT7000 35/70 GB N E E E E E E E E E N N
DLT8000E 40/80 GB E E E E E E N E E E E E
1/2" Tape STK N E E (1) N N N E N N N N N
CD-ROM 600 MB N S S S S S S/O S S S S N
CD-ROM
48X 650 MB S N N N N N N N N N N O
DVD-RAM 4.7 GB O N N N N O N O N O O O
DVD-ROM
16X/48X 9.46 GB N N N N N N N N N N N O
(1) Available on the EPC430 and EPC450 through reconnection only, when upgrading from the EPC400.
(2) All media on the EPC800 discontinued as of 30/06/2001.

3.2. Diskette Drives

3.2.1. 3.5-Inch 1.44MB Diskette Drive

A 1.44 MB 3-1/2 inch diskette drive is standard on all ESCALA system units. It supports also the 720
KB format.

Attachment

The drive attaches to the system using an internal cable to the diskette controller in the system unit.

3.2.2. 3.5-Inch 1.44MB Diskette Drive (DDUG002 for PL420R)

A 1.44 MB 3-1/2 inch Diskette Drive (black bezel) is an option ESCALA PL420R
It supports also the 720 KB format.

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 60/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Attachment

The controller fits into a single dedicated Media open bay for Disquette/DVD-RAM or tape drive
(optional).

Operational Requirements

• Supported on PL420R
• One free single dedicated Media open bay for Disquette/DVD-RAM or tape drive (optional).
• AIX 5.1, ore later

3.2.3. 3.5-Inch 1.44MB Slimline Diskette Drive (DDUG003 for PL240R)

Diskette drive (Black bezel) with storage capacity up to 1.44 MB on a high density (2HD) floppy disk
and 720 KB on a double density floppy disk. Low power consumption: 1.5 W typical (read/write
mode) and amber color LED in-use indicator.The detailed physical dimensions are:
height 21.1 mm (.83 inch); width 139.9 mm (5.51 inches); depth 83.8 mm (3.3 inches).

Operational Requirements

• Supported on PL240R
• AIX 5.1 or later.

3.3. Tape Drives

3.3.1. QIC 16/32 GB MLR1 1/4-Inch Cartridge Tape Drive (MTUG032)

Discontinued: 30/10/1999.
Note: Available on the EPC430 and EPC450 through reconnection only, when upgrading from the
EPC400.

The QIC 16/32 GB MLR1 (Multi Channel Linear Recording 1) 1/4-inch cartridge tape drive operates
in a streaming mode and provides data interchange and save/restore capabilities with preformatted data
cartridges. The cartridge loading in QIC 16/32 GB MLR1 tape drive is motorized.

The drive supports the following standards:

Maximum Bull Express Imation


Format Operation
Capacity Reference Reference
QIC 5010 16/32 GB R/W - ECC 43473 16.0 GB
QIC 5010 13/26 GB R/W - ECC 47023 13.0 GB
QIC-2 GB 2.5/5 GB R/W - ECC 3236 MAGNUS 2.5
QIC 1000 1.2 GB R/W - ECC 3217 MAGNUS 1.2
QIC 525 525 MB R/W - ECC 3215 DC 6525
QIC 150 150 MB R/W 3209 DC 6150

The QIC 24 format has been discontinued.

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 61/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

User average Data Transfer rate, streaming mode: 1.5 MB/s native and 3 MB/s compressed (assuming
an average Data Compression ratio of 2:1).
Warning: Capacity and transfer rate using the HW Data Compression embedded into the drive depends
on the pattern of the transferred data.
Need of a special "Dry Process" cleaning cartridge - Bull Express Reference: 05678 - for 50 cleaning.

3.3.2. QIC 25/50 GB MLR3 1/4-Inch Cartridge Tape Drive (MTUG036)

The QIC 25/50 GB MLR3 (Multi Channel Linear Recording 3) 1/4 inch Cartridge Tape Drive operates
in a streaming mode and provides data interchange and save/restore capabilities with preformatted data
cartridges.
The cartridge loading in QIC 25/50 GB MLR3 Tape Drive is motorized.

The drive supports the following standards:

Maximum Bull Express Imation


Format Operation
Capacity Reference Reference
MLR3-25GB 25/50 GB R/W ECC 43498 MLR3 25 GB
QIC 5010 16/32 GB R/W - ECC 43473 16.0 GB
QIC-4 GB 4/8 GB R only - ECC 43474 MAGNUS 4.0
QIC-2 GB 2.5/5 GB R only - ECC 3236 MAGNUS 2.5
QIC 1000 1.2 GB Not Supported
QIC 525 525 MB Not Supported
QIC 150 150 MB Not Supported
QIC 24 60 MB Not Supported

User average Data Transfer rate, streaming mode with MLR3 25 GB cartridges: 2.0 MB/s native and 4
MB/s compressed (assuming an average Data Compression ratio of 2:1).
Warning: Capacity and Transfer rate using the HW Data Compression embedded into the drive
depends on the pattern of the transferred data.
Need of a special "Dry Process" cleaning cartridge - Bull Express Reference: 05678 - for 50 cleaning.

3.3.3. 5/10 GB 8 mm Tape Drive (or VDAT 5/10 GB) (MTUG037)

Discontinued.

The 5 GB 8 mm Tape Drive is a SCSI streaming tape drive that uses 8 mm data cartridges. The
sustained data transfer rate is 500 KB per second.

The 5 GB 8 mm tape drive features data compression hardware using an adaptation of IBM's IDRC
algorithm This provides an effective capacity of up to 10 GB of data per cartridge and an increased
effective data rate of 1 MB per second, assuming an average data compression 2:1 and depending on
the type of data transferred.

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 62/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

3.3.4. 7/14 GB 8 mm Tape Drive (or VDAT 7/14 GB) "Eliant" (MTUG029)

Discontinued: 31/03/2001.

The 7 GB 8 mm Tape Drive is a SCSI streaming tape drive that uses 8 mm data cartridges. The
sustained data transfer rate is 1 MB per second.

The 7 GB 8 mm tape drive features data compression hardware using an adaptation of IBM's IDRC
algorithm. This provides an effective capacity of up to 14 GB of data per cartridge and an increased
effective data rate of 2 MB per second, assuming an average data compression 2:1 and depending on
the type of data transferred.

Caution:
The 8200 format is "Read only".
When using this format the cartridge MUST be write protected.
3.3.5. Internal/External 20/40 GB 16-bit 8 mm Tape Drive (or VDAT 20/40 GB)
(MTUG033, MTUG038 and MTSG015)

Discontinued as of 31/12/2002.

The 20/40 GB 16-bit 8 mm Tape Drive is a SCSI streaming tape drive that uses 8 mm data cartridges.
The sustained data transfer rate is 3 MB per second.

Features

• A Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) to provide operating and error messages.


• Data Compression hardware using an adaptation of IBM's IDRC algorithm which provides an
effective capacity of up to 40 GB of data per cartridge, and an increased effective data rate of 6
MB per second assuming an average Data Compression 2:1, depending on the type of data
transferred.
• Reads the 8mm tape cartridges in capacities of 2.3GB, 5GB, 7GB and 20GB in native mode or
10GB, 14GB and 40GB in compressed mode.
• Writes the 8mm tape cartridges in capacities of 20GB in native mode and 40GB in compressed
mode when using Advanced Metal Evaporated (AME) media.

Characteristics

• Capacity: 20GB native mode, 40GB (typical) compression mode


• Form Factor: 5.25-inch half-high
• Media: 8mm Advanced Metal Evaporated media on Write/Read 20GB format, 8mm Metal Particle
(MP) media on Read 2.3GB, 5GB, 7GB format
• Technology: Helical scan, rotating head, Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) for messages
• Operation: Streaming
• Data Transfer Rate: 3MB/s native mode, 6MB/s (typical) compression mode
• Interface: SCSI-2 (single-ended) asynchronous/synchronous
• Physical Specifications: 250mm (Width), 275mm (Depth), 55mm (Height), 5Kg (Weight)

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 63/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

EMC Conformance Classification

• USA: FCC Class B


• Japan: VCCI-2
• Europe: CISPR 22 Class B

Product Safety/Country Testing/Certification

• USA: UL
• Canada: CNL (CSA or cUL)
• Germany/Europe: CE Mark (Safety, TUV, EN60 950)

Warning: The 8mm Metal Particle media (2.3GB, 5GB and 7GB) is "Read only".

Limitations:
If this tape drive is used for reading Metal Particle media (2.3GB, 5GB or 7GB), the drive must be
cleaned with a cleaning cartridge prior to using an Advanced Metal Evaporated media (20GB).
Cleaning Tape: Ref 315250 (Bull Express) for 18 cleanings.

3.3.6. 60/150GB Internal 8mm VDAT Tape Drive (MTUG042)

The 60/150 GB, 16-bit, 8-mm, Internal Tape Drive consists of a 5.25-inch, half-high, 16-bit tape drive.
This drive gives you a high-capacity tape drive for save/restore and archiving functions. It uses IBM 8-
mm data cartridges and is compression capable, offering a capacity of up to 150 GB -- up to 375%
increase over the previous 20/40 GB 8-mm internal tape drive.

Characteristics

Capacity 60 GB native mode, 150 GB (typical) compression mode


Form Factor 5.25-inch half high
Media IBM 8-mm Data Cartridge with Smart Clean Technology
Technology Helical scan, rotating head
Operation Streaming
Data Transfer Rate 12 MBps native mode, 30 MBps (typical) compression M
Interface SCSI-2 16-bit Low Voltage Differential (LVD) / Single Ended
(SE) asynchronous/synchronous
Compatibility with The 60GB drive can read tapes written by the 20GB drive but
other VDAT tape cannot write tapes that can be read by the 20GB drive. Tapes
drives written by the 60GB drive can only be read on a 60GB drive. The
60GB 8mm tape drive ONLY writes "Mammoth2(M2)" format.
The 60GB 8mm tape drive READS "Mammoth" or
"Mammoth2(M2)" format.

Supported Systems

All Escala PL.

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 64/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Softwre Requirements

AIX 5.1 or later.

3.3.7. 60/150 GB 8mm Internal Auto-docking Tape Drive (VDAT) (MTUG045)

The 60/150 GB 16-bit 8mm Internal Auto-docking Tape Drive consists of a 5.25-inch, 16-bit tape
drive. This drive provides a high capacity tape drive for save/restore and achieving functions. This
tape drive uses IBM 8mm data cartridges and is compression capable, providing a capacity of up to
150 GB - up to 375% increase over the previous 20/40GB 8mm internal tape drive.

Characteristics

• Capacity: 60 GB native mode, 150 GB (typical) compression mode


• Form Factor: 5.25-inch half high
• Media: IBM 8mm Data Cartridge with Smart Clean Technology
• Technology: Helical scan, rotating head
• Operation: Streaming
• Data Transfer Rate: 12 MBps native mode, 30 MBps (typical) compression M
• Interface: SCSI-2 16-bit Low Voltage Differential (LVD) / Single Ended (SE)
asynchronous/synchronous
• Compatibility: 20 GB mode (Read only), 20 GB compression (Read only); 60 GB
mode(Read/Write), 150 GB compression (Read/Write).

Supported Systems

Escala PL820R.

Softwre Requirements

AIX 5.1 or later.

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 65/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

3.3.8. 60/150 GB Internal 8 mm VDAT Tape Drive (MTUG048)

The 60/150 GB, 16-bit, 8-mm Internal Tape Drive consists of a 5.25-inch half-high, 16-bit SCSI tape
drive. This drive gives you a high capacity tape drive for save/restore and archiving functions. This
tape drive uses 8-mm data cartridges and is compression capable, providing a capacity of up to 150
GB -- up to 375% increase over the previous 20/40 GB 8-mm internal tape drive.

Characteristics

• Capacity : 60 GB (Native mode), 150 GB (typical) Compression Mode


• 5.25-inch half-high form factor
• Media : 8mm Data Cartridge with Smart Clean Technology
• Technologie : Helical Scan, Rotating Head
• Operation : Streaming
• Data Transfer Rate: 12 MB/sec (Native Mode)
• Data Transfer Rate: 30 MB/sec (typical) Compression Mode
• Interface: SCSI-2 16-bit Low Voltage Differential (LVD) / Single-ended (SE)
Asynchronous/Synchronous

Software Requirements

MTUG048: AIX 5.1, or later for PL240R and PL420R.

3.3.9. 12/24GB Internal 4mm DAT Tape Drive (MTUG035)

The 12/24 GB 4-mm internal tape drive is a 5.25-inch, half-high, single-ended 8-bit tape drive, which
provides a high capacity for save/restore functions. This tape drive uses 4-mm data cartridges and is
compression capable, providing a capacity of up to 24 GB.

Characteristics

Capacity 12 GB native mode, 24 GB (typical) compression mode


Form Factor 5.25-inch half high
Media 4-mm DDS-3 data cartridge
Technology Helical scan, rotating head
Operation Streaming
Data Transfer Rate 1.1 MBps native mode, 2.2 MBps (typical) compression
Interface SCSI-2 (single ended) asynchronous/synchronous
Compatibility 2 GB mode (Read/Write), 4 GB compression (Read/Write); 4 GB mode
(Read/Write), 8 GB compression (Read/Write); 12 GB mode
(Read/Write), 24 GB compression (Read/Write)

3.3.10. 12/24 GB 4 mm Tape Drive (MTUG028)

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 66/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

The 4mm tape drive features IPL capability and up to 24GB of storage capacity with compression in a
5.25" half high enclosure that attaches via the SCSI interface.

Characteristics

• Non-data grade media rejection (will not write on audio grade media)
• DDS, DDS2 and DDS3-data compression format
• SCSI2 command support with SCSI-2 SE interface
• Synchronous and asynchronous SCSI data transfers, streaming operation
• Average file search speed: 40 second (125m tape)
• 12GB capacity per cartridge, 24GB with data compression (typical)
• Data transfer rate:
Max. Sustained Native: 1 MB/s
Max Burst Asynchronous: 3 MB/s
Max. Burst Synchronous: 10 MB/s
• Data Buffer 2 MB
• Rewind Speed 1m/s.

Cartridge Types
DDS1 (60m) DDS1 (90m) DDS2 (120m) DDS3 (125m)
Read and write Read and write Read and write Read and write
Characteristics
in DDS1 in DDS1 in DDS2 in DDS3
Data capacity * 1.3GB/2.6GB 2GB/4GB 4GB/8GB 12GB/24GB
Bull Express
3226 3227 3228 3230
Reference cartridge

* in Not Compressed/Compressed mode

Software Requirements

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 67/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

3.3.11. 20/40 GB DAT 4 mm Tape Drive (MTUG039)

The 4mm Tape Drive features IPL capability and up to 40GB of storage capacity with compression in
a 5.25" half high enclosure that attaches via the SCSI interface.

Characteristics
• Non-data grade media rejection (will not write on audio grade media)
• DDS2, DDS3 and DDS4-data compression format
• SCSI2 command support with Ultra Wide SCSI LVD and SE interface
• Synchronous and asynchronous SCSI data transfers, streaming operation
• Average file search speed: 50 second (155m tape)
• 20GB capacity per cartridge, 40GB with data compression (typical)
• Max. Sustained Native Data transfer rate: 3 MB/s
• Data Buffer 8 MB
• Rewind Speed 1m/s.

Cartridge Types
DDS1 (60m) DDS1 (90m) DDS2 (120m) DDS3 (125m) DDS4 (155m)
Read ONLY in Read and write Read and write Read and write
Characteristics Not supported
DDS1 in DDS2 in DDS3 in DDS4
Data capacity * 1.3GB/2.6GB 2GB/4GB 4GB/8GB 12GB/24GB 20GB/40GB
Bull Express Fuji 78023
3226 3227 3228 3230
Reference cartridge HP C5718A
* in Not Compressed/Compressed mode

MTUG039: AIX 5.1 or later for PL240R and PL420R

3.3.12. 20/40 GB DAT 4 mm Tape Drive (MTUG041)

The 20/40 GB 4-mm Internal Tape Drive is a 5.25-inch, half-high, single-ended 16-bit tape drive,
which provides a high capacity for save/restore and achieve functions. This tape drive uses 4-mm data
cartridges and is compression capable, providing a capacity of up to 40 GB.

Characteristics
• Capacity: 20 GB native mode, 40 GB (typical) compression mode
• Form Factor: 5.25-inch half high
• Media: 4-mm DDS-4 data cartridge
• Technology: Helical scan, rotating head
• Operation: Streaming
• Data Transfer Rate: 3MBps native mode, 6MBps (typical) compression
• Interface: SCSI-2 (single ended) asynchronous/synchronous
• Compatibility: 4 GB mode (Read/Write), 8 GB compression (Read/Write); 12 GB
mode(Read/Write), 24 GB compression (Read/Write), 20 GB mode (Read/Write), 40 GB
compression (Read/Write).

Supported Systems
Escala PL1600R and PL3200R.

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 68/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

3.3.13. 20/40 GB 4-mm Auto-docking Tape Drive (DAT) (MTUG046)

The 20/40 GB 4-mm Internal Auto-docking Tape Drive is a 5.25-inch, half-high, single-ended 16-bit
tape drive, which provides a high capacity for save/restore and achieve functions. This tape drive uses
IBM 4-mm data cartridges and is compression capable, providing a capacity of up to 40 GB - a
significant increase in capacity over the previous 12/24 4-mm internal tape drives (when using DDS-4
media).

Characteristics

• Capacity: 20 GB native mode, 40 GB (typical) compression mode


• Form Factor: 5.25-inch half high
• Media: IBM 4-mm DDS-4 data cartridge
• Technology: Helical scan, rotating head
• Operation: Streaming
• Data Transfer Rate: 3MBps native mode, 6MBps (typical) compression
• Interface: SCSI-2 (single ended) asynchronous/synchronous
• Compatibility: 4 GB mode (Read/Write), 8 GB compression (Read/Write); 12 GB mode
(Read/Write), 24 GB compression (Read/Write), 20 GB mode (Read/Write), 40 GB compression
(Read/Write).

Supported Systems

Escala PL820R.

Softwre Requirements

AIX 5.1 or later.

3.3.14. DLT 4000 Tape Drive

Discontinued: 30/06/2001.
The DLT 4000 tape drive is a high-performance, high capacity, streaming 1/2" cartridge tape product
designed for use on midrange and high-end systems.

Characteristics
• External Table Top - 5"1/4 form factor - 1/2" tape drive
• 20GB capacity per cartridge, 40GB typical with 2:1 data compression ratio
• Differential interface (up to 25m connection)
• Tape cartridge available
CompacTape IV (up to 20GB native formatted data)
CompacTape III (2.6, 6.0 and 10GB native formatted data depending on selection)
• SCSI-2 differential interface - wide connection
• Data transfer rate: 1.5MB/second native, 3.0MB/s in compression mode (with 2:1 ratio)
• Dual channel read/write
• Maximum block size of 16MB

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 69/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

• Read/write data cache of 2MB


• Tape mark directory to maximize throughput and to minimize data access tie
• Timing characteristics:
Tape speed: 110 inches/sec on read/write - 150 inches/sec on search
Average rewind time: 45 sec
Average access time: 45 sec
Load to BOT : 48 sec for tape already used
Unload from BOT: 17 sec.

Warning:
• The CompacTape III (2.6GB, 6GB and 10GB) can be only "on read".
• The CompacTape IV (20GB) can be "on read" or "on write".
• The CompacTape (40GB) cannot be "on read".

3.3.15. DLT 7000 Tape Drive

Discontinued: 31/10/2001.
The DLT 7000 Tape Drive is a high-performance, high capacity, streaming 1/2" cartridge tape product
designed for use on midrange and high-end systems.

Characteristics

• External Table Top - 5"1/4 form factor - 1/2" tape drive


• 35 GB capacity per cartridge, 70 GB typical with 2:1 data compression ratio
• Differential interface (up to 25m connection)
• Tape cartridge available
CompacTape IV (20GB and 35GB native formatted data)
CompacTape III (2.6, 6.0 and 10GB native formatted data depending on selection)
• SCSI-2 differential interface - wide connection
• Data transfer rate: 5.0 MB/second native, 10 MB/s in compression mode (with 2:1 ratio)
• Quad channel read/write
• Maximum block size of 16 MB
• Read/write data cache of 8 MB
• Tape mark directory to maximize throughput and to minimize data access tie
• Timing characteristics:
Tape speed: 160 inches/sec on read/write - 175 inches/sec on search and on rewind
Average rewind time: 60 sec
Average access time: 60 sec
Load to BOT : 47 sec for tape already used
Unload from BOT: 17 sec.

Warning:
The CompacTape III (2.6GB, 6GB and 10GB) and the CompacTape IV (20GB) can be only "on read".
The CompacTape IV (40GB) can be "on read" or "on write".

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 70/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

3.3.16. 40/80 GB External DLT Drive - DLT8000E

The DLT8000E tape drive is a high performance, high capacity streaming cartridge tape product, ideal
for midrange and high-end systems.

Characteristics

• External Tabletop - 5.25 form factor - 1/2" tape drive


• 40 GB capacity per cartridge, 80 GB typical with 2:1 data compression ratio, using a DLTtape IV
cartridge and DLT8000 format
• SCSI-2 High Voltage Differential (HVD) interface (wide)
• Max. data transfer rate: 6.0 MB/second native, 12 MB/s in compression mode (with 2:1 ratio) in
DLT8000 format using a DLTtape IV cartridge
• Quad channel read/write in DLT8000 format
• Maximum block size: 16 MB
• Read/write data cache: 8 MB
• Tape mark directory to maximize throughput and to minimize data access tie
• Timing specifications:
READ/WRITE tape speed: 168 inches/second
Search and Rewind: 175 inches/second
Average rewind time: 60 seconds
Average access time: 69 seconds
Average load to BOT: 130 seconds (formatted) 133 seconds (unformatted)
Unload from BOT: 21 seconds.

Available Tape Cartridges

Type Plastic Colors Feet/Cartridge


DLTtape III Grayish Brown 1200
DLTtape IIIXT White 1800
DLTtape IV Black 1800

DLTtape III DLTtape IIIXT DLTtape IV


Compression OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON
Native capacity (GB) 10 20 15 30 40 80
Native transfer rate (MB/s) 1.5 3.0 1.5 3.0 6.0 12.0
Selectable capacity (GB) - - - - 35 70
Selectable transfer rate (MB/s) - - - - 5.0 10.0
Selectable capacity (GB) - - - - 20 40
Selectable transfer rate (MB/s) - - - - 1.5 3.0

Note: Transfer rates with compression ON represent maximums.

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 71/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

3.3.17. 160/320 GB External SDLT Drive – (MTSG022)

The SDLT ( Super Digital Linear Tape) external tape drive is a high performance, high capacity
streaming cartridge tape product, ideal for midrange and high-end systems.

Characteristics

• External Tabletop
• 160 GB capacity native per cartridge, 320 GB compressed with 2:1 data compression ratio, using a
SDLT320 tape cartridge and SDLT format
• SCSI-2 Ligh Voltage Differential (LVD) interface (68-pin)
• Max. data transfer rate: 16.0 MB/second native, 32 MB/s in compression mode (with 2:1 ratio) in
SDLT format using a SDLT320 cartridge
• Read compatible with tapes writen on DLT7000 or DLT8000 drives
• Data transfer rates of up to 32 MB/sec means shorter backup cycles

Available Tape Cartridges


• SDLT320 cartridge capacity is 160 GB.
• Data on the drive may be compressed to achieve up to 2 times this capacity

Note: Transfer rates with compression ON represent maximums.

3.3.18. 200/400 GB Ultrium 2 external LTO tape drive – (MTSG020)

The Ultrium 2 external LTO (Linear Tape-Open) tape drive is a high performance, high capacity
streaming cartridge tape product, ideal for midrange and high-end systems.

Characteristics

• External Tabletop
• 200 GB capacity native per cartridge, 400 GB compressed with 2:1 data compression ratio, using a
LTO tape cartridge and LTO format
• Max. data transfer rate: 35.0 MB/second native, 70 MB/s in compression mode (with 2:1 ratio) ) in
LTO format using a LTO cartridge
• Ultra3 SCSI (LVD/SE) or (HVD) interface.
• Data transfer rates of up to 70 MB/sec means shorter backup cycles

Available Tape Cartridges


• Ultrium 2 cartridge capacity is 200 GB.
• Data on the drive may be compressed to achieve up to 2 times this capacity

Note: Transfer rates with compression ON represent maximums.

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 72/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

3.4. CD-ROM Drives

3.4.1. 14-32 Speed Tray-Loading CD-ROM Drive

The 14-32 Speed Tray-Loading CD-ROM is a 600MB SCSI-2 CD-ROM drive that provides from 14x
up to 32x speed performance with the convenience of loading a CD without a caddy.
The speed is on Constant Angular Velocity. The speed depends on the location of the "read head".

Characteristics

Form factor: 5"¼ in Half High


Height: 42 mm
External Interface: SCSI-2 8-bit Single Ended
Interface Speed: 10 Mb/sec max. burst
Access Time: 90 ms average
Data Rate: from 2300 Kb/sec to 5400 Kb/s average

Supported Systems

Escala EPC400 and EPC800.

3.4.2. 32x CD-ROM Drive

The 32x CD-ROM is a 600MB SCSI-2 CD-ROM drive that provides more speed performance.

Characteristics

Form factor: 5"¼ in Half High


Height: 43 mm
External Interface: SCSI-2 8-bit Single Ended
Buffer memory: 512KB
Access Time: 90 ms average

Supported Systems

Escala EPC440, EPC610, EPC810, PL800R, EPC1200, EPC1200A, PL1600R, EPC2400, EPC2450
and PL3200R.

3.4.3. 48x (Max) IDE CD-ROM Drive (CDRG017, CDRG020 for PL420R)

The 48X (Max) IDE Internal CD-ROM Drive is a tray loading CD-ROM drive providing up to
7200KB/sec maximum media data transfer rate. It is a 5.25 inch half-high form factor, multi-session
capable, CD-ROM drive which provides state of the art performance and supports existing 650MB
CD-ROM discs.

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 73/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Characteristics
• Media Data Transfer Rate: 7200 KB/sec (Max)
• Interface: IDE/ATAPI
• Avg. Random Access Time: 75ms (typical)
• Buffer Memory: 128KB
• Media capacity: 650MB
• Multisession capable (Reads CDR & CDRW media)
• 5.25-inch half-high form factor
• Operates in either vertical or horizontal positions
• Interface supports standard and extended XA formats
• Loading tray supports 12cm and 8cm disks

Software Requirements
CDRG017: AIX 4.3.3, or later. for PL220R.
CDRG020: AIX 5.1, or later for PL420R.

Supported Systems
Escala PL220R and PL420R

3.4.4. 48x (Max) SCSI-2 Internal Auto-docking CD-ROM Drive (CDRG018)

The 48X (Max) SCSI-2 Internal Auto-docking CD-ROM Drive is a tray loading CD-ROM drive
providing up to 7200KB/sec maximum media data transfer rate. It is a 5.25 inch half-high form factor,
single-ended, 8-bit, multi-session capable, CD-ROM drive which provides state of the art performance
and supports existing 600MB CD-ROM discs.

Characteristics
• Media Data Transfer Rate: 7200 KB/sec (Max)
• Interface: SCSI-2 8 bit Single Ended (SE)
• Avg. Random Access Time: 90ms (typical)
• Buffer Memory: 512KB
• Media capacity: 600MB
• Multisession capable (Reads CDR & CDRW media)
• 5.25-inch half-high form factor
• Operates in either vertical or horizontal positions
• Interface supports standard and extended XA formats
• Loading tray supports 12cm and 8cm disks

Software Requirements
AIX 5.1 or later.

Supported Systems
Escala PL820R.

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 74/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

3.5. DVD-RAM Drives

3.5.1. 4.7 GB SCSI-2 DVD-RAM Drive (MTUG040, MTUG047 for PL420R)

The SCSI-2 DVD-RAM drive is a multifunction storage device capable of reading and writing 4.7GB
DVD-RAM discs and reading CD-ROM discs.
This device also provides read/write compatibility with conventional 2.6GB DVD-RAM discs. Boot
and install is done from CD-ROM disc while backup/restore is done from the 4.7GB DVD-RAM
media cartridge.

Characteristics

• Media Data Transfer Rate: 3600KB/sec CD-ROM (24X) max @ outer diameter, 1350KB/sec write
(1X DVD) and 2705KB/sec read (2X DVD)
• Interface: SCSI-2 supporting synchronous and asynchronous data transfer
• Average Random Access Time: 100ms CD-ROM, 155ms DVD-RAM
• High-speed synchronous burst rate of 10MB/second
• Loading tray accommodates both 8cm discs (in horizontal orientation only), 12cm discs (CD-
ROM) and 4.7GB DVD cartridges
• Operates in either vertical or horizontal position
• Reads multi-session discs
• Reads CD-recordable discs
• Reads CD-RW discs
• Reads and writes 2.6GB, 4.7GB and 9.4GB (double sided) DVD-RAM media
• Supports all major CD-ROM formats including Mode 1, Mode 2, XA, CDDA and audio
• Contains headphone output and line output for audio

Limitations

• DVD video is not supported.


• Universal Data Format (UDF) for DVD-RAM is not supported.
• DVD-ROM media is not supported.

Software Requirements

MTUG040: AIX 4.3.3, or later. later PL220R, PL400R, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, PL1600R,
EPC2400, EPC2450 and PL3200R.
MTUG047: AIX 5.1, or later for PL240R and PL420R
Supported Systems

Escala PL220R, PL240R, PL400R, PL420R, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, PL1600R, EPC2400,
EPC2450 and PL3200R.

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 75/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

3.5.2. 4.7 GB SCSI-2 Auto-docking DVD-RAM Drive (MTUG043)

The SCSI-2 DVD-RAM drive is a multifunction storage device capable of reading and writing 4.7GB
DVD-RAM discs and reading CD-ROM discs.
This device also provides read/write compatibility with conventional 2.6GB DVD-RAM discs. System
boot and install functions are supported with CD-ROM and DVD-RAM media.

Characteristics

• Media Data Transfer Rate: 3600KB/sec CD-ROM (24X) max @ outer diameter, 1350KB/sec write
(1X DVD) and 2705KB/sec read (2X DVD)
• Interface: SCSI-2 supporting synchronous and asynchronous data transfer
• Average Random Access Time: 100ms CD-ROM, 155ms DVD-RAM
• High-speed synchronous burst rate of 10MB/second
• Loading tray accommodates both 8cm discs (in horizontal orientation only), 12cm discs (CD-
ROM) and 4.7GB DVD cartridges
• Operates in either vertical or horizontal position
• Reads multi-session discs
• Reads CD-recordable discs
• Reads CD-RW discs
• Reads and writes 2.6GB, 4.7GB and 9.4GB (double sided) DVD-RAM media
• Supports all major CD-ROM formats including Mode 1, Mode 2, XA, CDDA and audio
• Contains headphone output and line output for audio

Limitations

• DVD video is not supported.

Software Requirements

AIX 5.1 or later.

Supported Systems

Escala PL820R.

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 76/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

3.6. DVD-ROM Drives

3.6.1. 16X/48X (Max) SCSI Auto-docking DVD-ROM Drive (MTUG044)

The 16X/48X (max) SCSI Auto-docking DVD-ROM drive is an internal tray loading DVD-ROM
drive providing up to 7200KB/sec (CD-ROM) and 22;16 MB/sec (DVD-ROM) data transfer rates. It is
a 5.25 inch half-high form factor multi-session capable, DVD-ROM drive which provides state of the
art performance and supports existing 650MB CD-ROM, 4.7 GB DVD-ROM, and 9.4 GB DVD-ROM
(double-sided) discs. This drive also reads Type II (removable from cartridge) DVD-RAM discs at
DVD-ROM speeds. System boot and install functions are supported with CD-ROM and DVD-RAM
media.

Characteristics

• Media Data Transfer Rate: CD-ROM=7200KB/sec (max); DVD-ROM=22.16 MB/sec (max)


• Interface: SCSI
• Average Random Access Time: CD-ROM=90ms; DVD-ROM=135ms (typical)
• Buffer Memory: 256KB
• Media Capacity: CD-ROM=650 MB; DVD-ROM=4.7 GB (single sided); 9.4 GB (double sided)
• Multisession capable (Reads CD/R & CD-R/W media)
• 5.25 inch half-high form factor
• Operates in either vertical or horizontal position
• Interface supports standard and extended XA formats
• Loading tray supports 12 cm and 8 cm disks.

Limitations

• DVD video is not supported.

Software Requirements

AIX 5.2 or later.


This DVD-ROM drive is limited to reading only CD-type formatted media when running with AIX 5.1
software.

Supported Systems

Escala PL820R.

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 77/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

3.6.2. 16X/48X (Max) IDE DVD-ROM Drive (CDRG019, CDRG021)

The 16X/48X(max) IDE DVD-ROM Drive is an internal tray loading DVD-ROM drive providing up
to 7200K B/sec (CD-ROM) and 22.16MB/sec (DVD-ROM) data transfer rates. It is a 5.25 inch half-
high form factor multi-session capable, DVD-ROM drive which provides state of the art performance
and supports existing 650MB CD-ROM, 4.7 GB DVD-ROM, and 9.4 GB DVD-ROM (double-sided)
discs. This drive also reads Type II (removable from cartridge) DVD-RAM discs at DVD-ROM
speeds. System boot and install functions are supported with CD-ROM and DVD-RAM media.

Characteristics:

• Media Data Transfer Rate: CD-ROM=7200 KB/sec (max): DVD-ROM=22.16MB/sec (max)


• Interface: IDE/ATAPI
• Avg. Random Access Time: CD-ROM=90ms(typical); DVD-ROM=135ms(typical)
• Buffer Memory: 256KB
• Media capacity: CD-ROM=650MB; DVD-ROM= 4.7 GB(single sided); 9.4 GB(double-sided)
• Multisession capable (Reads CD/R & CD-R/W media)
• 5.25-inch half-high form factor
• Operates in either vertical or horizontal positions
• Interface supports standard and extended XA formats
• Loading tray supports 12cm and 8cm disks

Limitations:

• DVD video is not supported.

Software Requirements

CDRG019: AIX 5.2 or later. later Escala PL220R, PL1600R and PL3200R.
CDRG021: AIX 5.2 or later for PL420R.
This DVD-ROM drive is limited to reading only CD-type formatted media when running with AIX 5.1
software.

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 78/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

3.6.3. 16X/48X (Max) IDE Slimline DVD-ROM Drive (CDRG022)

The 16X/48X(max) IDE Slimline DVD-ROM Drive is an internal tray loading DVD-ROM drive
providing up to 7200K B/sec (CD-ROM) and 22.16MB/sec (DVD-ROM) data transfer rates. It is a
1.00 inch half-high form factor multi-session capable, DVD-ROM drive which provides state of the art
performance and supports existing 650MB CD-ROM, 4.7 GB DVD-ROM, and 9.4 GB DVD-ROM
(double-sided) discs. This drive also reads Type II (removable from cartridge) DVD-RAM discs at
DVD-ROM speeds. System boot and install functions are supported with CD-ROM and DVD-RAM
media.

Characteristics:

• Media Data Transfer Rate: CD-ROM=7200 KB/sec (max): DVD-ROM=22.16MB/sec (max)


• Interface: IDE/ATAPI
• Avg. Random Access Time: CD-ROM=90ms(typical); DVD-ROM=135ms(typical)
• Buffer Memory: 256KB
• Media capacity: CD-ROM=650MB; DVD-ROM= 4.7 GB(single sided); 9.4 GB(double-sided)
• Multisession capable (Reads CD/R & CD-R/W media)
• 1.00 inch half-high form factor
• Operates in either vertical or horizontal positions
• Interface supports standard and extended XA formats
• Loading tray supports 12cm and 8cm disks

Limitations:

• DVD video is not supported.

Software Requirements

CDRG022: AIX 5.1 or later for PL240R.

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 79/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 80/80


9pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Chapter 5: Memory Expansion Cards

1. PL220R MEMORY.............................................................................................................. 3

2. PL240R MEMORY.............................................................................................................. 3

2.1. Minimum Memory for One (1-way or 2-way) processor card :.............................................................................3

2.2. Maximum Memory for One (1-way or 2-way) processor card : ............................................................................3

3. EPC400 MEMORY ............................................................................................................. 4

4. EPC430 AND EPC450 MEMORY ...................................................................................... 5

5. EPC440 MEMORY ............................................................................................................. 6

6. EPC610 MEMORY ............................................................................................................. 6

7. PL400 AND PL600R MEMORY ......................................................................................... 7

7.1. 1-way CPU Board System Memory ...........................................................................................................................7

8. ESCALA PL420R MEMORY.............................................................................................. 8

8.1. Minimum Memory for up to 4 logical Partitions (LPAR) :.....................................................................................8

8.2. Minimum Memory for One (1-way or 2-way) processor card :.............................................................................8

8.3. Minimum Memory for Two (2-way) processor card : ............................................................................................8

8.4. Maximum Memory for One (1-way or 2-way) processor card : ............................................................................9

8.5. Maximum Memory for Two (2-way) processor card :............................................................................................9

9. EPC800 MEMORY ............................................................................................................. 9

9.1. For 604e models - "up to 4 GB" .................................................................................................................................9


9.1.1. Memory Motherboard "up to 1 GB" ......................................................................................................................9
9.1.2. Memory Modules...................................................................................................................................................9

10. EPC810 MEMORY ......................................................................................................... 10

11. PL800R MEMORY.......................................................................................................... 10

12. PL820R MEMORY.......................................................................................................... 11

Chapter 5: Memory Expansion Cards 1/14


9pw5s1c5.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

13. EPC1200 AND EPC1200A MEMORY............................................................................ 11

14. PL1600R & R+ MEMORY .............................................................................................. 12

15. EPC2400 AND EPC2450 MEMORY .............................................................................. 12

16. PL3200R & R+ MEMORY .............................................................................................. 13

17. PL3200R+ MEMORY...................................................................................................... 14

Chapter 5: Memory Expansion Cards 2/14


9pw5s1c5.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

1. PL220R Memory

The Escala PL220R system memory is organized in one memory boards of 16 positions. It can house 8
pairs of Synchronous DRAM (SDRAM) DIMMs.

The Escala PL220R supports the following memory:

• 512 MB (2x256 MB) DIMM SDRAM (CMMG175)


• 1 GB (2x512 MB) DIMM SDRAM (CMMG176)

The minimum memory capacity is 512 MB.


The maximum memory capacity is 8 GB.

2. PL240R Memory

The PL240R supports the following memory:

• 1 GB (4 x 256 MB) DIMM DDR SDRAM (CMMG205)


• 2 GB (4 x 512 MB) DIMM DDR SDRAM (CMMG206)
• 4 GB (4 x 1024 MB) DIMM DDR SDRAM (CMMG207)
• 8 GB (4 x 2048 MB) DIMM DDR SDRAM (CMMG208)

The minimum memory capacity is 1 GB.


The maximum memory capacity is 16 GB

2.1. Minimum Memory for One (1-way or 2-way) processor card :

Mini Memory One 1 way One 2 way


1 GB 1 x CMMG205 1 x CMMG205

The minimum memory capacity is 1 GB.

2.2. Maximum Memory for One (1-way or 2-way) processor card :

Maxi Memory One 1 way One 2 way


16 GB 2 x CMMG208 2 x CMMG208

The maximum memory capacity is 16 GB


(and requires one 1-way or 2-way CPU boards installed).

Chapter 5: Memory Expansion Cards 3/14


9pw5s1c5.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

3. EPC400 Memory

Corresponding MIs discontinued: 08/07/2002

The Escala EPC400 Model system memory is organized in memory banks made up of four memory
DIMMs.

The four memory connectors on the System Planar can house:

• Either one memory bank


• Or four memory risers hosting up to six memory banks.

Each memory riser hosts six memory DIMM connectors.

A memory bank hosted on memory risers is made up of 1 DIMM for each memory riser (total of 4
memory DIMMs)

The maximum memory bank is 512 MB.


The maximum memory configuration is 3 GB.

The Escala EPC400 Model supports the following memory DIMMs:

• DIMM Standard 72 bit 168 pin with EDAC


• VCC 3.3V
• Time of Access 60 ns
• Functionality Extended Data Output (EDO)
• Height 1.25 inch max
• Package Type TSOPII
• Application ECC
• Memory Data Bus peak throughput: 2.8 GB/s

A memory bank can be made up of DIMMs having capacity of 16/32/64/128 MB.

Table of the memory bank capacity

Technology DIMM Size Memory Bank Capacity


16 Mbits 16 MB 64 MB
16 Mbits 32 MB 128 MB
64 Mbits 64 MB 256 MB
64 Mbits 128 MB 512 MB

Chapter 5: Memory Expansion Cards 4/14


9pw5s1c5.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

4. EPC430 and EPC450 Memory

The Escala EPC430 and EPC450 system memory is organized in memory banks made up of four
memory DIMMs. Memory banks are hosted on four memory riser cards connected to the planar board.

Each memory riser card has eight memory DIMM connectors.

A memory bank hosted on four memory riser cards is made up of 1 DIMM for each memory riser
(total of 4 memory DIMMs).

The maximum size of a memory bank is 1 GB.


The maximum memory configuration is 8 GB.

The Escala EPC430 and EPC450 support the following memory DIMMs:

• SDRAM DIMM, 72 bit, 168 pin


• VCC 3.3V
• Access Time 10 ns (100MHz, CAS latency 2 mode)
• Height 1.65 inch
• Application ECC
• LVTTL electrical interface
• Memory Data Bus peak throughput: 5.6 GB/s
• PC100 Intel specifications compliant.

A memory bank can be made up of DIMMs having capacity of 64/128/256 MB.

Table of the memory bank capacity

Technology DIMM Size Memory Bank Capacity


64 Mbits 64 MB 256 MB
64 Mbits 128 MB 512 MB
128 Mbits 256 MB 1 GB

Chapter 5: Memory Expansion Cards 5/14


9pw5s1c5.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

5. EPC440 Memory

The Escala EPC440 Model system memory is organized in 2 memory boards. Each memory board can
house 8 pairs of Synchronous DRAM (SDRAM) DIMMs of the same capacity.

The following DIMMs are available:

• 128 MB (64 Mbits technology)


• 256 MB (128 Mbits technology).

The minimum memory capacity is 256 MB.


The maximum memory capacity is 8 GB (2 memory cards providing 32x256 MB DIMMs).

The Escala EPC440 Model supports the following memory DIMMs:

• DIMM Standard 72 bit 200 pin JDEC


• 10ns clock size
• 64 data bits + 8 ECC bits
• Single bit correct, double bit detect, single packet detect ECC

6. EPC610 Memory

The Escala EPC610 system memory is organized in 2 memory boards of 16 positions. Each memory
board can house 8 pairs of Synchronous DRAM (SDRAM) DIMMs. The first board must be full
before adding a second memory board.

The EPC610 supports the following memory:

• 256 MB (2x128 MB) DIMM SDRAM


• 512 MB (2x256 MB) DIMM SDRAM
• 1 GB (2x512 MB) DIMM SDRAM (Discontinued 31/12/2002)
• 1 GB (2x512 MB) DIMM SDRAM II
• 2 GB (2x1 GB) DIMM SDRAM II

SDRAM II DIMMs reduce power consumption and heat dissipation.

The minimum memory capacity is 512 MB.


The maximum memory capacity is 32 GB (2 memory cards providing 32x1 GB DIMMs).

Chapter 5: Memory Expansion Cards 6/14


9pw5s1c5.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

7. PL400 and PL600R Memory

The Escala PL400 and PL600R system memory is organized in 2 memory boards of 16 positions. Each
memory board can house 8 pairs of Synchronous DRAM (SDRAM) DIMMs. The first board must be
full before adding a second memory board.

The PL400 and PL600R support the following memory:

• 256 MB (2x128 MB) DIMM SDRAM (CMMG144)


• 512 MB (2x256 MB) DIMM SDRAM (CMMG145)
• 1 GB (2x512 MB) DIMM SDRAM II (CMMG172)
• 2 GB (2x1 GB) DIMM SDRAM II (CMMG173)

SDRAM II DIMMs reduce power consumption and heat dissipation.

The minimum memory capacity is 512 MB.


The maximum memory capacity is 32 GB (2 memory cards providing 32x1 GB DIMMs).

The Escala PL400R and PL600R provide Chipkill memory protection (except for the 2x128 MB
DIMM SDRAM). Chipkill memory protects the server from any single memory chip failures and
multibit errors from any portion of a single memory chip: the bits of a memory chip are separated into
different ECC words where single-bit ECC correction can be accommodated thus if a single memory
chip has multiple-bit errors they are handled as single-bit errors within separate ECC words.

7.1. 1-way CPU Board System Memory

The 1-way CPU board incorporates eight memory DIMM positions for installation of system memory.
Memory can be installed on the 1-way CPU board or on a 16 memory DIMM positions option board.
Memory DIMMs on the 1-way processor card must be installed in pairs. Memory DIMMs on the 16-
position memory board must be installed in quads. All DIMMs in each pair or quad must be the same
capacity.

If system memory is installed on the 1-way CPU board, the 16 memory DIMM positions option board
cannot be used and therefore the available memory can range from 256 MB to 8 GB.

If the 1-way CPU board is used with no memory installed, a maximum of one 16 memory DIMM
positions option board can be installed and therefore the available memory can range from 512 MB to
16 GB.

Chapter 5: Memory Expansion Cards 7/14


9pw5s1c5.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

8. Escala PL420R Memory

Memory slots for the PL420R are provided by CPU boards. Each processor card is equipped with 8
DIMMs slots. Memory must be installed in groups of four DIMMs.
Each processor card must have an equal amount of memory installed. Initial orders require identical
memory MIs on each processor card.

The PL420R supports the following memory:

• 1 GB (4 x 256 MB) DIMM DDR SDRAM (CMMG194)


• 2 GB (4 x 512 MB) DIMM DDR SDRAM (CMMG191)
• 4 GB (4 x 1024 MB) DIMM DDR SDRAM (CMMG192)
• 8 GB (4 x 2048 MB) DIMM DDR SDRAM (CMMG193)

The minimum memory capacity is 1 GB.


The maximum memory capacity is 32 GB (and requires two 2-way CPU boards installed).

8.1. Minimum Memory for up to 4 logical Partitions (LPAR) :

Partitions Mini Memory


1 1 GB
2 2 GB
3 or 4 4 GB

The maximun is 4 logical Partitions (LPAR)

8.2. Minimum Memory for One (1-way or 2-way) processor card :

Mini Memory One 1 way One 2 way


1 GB 1 x CMMG194 1 x CMMG194
2 GB 1 x CMMG191 1 x CMMG191
4 GB 1 x CMMG192 1 x CMMG192

The minimum memory capacity is 1 GB.

8.3. Minimum Memory for Two (2-way) processor card :

Mini Memory First card Second card


1 GB N/A N/A
2 GB 1 x CMMG194 1 x CMMG194
4 GB 1 x CMMG191 1 x CMMG191

The minimum memory capacity is 2 GB.

Chapter 5: Memory Expansion Cards 8/14


9pw5s1c5.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

8.4. Maximum Memory for One (1-way or 2-way) processor card :

Maxi Memory One 1 way One 2 way


16 GB 2 x CMMG193 2 x CMMG193

The maximum memory capacity is 16 GB (and requires one 1-way or 2-way CPU boards installed).

8.5. Maximum Memory for Two (2-way) processor card :

Maxi Memory First card Second card


32 GB 2 x CMMG193 2 x CMMG193

The maximum memory capacity is 32 GB (and requires two 2-way CPU boards installed).

9. EPC800 Memory

Discontinued: 30/06/2001.

9.1. For 604e models - "up to 4 GB"

Four memory slots are available on this series; it is possible, at the initial order or on site to increase
the memory capacity up to 4096MB by adding memory motherboard (up to 4 boards) and SIMMs.

The SIMMs are mounted on a memory motherboard "up to 1GB".

9.1.1. Memory Motherboard "up to 1 GB"

The motherboard "up to 1GB" allows to install up to four sets of 4 SIMMs (4 x 16/32/64MB) on four
banks; all SIMMs in a bank must be of the same type.

9.1.2. Memory Modules

9.1.2.1. 64 MB MM64 Module

The 64MB MM64 Module provides a set of four 16MB SIMMs.

• 60-ns 16 mega-bit/chip
• 5.0-volt

9.1.2.2. 128 MB MM128 Module

The 128MB MM128 Module provides a set of four 32MB SIMMs.


• 60-ns 16 mega-bit/chip
• 5.0-volt

Chapter 5: Memory Expansion Cards 9/14


9pw5s1c5.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

9.1.2.3. 256 MB MM256 Module

The 256MB MM256 Module provides a set of four 64MB SIMMs.

• 60-ns 16 mega-bit/chip
• 5.0-volt

10. EPC810 Memory

The Escala EPC810 system memory is organized in 2 memory boards of 32 positions. Each memory
board can house 4 sets of 8 Synchronous DRAM (SDRAM) DIMMs. The first board must be full
before adding a second memory board.

The EPC810 supports the following memory:

• 1 GB (8x 128 MB)


• 2 GB (8x 256 MB)
• 4 GB (8x 512 MB)
• 8 GB (8x 1024 MB)

The minimum memory capacity is 1GB.


The maximum memory capacity is 64 GB (2 memory cards providing 64x1024 MB DIMMs).

11. PL800R Memory

The Escala PL800R system memory is organized in 2 memory boards of 32 positions. Each memory
board can house 4 sets of 8 Synchronous DRAM (SDRAM) DIMMs. The first board must be full
before adding a second memory board.

The PL800R supports the following memory:

• 1 GB (8x 128 MB)


• 2 GB (8x 256 MB)
• 4 GB (8x 512 MB)
• 8 GB (8x 1024 MB)

The minimum memory capacity is 2 GB.


The maximum memory capacity is 64 GB (2 memory cards providing 64x1024 MB DIMMs).

The Escala PL800R provides Chipkill memory protection (except for the 8x128 MB DIMMs).
Chipkill memory protects the server from any single memory chip failures and multibit errors from
any portion of a single memory chip: the bits of a memory chip are separated into different ECC words
where single-bit ECC correction can be accommodated thus if a single memory chip has multiple-bit
errors they are handled as single-bit errors within separate ECC words.

Chapter 5: Memory Expansion Cards 10/14


9pw5s1c5.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

12. PL820R Memory

Memory slots for the PL820R are provided by CPU boards. Each processor card is equipped with 8
DIMMs slots. Memory must be installed in groups of four DIMMs.
Each processor card must have an equal amount of memory installed. Initial orders require identical
memory MIs on each processor card.

The PL820R supports the following memory:

• 2 GB (4 x 512 MB)
• 4 GB (4 x 1024 MB)
• 8 GB (4 x 2048 MB).

The minimum memory capacity is 2 GB.


The maximum memory capacity is 64 GB (and requires 4 2-way CPU boards installed).

The PL820R provides Chipkill memory protection.

13. EPC1200 and EPC1200A Memory

The system memory of the Escala EPC1200 and Escala EPC1200A is organized in quads. Four
memory boards are addressed at the same time. Each board in a quad must be of the same size. The
system can contain up to five quads (20 memory boards). For outstanding reliability, these boards use
ECC SDRAM memory.

The following types of quad-memory boards are available:

• 512 MB (4x128 MB) - Discontinued


• 1 GB (4x256 MB) - Discontinued
• 2 GB (4x512MB) - Discontinued
• 4 GB (4x1024MB) - Discontinued: 30/06/2002
• 8 GB (4x2048MB) - Discontinued: 30/06/2002.

The base EPC1200 comes with 512 MB (4x128 MB) of memory, while the base EPC1200A comes
with 1 GB (4x256 MB) of memory. For both models, the maximum configuration is 32 GB of memory
(the system could house physically up to 40 GB of memory, but it is limited to 32 GB).

System memory is accessed through two distinct ports. For optimal performance, memory should be
installed balanced between the two memory ports. For example, better performance is achieved if the
system uses two 1GB boards balanced between the two ports than if it uses a single 2GB board.

Chapter 5: Memory Expansion Cards 11/14


9pw5s1c5.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

14. PL1600R & R+ Memory

The PL1600R & R+ has four memory slots, which utilize inward facing memory cards.

A PL1600R & R+ system with only one processor MCM position populated has access to only two
first inward facing memory slots.

Minimum system memory is 4 GB. Maximum system memory is 256 GB.

Memory is available in 4 GB, 8 GB, 16 GB, 32 and 64 GB inward facing.

• 8 GB Memory Card, Inward Facing (CMMG179)


• 32 GB Memory Card, Inward Facing (CMMG181) Discontinued September 5, 2003
• 32 GB Memory Card, 567MHz, Inward Facing (CMMG201)
• 4 GB Memory Card, Inward Facing (CMMG183)
• 16 GB Memory Card, Inward Facing (CMMG185) Discontinued September 5, 2003
• 16 GB Memory Card, 567MHz, Inward Facing (CMMG199)
• 64 GB Memory Card, 567MHz, Inward Facing (CMMG203)

It is recommended to install memory cards in identical pairs.

Memory placement and balancing across processors is desirable for certain workloads. This is
especially important in the technical computing environment where maximum memory bandwidth is
desired. In such cases, consideration should be given to balancing memory across all populated MCM
positions to obtain the best performance. Unbalanced configurations will function properly, but may
not provide optimum performance for the planned applications.

Note: Bull recommends systems configured with 4 GB of memory, or greater, to have access to a 4-
mm or 8-mm tape drive for submission of system dump information, if required. This function may be
accomplished via locally attached or network attached devices as appropriate.

15. EPC2400 and EPC2450 Memory

The system memory of the Escala EPC2400 and EPC2450 is organized in quads. Four memory boards
are addressed at the same time. Each board in a quad must be of the same size. The system can contain
up to four quads (16 memory boards). For outstanding reliability, these boards use ECC SDRAM
memory.

The following types of quad-memory boards are available:

EPC2400 EPC2450
2 GB (4x512 MB) Yes Yes
4 GB (4x1024 MB) Yes Yes
8 GB (4x2048 MB) Yes Yes
16 GB (4x4096 MB) Yes Yes
32 GB (4x8192 MB) No Yes

Chapter 5: Memory Expansion Cards 12/14


9pw5s1c5.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

The base EPC2400 comes with 2 GB (4x512 MB) of memory. The maximum configuration is 64 GB
of memory.

The base EPC2450 comes with 2 GB (4x512 MB) of memory. The maximum configuration is 96 GB
of memory.

The memory is accessed as four related but distinct ports. Balanced accesses use all four ports in a
coordinated parallel manner and can obtain up to four times the data in the same amount of time.
Unbalanced configurations will function properly, but the unbalanced portion of the memory will not
make use of the full memory bus bandwidth.

Example: A system with 8 GB of memory should perform better if two 4 GB boards are installed than
one 8 GB board is installed, while installing four 2 GB boards may provide additional performance for
some applications.

16. PL3200R & R+ Memory

The PL3200R & R+ has eight memory slots. Four memory slots utilize inward facing memory cards
and four utilize outward facing memory cards. The inward facing memory slots are utilized by the first
and second MCM positions while the outward facing memory slots support the third and fourth MCM
positions.

A PL3200R & R+ system with only one processor MCM position populated has access to only two
inward facing memory slots.

Minimum system memory is 8 GB. Maximum system memory is 512 GB.

Memory is available in 4 GB, 8 GB, 16 GB, 32 and 64 GB inward facing and outward facing
increments.

• 8 GB Memory Card, 567MHz, Inward Facing (CMMG197)


• 8 GB Memory Card, 567MHz, Outward Facing (CMMG198)
• 8 GB Memory Card, Inward Facing (CMMG179)
• 8 GB Memory Card, Outward Facing (CMMG180)
• 32 GB Memory Card, Inward Facing (CMMG181) Discontinued September 5, 2003
• 32 GB Memory Card, 567MHz, Inward Facing (CMMG201)
• 32 GB Memory Card, Outward Facing (CMMG182) Discontinued September 5, 2003
• 32 GB Memory Card, 567MHz, Outward Facing (CMMG202)

• 4 GB Memory Card, 567MHz, Inward Facing (CMMG195)


• 4 GB Memory Card, 567MHz, Outward Facing (CMMG196)
• 4 GB Memory Card, Inward Facing (CMMG183)
• 4 GB Memory Card, Outward Facing (CMMG184)
• 16 GB Memory Card, Inward Facing (CMMG185) Discontinued September 5, 2003
• 16 GB Memory Card, 567MHz, Inward Facing (CMMG199)

Chapter 5: Memory Expansion Cards 13/14


9pw5s1c5.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

• 16 GB Memory Card, Outward Facing (CMMG186) Discontinued September 5, 2003


• 16 GB Memory Card, 567MHz, Outward Facing (CMMG200)
• 64 GB Memory Card, 567MHz, Inward Facing (CMMG203)
• 64 GB Memory Card, 567MHz, Outward Facing (CMMG204)

The 4 GB and 16 GB memory cards must be ordered and installed in identical pairs.
All memory cards in PL3200R & R+ systems equipped with either 4 GB or 16 GB memory cards must
be of the same capacity.

Memory placement and balancing across processors is desirable for certain workloads. This is
especially important in the technical computing environment where maximum memory bandwidth is
desired. In such cases, consideration should be given to balancing memory across all populated MCM
positions to obtain the best performance. Unbalanced configurations will function properly, but may
not provide optimum performance for the planned applications.

Example: In many technical environment applications, a system with four MCM positions populated
and 32 GB of memory should perform better with four 8 GB cards installed than with two 16 GB cards
installed. In many applications, utilizing eight 8 GB memory cards may even further enhance
performance. Plans for future memory upgrade requirements should always be balanced against
projected performance needs to ensure desired future memory expansion is not unnecessarily limited.

Note: Bull recommends systems configured with 4 GB of memory, or greater, to have access to a 4-
mm or 8-mm tape drive for submission of system dump information, if required. This function may be
accomplished via locally attached or network attached devices as appropriate.

17. PL3200R+ Memory

• 128MB Level 3 cache, 500MHz (CCMG004) for PL3200+ with 1.5 GHz only
• 128MB Level 3 cache, 567MHz (CCMG005) for PL3200+ with 1.7 GHz only

Chapter 5: Memory Expansion Cards 14/14


9pw5s1c5.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems

1. COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AND NETWORKS ................................................ 2

1.1. Front-end Communication Network (TCP-IP based)..............................................................................................3

1.2. Serial Network or Heart Beat Link............................................................................................................................3

1.3. Administration Network .............................................................................................................................................4

1.4. Back-end Communication Networks or Interconnects ............................................................................................4


1.4.1. Ethernet 100 Mbps Interconnects ..........................................................................................................................5
1.4.2. Gigabit Ethernet Interconnects ..............................................................................................................................6
1.4.3. FDDI Interconnects................................................................................................................................................7

2. MODEMS............................................................................................................................ 9

2.1. ISA Modem Adapter ...................................................................................................................................................9

2.2. External Modem ........................................................................................................................................................10

3. MULTIPORT CONTROLLERS......................................................................................... 11

3.1. Multiport Controllers on PL220R, PL240R, EPC400, EPC430, EPC440, EPC450, PL400R, PL420R,
EPC610, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, PL820R, EPC1200, EPC1200A, EPC2400, EPC2450 and PL3200R ............11
3.1.1. 8-Port Async Controller EIA-232 (EPC400, EPC430 and EPC450) - DCCG087 ..............................................11
3.1.2. 8-Port Async Controller RS-422A (EPC400, EPC430 and EPC450) - DCCG088.............................................12
3.1.3. 8-Port Async Controller EIA-232 and RS-422 PL220R, EPC440, PL400R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810,
PL800R, EPC1200, EPC1200A, PL1600R, EPC2400, EPC2450 and PL3200R - (DCCG130) PL240R, PL420R and
PL820R - (DCCG160) ....................................................................................................................................................13
3.1.4. 64-Port Async Controller EIA-232/RS-422A (EPC400, EPC430 and EPC450) - DCCG089............................14
3.1.5. 16-Port Connector Box EIA-232 for 64-port Async Controller (EPC400, EPC430 and EPC450) - DCCG091 16
3.1.6. 16-Port Connector Box RS-422A for 64 ports Async Controller (EPC400, EPC430 and EPC450) - DCCG09216
3.1.7. Auxiliary power supply for 16-port connector box for 64-port Async controller (EPC400, EPC430 and
EPC450) - PSSG013 .......................................................................................................................................................17
3.1.8. 128-Port Async Controller EIA-232 (EPC400, EPC430, EPC440, EPC450, EPC610, EPC810, EPC2400 and
EPC2450) - DCCG090 ...................................................................................................................................................17
3.1.9. 16-Port Cluster Box (RAN) for 128 port-adapter (EPC400, EPC430, EPC440, EPC450, EPC610, EPC810,
EPC2400 and EPC2450) - DCCG093 ............................................................................................................................19
3.1.10. 128-Port Async Controller EIA-232 / RS422 (EPC1200, EPC1200A) - DCCG131 ........................................19
3.1.11. 16-Port Cluster Box (RAN) for 128- port-adapter (EPC1200 and 1200A) - DCCG132 and DCCG133..........21
3.1.12. Multiport Controllers Usage Summary Table....................................................................................................22

3.2. Multiport Controllers on EPC800............................................................................................................................23


3.2.1. 8-Port Async Enhanced Controller-EIA-232 - DCCG067 ..................................................................................23
3.2.2. 8-Port Async Enhanced Controller-EIA-422A - DCCG068 ...............................................................................23
3.2.3. 16-Port Async Controller-EIA-232 - DCCG003 .................................................................................................24
3.2.4. 16-Port Async Controller-EIA-422A - DCCG004 ..............................................................................................25
3.2.5. Multiport Controllers Usage Summary Table......................................................................................................26

4. WAN CONTROLLERS ..................................................................................................... 27

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 1/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

4.1. WAN Controllers for PL220R, PL240R, EPC400, EPC430, EPC440, EPC450, PL400R, PL420R, EPC610,
PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, PL820R, EPC1200, EPC1200A, PL1600R, EPC2400, EPC2450 and PL3200R.......... 27
4.1.1. 4-Port Multi-protocol Serial I/O Adapter (PL220R, EPC400, EPC430, EPC440, EPC450, PL400R, EPC610,
PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, EPC1200, EPC1200A, EPC2400 and EPC2450) - DCCG098 ........................................ 27
4.1.2. 1-Port Multi-protocol Serial I/O Adapter (PL220R, EPC400, EPC430, EPC440, EPC450, PL400R, EPC610,
PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, EPC1200, EPC1200A, EPC2400 and EPC2450) - DCCG097 ........................................ 28
4.1.3. PSX25 Software (PL220R, EPC400, EPC430, EPC440, EPC450, PL400R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810,
PL800R, EPC1200, EPC1200A, EPC2400 and EPC2450)............................................................................................ 30
4.1.4. 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter (PL220R, PL240R, PL400R, PL420R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810,
PL800R, PL820R, EPC1200, EPC1200A, PL1600R, EPC2400, EPC2450 and PL3200R) - DCCG129 and DCCG14031
4.1.5. AIXLink X.25 software (PL220R, PL400R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, PL820R, EPC1200,
EPC1200A, PL1600R, EPC2400, EPC2450 and PL3200R).......................................................................................... 32

4.2. WAN Controllers for EPC800.................................................................................................................................. 33


4.2.1. 4-Port Multi-protocol Serial I/O Adapter - DCCG107........................................................................................ 33
4.2.2. 1-Port Multi-protocol Serial I/O Adapter - DCCG106........................................................................................ 34
4.2.3. PSX25 Software .................................................................................................................................................. 36
4.2.4. 4-Port HiSpeed WAN Communication Adapter - DCCG044............................................................................. 37
4.2.5. 1-Port HiSpeed WAN Communication Adapter - DCCG058............................................................................. 38
4.2.6. HiSpeed X.25 Software ....................................................................................................................................... 40
4.2.7. SNMP Agent for HiSpeed Adapters.................................................................................................................... 40
4.2.8. 4-Port Multiprotocol Communications Controller (MPQP) - DCCG007 ........................................................... 41
4.2.9. X.25 Communication Controller (CoPro2) - DCCG008..................................................................................... 42
4.2.10. AIXLink X.25 software..................................................................................................................................... 43

5. LAN CONTROLLERS ...................................................................................................... 44

5.1. LAN Controllers for PL220R, PL240R, EPC400, EPC430, EPC440, EPC450, PL400R, PL420R, EPC610,
PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, PL820R, EPC1200, EPC1200A, PL1600R, EPC2400, EPC2450 and PL3200R.......... 44
5.1.1. Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter - DCCG156, DCCG163 for PL240R, PL420R and PL820R................... 44
5.1.2. 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter - DCCG166 for PL220R, PL400R, PL600R, PL800R, PL1600R &
R+, PL3200R & R+ and DCCG169 for PL240R, PL420R and PL820R....................................................................... 45
5.1.3. 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter - DCCG157, DCCG164 for PL240R, PL420R and PL820R.. 45
5.1.4. 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter - DCCG165 for PL220R, PL400R, PL600R, PL800R,
PL1600R & R+, PL3200R & R+ and DCCG168 for PL240R, PL420R and PL820R .................................................. 46
5.1.5. Universal 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet Adapter - DCCG152, DCCG162 for PL240R, PL420R and PL820R .......... 47
5.1.6. 4-Port 10/100Base-TX Ethernet PCI Adapter - DCCG149................................................................................. 48
5.1.7. Ethernet 10/100 Mbps (Fast Ethernet) PCI Controller - DCCG137 and DCCG143 - DCCG161 for PL240R,
PL420R and PL820R...................................................................................................................................................... 50
5.1.8. Ethernet 10/100/1000 Mb/s PCI Adapter - DCCG150........................................................................................ 51
5.1.9. Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI Adapter - DCCG144................................................................................................... 52
5.1.10. Token Ring 16/4 PCI Controller - DCCG135 ................................................................................................... 53
5.1.11. ATM 155 Mbps Controller - DCCG099 and DCCG127 .................................................................................. 54
5.1.12. Fibre Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) Controllers - DCCG084, DCCG102, DCCG103, DCCG123,
DCCG124 and DCCG125 .............................................................................................................................................. 55

5.2. LAN Controllers for EPC800 ................................................................................................................................... 57


5.2.1. Token-Ring Network Controller ......................................................................................................................... 57
5.2.2. MCA Token-Ring Network Controller - DCCG095........................................................................................... 57
5.2.3. Ethernet 10/100 Mbps (Fast Ethernet) MCA Controller - DCCG094................................................................. 59
5.2.4. Ethernet LAN Controller (LSA component) ....................................................................................................... 60
5.2.5. ATM 155 Mbps Controller - DCCG105 ............................................................................................................. 60
5.2.6. Fibre Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) Controllers - DCCG075, DCCG076 and DCCG077.......................... 62

1. Communication Technologies and Networks

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 2/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Communications technologies are classified in three groups available on the Escala Rack PL and EPC:

• LAN: Ethernet Thick/Thin/Twisted pair, Ethernet 100Mbps (Fast Ethernet), Gigabit Ethernet,
FDDI Fibre single ring, FDDI Fibre Dual Ring, FDDI UTP, Token Ring, ATM
• WAN: 1- or 4- port multi-protocol serial I/, 1 or 4 port HiSpeed WAN, 4 port multiprotocol, ISDN
• Asynchronous Network: 8/16/64/128 port async EIA-232, 8/16/64/128 port async EIA-422)

Based on these technologies, different communications are necessary to build a cluster:

• back-end communication networks or interconnects


• a front-end communication network (TCP-IP based)
• a serial network or heart beat link
• an administration network (dedicated to administration or linked with enterprise network)
• other front-end network (e.g. X25 based) (See WAN controllers and Multiport controllers).

1.1. Front-end Communication Network (TCP-IP based)

The front-end communication is often the enterprise network to which the nodes of the clustered
server are connected. This network is based on TCP-IP communication protocol and LAN
technologies. For HA purposes, the network availability features need at least 2 network accesses per
node, which means 2 adapters per node connected to 2 different networks.

The front-end communication network is also referred to as External LAN and is configured node per
node, when required.

Ethernet, Fast Ethernet, Gigabit Ethernet, Token-ring, FDDI (Single ring or dual ring), and ATM are
supported (Gigabit Ethernet is available on PCI bus based servers only).

1.2. Serial Network or Heart Beat Link

The serial network is used by the HACMP subsystem to exchange cluster state (heart beat) protocol
information (exchange keep-alive and event information). The nodes are linked together by serial
lines. Each node is connected by a serial line to one (for 2-node configurations) or two nodes in order
to build a ring figure.

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 3/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

1.3. Administration Network

The Administration Network is used for general-purpose and faster administration; a separate
Ethernet-based network linking all the EPC components can be used. This network is constructed by a
dedicated hub linking all the nodes, the console concentrator, if any, and either the PowerConsole or
the cluster console. Establishing a separate network for administration operations brings security but
requires a dedicated Ethernet adapter on every node.

For resource optimization purpose, this network may be the front-end network or the basic
interconnect used for only HA configurations or server consolidation.

This administration network is generated with the PowerConsole whatever the number of nodes. The
Ethernet controller integrated in each node is used to build the network. If this Ethernet controller is
already used for the front-end network, it is possible to connect the hub to the front-end network for
resource optimization or to add an Ethernet controller in each node to build a private and dedicated
network.

1.4. Back-end Communication Networks or Interconnects

Interconnect communication network is also named back-end network or private network.


An interconnect is a complete network dedicated to internode communications by applications. The
interconnect links a group of nodes inside a cluster. This network is dedicated and private to the
cluster.
It is possible to have multiple interconnects for different purposes linking different groups of nodes.

An interconnect can be used as a high-performance network for exchanging information related to


CMP mode operation (concurrent access). It can also be used to handle data exchanges in
Client/Server or three-tier architectures. The interconnect protocol supported is TCP-IP. A number of
implementations, based on different technologies (Ethernet, Fast Ethernet, Gigabit Ethernet), different
levels of redundancy (simple or double connections), and optional network devices (hubs, switches),
are possible. The following interconnect kits are available:

• Ethernet 100Mbps single connection (with 1 switch for more than 2 interconnected nodes)
• Gigabit Ethernet single connection (with 1 switch for more than 2 interconnected nodes)

Note: When needed, double connection interconnects can be implemented by using two interconnect
kits for single connection.

It is possible to have no interconnect, for example in a consolidation server configuration.

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 4/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

1.4.1. Ethernet 100 Mbps Interconnects

To build a private network, the following hardware is required:


Two interconnected nodes — Two 100 Mbps Ethernet controllers, one for each node, and one
RJ45/RJ45 cross cable to link both adapters.
Beyond two interconnected nodes — One 100Mbps Ethernet switch kit. Each node needs one
100Mbps Ethernet controller and one RJ45/RJ45 cable to connect to the switch.

Note: The 4-port Ethernet controller is not supported for Rack PL or EPC interconnects.

Public
Network

Administration
Network

Ethernet Switch
Private Network

This is a basic interconnect implementation without redundancy for Client/Server communication.

1.4.1.1. Fast Ethernet Switches

3Com SuperStack II Switch 3000 and 3300

Discontinued: 31/10/2001.

The 3Com® SuperStack® II Switch 3300 replaces the 3Com SuperStack II Switch 3000.

The 12-port SuperStack II Switch 3x00 supports Ethernet and Fast Ethernet Switching in one
stackable switch. It supports both full & half duplex on all ports which is able to provide 200 Mbps of
bandwidth to each connected device, with auto-negotiation providing smooth migration from Ethernet
to Fast Ethernet. There are 12 Copper Fast Ethernet Ports: autosensing 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX
interfaces (RJ-45 connector). The SuperStack II Switch 3x00 switch also offers an optional high-speed
slot for an additional Fast Ethernet port (RJ-45 copper or SC fiber) support. It provides full duplex
Fast Ethernet and 2 km distance on fiber. Local management can be performed via an RS-232 (DB-9
port) line. The SuperStack II Switch 3x00 switch supports up to 8,160 MAC addresses for the largest,
high-performance networks.

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 5/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

3Com SuperStack 3 Baseline 10/100 Switch 12-Port

The 3Com SuperStack 3 Baseline 10/100 Switch provides Ethernet and Fast Ethernet switching in one
free-standing or 19-inch rack- mounted (1U) switch. It does not require any configuration or
management software.
• 12 RJ-45 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX autosensing ports.
• Connection speed and full/half duplex mode auto-negotiation.
• ISO 8802-3, IEEE 802.3 (Ethernet), IEEE 802.3u (Fast Ethernet), IEEE 802.1d (bridging), IEEE
802.3x (flow control).
• Up to 4,000 MAC addresses.

1.4.2. Gigabit Ethernet Interconnects

For two interconnected nodes: 2 Gigabit Ethernet adapters one for each node and 1 SC-SC optical
fiber cable to link both adapters and build a private Gigabit Ethernet network are necessary.

Beyond 2 interconnected nodes, it is necessary to have a Gigabit Ethernet switch for each
interconnected node.

1.4.2.1. Gigabit Ethernet Fibre Switches

3Com SuperStack II Switch 9300

Discontinued.

This switch provides 12 Gigabit Ethernet ports using SC connectors. It delivers full line rate, non-
blocking switching among all ports. It supports full-duplex mode on all ports and up to 16,000 MAC
addresses.

3Com SuperStack 3 Switch 4900 SX

This 12-port switch supports multi-mode fiber cabling. It has twelve 1000BASE-SX ports using MT-
RJ connectors.
The SuperStack 3 Switch 4900 SX provides advanced Layer 2 switching capabilities (such as multiple
priority queues per port and 802.1p-based classification), virtual LANs and VLAN tagging, and
standards-based multicast filtering support.
The advanced ASIC architecture provides industry-leading gigabit switching performance, plus wire-
speed IP routing, to support future Layer 3 switching, via a free software upgrade.

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 6/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

1.4.2.2. Gigabit Ethernet UTP Switches

3Com SuperStack 3 Switch 4900

This 12-port switch supports Category 5 and 5e copper cabling. It has twelve autonegotiating
100BASE-TX/1000BASE-T ports configured as AutoMDIX (crossover). Ports are configurable to
100BASE-TX half-duplex, 100BASE-TX full-duplex, or 1000BASE-T full-duplex; or they can
automatically detect the speed and duplex mode of a link and provide the appropriate connection.

The 3Com SuperStack 3 Switch 4900 family provides advanced Layer 2 switching capabilities, virtual
LANs and VLAN tagging, and standards-based multicast filtering support.

The advanced ASIC architecture provides industry-leading gigabit switching performance, plus wire-
speed IP routing, to support future Layer 3 switching, via a free software upgrade.

1.4.3. FDDI Interconnects

Discontinued: 31/10/2000.

FDDI-based Interconnect Architectures

• Dual Ring FDDI without Hub for 2 nodes

Dual Ring allow to build a redundant network interconnect to a cluster of 2 nodes. It is targeted to
Client/Server applications.

• FDDI with two Hubs in Dual homing configuration

Beyond 2 nodes to insure ring integrity, it is necessary to add hubs that can re-routed messages when a
failure occurs. Hub high availability feature will be given by a Dual homing configuration based on
two hubs.

The hub FDDI is the Linkbuilder FDDI of 3COM with Module type "4-port fibre". The dual homing
configuration gives the ability to interconnect up to 14 nodes.

The FDDI Hub Kit contains:

• 2 Linkbuilder FDDI (each based on 4 slot chassis)


• 2 FDDI Fibre MIC-MIC cable (6m) to interconnect the two hubs and build the two rings between
the hubs.
• 2 Management modules, one per Linkbuilder, in one slot of each Linkbuilder
• 4 "4-port fibre" modules, 2 per Linkbuilder. One module takes one slot in the Linkbuilder.

The FDDI Hub kit allows to interconnect up to 6 nodes of an Escala EPC configuration.
An FDDI Hub Extension kit allows to interconnect a 7th and a 8th node. This extension kit contains 2
"4-port fibre" modules, 1 per Linkbuilder.

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 7/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

A FDDI Interconnect base kit is necessary for each node to be interconnected. The kit contains a FDDI
Dual Ring Adapter and two FDDI Fibre MIC-MIC Cable (6m). One cable will be connected to one of
the Linkbuilder, the other to the other Linkbuilder as displayed in the following figure.

Node 1 Node 2 Node 3 Node 4

FDDI Dual ring


One card is connected to a hub
the other card is connected to
an other hub
a connection between the
two hubs is necessarry

Linkbuilder FDDI Linkbuilder FDDI

Dual Homing configuration

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 8/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2. Modems

2.1. ISA Modem Adapter

The ISA modem adapter provides support for a modem line to an Escala EPC400, EPC430, EPC450
or a PowerConsole (Escala S100). It is used for RSF (Remote Services Facilities) usage to allow
communications with a Customer Service Center for maintenance purpose: it allows asynchronous
communications in a reliable way via a connection to the PSTN (Public Switched Telephone
Network).

This adapter features:

• Automatic adaptation to the line conditions and capacities of the remote modem
• Support for data transmission rate up to 33.6 kbps
• Full or half-duplex mode on the switched telephone network
• Automatic or manual dialing
• Automatic or manual answer.

Hardware

• 1 RJ11 connector
• ISA bus
• Form factor: short length card

Cables

• The base board provides a RJ11 connector and a RJ11 cable is delivered with it according to the
country.
• For the United States, there is a specific and additional connector to connect directly the Phone on
the board.

Attachment

The controller fits into a single ISA slot.

Operating System Requirements

AIX 4.2.1, or later

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 9/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.2. External Modem

An external modem is available for the PL220R, EPC440, PL400R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810,
PL800R, EPC1200, EPC1200A and EPC2400 servers.

The modem is intended to be dedicated to RSF (Remote Services Facilities) operation. RSF is a Bull
software that performs system error monitoring and handles communications for remote maintenance
operations. The modem, together with RSF, provides a link, via a phone line, between the system at
the customer site and a Bull Customer Service.

The external modem has the following features:

• Automatic adaptation to the line condition and capacities of the remote modem for the following
standards: V34, AT&T V32terbo, V32bis, V32, Bell 212A and 103/113, V22, V22bis, V29, V42,
V42bis.
• Support for data transmission rate up to 33.6 kbps
• Full or half-duplex mode on the switched telephone network
• Automatic or manual dialing, automatic or manual answer.

The modem is available for the following countries: France, UK, Germany, Italy, Belgium,
Netherlands, US.

Hardware

• Modem box with a RS232 DB25 connector, a power connector and two RJ11 connectors for the
phone line and the phone set.
• Modular power supply with jack (cable length 1.8m), specific voltage input and plug depending on
the country choice.

Cables and adapters

• RS232 cable, DB25M/DB9F, 1.7 meter


• RJ11/RJ11 cable, specific wall socket adapter depending on the country choice.

Note: a specific kit (rack cables set) is needed for connection to RL470/RL470A or
EPC1200/EPC1200A systems.

Operating System Requirements

AIX 4.3 or later.

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 10/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

3. Multiport Controllers

3.1. Multiport Controllers on PL220R, PL240R, EPC400, EPC430, EPC440, EPC450, PL400R,
PL420R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, PL820R, EPC1200, EPC1200A, EPC2400,
EPC2450 and PL3200R

3.1.1. 8-Port Async Controller EIA-232 (EPC400, EPC430 and EPC450) - DCCG087

The 8-port Async Controller provides support for attaching a maximum of eight EIA-232
asynchronous serial devices (such as modems, terminals, and printers) to an Escala EPC400, EPC430
or EPC450 system unit.

Hardware

• Eight asynchronous ports


• PCI bus
• Compatibility with EIA-232D requirements
• 20 MHz IDT3041 RISC processor
• 128K memory
• 2 16C554 quad UARTs
• Each port can be configured for the following baud rates: 50, 75, 110, 134.5, 150, 200, 300, 600,
1200, 1800, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 76800 and 115200 bps
• Form factor : short length card
• Full set of modem control lines (including Ring Indicator and Carrier Detect).

Cables

The base board provides a 78-pin female D-shell connector. An 8-port DB25 DTE Connector Box
comes standard with the controller and provides the eight connectors for device attachment.

Attachment

The controller fits into a single PCI slot.

System Requirements

AIX 4.2 or later.


AIX5.1 or later for PL820R

The total number of 8 ports, 64 ports and 128 ports asynchronous controllers cannot be more than the
maximum supported by the model and in any case is limited to 8.

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 11/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Standards

This board meets the following electromagnetic emissions and safety standards:

Emissions:
• FCC Part 15, class B
• DOC CSA C108.8 and ICES003
• EN 55022

Safety:
• US recognized, UL 1950
• CSA Certified, CSA C22.2 No. 950
• IEC 950 Safety (TUV) EN (60950)

3.1.2. 8-Port Async Controller RS-422A (EPC400, EPC430 and EPC450) - DCCG088
Discontinued as of 30/09/2002

The 8-port Async Controller provides support for attaching a maximum of eight RS-422A
asynchronous serial devices (such as modems, terminals, and printers) to an Escala EPC400, EPC430
or EPC450 system unit.

Hardware

• Eight asynchronous ports


• PCI bus
• Compatibility with RS_422A requirements
• 20 MHz IDT3041 RISC processor
• 128K memory
• 2 16C554 quad UARTs
• Each port can be configured for the following baud rates: 50, 75, 110, 134.5, 150, 200, 300, 600,
1200, 1800, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 76800 and 115200 bps
• Form factor: short length card

Cables

The base board provides a 78-pin female D-shell connector. An 8-port DB25 DTE Connector Box
comes standard with the controller and provides the eight connectors for device attachment.

Attachment

The controller fits into a single PCI slot.

System Requirements

AIX 4.2, or later.

The total number of 8 ports, 64 ports and 128 ports asynchronous controllers cannot be more than the
maximum supported by the model and in any case is limited to 8.

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 12/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Standards

This board meets the following electromagnetic emissions and safety standards:

Emissions:
• FCC Part 15, class B
• DOC CSA C108.8 and ICES003
• EN 55022

Safety:
• US recognized, UL 1950
• CSA Certified, CSA C22.2 No. 950
• IEC 950 Safety (TUV) EN (60950)

3.1.3. 8-Port Async Controller EIA-232 and RS-422 PL220R, EPC440, PL400R, EPC610,
PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, EPC1200, EPC1200A, PL1600R, EPC2400, EPC2450 and
PL3200R - (DCCG130) PL240R, PL420R and PL820R - (DCCG160)

The 8-port Async Controller provides support for attaching a maximum of eight EIA-232
asynchronous serial devices (such as modems, terminals, and printers) to an Escala EPC system unit.

Hardware

• Eight asynchronous ports


• PCI bus
• Compatibility with EIA-232D and RS-422A requirements
• 20 MHz IDT3041 RISC processor
• 128K memory
• 2 16C554 quad UARTs
• Each port can be configured for the following baud rates: 50, 75, 110, 134.5, 150, 200, 300, 600,
1200, 1800, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 76800, 115200 and 230000 bps, and 5, 6, 7, 8
bits per character
• Form factor : short length card
• Full set of modem control lines (including Ring Indicator and Carrier Detect).

Cables

The base board provides a 78-pin female D-shell connector. An 8-port DB25 DTE Connector Box
comes standard with the controller and provides the eight connectors for device attachment. Two
modem cables are available (EIA-232 and RS-422) 3 meters long. One terminal/printer cable (EIA-
232) 20 meters long.

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 13/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Attachment
The controller fits into a single PCI slot.

System Requirements
• DCCG130: AIX 4.3, or later.
• DCCG160: AIX 5.1, or later for PL240R, PL420R and PL820R

The total number of 8-port asynchronous controllers is limited to:


• 5 on the PL220R
• 6 on the PL240R
• 8 on the EPC440, EPC1200 and EPC1200A
• 16 on the EPC2400, EPC2450, PL1600R and PL3200R
• 14 on the EPC610
• 28 on the PL400R and PL600R
• 20 on the PL420R
• 32 on the EPC810, PL800R and PL820R

Standards
This board meets the following electromagnetic emissions and safety standards:

Emissions:
• FCC Part 15, class B
• DOC CSA C108.8 and ICES003
• EN 55022

Safety:
• US recognized, UL 1950
• CSA Certified, CSA C22.2 No. 950
• IEC 950 Safety (TUV) EN (60950)

3.1.4. 64-Port Async Controller EIA-232/RS-422A (EPC400, EPC430 and EPC450) -


DCCG089

Discontinued: 30/04/2003
The 64-port Async Controller provides support for attaching a maximum of 64 EIA-232 or RS-422A
asynchronous serial devices (such as modems, terminals, and printers) to an Escala EPC400, EPC430
or EPC450 system unit.

The Controller is delivered with a 3 meters EBI (External Bus Interface) cable and has an EBI out
connector, that allows up to four 16 ports connector boxes to be daisy chained. The maximum distance
between the adapter and a connector box is 6 meters. EIA-232 and RS-422A connector boxes can be
mixed on the same daisy link. The first 2 connector boxes are power supplied by the 64 port adapter;
the third requires an external power supply for the two last ones.

This configuration provides support for up to 64 EIA-232 or RS-422A devices per PCI slot

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 14/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Hardware

• Up to 64 asynchronous ports
• PCI bus
• 20 MHz IDT3051 RISC processor
• 1 Mbyte of dual port DRAM
• Each port can be configured for the following baud rates: 50, 75, 110, 134.5, 150, 200, 300, 600,
1200, 1800, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 76800 and 115200 bps1
• Form factor: short length card
• Full set of modem control lines (including Ring Indicator and Carrier Detect) on all EIA-232 lines.

Cables

The base board provides an EBI connector and a 3-meter EBI cable comes standard with the
controller.

Attachment

The controller fits into a single PCI slot.

System Requirements

• AIX 4.2, or later.

The total number of 8 ports, 64 ports and 128 ports asynchronous controllers cannot be more than the
maximum supported by the model and in any case is limited to 8

Standards

This board meets the following electromagnetic emissions and safety standards:

Emissions:
• FCC Part 15, class B
• DOC CSA C108.8 and ICES003
• EN 55022

Safety:
• US recognized, UL 1950
• CSA Certified, CSA C22.2 No. 950
• IEC 950 Safety (TUV) EN (60950)

1 Currently the software limits the throughput to 38.4 Kbps

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 15/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

3.1.5. 16-Port Connector Box EIA-232 for 64-port Async Controller (EPC400, EPC430 and
EPC450) - DCCG091

The 16-port Connector Box is a subsystem with four 16C554-compatible UARTS which support
sixteen RJ45 EIA-232 serial ports. It is connected to the 64-Port Async Controller with an EBI
(External Bus Interface) cable. When used as third connector box linked to the same 64 Port Async
Controller, it requires an additional power supply to power the third and the fourth ones.

The connector box features the following:

• 16 async ports, each with a data interchange rate of up to 115,2 kbps


• EIA-232D compatibility
• Full set of modem control signals (including Ring Indicator and Carrier Detect)
• Surge suppression circuitry

A 0,4-meter EBI cable comes together with the connector box. This cable can be used to link another
connector box which can be either another EIA-232 or an RS-422A connector box.

Standards
This connector box meets the following electromagnetic emissions and safety standards:

Emissions:
• FCC Part 15, class B
• DOC CSA C108.8 and ICES003
• EN 55022

Safety:
• US recognized, UL 1950
• CSA Certified, CSA C22.2 No. 950
• IEC 950 Safety (TUV) EN (60950)

3.1.6. 16-Port Connector Box RS-422A for 64 ports Async Controller (EPC400, EPC430 and
EPC450) - DCCG092

The 16-port Connector Box is a subsystem with four 16C554-compatible UARTS which support
sixteen DB25 RS-422A serial ports. It is connected to the 64-Port Async Controller with an EBI
(External Bus Interface) cable. When used as third connector box linked to the same 64-Port Async
Controller, it requires an additional power supply to power the third and the fourth ones.

The connector box features the following:


• 16 async ports, each with a data interchange rate of up to 115,2 kbps
• RS-422A compatibility
• Surge suppression circuitry

A 0,4-meter EBI cable comes together with the connector box. This cable can be used to link another
connector box which can be either another EIA-232 or an RS-422A connector box.
Standards

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 16/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

This connector box meets the following electromagnetic emissions and safety standards:

Emissions:
• FCC Part 15, class B
• DOC CSA C108.8 and ICES003
• EN 55022

Safety:
• US recognized, UL 1950
• CSA Certified, CSA C22.2 No. 950
• IEC 950 Safety (TUV) EN (60950)

3.1.7. Auxiliary power supply for 16-port connector box for 64-port Async controller
(EPC400, EPC430 and EPC450) - PSSG013

An auxiliary international power supply is required on the 3rd connector box, if more than 2 connector
boxes (EIA-232 or RS-422A) are connected to a 64-port Async controller.
The power supply is delivered with an additional plug adapter necessary for the 16-port EIA-232
concentrator. It uses a 5 pin DIN plug connector on a 6-foot cable.

3.1.8. 128-Port Async Controller EIA-232 (EPC400, EPC430, EPC440, EPC450, EPC610,
EPC810, EPC2400 and EPC2450) - DCCG090

Discontinued: 30/04/2003.
The 128-port Async Controller provides support for attaching a maximum of 128 EIA-232
asynchronous serial devices (such as modems, terminals, and printers) to an Escala EPC system unit.

The Controller features two V11 synchronous channels that can link up to four Cluster Boxes (RANs)
each via a "daisy chain". Each of those lines must be terminated by a terminator plug (delivered with
the adapter). This configuration provides support for up to 128 EIA-232 devices per PCI slot.

The ability to use synchronous attachments to any Remote Async Node provides even greater
flexibility in system configuration, allowing customers to use synchronous modems for long-distance
connectivity.

It is possible to use either V11/RS422 or V24/RS232 synchronous modems. However, it is not


possible to interpose more than one pair of such synchronous modems within this "daisy chain" of
RANs.

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 17/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Hardware

• PCI bus
• 20 MHz IDT3041 RISC processor
• 1 Megabytes of tri-port DRAM
• Maximum EIA-232 distance supported is 62 meters (200 feet).
• Full modem support on all the lines, including Ring Indicator and Data Carrier Detect.
• dual high speed V11 channels : up to 3,7 Mbps per channel
• Each port can be configured for the following baud rates: 50, 75, 110, 134.5, 150, 200, 300, 600,
1200, 1800, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 76800 and 115200 bps
• surge suppression circuitry
• Form factor : short length card

Cables

DB15-DB15 cables are required for the connection of the cluster boxes. Three lengths are available:
0,20-meter, 4,6-meter (direct connection or modem connection), 15-meter.

Attachment

The controller fits into a single PCI adapter slot.

System Requirements

• AIX 4.2, or later.

The total number of 128-port asynchronous controllers is limited to:


• 8 on the EPC400, EPC430 and EPC450
• 14 on the EPC610
• 32 on the EPC810, EPC2400 and EPC2450.

Standards

This board meets the following electromagnetic emissions and safety standards:

Emissions:
• FCC Part 15, class B
• DOC CSA C108.8f
• EN 55022

Safety:
• US recognized, UL 1950
• CSA Certified, CSA C22.2 No. 950
• IEC 950 Safety (TUV) EN (60950)

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 18/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

3.1.9. 16-Port Cluster Box (RAN) for 128 port-adapter (EPC400, EPC430, EPC440, EPC450,
EPC610, EPC810, EPC2400 and EPC2450) - DCCG093

The Cluster Box, also called Remote Async Node, is an intelligent interface device for use with the
128-Port Async Controller.
It is connected to the 128-Port Async Controller through a synchronous link.

Features

• 16 async ports (RJ45 connectors), each with a data interchange rate of up to 115,2 Kbps
• Support for cable lengths of up to 61m (200 ft) (provided the cable does not exceed a load
capacitance of 2500pf).
• EIA-232D compatibility
• Full set of modem control signals
• External power supply
• Machine-readable Vital Product Data (VPD)
• Character processing capability.

The cluster-box requires a power supply that is delivered with it together with the power cord. It also
requires a terminator plug when used as the last element of a daisy-chain; this plug is delivered with it.

Standards

This cluster box meets the following electromagnetic emissions and safety standards:

Emissions:
• FCC Part 15, class B
• DOC CSA C108.8 and ICES003
• EN 55022

Safety:
• US recognized, UL 1950
• CSA Certified, CSA C22.2 No. 950
• IEC 950 Safety (TUV) EN (60950)

3.1.10. 128-Port Async Controller EIA-232 / RS422 (EPC1200, EPC1200A) - DCCG131

The 128-port Async Controller provides support for attaching a maximum of 128 EIA-232 or RS422
asynchronous serial devices (such as modems, terminals, and printers) to an Escala system unit.

The Controller features two V11 synchronous channels that can link up to four Cluster Boxes (RANs)
each via a "daisy chain". Each of those lines must be terminated by a terminator plug (delivered with
the adapter).
This configuration provides support for up to 128 EIA-232 or RS422 devices per PCI slot.

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 19/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

The ability to use synchronous attachments to any Remote Async Node provides even greater
flexibility in system configuration, allowing customers to use synchronous modems for long-distance
connectivity.

It is possible to use either V11/RS422 or V24/RS232 synchronous modems. However, it is not


possible to interpose more than one pair of such synchronous modems within this "daisy chain" of
RANs.

Hardware

• PCI bus
• 20 MHz IDT3041 RISC processor
• 1 Megabyte of tri-port DRAM
• Maximum RAN distance supported is 300 meters (1000 feet).
• Dual high speed V11 channels : up to 3,7 Mbps per channel
• Surge suppression circuitry
• Form factor: short length card.

Cables

DB15-DB15 cables are required for the connection of the cluster boxes. Three lengths are available:
0,20-meter, 4,6-meter (direct connection or modem connection), 15-meter.

Attachment

The controller fits into a single PCI adapter slot.

System Requirements

• AIX 4.3, or later.

The total number of 128-port asynchronous controllers is limited to 14.

Standards

This board meets the following electromagnetic emissions and safety standards:

Emissions:
• FCC Part 15, class B
• DOC CSA C108.8f
• EN 55022

Safety:
• US recognized, UL 1950
• CSA Certified, CSA C22.2 No. 950
• IEC 950 Safety (TUV) EN (60950)

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 20/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

3.1.11. 16-Port Cluster Box (RAN) for 128- port-adapter (EPC1200 and 1200A) - DCCG132
and DCCG133

The Cluster Box, also called Remote Async Node, is an intelligent interface device for use with the
128-Port Async Controller.
It is connected to the 128-Port Async Controller through a synchronous link (max. distance:
300m/1000feet).

There are two types of box style Remote Async Nodes: EIA-232 and RS-422 (RS-422 discontinued as
of 31/10/2001.)

The Cluster Box features the following:

• 16 async ports (RJ45 10 positions connectors)


• Each port can be configured for the following baud rates: 50, 75, 110, 134.5, 150, 200, 300, 600,
1200, 1800, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400 and 57600 bps, and 5, 6, 7, 8 bits per character
• Support for cable lengths of up to 61m (200 ft) (provided the cable does not exceed a load
capacitance of 2500pf).
• EIA-232D or RS-422A compatibility
• Full set of modem control signals
• External power supply 100-250Vac at 50 or 60 Hz
• Machine-readable Vital Product Data (VPD)
• Character processing capability

The cluster-box requires a power supply that is delivered with it together with the power cord. It also
requires a terminator plug when used as the last element of a daisy-chain; this plug is delivered with it.

This cluster box meets the following electromagnetic emissions and safety standards:

Emissions:
• FCC Part 15, class B
• DOC CSA C108.8 and ICES003
• EN 55022

Safety:
• US recognized, UL 1950
• CSA Certified, CSA C22.2 No. 950
• IEC 950 Safety (TUV) EN (60950)

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 21/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

3.1.12. Multiport Controllers Usage Summary Table

Printers, Terminals Async Modems Sync Modems


8-Port EIA-232 Controller X X
8-Port RS-422A Controller X
64-Port EIA-232/RS-422A Controller X (to Cluster Box)
16-Port Connector Box EIA-232 for
64-Port EIA-232/RS-422A Controller X X
16-Port Connector Box RS-422A for
64-Port EIA-232/RS-422A Controller X
128-Port EIA-232 Controller X (to Cluster Box)
16-Port Cluster Box (RAN) for X X X (to other Cluster Box
128-Port EIA-232 Controller or to 128-Port adapter)

RAN 16

RAN 16 async ports

RAN 16
Escala

RAN 16
synchr modem
synchr modem
128 ports

RAN 16

Multiplexed ports RAN 16

RAN 16 async ports

RAN 16
synchr modem
synchr modem

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 22/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

3.2. Multiport Controllers on EPC800

3.2.1. 8-Port Async Enhanced Controller-EIA-232 - DCCG067

Discontinued: 30/06/2001.

The 8-port Async Enhanced Controller-EIA-232 provides support for attaching a maximum of eight
EIA-232D asynchronous serial devices (such as modems, terminals, and printers) to the system unit.

Hardware
• Eight asynchronous ports, each with a data interchange rate of up to 38.4K bps,
• Full set of modem control lines,
• 12.5MHz 80C186 processor,
• 256KB memory,
• 32 KB memory window,
• 8530 serial communication controller,
• Compatibility with EIA-232D requirements,
• Each port can be configured for the following baud rates: 50, 75, 110, 134.5, 150, 200, 300, 600,
1200, 1800, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, and 38400 bps.

Cables
The base board provides a 78-pin female D-shell connector. An 8-port DB25 Connector Box comes
standard with the controller and provides the eight connectors for device attachment. It supports cable
lengths of up to 61 m (200 ft.), provided the cable does not exceed a load capacitance of 2500 pico-
farads.

Attachment
The controller fits into a single Micro Channel adapter slot.

3.2.2. 8-Port Async Enhanced Controller-EIA-422A - DCCG068

Discontinued: 30/06/2001.
The 8-port Async Enhanced Controller-EIA-422A provides support for attaching a maximum of eight
EIA-422A asynchronous serial devices such as modems, terminals, and printers to the system unit.

Hardware

• Eight asynchronous ports, each with a data interchange rate of up to 38.4K bps
• 12.5MHz 80C186 processor
• 256KB memory
• 32 KB memory window
• 8530 serial communication controller
• Compatibility with the EIA-422A requirements
• Each port can be configured for the following baud rates: 50, 75, 110, 134.5, 150, 200, 300, 600,
1200, 1800, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, and 38400 bps.

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 23/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Cables

The base board provides a 78-pin female D-shell connector. An 8-port DB25 Connector Box comes
standard with the controller and provides the eight connectors for device attachment. It supports cable
lengths up to 1220m (4000 ft).

Attachment

The controller fits into a single Micro Channel adapter slot.

3.2.3. 16-Port Async Controller-EIA-232 - DCCG003

Discontinued.

The 16-Port Async Controller-EIA-232 provides support for attaching a maximum of 16-EIA-232D
asynchronous serial devices such as terminals and printers to the system unit.

Hardware

• 16 asynchronous ports, each with data interchange rate of up to 38.4K bps


• 16-byte buffering on transmit and receive operations
• Compatibility with EIA-232D requirements
• Each port can be configured for the following baud rates: 50, 75, 110, 134.5, 150, 200, 300, 600,
1200, 1800, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, and 38400 bps.
• The controller supports the following signal lines: RxD, TxD, DTR, DCD, and RTS (RTS always
high). It does not support modems.
• Wrap plug for 78-pin connector (supplied for testing).
• Micro Channel considerations:
I/O slave
16-bit data and address widths
Support for data and address parity
Type 3 adapter card size.

Cables

The base board provides a 78-pin female D-shell connector. A 16-port DB25 Connector Box comes
standard with the controller and provides the sixteen connectors for device attachment. It supports
cable lengths of up to 61 m (200 ft.), provided the cable does not exceed a load capacitance of 2500
pico-farads.

Attachment

The controller fits into a single Micro Channel adapter slot.

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 24/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

3.2.4. 16-Port Async Controller-EIA-422A - DCCG004

Discontinued.

The 16-Port Async Controller-EIA-422A provides support for attaching a maximum of 16 EIA-422A
asynchronous serial devices such as terminals and printers to the system unit.

Hardware

• 16 asynchronous ports, each with a data interchange rate of up to 38.4K bps


• Built-in surge protection circuitry on the controller
• 16-byte buffering on transmit and receive operations
• Compatibility with the EIA-422A requirements
• Wrap plug for 78-pin connector (supplied for testing).
• Micro Channel considerations:
I/O slave
16-bit data and address widths
Support for data and address parity
Type 3 adapter card size.

Cables

The base board provides a 78-pin female D-shell connector. A 16-port DB25 Connector Box comes
standard with the controller and provides the sixteen connectors for device attachment. It supports
cable lengths up to 1220m (4000 ft).

Attachment

The controller fits into a single Micro Channel adapter slot.

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 25/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

3.2.5. Multiport Controllers Usage Summary Table

Printers, Terminals Async Modems Sync Modems


8-Port EIA232 X X
8-Port EIA422A X
16-Port EIA232 X
16-Port EIA422A X
128-Port EIA232 X (to Cluster Box)
16-Port Cluster Box X X X (to other Cluster Box
(linked to the 128-Port adapter) or to 128-Port adapter)

RAN 16

RAN 16 async ports

RAN 16
Escala
Powercluster

RAN 16
synchr modem
synchr modem
128 ports

RAN 16

Multiplexed ports RAN 16

RAN 16 async ports

RAN 16
synchr modem
synchr modem

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 26/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

4. WAN Controllers

4.1. WAN Controllers for PL220R, PL240R, EPC400, EPC430, EPC440, EPC450, PL400R,
PL420R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, PL820R, EPC1200, EPC1200A, PL1600R,
EPC2400, EPC2450 and PL3200R

4.1.1. 4-Port Multi-protocol Serial I/O Adapter (PL220R, EPC400, EPC430, EPC440,
EPC450, PL400R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, EPC1200, EPC1200A, EPC2400 and
EPC2450) - DCCG098

The 4-port Multi-protocol Serial I/O Adapter is a high end SDLC and X.25 adapter which provides a
very powerful SDLC and X.25 offer at a moderate pricing.

The 4-port Multi-protocol Serial I/O Adapter consists of a card that supports 4 ports with either V.24
or V.35 or V.11/X.21 physical interface. Each port can run either SDLC or X.25 and its physical
interface type is software selectable

The 4-port Multi-protocol Serial I/O Adapter is fully integrated in the Bull communication offer:

• TCP/IP, XTI, XX25 and OSI applications run and have access to X.25 networks through this
adapter. This board can support up to 1024 virtual circuits per port according to stacks capabilities.
• SNA/20 applications can run and have access to SDLC network through this adapter (EPC400,
EPC430, EPC440, EPC450, PL400R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810 and PL800R).

The adapter can support up to 2500 frames/sec (with frame size = 128 Bytes) according to stacks
capabilities.

Hardware

• PCI long card, 1 slot used


• NET2 conformance
• 2 Mbps per port (4 x 2Mbps Max)
• Maximum line speed:
V24: 28.8 Kbps
V.35: 64 Kbps
V.11/X.21: 2 Mbps
• 4 x HDLC communication controllers (4 x ZILOG IUSC) available on the card:
• Each one is software personalized with one of the following interfaces: V.24, V.35 and V.11/X.21.
This adapter allows to have either 4 times the same interface or different types of interfaces on the
same board. The 4-Port Multi-protocol Serial I/O Adapter provides an efficient way to have
independent ports and allows a high availability of the board in case of troubles. Furthermore,
flexibility is insured in case of evolution of one of the interfaces.

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 27/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Cables

The board provides a 100 points female connector. A 2m cable attaches the 100-point connector to a
distribution box. The distribution box has four 25-point connectors that could be connected to
appropriate cables providing different types of interfaces. The cables are listed hereafter:

• V.24 cable: up to 28.8 Kbps (10m)


• V.35 cable: up to 64 Kbps (10m)
• V.11/X.21 cables: up to 2 Mbps (10m).

Attachment

The controller fits into a single long PCI adapter slot.

PSX25 Software

The PSX25 software is dedicated to the support X.25 on the 1-port and the 4-port Multi-protocol
Serial I/O Adapter. Refer to the PSX25 Software description for more details.

Operating System Requirements

• AIX 4.2.1, or later.


• TCP/IP, OSI, XTI, XX25, SNA/20 and HVX stacks.

Limitations

• The total number of 4-port and 1-port Multi-protocol Serial I/O Adapters can not be more than the
maximum supported by the model, and in any case limited to 8.
• The 4-port Multi-protocol Serial I/O Adapter cannot be plugged in the first and the last PCI slot of
an Escala EPC400, EPC430 and EPC450 model.

4.1.2. 1-Port Multi-protocol Serial I/O Adapter (PL220R, EPC400, EPC430, EPC440,
EPC450, PL400R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, EPC1200, EPC1200A, EPC2400 and
EPC2450) - DCCG097

Discontinued: 31/01/2003

The 1-port Multi-protocol Serial I/O Adapter is an entry level SDLC and X.25 adapter which provides
a powerful X.25 and SDLC offer at a very competitive pricing. It consists of a card that supports either
one V.24, V.35 or V.11/X.21 physical interface. This physical interface type is software selectable.

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 28/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

The 1-port Multi-protocol Serial I/O Adapter is fully integrated in the Bull communication offer:
• TCP/IP, XTI, XX25 and OSI applications run and have access to X.25 networks through this
adapter. This board can support up to 1024 virtual circuits according to stacks capabilities.
• SNA/20 applications can run and have access to SDLC network through this adapter (EPC400,
EPC430, EPC440, EPC450, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810 and PL800R).

The adapter can support up to 200 frames/sec (with frame size = 128 Bytes) according to stacks
capabilities.

Hardware

• PCI short card, 1 slot used


• NET2 conformance
• Maximum line speed:
V24: 28.8 Kbps
V.35: 64 Kbps
V.11/X.21: 128 Kbps
• 1 HDLC communication controllers (ZILOG IUSC) available on the card:
• It is software personalized with one of the following interfaces: V.24, V.35 and V.11/X.21.

Cables

The board provides a 25 points female connector that could be connected to appropriate cables
providing different types of interfaces. The cables are same as for 4-Port Multi-protocol Serial I/O
Adapter and are listed hereafter:
• V.24 cable: up to 28.8 Kbps (10m)
• V.35 cable: up to 64 Kbps (10m)
• V.11/X.21 cables: up to 128Kbps (10m).

Attachment

The controller fits into a single short PCI adapter slot.

PSX25 Software

The PSX25 software is dedicated to the support X.25 on the 1-port and the 4-port Multi-protocol
Serial I/O Adapter. Refer to the PSX25 Software description for more details.

Operating System Requirements

• AIX 4.2.1, or later


• TCP/IP, OSI, XTI, XX25, SNA/20 and HVX stacks.

Limitations
The total number of 4-port and 1-port Multi-protocol Serial I/O Adapters cannot be more than the
maximum supported by the model, and in any case it is limited to 8.

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 29/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

4.1.3. PSX25 Software (PL220R, EPC400, EPC430, EPC440, EPC450, PL400R, EPC610,
PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, EPC1200, EPC1200A, EPC2400 and EPC2450)

The PSX25 software is dedicated to the support of the 4-port and 1-port Multi-protocol Serial I/O
Adapters.

The X.25.2 and X.25.3 software, compliant with X.25-92 and ISO 8822, is running on the host.

The PSX25 software running under AIX is made of the following components:

• Interfaces for the:


AIX TCP/IP stack and enabling to run any TCP/IP application over X.25
OSI X.25 stack and the OSI (MAX3) X.25 API
XTI and XX25 APIs
SNA/20 stack and enabling to run SNA/20 applications in QLLC/X.25 mode.
HVX stack and enabling to run HVX applications over X.25 networks.
• Configuration tools integrated with SMIT providing an easy configuration of the adapters.
• A large set of utilities to administrate and monitor the adapters.

The PSX25 software supports simultaneous accesses of the various communication stacks to the same
or different physical links. It is provided under a base and additional extension MI’s:

• access to a single X.25 line


• access from 2 to 4 X.24 lines
• access from 5 to 8 X.25 lines
• access from 9 to 32 X.25 lines.

The PSX25 product includes a local SNMP agent with a Management Information that contains
statistics, operational and configuration tables. This includes:

• A subset of the Management Information Base defined by the Internet Standards RFC 1381 and
RFC 1382. This is made to interoperate with market existing manager.
• A specific Management Information Base which goals the completeness of information and gives a
full advantage of PSX25 stack management.
• A browser that provides system operators with an easy-to-use interface to monitor and configure
PSX25 lines through the SNMP agent. It is based on the AIX standard SMIT interface

Limitations

• The IBM X.25 API provided by IBM's X.25 Software cannot be used through the PSX25 product.
The Bull X.25 APIs (MAX3 or XTI) has to be used.
• SNA Server is not supported.

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 30/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

4.1.4. 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter (PL220R, PL240R, PL400R, PL420R, EPC610,
PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, PL820R, EPC1200, EPC1200A, PL1600R, EPC2400, EPC2450
and PL3200R) - DCCG129 and DCCG140

The 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter allows connections between stand alone system on a Wide Area
Network (WAN). To access WAN lines, the 2-port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter connects via external
communications equipment including Channel Service Units, Data Service Units and Synchronous
Modems.

The 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter consists of a card that supports 2 ports with either V.24 or V.35
or V.11/X.21 physical interface. Each port can run either SDLC or X.25.

TCP/IP, Communication Server applications run and have access to X.25 networks through this
adapter.
Communication Server applications run and have access to SDLC networks through this adapter.

Hardware

• PCI short card, 1 slot used


• 2 Mbps full duplex per port (2 x 2Mbps Max)
• PCI bus compatible (32-bit slot)
• HDLC controller at 10 MHz (HITACHI 64570)
• 512 KB of DRAM
• Automatic configuration of interrupt request level setting and memory address
• 32-bit memory access
• Two 36-pin female VHSI ports connect to 36-pin high-density male connectors
• Support for V.24/EIA-232, V.35, and X21 with V.11(X.27) signaling
• External clocking

Cables

Each port accepts a high-density 36-pin male cable connector. The connectors used on the interface-
specific end of cable are:

Interface Connector
V.35 Type M
V.24 DB25
X.21 DB15

The 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter recognizes the cable and automatically prepares the port for that
interface.

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 31/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Attachment

The controller fits into a single short PCI adapter slot.

AIXLink X25 Software

The AIXLink X25 software is dedicated to the support X.25 on the 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI
Adapter.

Operating System Requirements

AIX 4.3 or later: TCP/IP, Communication Server stacks.


AIX 5.1, or later for PL240R, PL420R and PL820R

4.1.5. AIXLink X.25 software (PL220R, PL400R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R,
PL820R, EPC1200, EPC1200A, PL1600R, EPC2400, EPC2450 and PL3200R)

Under AIX, using the X.25 communication controller requires the AIXLink X.25 software.

The software supports TCP/IP as well as IBM specific API and applications such as X.25 API and
SNA Server. It includes an SNMP proxy agent and MIB support for X.25 and LAP-B statistics of the
X.25 Communication Controller. It also includes an X.3, X.28 and X.29 PAD function for attachment
of asynchronous terminal and devices.

This software applies to the X.25 Communication Controller for EPC800 and to the 2-Port
Multiprotocol PCI Adapter.

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 32/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

4.2. WAN Controllers for EPC800

4.2.1. 4-Port Multi-protocol Serial I/O Adapter - DCCG107

Discontinued: 30/06/2001.

The 4-port Multi-protocol Serial I/O Adapter is a high end SDLC and X.25 adapter which provides a
very powerful SDLC and X.25 offer at a moderate pricing. It consists of a card that supports 4 ports
with either V.24 or V.35 or V.11/X.21 physical interface. Each port can run either SDLC or X.25 and
its physical interface type is software selectable.

The 4-port Multi-protocol Serial I/O Adapter is fully integrated in the Bull communication offer:

• TCP/IP, SNA/20, HVX, XTI and OSI applications run and have access to X.25 networks through
this adapter. This board can support up to 1024 virtual circuits per port according to stacks
capabilities.
• SNA/20 applications run and have access to SDLC networks through this adapter.

The adapter can support up to 2000 frames/sec (with frame size = 128 Bytes) according to stacks
capabilities.

Hardware

• Type 3 adapter, 1 slot used


• NET2 conformance
• 2 Mbps per port (4 x 2Mbps Max)
• Maximum line speed:
V.24: 28.8 Kbps
V.35: 64 Kbps
V.11/X.21: 2 Mbps
• 4 x HDLC/SDLC communication controllers (4 x ZILOG IUSC) available on the card:
Each one is software personalized with one of the following interfaces: V.24, V.35 and V.11/X.21.
This adapter allows to have either 4 times the same interface or different types of interfaces on the
same board. The 4-port Multi-protocol Serial I/O Adapter provides an efficient way to have
independent ports and allows a high availability of the board in case of troubles. Furthermore,
flexibility is insured in case of evolution of one of the interfaces.

Cables

The board provides a 100 points female connector. A 2m cable attaches the 100-point connector to a
distribution box. The distribution box has four 25-point connectors that could be connected to
appropriate cables providing different types of interfaces. The cables are listed hereafter:

• V.24 cable: up to 28.8 Kbps (10m)


• V.35 cable: up to 64 Kbps (10m)
• V.11/X.21 cables: up to 2 Mbps (10m)

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 33/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Attachment

The controller fits into a single type 3 MCA adapter slot.

PSX25 Software

The PSX25 software is dedicated to the support X.25 on the 1-port and the 4-port Multi-protocol
Serial I/O Adapter. Refer to the PSX25 Software description for more details.

Software Requirements

AIX 4.1.5:
• X.25: TCP/IP, OSI, XTI, SNA/20 and HVX stacks
• SDLC: none

AIX 4.2.1, or later:


• X.25: TCP/IP, OSI, XTI, SNA/20 and HVX stacks
• SDLC: SNA/20

Limitations

The total number of 4-port and 1-port Multi-protocol Serial I/O Adapters can not be more than the
maximum supported by the model with an extension cabinet, and in any case limited to 8.

4.2.2. 1-Port Multi-protocol Serial I/O Adapter - DCCG106

Discontinued: 30/06/2001.

The 1-port Multi-protocol Serial I/O Adapter is an entry level SDLC and X.25 adapter which provides
a powerful X.25 and SDLC offer at a very competitive pricing.

The 1-port Multi-protocol Serial I/O Adapter consists of a card that supports either one V.24 or V.35
or V.11/X.21 physical interface. This physical interface type is software selectable.

The 1-port Multi-protocol Serial I/O Adapter is fully integrated in the Bull communication offer:

• TCP/IP, SNA/20, HVX, XTI and OSI applications run and have access to X.25 networks through
this adapter. This board can support up to 1024 virtual circuits according to stacks capabilities.
• SNA/20 applications run and have access to SDLC networks through this adapter

The adapter can support up to 200 frames/sec (with frame size = 128 Bytes) according to stacks
capabilities.

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 34/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Hardware

• Type 3 adapter, 1 slot used


• NET2 conformance
• Maximum line speed:
V.24: 28.8 Kbps
V.35: 64 Kbps
V.11/X.21: 128 Kbps
• 1 HDLC/SDLC communication controllers (ZILOG IUSC) available on the card:
It is software personalized with one of the following interfaces: V.24, V.35 and V.11/X.21.

Cables

The board provides a 25 points female connector that could be connected to appropriate cables
providing different types of interfaces. The cables are same as for 4-port Multi-protocol Serial I/O
Adapter and are listed hereafter:

• V.24 cable: up to 28.8 Kbps (10m)


• V.35 cable: up to 64 Kbps (10m)
• V.11/X.21 cables: up to 128Kbps (10m)

Attachment

The controller fits into a single type 3 MCA adapter slot.

PSX25 Software

The PSX25 software is dedicated to the support X.25 on the 1-port and the 4-port Multi-protocol
Serial I/O Adapter. Refer to the PSX25 Software description for more details.

Software Requirements

AIX 4.1.5:
• X.25: TCP/IP, OSI, XTI, SNA/20 and HVX stacks
• SDLC: none

AIX 4.2.1, or later:


• X.25: TCP/IP, OSI, XTI, SNA/20 and HVX stacks
• SDLC: SNA/20

Limitations

The total number of 4-port and 1-port Multi-protocol Serial I/O Adapters can not be more than the
maximum supported by the model and its extension cabinet, and in any case limited to 7.

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 35/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

4.2.3. PSX25 Software

The PSX25 software is dedicated to the support of the 4-port and 1-port Multi-protocol Serial I/O
Adapters.

The X.25.2 and X.25.3 software, compliant with X.25-92 and ISO 8822, is running on the host.

The PSX25 software running under AIX is made of the following components:

• Interfaces for the:


AIX TCP/IP stack and enabling to run any TCP/IP application over X.25
OSI X.25 stack and the OSI (MAX3) X.25 API
SNA/20 stack and enabling to run SNA/20 applications in QLLC/X.25 mode.
HVX stack and enabling to run HVX applications over X.25 networks.
• Configuration tools integrated with SMIT providing an easy configuration of the adapters.
• A large set of utilities to administrate and monitor the adapters.

The PSX25 software supports simultaneous accesses of the various communication stacks to the same
or different physical links. It is provided under a base and additional extension MI's:

• access to a single X.25 line


• access from 2 to 4 X.24 lines
• access from 5 to 8 X.25 lines
• access from 9 to 32 X.25 lines

The PSX25 product includes a local SNMP agent with a Management Information that contains
statistics, operational and configuration tables. This includes:

• A subset of the Management Information Base defined by the Internet Standards RFC 1381 and
RFC 1382. This is made to interoperate with market existing manager.
• A specific Management Information Base which goals the completeness of information and gives a
full advantage of PSX25 stack management.
• A browser that provides system operators with an easy-to-use interface to monitor and configure
PSX25 lines through the SNMP agent. It is based on the AIX standard SMIT interface.

Limitations

• The IBM X.25 API provided by IBM's X.25 Software cannot be used through the PSX25 product.
The Bull X.25 APIs (MAX3 or XTI) has to be used.
• It does not support SNA Server.

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 36/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

4.2.4. 4-Port HiSpeed WAN Communication Adapter - DCCG044

Discontinued: 30/06/2001.

This adapter is a high end X.25 adapter that provides a very powerful X.25 offer at a moderate pricing.
It enables the system to gain access to X25 networks. The product consists of a base card that should
be completed with 4 daughter cards regarding the interface chosen. 3 interfaces are supported: V35,
V11, V24.

This adapter is fully integrated in Bull’s communication offer. TCP/IP, SNA/20, HVX and OSI
applications have access to X25 networks through this adapter. This board can support up to 1024
virtual circuits and up to 1500 X25 frames/s (with frames size = 128 Bytes) according to the stacks
capability.

Hardware

• Type 5 adapter, 1 slot used


• 32-bit Micro Channel bus
• 32-bit RISC processor: LSI LOGIC LR33000; 25MHZ
• 4 MB memory
• NET2 conformance
• 2 Mbps across 4 ports (2Mbps Max)
• Maximum line speed: V35: 64 Kbps, V11: 2 Mbps, V24/V28: 19.2 Kbps
• 4 x HDLC communication controllers (4 x ZILOG IUSC 20 MHz) available on the base card:
• Each one is personalized with an interface card providing one of the following interfaces: V35,
V24, V11. This adapter allows either 4 times the same interface or different types of interfaces on
the same board. The 4-Port HiSpeed WAN Communication Adapter provides an efficient way
to have independent ports and allows a high availability of the board in case of trouble.
Furthermore, flexibility is insured in the event of evolution of one of the interfaces.

4-port HiSpeed X25 comm adapter


V35 HiSpeed X25 interface card max 4
V24 HiSpeed X25 interface card max 4
V11 HiSpeed X25 interface card max 4 total: max 4

Cables

The base board provides a 78-point female connector. A 3m cable attaches the 78-point connector to a
distribution box. The distribution box has four 25-point connectors that could be connected to
appropriate cables providing different types of interfaces. The cables are listed hereafter:

• V35 cable: up to 64 Kbps (10m)


• V11/X21 cables: up to 2 Mbps (10m)
• V24 cable: up to 19.2 Kbps (10m).

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 37/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Attachment

The controller fits into a single type 5 Micro channel adapter slot.

HiSpeed X.25 Software

The HiSpeed X.25 software is dedicated to the support of the 1-port and the 4-port communication
adapters. Refer to the HiSpeed X.25 Software description for more details.

An SNMP agent is also available to manage HiSpeed boards. Refer to SNMP Agent for HiSpeed
Adapters software description for more details.

Limitations

The total number of 4 port HiSpeed WAN adapter and 1-port HiSpeed WAN adapter cannot be more
than the maximum supported by the model, and in any case limited to 6.

The 4-Port HiSpeed WAN Communication Adapter is BABT certified.

4.2.5. 1-Port HiSpeed WAN Communication Adapter - DCCG058

Discontinued: 30/03/1999.

This adapter is an entry level X.25 adapter that provides a powerful X.25 offer at very competitive
pricing.

This adapter enables the system unit to gain access to X25 networks. The product consists of a base
card that should be completed with 1 daughter card regarding the interface chosen. 3 interfaces are
supported: V35, V11, V24.

This adapter is fully integrated in Bull’s communication offer. TCP/IP, SNA/20, HVX and OSI
applications can access X25 networks through this adapter. This board can support up to 256 virtual
circuits and up to 200 X25 frames/s (with frames size = 128 Bytes) according to the stacks capability.

This adapter design will replace the old 1-port HiSpeed WAN Communication Adapter and supports
the new features:

• Same daughter boards as the 4-Port HiSpeed Communication Adapter


• Same cables as the 4-Port HiSpeed Communication Adapter

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 38/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Hardware

• Intelligent adapter: two DMA channels, three timers, interrupt controller, input/output predecoder,
etc.
• Type 3 adapter, 1 slot used
• Micro Channel bus 8 bits
• 80C186 INTEL processor, 15.36 MHz
• 1 MB memory
• VDE & FCC class A conformance
• Line speed up to 128 Kbps: V35: 64 Kbps, V11: 128 Kbps, V24/V28: 19.2 Kbps
• 1 HDLC communication controllers available on the base card:
• It is personalized with an interface card providing one of the following interfaces: V35, V24, V11.

1-port HiSpeed X25 comm adapter


V35 HiSpeed X25 interface card max 1
V24 HiSpeed X25 interface card max 1
V11 HiSpeed X25 interface card max 1 total: max 1

Cables

The base board provides a 25-point female connector that could be connected to appropriate cables
providing different types of interfaces. The cables are same as for 4-Port HiSpeed Communication
Adapter and are listed hereafter:

• V35 cable: up to 64 Kbps (10m)


• V11/X21 cables: up to 2 Mbps (10m)
• V24 cable: up to 19.2 Kbps (10m)

Attachment

The controller fits into a single Micro channel adapter slot.

HiSpeed X.25 Software

The HiSpeed X.25 software is dedicated to the support of the 1-port and 4-port communication
adapters. Refer to the HiSpeed X.25 Software description for more details.

An SNMP agent is also available to manage HiSpeed boards. Refer to SNMP Agent for HiSpeed
Adapters software description for more details.

Limitations

The total number of 4 port HiSpeed WAN adapter and 1-port HiSpeed WAN adapter cannot be more
than the maximum supported by the model, and in any case limited to 6.

The 1-port HiSpeed WAN Communication Adapter is BABT certified.

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 39/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

4.2.6. HiSpeed X.25 Software

Discontinued: 30/06/2001.

The HiSpeed X.25 software is dedicated to the support of the 1-port and the 4-port communication
adapters. The actual X.25.2 and X.25.3 software, compliant with X.25-88 and ISO 8822, is loaded on
the adapter itself. The HiSpeed X.25 software running under AIX consists of the following
components:

• Interfaces for:
AIX TCP/IP stack, enabling any TCP/IP application to be run over X.25
OSI X.25 stack and the OSI (MAX3) X.25 API
SNA/20 stack, enabling SNA/20 applications to run in QLLC/X.25 mode.
HVX stack, enabling HVX applications to run over X.25 networks.
• Configuration tools integrated with SMIT providing easy configuration of the adapters.
• A set of utilities to administer and monitor the adapter.

This software does not support the IBM specific X.25 API provided by IBM's X.25 Software.

The HiSpeed X.25 software supports simultaneous accesses of the various communication stacks to
the same or different physical links. It is provided under two separate MI's, one for the 4-port adapter
supporting 1024 VC's and up to 1500 packets/s and one for the 1-port adapter supporting 256 VC's and
up to 200 packets/s.

Limitations

• The IBM X25 API provided by IBM's X.25 Software cannot be used through the Hi Speed X25
boards. The Bull X25 API (MAX3) has to be used.
• No support of SNA Server.

4.2.7. SNMP Agent for HiSpeed Adapters

An agent is a component of a network management system, which is responsible for a managed node.
It responds to requests made by a manager components and issues notifications to them when
particular events occur. Communication with the manager or network-control host (for example the
ISM manager) is accomplished by means of the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP v1).

The SNMP Agent for HiSpeed Adapters performs the monitoring of the resources related to all
HiSpeed WAN Comm. Adapters present on the managed node, in order to provide up to date
information regarding their performances and behaviors, and control on their configurations.

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 40/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Standard Functionalities

The Management Information Base supported by the SNMP Agent for HiSpeed Adapters contains
statistics, operational and configuration tables. The statistic tables contain statistics information about
the HiSpeed Adapters. The operational tables contain configuration information currently set in the
HiSpeed Adapters. The configuration tables contain objects that can be changed to manage the
HiSpeed Adapters configuration.

This includes:

• A subset of the Management Information Base defined by the Internet Standards RFC 1381 and
RFC 1382. This is made to interoperate with market existing manager.
• A HiSpeed Adapters specific Management Information Base which goals the completeness of
information and gives a full advantage of the HiSpeed Adapters management.

Enhanced Functionality: the browser

The aim of this tool is to provide system operators with an easy-to-use interface to monitor and
configure the local and remote nodes’ HiSpeed Adapters through the SNMP agent installed on the
target node.

Using the MIB browser, users are allowed to access any line of SNMP table supported by the agent to
access the values of its objects. For statistics and operational tables, the access is read-only, so that no
update can be performed by the users. For configuration tables, users are allowed to:

• Read the current object values.


• Update the objects with the values supplied by the users, when allowed.

This tool is based on the AIX standard SMIT interface and is provided as a utility with the SNMP
Agent for HiSpeed Adapters.

4.2.8. 4-Port Multiprotocol Communications Controller (MPQP) - DCCG007

Discontinued.

The 4-Port Multiprotocol Communications Controller attaches a system unit to synchronous


communications networks using EIA-232D/V.24, EIA-422A, V.35, or X.21 physical interfaces. The
controller only supports indoor operation on the EIA-422A interface.

The controller consists of a base card and a daughter card. The two cards are physically connected and
require a single Micro Channel adapter slot.

The base card prepares all inbound and outbound data, performs address searches, and in general
relieves the system processor of many communications tasks. This controller supports bit synchronous,
character synchronous, and asynchronous protocols when appropriately programmed with loadable
application software. Not all of the features of the 4-Port Multiprotocol Communications Controller
are supported by the software.

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 41/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

The daughter card supports four interfaces: EIA 232D/V.24 on Ports 0 to 3, EIA 422A on Ports 0 and
2, CCITT X.21 on Port 0, and CCITT V.35 on Ports 0 and 1. It also provides drivers, receivers, and
surge protection. Surge protection is provided only on the EIA-422A interface on Port2. The EIA-
422A interface on Port 0 is designed to operate using synchronous protocols with attachment cables
less than 25m (82.5 ft) long.

Hardware

• Supports four ports concurrently


• 512KB memory
• 16-bit DMA data transfer width
• Two selectable interrupt levels
• Supports the following interfaces in international countries: EIA-232D/V.24, V.35, and X.21
• CRC generation and checking
• Micro Channel considerations:
Memory and I/O slave
16-bit data width.

Cables

Devices are attached to the controller using a 4-Port Multiprotocol Interface Cable, which connects to
the daughter card.

4.2.9. X.25 Communication Controller (CoPro2) - DCCG008

Discontinued.

This is an X.25 adapter provided by IBM on RS/6000. This product is an alternative to the 1-port
HiSpeed WAN Communication Adapter, but with a much less attractive price/performance ratio. It
should be used only when there is a need to support software products not supported by the HiSpeed
X.25 or PSX25 software.

The X.25 Communication Controller provides support for attaching a system unit to an X.25 network.
The controller provides a single port that can accommodate three selectable interfaces: V.11, V.24 and
V.35. The port has a 37-pin female D-shell connector.

This board can support up to 512 virtual circuits and up to 40 X.25 frames/s.

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 42/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Hardware

• 512KB memory.
• Full-duplex synchronous protocol.
• Supports the following interfaces in international countries:
Leased X.21 interface at up to 64Kbps
EIA-232D/V.24 interface at 19.2Kbps
V.35 interface at 56Kbps.
• Wrap plug for 37-pin connector (supplied for testing).
• Micro Channel considerations:
I/O slave
16-bit data width
24-bit address width
Type 3 adapter card size.

Cables

Six separate cable lengths are optionally available with the controller (two for each interface). For
more information on the cables mentioned, see the Cable Configurator.

Attachment

The controller fits into a single Micro Channel adapter slot.

X.25 Software

For AIX 4.1, the X.25 software is no more delivered free of charge with the AIX operating system. A
dedicated AIXLink X.25 software is needed.

Operating System Requirements

AIX 4.1 or later.

4.2.10. AIXLink X.25 software

Under AIX, using the X.25 communication controller requires the AIXLink X.25 software.

The software supports TCP/IP as well as IBM specific API and applications such as X.25 API and
SNA Server. It includes an SNMP proxy agent and MIB support for X.25 and LAP-B statistics of the
X.25 Communication Controller. It also includes an X.3, X.28 and X.29 PAD function for attachment
of asynchronous terminal and devices.

This software applies only to the X.25 Communication Controller for EPC800 and to the 2-Port
Multiprotocol PCI Adapter for the EPC610, EPC810, PL800R, EPC1200, EPC1200A, EPC2400 and
EPC2450.

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 43/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

5. LAN Controllers

5.1. LAN Controllers for PL220R, PL240R, EPC400, EPC430, EPC440, EPC450, PL400R,
PL420R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, PL820R, EPC1200, EPC1200A, PL1600R,
EPC2400, EPC2450 and PL3200R

5.1.1. Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter - DCCG156, DCCG163 for PL240R, PL420R and
PL820R

The Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X adapter provides a 1 Gbps (1000 Base-SX) full-duplex Ethernet LAN
connection with throughput on a standard shortwave multimode optical cable that conforms to the
IEEE 802.3z standard. It supports distances of 260 m for 62.5 micron Multi Mode Fiber (MMF) and
550 m for 50.0 micron MMF. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with
this adapter.

Note: For optimum performance, adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot.

The Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter incorporates an LC type connector on the card. This new,
smaller form factor connector is being used by the industry for the next generation of fiber optic
networking. If connecting into an older, existing SC type connector network, an LC-SC 62.5Micron
Fiber Converter Cable (CBLG223-1300) is required. This 2m length cable has a male LC type
connector on one end and a female SC type connector on the other.

Limitation:

Half Duplex (HDX) mode is not supported.

Quantities per Supported System:

• PL1600R and PL3200R: 5 per half I/O drawer; 10 per I/O drawer.
• PL820R: 7 in base, 6 per I/O drawer, 32 per system.
• PL420R: 5 in base, 7 par Expansion drawer, 19 per system
• PL240R: 4 in base

Software Requirements:

DCCG156: AIX 5.1 and later


DCCG163: AIX 5.1 and later for PL240R, PL420R and PL820R

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 44/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

5.1.2. 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter - DCCG166 for PL220R, PL400R,
PL600R, PL800R, PL1600R & R+, PL3200R & R+ and DCCG169 for PL240R, PL420R and
PL820R

This adapter offers two 1 Gbps (1000 Base-SX) full-duplex Ethernet LAN connections with
throughput on a standard shortwave multimode optical cable that conforms to the IEEE 802.3z
standard.
This adapter also improves performance with the same jumbo frames and Large Send features as for
the Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter.

Quantities per Supported System:

• DCCG169 for PL240R: 4 in base


• DCCG169 for PL420R: 6 in base
• DCCG169 for PL820R: 6 in base
• DCCG166 for PL220R: 5 in base
• DCCG166 for PL400R: 6 in base
• DCCG166 for PL600R: 6 in base
• DCCG166 for PL800R: 32
• DCCG166 for PL1600R & R+ : 30
• DCCG166 for PL3200R & R+ : 40

Software Requirements:

DCCG166: AIX 5.1 and later for PL220R, PL400R, PL600R, PL800R, PL1600R & R+, PL3200 &
R+
DCCG169: AIX 5.1 and later for PL240R, PL420R and PL820R

5.1.3. 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter - DCCG157, DCCG164 for PL240R,
PL420R and PL820R

The 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter is a full-duplex Gigabit Ethernet adapter designed
with highly integrated components to optimize cost and performance. This adapter can be configured
to run at 10, 100, or 1000 mbps data rates. The adapter interfaces to the system via the PCI-X bus and
connects to the network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distances of
up to 100 m. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter. The
adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000 Base-T standard. The adapter also supports jumbo frames
when running at the 1000 mbps speed.

Note: For optimum performance, adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot.

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 45/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Quantities per Supported System:

• PL1600R and PL3200R: 5 per half I/O drawer; 10 per I/O drawer
• PL820R: 7 in base, 6 per I/O drawer, 32 per system.
• PL420R: 5 in base, 7 par Expansion drawer, 19 per system
• PL240R: 4 in base

Software Requirements:

DCCG157: AIX 5.1 and later


DCCG164: AIX 5.1 and later for PL240R, PL420R and PL820R

5.1.4. 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter - DCCG165 for PL220R,
PL400R, PL600R, PL800R, PL1600R & R+, PL3200R & R+ and DCCG168 for PL240R,
PL420R and PL820R

This full-duplex, dual ported, Gigabit Ethernet adapter can be configured to run each port at 10, 100,
or 1000 Mbps data rates. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard, which
defines Gigabit Ethernet operation over distances up to 100 meters using four pairs of CAT-5 balanced
copper cabling -- the type of cabling within most buildings.
Performance can be improved using these features:
• Jumbo frames (at 1000 Mbps speed), which can deliver a significant increase in throughput
with a significant decrease in CPU utilization.
• Large Send, which offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the
adapter for outgoing TCP segments.
• Checksum Offload, which offloads the TCP/UDP checksum operation or workload from the
CPU to the adapter

Quantities per Supported System:

• DCCG168 for PL240R: 4 in base


• DCCG168 for PL420R: 6 in base
• DCCG168 for PL820R: 6 in base
• DCCG165 for PL220R: 5 in base
• DCCG165 for PL400R: 6 in base
• DCCG165 for PL600R: 6 in base
• DCCG165 for PL800R: 32
• DCCG165 for PL1600R & R+ : 30
• DCCG165 for PL3200R & R+ : 40

Software Requirements:

DCCG165: AIX 5.1 and later for PL220R, PL400R, PL600R, PL800R, PL1600R & R+, PL3200R &
R+
DCCG168: AIX 5.1 and later for PL240R, PL420R and PL820R

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 46/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

5.1.5. Universal 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet Adapter - DCCG152, DCCG162 for PL240R,
PL420R and PL820R

The Universal 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet Adapter is a single slot, long, 64-bit, 33 MHz PCI adapter
supporting 4 industry standard Ethernet 10 Base-T or 100 Base-T interfaces either half or full duplex.
Each port is provided with its own RJ-45 connector for attachment to standard CAT-3/5 Unshielded
Twisted Pair (UTP) cable. The adapter is IEEE 802.3u compatible and provides full auto-negotiation
for detecting speed and duplex capability across each port.

Network boot capability and Network Install Manager (NIM) capability are available using this
adapter if no specific limitation is stated.

The Universal 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet Adapter should be considered where maximum port density is
required per I/O card slot. But, for high end systems, where card slots are not the limiting factor and
maximum throughput is required, the single port 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter (DCCG137 or
DCCG143) is the preferred solution.

Below are some performance factors to consider when choosing the right adapter for your needs.
These performance comparisons are based on all four ports of the Universal 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet
Adapter being active.
• With all four ports under full bandwidth conditions, a single Universal 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet
Adapter is expected to deliver up to 3 times the comparable performance of a single 10/100 Mbps
Ethernet PCI Adapter.
• Under most conditions, each port of the Universal 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet Adapter is expected to
perform at greater than 50% the throughput of the single port of the 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI
Adapter.

Note: The resulting performance in your environment compared to the above may vary and depends
upon the Escala model, the I/O configuration, and associated workload of your applications.

Operating System Requirements

DCCG152: AIX version 4.3.3, or later.


DCCG162: AIX 5.1, or later for PL240R, PL420R and PL820R

Supported Systems/Adapters

Escala System Max adapters per system


PL220R 5
PL240R 3
PL400R, PL600R, EPC810 and PL800R 20
PL420R 6 in base
7 per expansion drawer
20 per system
EPC2400 and EPC2450 19
PL820R 6 in base, 6 per I/O drawer
20 per system

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 47/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

5.1.6. 4-Port 10/100Base-TX Ethernet PCI Adapter - DCCG149

Overview

The 4-Port 10/100Base-TX Ethernet PCI Adapter provides the equivalent of four separate Ethernet
adapters on one PCI-bus card.
This adapter is supported on the EPC430, EPC440 and EPC450.

Product Positioning

The 4-Port 10/100Base-TX Ethernet PCI adapter should be considered where maximum port density is
required per I/O card slot. However, for high end systems, where card slots are not the limiting factor
and maximum throughput is required, a single port 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI adapter (DCCG137 or
DCCG143) is the preferred solution.
Below are some performance factors to consider when choosing the right adapter for your needs.
These performance comparisons are based on all four ports of the 4-Port 10/100Base-TX Ethernet PCI
adapter being active.
• A single 4-Port 10/100Base-TX Ethernet PCI adapter is expected to deliver up to three times the
performance of a single port 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI adapter.
• Under most conditions, each port of the 4-Port 10/100Base-TX Ethernet PCI adapter is expected to
perform at greater than 50% the throughput of a single port 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI adapter.

Note: The resulting performance in your environment compared to the above may vary, and depends
upon your system model, the I/O configuration and associated workload of your applications.

Features

• Capable of communicating at 10 or 100 Mbps


• Supports UTP-5 (RJ45) cable connections
• Has auto-negotiation to determine speed and duplex capability
• Meets PCI 2.1 Specification
• Fits in full-size PCI slots
• Supports 32/64-bit PCI data width
• Operates at PCI bus speed of 33 MHz
• Supports Half and Full Duplex operation
• Includes status LEDs for speed and data activity
• Is FCC Class A and CISPR Class A certified for UTP-3/5 cabling
• Supports network boot capability on selected systems.

Operating System Requirements

AIX version 4.3.3 operating system with the 2/2000 update CD, or later.

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 48/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Supported Systems/Hardware Requirements

Escala System Max adapters per system Unusable slots Network boot capability
EPC430, 450 2 1, 7, 8, 9 and PCI N
extensions
EPC440 8 - Y

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 49/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

5.1.7. Ethernet 10/100 Mbps (Fast Ethernet) PCI Controller - DCCG137 and DCCG143 -
DCCG161 for PL240R, PL420R and PL820R

DCCG143 Discontinued: 19/09/2003


The Ethernet 10/100 Mbps PCI Controller is a Fast Ethernet network adapter that allows Escala
systems to connect to 10 Mbps or 100 Mbps Ethernet network. It works with PCI (Peripheral
Component Interconnect) buses and connects to any 10Base-T or 100Base-TX compliant Ethernet hub
to deliver 10 times the bandwidth delivered by Ethernet.
The adapter automatically selects between 10 and 100 Mbps operation.
For 100 Mbps operation, the adapter supports operation on two pairs category 5 unshielded twisted-
pair (UTP).
For 10 Mbps operation, the adapter supports Category 3, 4, or 5 UTP cable.

Connectivity Rules

The maximum length of a twisted pair segment- distance from a repeater to a host system-is 100
meters.
The diameter of collision domain -distance between two end-stations- is 205 meters.

Features

• 10 Base-T (twisted-pair) support


• 100 Base-TX support
• Support Full-Duplex operation at 100 Mbps
• Support for Category 3 or 4 UTP cable for 10 Mbps, category 5 UTP cable for 10 Mbps and 100
Mbps
• Activity (transmit/receive) and Link Integrity LED indicators mounted on bracket.
• Does not support Full-Duplex operation at 10 Mbps.
• Automatically selects between 10 Mbps and 100 Mbps operation.

Hardware

• Interface with the 32-bits PCI local bus


• 32-bit data path with bus-master design.

Cables

Refer to the Cabling Guide for more details.

Attachment

The controller fits into a single PCI slot.

Operating System Requirements

DCCG137 and DCCG143: AIX 4.2, or later.


DCCG161: AIX 5.1, or later for PL240R, PL420R and PL820R

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 50/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

5.1.8. Ethernet 10/100/1000 Mb/s PCI Adapter - DCCG150


DCCG150 Discontinued for PL220R, PL420R, EPC610, PL400R, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R,
EPC1200/A, EPC24xx, PL1600 and PL3200 : December 12, 2003

This 10/100/1000 Base-T Ethernet PCI adapter is a Full Duplex Gigabit Ethernet adapter designed
with highly integrated components to optimize cost and performance.

The adapter interfaces to the system via the PCI bus and connects to the network using a 4-pair CAT-5
Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distances of up to 100m.

The 10/100/1000 Base-T Ethernet PCI Adapter supports jumbo frames for full duplex Fast & Gigabit
Ethernet.

Features

• Provides one full-duplex 1000Base- T UTP connection with autonegotiation capability to a Gigabit
Ethernet LAN.
• Supports 10/100 Mbps using half and full-duplex, autonegotiation capable.
• Uses a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distances up to 100m.
• Four LED adapter status indicators for data and 10, 100 and 1000 Mbps indicators.
• 33MHz through 66MHz PCI bus speeds.
• 1MB on-card FIFO for transmit and receive.

Limitations

• AIX's Network Install Manager (NIM) boot is not supported with this adapter.
• The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.

Supported Systems/Adapters

• EPC430 and EPC450: 2 adapters max


• EPC440: 4 adapters max
Note: For optimum performance, this Ethernet adapter should be placed in a 64-bit PCI card slot.

Software Requirements

AIX 4.3.3, or later.

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 51/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

5.1.9. Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI Adapter - DCCG144


DCCG144 Discontinued for PL220R, PL420R, EPC610, PL400R, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R,
EPC1200/A, EPC24xx, PL1600 and PL3200 : December 12, 2003
.
The Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI based adapter allows to provide the scalability and performance required
to meet the increasing demands on today's communications.

Technical Overview

The adapter provides one full-duplex 1000Base-SX connection. It is a short form factor PCI card with
a SC-fiber connector to connect with short-wave (850 nm) 62.5 or 50 micron multi-mode fiber (MMF)
to a Gigabit Ethernet network. The adapter requires a 32- or 64-bit PCI bus slot running at 33 or 66
MHz and supports both 3.3 V and 5 V signaling. The adapter conforms to PCI (Peripheral Component
Interconnect) Local Bus Revision 2.0 and 2.1, IEEE 802.3z Gigabit Ethernet, and IEEE 802.3x flow
control standards.

Connectivity Rules

The following table gives the range of cable lengths from the adapter to another Gigabit Ethernet
equipment:

Fiber type Modal bandwidth Minimum length Maximum length


MHz-km (meters) (meters)
MMF 62.5 um 160 2 220
MMF 62.5 um 200 2 275
MMF 50 um 400 2 500
MMF 50 um 500 2 500

Note: Bull's standard offering includes 62.5 um fiber type cables only. Mixing 62.5 um and 50 um
cables on the same hub/switch may lead to unexpected results.

Features

• Provides a 1 Gbps (1000BaseSX) full-duplex Ethernet LAN connection.


• Activity (transmit/receive) and Link Integrity LED indicators mounted
• on bracket.
• 1 MB on-card FIFO for transmit and receive

Hardware

• 64-bit single PCI slot, 64-bit data path with bus-master design

Operating System Requirements

• AIX Versions 4.3.2, or later.


• AIX 4.3.2, or later is required for Jumbo Frame support.

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 52/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Supported Systems/Adapters

• EPC400, EPC430, EPC440 and EPC450: Up to 2 adapters are allowed in the system.

5.1.10. Token Ring 16/4 PCI Controller - DCCG135

The Token Ring PCI adapter is designed to allow Escala systems to connect to a 4 Mbps or 16 Mbps
Token Ring local area networks. This adapter automatically selects the Correct Token-Ring speed (4
or 16 Mbps).

The adapter has:


• One RJ45 connector for UTP cabling.
• One DB9 connector for STP (IBM type 1) cabling.

Features

• 4 Mbps or 16 Mbps
• compatible with IEEE 802.5 specifications
• Support Full-Duplex

Hardware

• Interface with the 32-bits PCI local bus


• 32-bit data path with bus-master design
• PCI Short - Form factor adapter

Cables

Refer to the Cabling Guide for more details.

Attachment

The controller fits into a single PCI slot.

Operating System Requirements

AIX 4.2.1, or later.


AIX 5.1, or later for PL240R, PL420R andPL820R

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 53/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

5.1.11. ATM 155 Mbps Controller - DCCG099 and DCCG127

Discontinued: 30/11/2001.

The Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) Controller is a high-performance PCI controller that allows
Escala systems to connect to an ATM network.

The controller is designed to provide a bandwidth of 155 Mbps on the ATM network and allows
operation in a Classical IP or LAN Emulation (LANE) network environment.

TCP/IP with AIX 4.2.1 (or higher version) applications run through this adapter.

Features

• RFC 1577 Classical IP support


• LAN Emulation V1.0 support
• Compliant with ATM Forum UNI Specification V3.0 and V3.1 for switched virtual circuits
• Virtual connection setup and tear down
• PVC and SVC concurrent support
• Maximum of 1024 VC's (AIX 4.2) or 2048 VC's (AIX 4.3)
• ATM Adaptation Layer (AAL-5) support
• Bandwidth allocation and management
• SNMP sub-agent.

Hardware

• Compliant with ATM Forum standards


• Self configuration
• 32-bit PCI bus master
• Type short adapter card size.

Cables

Requires a 65 micron multi-mode fiber cable with SC connector.

Attachment

The controller fits into a single PCI slot.

Operating System Requirements

AIX 4.2.1, or later.

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 54/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

5.1.12. Fibre Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) Controllers - DCCG084, DCCG102,


DCCG103, DCCG123, DCCG124 and DCCG125

DCCG123 and DCCG124 Discontinued: 30/04/2003


The FDDI UTP Single Ring adapter has been discontinued on all EPC models, except the EPC400,
EPC430 and EPC450, as of 31/08/2001.

The Fibre Distributed Data Interface FDDI is designed to allow Escala systems to connect to:

• Multi-mode fiber Single-Attach Station (SAS) or Dual-Attach Station (DAS)


• UTP (Unshielded Twisted Pair) Single Attach Station (SAS)

A FDDI LAN can be up to 100 km (62 miles) and can include up to 500 system units. There can be up
to:

• 2 km (1.24 miles) between system units or concentrators when using multi-mode fiber
• 100 meters between system units or concentrators when using UTP.

Remote IPL is not supported via FDDI devices.

Hardware

• Data rate of up to 100Mbps


• PCI features:
Bus master
Memory and I/O slave
32-bit address and data width
Support of "Dual Homing"
Machine-readable Vital Product Data (VPD)
PCI short-form factor adapter (SAS or DAS)
• Physical Medium Dependent (PMD)
Fiber
ANSI X3T9.5 compliant
Up to 2 Km between nodes
SC connector
UTP
ANSI X3T12 TP-PMD compliant
Up to 100m between nodes
1 RJ45 connector
• Station Management SMT 7.3
• SNMP Management.

Cables

• Fiber: MIC 62.5µm Multi-mode.


• UTP: UTP cross over category 5 cable.

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 55/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Attachment

The FDDI controller (SAS or DAS) fits into a single PCI adapter slot.

Operating System Requirements

AIX 4.2.1, or later.

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 56/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

5.2. LAN Controllers for EPC800

5.2.1. Token-Ring Network Controller

Discontinued.

The Token-Ring Network Controller is a Micro Channel bus master DMA controller used to attach the
system unit to either a 4M bps or a 16M bps Token-Ring local area network.

This controller supports high-performance applications. The Token-Ring High-Performance Network


Controller is cable- and network-compatible with existing token-ring controllers, so no new cables or
network components are required. All controllers on a token-ring network must operate at the same
speed.

TCP/IP, OSI (& SNA/20 with AIX 4.1) applications run through this adapter.

Hardware

• IEEE 802.5 compatibility


• Eight Address/interrupt states supported
• Controller cable supplied to connect to the Cabling System socket
• Micro Channel considerations:
Bus master
I/O slave
16-bit data width
24-bit address width
Support for data and address parity
Support for streaming data (only as a DMA bus master)
Type 3 adapter card size.
• One 9-pin female D-shell connector.

Attachment

The controller fits into a single Micro Channel adapter slot.

5.2.2. MCA Token-Ring Network Controller - DCCG095

Discontinued: 30/06/2001.

The Token Ring MCA adapter is designed to allow a Escala system to connect to a 4 Mbps or 16
Mbps Token Ring local area networks. This adapter automatically selects the Correct Token-Ring
speed (4 or 16 Mbps)

The adapter has one connector RJ45. The RJ-45 connector is used to attach to UTP cabling.
A 30cm conversion cable is included with the adapter to attach to STP (IBM type 1) cabling.

TCP/IP, OSI, SNA/20 applications run through this adapter.

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 57/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Features

• 4 Mbps or 16 Mbps
• Compatible with IEEE 802.5 specifications.

Hardware

• Interface with the 32-bits MCA local bus


• 32-bit data path with bus-master design.

Cables

The cable is not delivered with the adapter. It can be ordered from Bull Express:
• Ref 5153 (5 meters) from the host to a Token-ring hub (RJ45/RJ45 cable),
• Ref 5155 (15 meters) from the host to a Token-ring hub (RJ45/RJ45 cable),
• Ref 5828 (4 meters) from the host to the filter MAU.

Attachment

The controller fits into a single MCA slot.

Operating System Requirements

AIX 4.1.4, or later.

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 58/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

5.2.3. Ethernet 10/100 Mbps (Fast Ethernet) MCA Controller - DCCG094

Discontinued: 30/06/2001.

The Ethernet 10/100 Mbps MCA Controller is a Fast Ethernet network adapter that allows an Escala
system to connect to 10 Mbps or 100 Mbps Ethernet network. It provides network performance
improvement over existing 10 Mbps Ethernet LANs and can connect to any 100BaseTx compliant
Ethernet network to deliver 10 times the bandwidth delivered by Ethernet.

The adapter automatically selects between 10 Mbps and 100 Mbps operation.

OSI, SNA/20 and TCP/IP applications run through this adapter.

Features

• Single-port connection to 10BaseT or 100BaseTx Ethernet LANs through switch or hub


• Automatic operation at 10 Mbps or 100 Mbps depending on port speed at the hub or switch
• Fully 802.3u Fast Ethernet standard compatible
• Full-duplex capability
• Full-frame buffering on both transmit and receive
• 32-bit Micro Channel DMA bus master
• Support for full 64-bit streaming with 80MB capability on MCA bus
• Type 3 Micro Channel form factor
• Support for network boot operations
• MCA parity generation and detection

Hardware Requirements

The Ethernet 10/100 Mbps MCA Controller provides a single-port connection to 10BaseT or
100BaseTx Ethernet LANs. It fits into a single MCA slot.

• Connects to 10BaseT Ethernet LANs via 10BaseT hub or switch using Category 3, 4, or 5
unshielded twisted pair (UTP) wiring
• Connects to 100BaseTx Ethernet LANs via 100BaseTx capable hub or switch using Category 5
unshielded twisted pair (UTP) wiring.

The maximum length of a twisted pair segment - distance from a repeater to a host system - is 100
meters.
The diameter of collision domain -distance between two end-stations- is 205 meters.

Software Requirements

AIX Version 4.1.5 or Version 4.2.1, or later.

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 59/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

5.2.4. Ethernet LAN Controller (LSA component)

Discontinued.

The Ethernet LAN Controller (LSA) is a high-performance Micro Channel bus master DMA controller
that allows the system unit to attach to an Ethernet network.

The controller is designed to provide a connection to a 10Mbps Carrier Sense Multiple


Access/Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Ethernet network. It provides connectors compliant with 10
Base 5 and 10 Base T (RJ45).

To attach the system unit to the network for connection to RJ45 Twisted Pair, the customer must
supply the appropriate cable.

To attach the system unit to the network for connection to the standard 50-ohm (thick) the customer
must supply the appropriate cable and order an external transceiver.

TCP/IP, OSI, SNA/20 applications run through this adapter.

Hardware

• IEEE 802.3 or Ethernet Version 2 compatibility


• Selectable interrupt levels
• 32-bit cyclic redundancy check
• Micro Channel considerations:
Bus master
I/O slave
32-bit data and address widths
Support for data address parity
Type 5 adapter card size.

Attachment

The controller fits into a single MCA slot.

5.2.5. ATM 155 Mbps Controller - DCCG105

Discontinued: 30/06/2001.

The Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) Controller is a high-performance Micro Channel controller
that allows the system unit to attach to an ATM network.

The controller is designed to provide a bandwidth of 155 Mbps on the ATM network and allows
operation in a Classical IP network environment.

TCP/IP with AIX 4.1.4 (or higher version) applications run through this adapter.

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 60/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Features

• RFC 1577 Classical IP support


• Compliant with ATM Forum UNI Specification V3.0 for switched virtual circuits
• Virtual connection setup and tear down
• PVC and SVC concurrent support
• Maximum of 1024 VC's
• ATM Adaptation Layer (AAL-5) support
• Bandwidth allocation and management
• SNMP sub-agent

Hardware

• Compliant with ATM Forum standards


• ATM segmentation and reassembly
• Self configuration
• Micro Channel considerations
• Bus master
• Type 5 adapter card size

Cables

Requires a 65 micron multi-mode fiber cable with SC connector.

Attachment

The controller fits into a single MCA slot.

Operating System Requirements

AIX 4.1.5, or later

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 61/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

5.2.6. Fibre Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) Controllers - DCCG075, DCCG076 and
DCCG077

Discontinued: 30/06/2001.

The Fibre Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) Controller is designed to support all TCP/IP, NFS and
OSI operations in either Multi-Mode fiber or shielded twisted-pair (STP) wiring.

The base adapter allows communications on a Single-Attach Station (SAS) network, while the
optional upgrade allows communications on a Dual-Attach Station (DAS) network.

A FDDI LAN can be up to 100 km (62 miles) and can include up to 500 system units. There can be up
to 2 km (1.24 miles) between system units or concentrators.

Remote IPL is not supported via FDDI devices. An API is provided for the device driver.

Hardware

• Data rate of up to 100Mbps


• 4B/5B encoding of data for transmission
• 320C25 Microprocessor
• Micro Channel features:
Bus master
Memory and I/O slave
32-bit data width
32- bit address width
Support for data and address parity
Machine-readable Vital Product Data (VPD)
Type-3-adapter-card size (SAS or DAS upgrade).

Cables

All FDDI controllers require Multi-Mode FDDI optical fiber jumper cables.

Attachment

The standard controller fits into a single Micro Channel adapter slot. The optional upgrade requires an
additional slot.

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 62/62


9pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Chapter 7: Cluster Management, Terminals, Graphics Subsystems and Printers

1. CLUSTER MANAGEMENT................................................................................................ 3

1.1. System Console.............................................................................................................................................................3

1.2. PowerConsole...............................................................................................................................................................4
1.2.1. Hardware Description ............................................................................................................................................6

1.3. Cluster Console ............................................................................................................................................................8

1.4. Console Concentrators ................................................................................................................................................8


1.4.1. 3Com CS/2600 Console Concentrator...................................................................................................................8
1.4.2. Digi PortServer 16-port Console Concentrator......................................................................................................9

1.5. Ethernet-based Administration Hub .........................................................................................................................9

1.6. Cluster Management Software...................................................................................................................................9


1.6.1. ClusterAssistant .....................................................................................................................................................9
1.6.2. ClusterWatch........................................................................................................................................................12
1.6.3. HACMP Services.................................................................................................................................................12
1.6.4. Distributed AIX Utilities......................................................................................................................................12

2. DISPLAY TERMINALS AND GRAPHICS SUBSYSTEMS .............................................. 13

2.1. BQ306 ASCII/ANSI Terminal..................................................................................................................................13

2.2. Explora 17" Color X-Terminal ................................................................................................................................14

2.3. Integrated Graphics Controllers ..............................................................................................................................17


2.3.1. Integrated Graphics Controller for the EPC400...................................................................................................17
2.3.2. Integrated Graphics Controller for the EPC430 and the EPC450........................................................................17

2.4. Graphics Adapters.....................................................................................................................................................18


2.4.1. POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator for PL220R, PL420R, PL800R, PL820R, PL1600R and PL3200R
(Only for analog monitor, GTFG050-0000) ...................................................................................................................18

2.5. POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator (GTFG051,GTFG052) .......................................................................19


2.5.1. POWER GXT130P Graphics Accelerator for the EPC430, EPC450, PL400R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810,
EPC1200, EPC1200A, EPC2400 and EPC2450 (GTFG048-0000) ...............................................................................20
2.5.2. PCI High Resolution Graphics Adapter - 4MB WRAM for the EPC400 (GTFG039-0100) ..............................21
2.5.3. GXT120P Graphics Adapter for the EPC1200 (GTFG046-0000) ......................................................................22

2.6. Graphics Monitors.....................................................................................................................................................24


2.6.1. 15-inch Color Monitor (DMUG012) ...................................................................................................................24
2.6.2. 17-inch Color Monitor (DMUG013) ...................................................................................................................25
2.6.3. 17-inch Multiscan Color Monitor (DMUG010) ..................................................................................................26
2.6.4. 19-inch Multiscan Color Monitor (DMUG017) ..................................................................................................27
2.6.5. 19-inch Multiscan Color Monitor (DMUG016) ..................................................................................................28

2.7. Keyboards (KBUG003) .............................................................................................................................................29

2.8. Mouse (PDUG008) .....................................................................................................................................................29

Chapter 7: Cluster Management, Terminals, Graphics Subsystems and Printers 1/32


9pw5s1c7.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

3. BULL LINE MATRIX PRINTERS ..................................................................................... 30

3.1. PR802A Line Matrix Printers .................................................................................................................................. 30

3.2. PR902A Line Matrix Printers .................................................................................................................................. 31

3.3. Printers Summary Table .......................................................................................................................................... 32

Chapter 7: Cluster Management, Terminals, Graphics Subsystems and Printers 2/32


9pw5s1c7.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

1. Cluster Management

Cluster management capability is an essential feature that contributes to reduce the cost of system
administration. It is based on an independent workstation that provides a single point of control for
administration tasks.

Cluster Management main features are:

System Management:
• Remote system boot and remote shutdown
• Software installation and updating facilities
• Global user management
• Mailing
• Remote commands execution.

Centralized Management Interface:


• Display or modify configuration parameters
• Help in failures detection and diagnostic
• Performance monitoring
• Easy installation and configuration
• Cluster PowerConsole configuration
• Cluster PowerConsole GUI customization
• Management of multiple Escala systems (including central point of control for management of
DAS storage subsystems through the Navisphere GUI).

Escala clustering is based on standard Escala platforms and the AIX operating system. Each node
provides:

• A serial port S1 for low level connection to a console for basic system installation, configuration,
debugging or messages, service diagnostics mode and maintenance.
• A serial port S2 for connection to a modem for remote maintenance capabilities.
• A dedicated system administration interface (SMIT).

The system console and the PowerConsole are the main hardware components used for cluster
management.

1.1. System Console

The system console of a AIX server can be either an alphanumerical terminal or a graphical display
that allows to boot, stop and troubleshoot the system. This solution provides basic system
management.

Chapter 7: Cluster Management, Terminals, Graphics Subsystems and Printers 3/32


9pw5s1c7.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

1.2. PowerConsole

A PowerConsole is an AIX® workstation (Escala S120) used as a single point of control, for the
simple administration of:
• System resources, whether shared or dedicated, of the nodes comprising an Escala cluster
• Production applications.

The PowerConsole hardware used in earlier offerings was based on an Escala S100 or an Estrella
workstation.

The PowerConsole reduces complexity, facilitates resource management, and guarantees continuity of
service while optimizing associated operating costs.

The PowerConsole can be used at the same time both as a system console (alphanumeric terminal) and
as a powerful graphical workstation able to host high-performance administration applications with an
up-to-date ergonomics. A system console can be used as a backup console.

To guarantee maximum efficiency and security, the PowerConsole is attached to the cluster nodes
through two distinct and independent links:
• A link to the S1 serial port of each node through a console concentrator for a system console-type
access. It is possible, if the PowerConsole is not available, to use an ASCII terminal linked to the
console concentrator in order to access basic administrative functions.
• An Ethernet 10/100 Mb/s "public" link (shared use of an existing network), or, optionally, the
creation of a private network to guarantee access security and network availability for
administrative applications.

Access to system administration applications and to HACMP is done simply via a "Cluster Assistant"
dashboard with a graphic user interface. Predefined icons can be used to call administration utilities,
whether for monitoring or for actions to be performed. This monitoring or activity may be global or
specific to an element of the cluster. Personalized icons can be created to handle the automation of
repetitive tasks.

Resources are displayed dynamically, whether the nodes are in HA mode (ClusterWatch and
WatchWare) or not (WatchWare only).

Other features delivered with the PowerConsole are:


• Administration and remote boot of cluster nodes
• Centralized administration of alarms and diagnostics
• Rapid deployment of a new version of AIX®
• Simultaneous management of 2 consecutive AIX® versions on one cluster
• Centralized save and restore of system disks
• Centralized distribution of updates (fixes) and software products.

Chapter 7: Cluster Management, Terminals, Graphics Subsystems and Printers 4/32


9pw5s1c7.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Administration tools for the system and for HACMP are included in ClusterAssistant, the
application supplied with the PowerConsole that, in association with the standard system management
functions of AIX®, enables the installation, operation and maintenance of HACMP clusters and all the
nodes of an Escala cluster.

Delivered with the HA product, ClusterWatch is a tool specially developed by Bull that enables
administrators to check that the resource configurations and the redundancy levels of the HA are
optimized for ensuring continuity of service for production applications.

PowerConsole architecture

Ethernet ESCALA
Network
Rack PL or
EPC Cluster
S1 S1 S1 S1

Concentrator

HUB
System Console

PowerConsole
Remote
Maintenance

The "Application Rolling" function enables an application to be transferred from one node to another
without, however, triggering an HACMP takeover. This facility can be used when several applications
are running on the same node and the user wishes, for performance reasons, to transfer one or more of
these applications onto another node.

Chapter 7: Cluster Management, Terminals, Graphics Subsystems and Printers 5/32


9pw5s1c7.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

1.2.1. Hardware Description

The PowerConsole is factory integrated and preloaded with the administration graphic interface.

PowerConsole hardware (Escala S120 based):

Escala S120, 250 MHz base with


• 1 PowerPC 604e processor @250Mhz - 1MB L2cache
• 128MB RAM
• 9.1GB Ultra SCSI disk
• 1 CD-ROM
• 1 SCSI-2 F/W bus for disks
• 1 Ethernet port 10Mbps (RJ45)
• 1 Floppy disk 1.44MB
• Keyboard and Mouse ports
• 2 serial ports - 1 Centronics port
• 5 I/O PCI slots
• 2 open bays for 1 media/disk or 2 disks
• One POWER GXT130P Graphics Adapter
• 17" Color Display
• 3-Button Mouse and Keyboard

Optional components:

• DAT or VDAT (recommended)


• Additional 9.1 GB or 18.2 GB disks
• Additional communications adapters (Ethernet, Token Ring or FDDI)
• Modem
• Additional memory.

PowerConsole 2nd hardware (Escala S100 based):

Discontinued: 31/10/2000.

Escala S100-233 MHz base with


• 1 PowerPC 604e processor @233Mhz - 1MB L2cache
• 128MB RAM
• 9.1GB SCSI-2 F/W disk
• 1 CD-ROM
• 1 SCSI-2 F/W bus for disks
• 1 Ethernet port 10Mbps (RJ45)
• 1 Floppy disk 1.44MB
• Keyboard and Mouse ports
• 2 serial ports - 1 Centronics port
• 5 I/O slots (3xPCI, 2xPCI/ISA)

Chapter 7: Cluster Management, Terminals, Graphics Subsystems and Printers 6/32


9pw5s1c7.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

• 2 open bays for 1 media/disk or 2 disks.


• One GXT130P Graphics Adapter
• 17" Color Display
• 3-Button Mouse and Keyboard.

Optional components:

• QIC or DAT or VDAT (recommended)


• Additional 9.1GB or 4.5GB disks
• Additional communication adapters (Ethernet 10/100 Mbps, Token-Ring, FDDI)
• ISA modem board.

PowerConsole 1st hardware (Estrella based):

The Estrella-based PowerConsole hardware has been discontinued.

Estrella 300-200 MHz base with


• 1 PowerPC 604/ev processor @200Mhz
• 4 sockets for SIMM memories
• 1 SCSI-2 F/W adapter
• 1 Business audio board
• 1 Ethernet port 10/100Mbps (RJ45 and AUI)
• 2 serial ports (RS232C)
• 1 parallel IEEEE port
• Keyboard, Mouse and Monitor ports
• 5 PCI/ISA slots (2PCI, 2ISA, 1 shared)
• 1 floppy 1.44MB in diskette bay
• 5 SCSI devices bays (Two 3.5", three 5.25")
• 1 CD-ROM (600MB 8x) (in 5.25" bay)
• 1 4.3GB SCSI-2 F/W high performance disk drive (in 3.5" bay)
• 512 KB L2 Cache Memory base option
• 64 MB DIMM Memory ECC-EDO
• High Resolution Graphic Adapter (PCI) with 2MB Memory
• Keyboard, 3-button Mouse
• 17" Color display with cables (Europe)
• 8 Port Asynchronous adapter EIA-232 (ISA) W/Connector box
• Asynchronous RS232 and Ethernet cables

Optional QIC or DAT or VDAT media (recommended).

Chapter 7: Cluster Management, Terminals, Graphics Subsystems and Printers 7/32


9pw5s1c7.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

1.3. Cluster Console

The Cluster Console solution has been discontinued as of 30 June 1999.

The Explora 17" Color X-Terminal is used on Escala EPC as Cluster Console.
The Cluster Console solution is suggested with a Console concentrator for any EPC configurations, as
an alternative cost-effective choice to the PowerConsole. In that case, a self-bootable X-terminal
(NCD Explora Console) replaces the Estrella workstation, but ClusterAssistant, the PowerConsole
software is no longer available.

For 2-node configuration, the Cluster Console has a particular implementation. A serial line links the
X-terminal to the S1 port of a node. This node is in turn linked to the S1 port of the other node. The
two nodes and the X-terminal are also connected through the administration hub. Such an X-terminal
can thus both act as single system console and single point of control. The provided console switching
facility is software and based on standard CU commands. Such a solution is called Cluster Console.

1.4. Console Concentrators

A Console Concentrator is a device connected to the S1 console port of every cluster node. It allows
any ASCII terminal connected to it through a serial line to act as cluster system console. Wiring the
cluster nodes with serial lines to the console concentrator makes troubleshooting possible even when
the node network interface is down. The console concentrator can be rack mounted. Large
configurations can require additional console concentrators linked together through an Ethernet
network. Connecting the Console Concentrator to the enterprise network allows to use any workstation
(like ISM station) or X-terminal on the network as remote administration console in addition to the
PowerConsole or the Cluster Console.

1.4.1. 3Com CS/2600 Console Concentrator

Discontinued: 31/01/2001.

The 3Com CS/2600 terminal server offers a ten-port capacity with full modem support and
simultaneous support for multiple protocols for connecting up to 10 system consoles:

• 10 Ports for Multiprotocol Connections: the concentrator supports TCP/IP (Transmission Control
Protocol/ Internet Protocol), TN3270, and OSI (Open Systems Interconnect) standard.
• Support for up to eight concurrent sessions per port (subject to total system limitations) gives easy
access to multiple hosts
• RS-422 signal support allows terminal connections at distances exceeding 1000 feet (305 meters)
• Full modem support on all ports
• Support for the Serial Line Internet Protocol (SLIP) and the Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) enables
dial-up access to TCP/IP resources
• The 3Com Transcend® Remote Boot and Configuration Services (RBCS) Version 2.1 software
provides an SNMP-based environment for central booting and configuration, enabling to boot and
configure multiple devices from one location.

Chapter 7: Cluster Management, Terminals, Graphics Subsystems and Printers 8/32


9pw5s1c7.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

1.4.2. Digi PortServer 16-port Console Concentrator

The Digi PortServer is a terminal server providing connection of up to 16 asynchronous serial ports to
TCP/IP Ethernet networks.
It connects to 10 Mbps Ethernet LANs using 10Base-T (Twisted Pair) or 10Base-2 (Thinnet)
connectors.

Hardware Features:
• 16 EIA-232 high-speed asynchronous ports
• 57600bps throughput on all ports
• 80186 microprocessor
• Password access security
• SNMP MIB-II management
• 256K EPROM non-volatile memory
• Connects to 10 Mbps Ethernet LAN
• Telnet, Reverse Telnet and Rlogin support
• Ports may be shared by multiple different hosts running different operating systems
• Full modem and hardware flow control
• 57.6 Kbps throughput on all ports
• Up to 64 simultaneous TCP/IP sessions
• Front panel LEDs to monitor both serial and Ethernet line activity
• Support up to 16 alternate IP addresses
• Supports RARP allowing for IP configuration
• Easily upgradable firmware via TFTP or BOOTP
• Save/Restore configuration to host
• Up to nine Telnet or Rlogin sessions per port
• Surge protection on all ports

1.5. Ethernet-based Administration Hub

An Ethernet-based administration hub (3Com SuperStack 3 Baseline 10/100 Switch 12-port) is


provided to make the interconnection of the nodes and the console concentrator(s), and to set up a fast
network for graphical administration tools. You can also build a private administration network
between the nodes, the cluster console or the PowerConsole, and the console concentrator.

1.6. Cluster Management Software

1.6.1. ClusterAssistant

ClusterAssistant is a set of applications that run on the PowerConsole for configuring, managing, and
monitoring clusters. It provides a single system-wide view, enabling the administrator to launch
cluster-wide administration tools. ClusterAssistant is integrated in CDE (Common Desktop
Environment), which provides a windows/icons/mouse -based framework.

Chapter 7: Cluster Management, Terminals, Graphics Subsystems and Printers 9/32


9pw5s1c7.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

The cluster-wide administration tasks include:

• Easy Configuration that, at the initial cluster installation, facilitates the generation of the cluster
topology, the follow-up of its configuration and management of changes for handling
evolutions/updates in real time.
• Dynamic Reconfiguration, a tool enabling modifications to be made to the cluster (for example,
adding nodes, peripherals and services) without powering-down the system or stopping cluster
software execution.
• Cluster Resource Modification that simplifies the configuration and modification of cluster
resource definitions.
• Event Processing Customization that enables user-defined scripts to be specified and handled for
automatic restart procedures.

The "full" cluster management facilities are built upon the HACMP framework and therefore the
installation of an HACMP package on every cluster node is mandatory.

Using ClusterAssistant, the PowerConsole is able to manage HA nodes in "full" cluster management
mode and "non-HA" nodes with "reduced" cluster management. In "non-HA" mode, the
PowerConsole can perform:

• System Console and Rlogin


• Operating System Backup and Release management through NIM
• Support of optional graphical management host such as ArrayGUIde and Performance ToolBox.

This also applies for a server consolidation even though there is no need of high availability features.

ClusterAssistant has been enhanced with the integration of NIM (Network Installation Management),
access to interconnect equipment management tools and a lightweight access control.

Network Installation Management (NIM)

NIM for AIX is a client/server software implementing remote software distribution and maintenance
facilities. NIM is part of AIX. Integrated with Escala systems, it enables to install the Base Operating
System (BOS) and optional software on one or more nodes, and to create the backup files of the
system disk (rootvg) of any node on the PowerConsole. Using NIM there's no need for a tape device
on each node.

A NIM configuration includes servers providing resources (System image, PTFs, LPPs) for
installations, a set of installable client nodes, and definitions of available networks in the NIM
environment.

An administration server for configuring, controlling, and updating the NIM environment is known as
the NIM Master. The PowerConsole can host the NIM Master and a NIM resource server. The NIM
resource server can also be hosted on an Escala node but, in this case, the NIM server is not redundant
and no failover scripts are supplied.

Chapter 7: Cluster Management, Terminals, Graphics Subsystems and Printers 10/32


9pw5s1c7.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

The integration of NIM consists of:

• Assisted configuration of NIM in an Escala environment based on the cluster topology data kept in
a repository on the PowerConsole.
• NIM save / restore of system images> This operation applies to the rootvg disks of the cluster
nodes. The administrator can backup the system of a group of nodes. The resulting system image
can be stored on an internal disk (and then on a tape) of the PowerConsole or on a resource server,
which can be a specific node. The administrator can then restore the system of one node from the
image stored on a tape of the resource server.
• Centralized distribution of LPPs. On a group of cluster nodes the administrator can:
install or upgrade AIX
install or remove a LPP (Licensed Program Product)
install or remove a PTF (Program Temporary Fix).

NIM integration allows to handle Escala systems with NIM clients on nodes running AIX 4.3 as well
as Escala systems with NIM clients on nodes running AIX 4.1 or 4.2 but with a different level of
functionality and ease-of-use. The NIM Master runs on the PowerConsole workstation with AIX4.3.
For more information about software limitations and restrictions, refer to the Cluster PowerConsole
and ClusterAssistant Setup Guide and to the relevant SRBs.

The point of control for NIM operations is the PowerConsole. Ease of use is improved by a graphical
user interface developed into the cluster assistant. Standard administration tools of NIM, SMIT and
VSM are accessible through ClusterAssistant. The GUI for NIM is a new application group folder
containing the icons associated to the different NIM operations.

HACMP makes use of boot address and service address regarding an adapter. If there is no
administration-dedicated network, an IP aliasing mechanism is implemented so that NIM application
can operate correctly.

Interconnect Equipment Management

The 3Com SuperStack 3 Baseline 10/100 Switch 12-port (and previously the 3Com SuperStack II Hub
10 12-port TP, LinkBuilder FDDI hub or the Oncore FDDI switch) can be configured and monitored
using a set of specific line commands executed via ASCII menu-driven tools. This equipment can be
connected to a free serial port of the console concentrator via an RS-232 cable enabling to open a
telnet session between the 3Com SuperStack 3 Baseline 10/100 Switch 12-port and the PowerConsole.
Icons providing for telnet sessions are added to ClusterAssistant.

Access Control Policy

A simple mechanism of access control is implemented in order to support two administrator profiles:

• a root administrator: an administrator with the Root rights


• a supervisor: an administrator who has not got the Root rights but who can access to the
monitoring tools of the ClusterAssistant panel.

Chapter 7: Cluster Management, Terminals, Graphics Subsystems and Printers 11/32


9pw5s1c7.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

1.6.2. ClusterWatch

ClusterWatch is a monitoring tool that provides both the current status (dynamic information reflecting
the current cluster state and events) and configuration information (cluster topology and resources) of
clustered systems. ClusterWatch is launched from ClusterAssistant.

ClusterWatch supplies administrators with hierarchical status information concerning the entire
cluster, configuration information (network adapters, shared volume groups, resources, application
servers, processing status and installed software), resource status and the rate of cluster use.

The ClusterWatch comprises a GUI (Web) interface providing the system status at a glance: system,
memory, storage load and utilization, with colored alarms on thresholds and on hardware and software
defects, and statistics on cluster reliability.
It provides users with the benefits of:

• Secure monitoring of the local or remote cluster


• Reduction in system management costs

Two versions are provided: a SMIT-based interface available on each node and a Web-based interface
on the PowerConsole.

1.6.3. HACMP Services

The HACMP (High Availability Cluster MultiProcessing) software for AIX provides dynamic cluster
reconfiguration on cluster modifications and updates. Key benefits include:

• Ability to link cluster modifications without stopping cluster operations


• Dynamic and automatic migration and reconfiguration capability
• Ease of use due to the Helps which contribute to increased levels of continuous operational support
• Reduction in planned outages
• Single entry point for user administration of clustered systems
• Single view management, similar to managing a single system
• Easier, faster cluster administration, because changes are made only once
• Reduction in administrative errors.

1.6.4. Distributed AIX Utilities

The Distributed AIX Utilities, such as ASM (AIX SAN Manager), PTX and RSF can be exerted from
the PowerConsole, where the manager part resides and interacts with the agent counterparts on the
cluster nodes.

Chapter 7: Cluster Management, Terminals, Graphics Subsystems and Printers 12/32


9pw5s1c7.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2. Display Terminals and Graphics Subsystems

2.1. BQ306 ASCII/ANSI Terminal

The BQ306 is a monochrome entry-level display terminal; it is used on Escala systems as System
Console.

It is a system-attached, 14-inch monochrome display station used for asynchronous communications.


The display terminal supports the EIA-232D (CCITT V.24/28) interface or the EIA-422A (CCITT
V.11) interface.

The BQ306 display terminal provides BQ303 and WYSE 55 emulation modes.

The display terminals support transmission speeds from 50 bps to 114Kbps on EIA-232D and EIA-
422A interfaces.
The data stream is compliant with the ANSI X3.4/3.64 standard.
The Character Sets available are ISO 646 with national versions (7 bits coding) and 8 bits coding ISO
Latin-1 (Western Europe), Latin-2 (Eastern Europe) 8859/1 and 8859/2, Latin-5 (Western Europe +
Turk) 8859/9, and Latin Cyrillic 8859/5, PC437, 86x, 85x.

The BQ306 can attach directly to a host processor, when using EIA-232C or EIA-422, at 50bps to
114Kbps.
It can communicate remotely to a host processor using EIA-232C interface at 50bps to 64Kbps.

BQ306 Features

The BQ306 terminal supports both ANSI-based and PC type character sets and keyboards.
Furthermore, this terminal supports:

• DEC VT320, VT220, VT100, VT52, and WYSE 55 terminal personalities


• Up to 25 international keyboards languages
• 101/102 keys PC style keyboard and 105 keys DEC style keyboard
• ISO latin/1, /2, /5, Cyrillic supplementary character sets
• White and amber screen phosphor
• 24-line by 80/132 column data display and 25th status line
• 15x12 and 10x14 character matrix
• Screen saver feature
• Auxiliary printer port.

The BQ306 terminal is available in two models: an international model and a low emission version
that supports up to 25 keyboard languages and user-selectable French, German, Italian, Spanish or
English setup screens and status line messages.

Chapter 7: Cluster Management, Terminals, Graphics Subsystems and Printers 13/32


9pw5s1c7.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

System Attachment

The BQ306 is attached to the system unit standard serial port or to an 8-, 16- or 64-port asynchronous
adapter port using appropriate EIA-232/V.24 cables.

The BQ306 is also attachable to the 128 port asynchronous controller of the system via a 16-port
cluster box using appropriate asynchronous cables EIA232.

2.2. Explora 17" Color X-Terminal

This product has been discontinued.

The Explora 17" Color X-Terminal is used on Escala EPC as Cluster Console. It is a high-performance
X terminal providing 64-bit performance and super-high resolution for demanding users requiring
advanced graphics, imaging, digital video, animation, and sound capabilities.

User Benefits

• Fastest Performance: Runs graphical applications more rapidly


• Highest resolution: Increases by 46% the amount of screen image viewable (compared to
1280x1024)
• Latest 64-bit Architecture: Provides full support for emerging multimedia applications
• Largest Standard Memory: Supports complex graphics software with ease
• Choice of monitors

Unrivaled Performance and Resolution

The Explora 17" Color X-Terminal sets remarkable new standards in resolution, architecture and
performance whatever your benchmark. With unequaled 1600x1280 resolution and 200,000 Xstones
rating, these models clearly outpace the competition, and at 3.83 Xmarks their leads increases even
more dramatically.

Cutting-Edge Architecture

Powerful 64-bit processing - an X terminal first - is what makes such record-breaking performance
possible. The R4600 processor's scalability also makes it easy to adapt to future technologies. And for
even more dramatic performance improvements, the BQX architecture optimally balance every
components including the software, custom ASICs, and other unique enhancements.

Unbeatable Application Access

When it comes to taking full advantage of highly complex graphical applications such as CAD, CASE,
GIS, and technical publishing, these terminals have no peer. For example, they draw graphics with the
fastest speed, while allowing you to view the maximum picture area of all the images you're
displaying. Their sophisticated audio, imaging, and video capabilities also make them ideal for
demanding multimedia applications, such as computer-aided training that incorporate MPEG-1 digital
video.

Chapter 7: Cluster Management, Terminals, Graphics Subsystems and Printers 14/32


9pw5s1c7.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Add to that an integral parallel port that allows easy attachment of input/output devices (such as
printers, scanners, and floppy disk drivers), and full Energy Star compliance, and you have the
industry's premier X terminal offer.

Ergonomics Features

• Display: Tilt and swivel functions, Silica coated, Anti-glare screens, Brightness and contrast
controls
• Keyboards: Detached, adjustable tilt, matte-finish keys and housing

Hardware Architecture

• Processor: R4600 RISC @ 80 MHz


• Coprocessor: Three customs ASICS
• DRAM: 8 MB standard, expandable to 136 MB
• Memory upgrades: Industry-standard SIMMs fast-page mode
• Video memory: 2 MB
• Flash memory: Industry-standard PCMCIA
• NVRAM: 512 bytes of configuration memory

Color Displays

• Resolution: 1600x1280
• Color support: 8-bit (256 colors) index color model
• Color palette: 24-bit (16.7 million) look-up table
• Refresh rate: Up to 75 Hz non-interlaced
• Screen size: 17" anti-glare
• Active display area: 356x285mm

Keyboards

• Low-profile with two position tilt, detached with 1.5 meter coiled cable
• A large variety of national versions is available

Mouse

• Three-button, standard serial interface, 9-pin "D" connector, 1200 baud (9600 baud also supported)

Audio

• Resolution: 16-bit linear software conversion to 8-bit µlaw


• Sampling rates: 8,000 to 50,000 samples per second
• Input: One channel (mono), 3.5 mm stereo jack, line level or microphone level (software
selectable),
input impedance 47KW

Chapter 7: Cluster Management, Terminals, Graphics Subsystems and Printers 15/32


9pw5s1c7.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

• Output: Two channel (stereo), 3.5 mm stereo jack, line level or speaker out (1 Watt maximum per
channel),
line 775mV (typical)

Communication

• 10Base5 AUI interface (can use external 10Base2 or 10BaseT Transceiver)


• Full DB-25 serial port (dual channel) up to 115.2 Kbaud

Power

• AC voltage 110/230 VAC auto-switching, 47 to 63 Hz


• AC frequency 50 to 60 Hz
• Consumption: 169 watts max (17" monitor), 30 watts @ 115 VAC (base only)

Certification

• MPRII compliant
• Energy Star compliant
• Environmental Operating Range
• Temperature: 10 to 40° C – Non-operating range -10° to 60° C
• Humidity: 10 to 90% non-condensing
• Altitude: Up to 3000 meters above sea level

Physical Dimensions

17" Monitor Base


Height: 470 mm Height: 61 mm
Width: 500 mm Width: 429 mm
Depth: 510 mm Depth: 320 mm
Weight: 34 Kg Weight: 5,2 Kg

Software

• Window system: X11R5 server


• Font service: TFTP, NFS, DAP, Font Server,
• Protocols: TCP/IP, Telnet, SLIP, LAT, MOP, BOOTP, RARP
• Name service: Domain, IEN 116
• Local clients: Telnet, LAT, Serial, Set up, NCDwm (window manager with OSF Motif look and
feel and OPEN LOOK features)
• Boot options: PROM resident, download from central host, flash memory
• Network management: Information menus, SNMP (MBII compliant with NCD extensions), PING
utility, Ethernet or token-ring statistics, protocol statistics, packet received LED configurable on
keyboard, remote reset
• Configuration: Local, remote or download from central host, remote reset

Chapter 7: Cluster Management, Terminals, Graphics Subsystems and Printers 16/32


9pw5s1c7.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.3. Integrated Graphics Controllers

2.3.1. Integrated Graphics Controller for the EPC400

The Escala EPC400 features an integrated VGA-compatible Cirrus Logic graphics controller with 1
MB of video DRAM. The graphics subsystem can be upgraded to 2 MB by installing a 1 MB
extension memory module to support more colors and higher resolutions.

Supported resolutions, colors and refresh rates with 1 MB video memory:

Resolution 256 Colors 65K Colors 16 M Colors


640x480 60-85 Hz 60-85 Hz 60-85 Hz
800x600 56-85 Hz 56-85 Hz N/A
1024x768 43-85 Hz N/A N/A

Supported resolutions, colors and refresh rates with 2 MB video memory:

Resolution 256 Colors 65K Colors 16 M Colors


640x480 60-85 Hz 60-85 Hz 60-85 Hz
800x600 56-85 Hz 56-85 Hz 56-85 Hz
1024x768 43-85 Hz 43-85 Hz N/A
1280x1024 43-75 Hz N/A N/A

2.3.2. Integrated Graphics Controller for the EPC430 and the EPC450

The Escala EPC430 and EPC450 feature an integrated VGA-compatible Cirrus Logic graphics
controller with 2 MB of video DRAM.

Supported resolutions, colors and refresh rates

Resolution 256 Colors 65K Colors 16 M Colors


640x480 60-85 Hz 60-85 Hz 60-85 Hz
800x600 56-85 Hz 56-85 Hz 56-85 Hz
1024x768 43-85 Hz 43-85 Hz N/A
1280x1024 43-75 Hz N/A N/A

Chapter 7: Cluster Management, Terminals, Graphics Subsystems and Printers 17/32


9pw5s1c7.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.4. Graphics Adapters

2.4.1. POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator for PL220R, PL420R, PL800R, PL820R,
PL1600R and PL3200R (Only for analog monitor, GTFG050-0000)
Discontinued: 31/10/2003.

The POWER GXT135P is a versatile, low-priced 2D graphics accelerator. The GXT135P provides
console graphics across all market segments and can be configured to operate in either 8-bit or 24-bit
color modes. The GXT135P accelerates X-windows graphics applications allowing to display business
graphics, database status, and activity for securities trading more quickly. A network display can
monitor activity and assist in load balancing, performance analysis, and capacity planning.

Supported resolutions with one monitor:


• 640 x 480 @ 60 Hz
• 1024 x 768 @ 60 - 85 Hz
• 1280 x 1024 @ 60 - 85 Hz
• 1600 x 1200 @ 60 - 85 Hz
• 2048 x 1536 @ 60 - 75 Hz

Hardware Description
• 128-bit graphics processor
• 8-bit CLUT or 24-bit true color
• 16 MB SDRAM
• 32-bit PCI interface
• Universal PCI (5.0v or 3.3v)
• 1 hardware color map

Supported Features
• Up to approximately 16.7 million colors
• Rectangular clipping
• 2 analog monitor outputs with 640x400@60 Hz, 1024x 768@60-85 Hz, or 1280 x 1024 @ 60 - 85
Hz resolutions
• 60 to 85 Hz refresh rates (ISO 9241, Part 3)

Supported APIs
• X-Windows and Motif
• UMS 2.3.0 (no hardware scaling)

Software Requirements:
AIX 4.3.3 or later for PL220R, PL800R, PL1600R and PL3200R
AIX 5.1 or later for PL420R and PL820R

Hardware Requirements:
1 free PCI slot

Chapter 7: Cluster Management, Terminals, Graphics Subsystems and Printers 18/32


9pw5s1c7.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.5. POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator (GTFG051,GTFG052)

The POWER GXT135P is a versatile, low-priced 2D graphics accelerator. It can be configured to


operate in either 8-bit or 24-bit color modes. With AIX 4.3, this adapter supports only analog monitors
and with AIX5.1 or later this adapter supports both analog and digital monitors.
Its predecessor, GTFG050, supported only analog monitors.

Hardware Description
• 128-bit graphics processor
• 8-bit CLUT or 24-bit true color
• 16 MB SDRAM
• 32-bit PCI interface
• Universal PCI (5.0v or 3.3v)
• 1 hardware color map

Supported Features
• Up to approximately 16.7 million colors
• Rectangular clipping
• 2 analog monitor outputs at up to 1280 x 1024 resolution
• 1 analog monitor output at up to 2048 x 1536 resolution
• 1 digital monitor output at up to 1600 x 1200 resolution
• 60 to 85 Hz refresh rates (ISO 9241, Part 3)

Supported APIs
• X-Windows and Motif
• UMS 2.3.0 (no hardware scaling)

Software Requirements:
AIX 4.3 for analog support only
AIX Versions 5.1 or later for analog or digital support
GTFG051 for PL240R, PL420R and PL820R
GTFG052 for PL220R, PL400R, PL600R, PL800R and EPC2450

Hardware Requirements:
1 free PCI slot

Chapter 7: Cluster Management, Terminals, Graphics Subsystems and Printers 19/32


9pw5s1c7.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.5.1. POWER GXT130P Graphics Accelerator for the EPC430, EPC450, PL400R, EPC610,
PL600R, EPC810, EPC1200, EPC1200A, EPC2400 and EPC2450 (GTFG048-0000)

Discontinued: 30/04/2003
The POWER GXT130P is a versatile, low-priced 2D graphics accelerator for Escala servers. This
accelerator delivers exceptional 2D graphics performance for AIX systems at a low price.

The POWER GXT130P is supported on the Escala EPC430, EPC450, PL400R, EPC610, PL600R,
EPC810, EPC1200, EPC1200A, EPC2400 and EPC2450.

Advantages

• Meets the performance and functional requirements of demanding 2D graphics for X Windows
applications.
• Displays graphics and text for workstation applications that require very rich and complex visual
information simultaneously.
• Provides an exceptional performance level of visual interaction for servers at an affordable price.

Hardware

• Utilizes a half-length PCI slot


• Concurrent colors: 256 out of 16.7 million
• RAM DAC frequency: 250MHz
• Maximum resolution: 1600 x1200 8-bit pixels
• Maximum refresh rate: 85Hz
• Memory bandwidth: 640MB/sec.
• Memory type: 8MB SDRAM
• Display Power Management Signaling (DPMS)

Features

• Supports 60 to 85Hz monitor refresh rates, including those that comply with ISO 9241 Part 3.
• Video acceleration features such as scaling and color space conversion.
• Supports screen resolutions of 640x480, 800x600, 1024x768, 1280x1024, 1600x1200 at 8 bits per
pixel.
• Satisfies the ISO 9241 standard of visual quality, refreshing the screen at up to 85Hz for all
resolutions.
• Provides a standard 15-pin DIN output connector for half-length PCI card slot.
• Supports multisync monitors with at least a 64KHz horizontal scan capability and DDC-2B-
compliant multisync monitors with at least a 38KHz horizontal scan capability.

Software requirements

• AIX® 4.3.2 and above.


• Xlib is included with AIX 4.3.2 and above.

Chapter 7: Cluster Management, Terminals, Graphics Subsystems and Printers 20/32


9pw5s1c7.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.5.2. PCI High Resolution Graphics Adapter - 4MB WRAM for the EPC400 (GTFG039-
0100)

Discontinued: 30/11/1999.

The PCI high resolution graphics adapter with 4MB WRAM provides:

• High Performance
• Multiple screen
• Up to 16.7 million colors.

This adapter is supported on the Escala EPC430 and EPC450 when upgrading from the EPC400.

2.5.2.1. Features without Extension Memory

General Hardware Features:

Bus 32-bit PCI


Memory 4 MB WRAM
Maximum Non-Interlaced Resolution 1600x1200
Maximum Colors Color depth 8 bits/pixel: 256
Color depth 16bits/pixel: 64K
Color depth 24 bits/pixel: 16.7 million
Refresh rate up to 200 Hz
Monitor connector 15-pin

Other Hardware Features:

Color Map 1
WRAM Features Dual ported memory type
20 nanosecond page mode cycle time (50% faster
than the fastest VRAM)
2 Color block write mode.
Hardware 2D acceleration lines, rectangles, bit block transfert

Hardware 3D acceleration Hardware True Color Gouraud shading


16-bit Z-buffer in off-screen WRAM
Hardware double buffering in WRAM
Color dithering in 8 and 16 bit per pixel modes
Complex bit-block transfert with Z
Compatibilility Features Integrated 32-bit VGA core VESA compatible
VESA DPMS compliant Saves power
Green PC support
VESA DDC-1, -2 compliant

Chapter 7: Cluster Management, Terminals, Graphics Subsystems and Printers 21/32


9pw5s1c7.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Resolution Pixel format and refresh rates (hardware) Color depth and refresh rates (with AIX)
640x480 8, 16, 24, 32 (up to 200 Hz) 8, 16, 24 (60 Hz)
800x600 8, 16, 24, 32 (up to 200 Hz)
1024x768 8, 16, 24, 32 (up to 130 Hz) 8, 16, 24 (60, 70, 75 Hz)
1152x882 8, 16, 24, 32 (up to 110 Hz)
1280x1024 8, 16, 24 (up to 100 Hz) 8, 16 (60, 71, 75 Hz)
1600x1200 8, 16 (up to 78 Hz) 8, 16 (60Hz)

2.5.2.2. Features with 8 MB WRAM Extension Memory of 4MB


(MI: GTFG039-0100 + GTFG045-0100)

Discontinued: 30/11/1999.

Resolution Pixel format and refresh rates (hardware) Color depth and refresh rates (with AIX)
640x480 8, 16, 24, 32 (up to 200 Hz) 8, 16, 24 (60 Hz)
800x600 8, 16, 24, 32 (up to 200 Hz)
1024x768 8, 16, 24, 32 (up to 130 Hz) 8, 16, 24 (60, 70, 75 Hz)
1152x882 8, 16, 24, 32 (up to 110 Hz)
1280x1024 8, 16, 24, 32 (up to 100 Hz) 8, 16, 24 (60, 71, 75 Hz)
1600x1200 8, 16, 24 (up to 78 Hz) 8, 16, 24 (60 Hz)

2.5.3. GXT120P Graphics Adapter for the EPC1200 (GTFG046-0000)

Discontinued: 30/11/1999.

The PCI GXT120P Graphics Adapter is the Entry Level Graphics Adapter for the Escala EPC1200. It
meets the graphics needs of many commercial applications, and provides an entry point for
workstation users. It is also a cost effective entry point for server environments that require a graphical
user console.

The POWER GXT120P provides video acceleration features such as scaling and color space
conversion. The GXT120P can support multisync monitors with at least a 64KHz horizontal scan
capability or DDC-2B-compliant multisync monitors with at least a 38KHz horizontal scan capability.

General Hardware Features:

Bus 32-bit PCI


Memory 2MB EDO DRAM
Maximum Non-Interlaced Resolution 1280x1024
Maximum Colors 8 bits/pixel: 256 from a palette of 16.7 million
Refresh rate 60 to 85 Hz (ISO 9241 Part 3)
Monitor connector 15-pin

Chapter 7: Cluster Management, Terminals, Graphics Subsystems and Printers 22/32


9pw5s1c7.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Other Hardware Features:

Color Map 1
Clipping Rectangular and non rectangular
Other Pattern Fill support

Resolution Color depth and refresh rates Color depth and refresh rates
(hardware) (with AIX)
640x480 8 (60 to 85 Hz) 8 (60, 72, 75, 85 Hz)
800x600 8 (60 to 85 Hz) 8 (56, 60, 70, 75, 76, 85 Hz)
1024x768 8 (60 to 85 Hz) 8 (60, 70, 72, 75, 76, 85 Hz)
1280x1024 8 (60 to 85 Hz) 8 (60, 75 Hz)

Chapter 7: Cluster Management, Terminals, Graphics Subsystems and Printers 23/32


9pw5s1c7.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.6. Graphics Monitors

2.6.1. 15-inch Color Monitor (DMUG012)

Discontinued: 30/06/2001.

The 15" monitor is a high resolution multisync graphics raster scan color monitor. It provides sharp,
bright and realistic colors with minimum distortion. The anti-reflective CRT surface treatment
eliminates screen reflections while optimizing image quality.

Specifications:

Display Size 15" FST (13.7" viewable image)


Dot Pitch 0.28 mm
Face treatment Antistatic, antiglare, antireflection
Input Signal R.G.B. Analog
Input Connector 15-pin, D-Sub
Horizontal Scan Freq. 30KHz to 70KHz (Automatic)
Vertical Scan Freq. 50Hz to 150Hz (Automatic)
Display Area (H x V) 260 x 195 mm
Colors Unlimited colors, depends on graphics board
Maximum Resolution 1280x1024
Recommended Resolution 1024x768
Compatibility VGA, S-VGA, XGA, VESA
Power Source 90-264VAC (Universal Power)
Power Consumption 75 W (max)
Power Management EPA Energy Star and VESA DPMS
Dimensions 375(W)x383(H)x401(D)mm
Weight 11.9 Kg
Operating Environment +5°C to +35°C, Humidity 35% to 80%
Storage Environment -30°C to +60°C, Humidity 30% to 85%
Emissions MPR-II; FCC Part 15, Subpart J, Class B; CE; CSA C108.8, Class B; CISPR 22,
Class B EN (55022); TCO 92, TCO 95 and TCO 99
Safety US recognized, UL 1950; CSA Certified, CSA C22.2 No. 220; NEMKO,
DEMKO, FIMKO, SEMKO; IEC 380/950 Safety (TUV) EN (60950); ISO 9241
parts 3 recommendations for VDT ergonomics; DHHS

Chapter 7: Cluster Management, Terminals, Graphics Subsystems and Printers 24/32


9pw5s1c7.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.6.2. 17-inch Color Monitor (DMUG013)

The 17-inch color monitor is intended for high resolution graphics applications. It provides sharp,
bright, realistic color for users of graphics applications that require high-resolution monitor.

Specifications:

Display Size 17" FST (16" Viewable)


Dot Pitch 0.26 mm
Face Treatment Anti-Reflection, Anti-Static, Anti-Glare
Light Transmission 43% Typical
Display Area (Max) 326 (H) x 245 (V) mm
Horizontal Scan Freq. 30 - 95 kHz
Vertical Scan Freq. 50 - 150 Hz
Bandwidth 160 MHz
Input Video Signal RGB Analogue
Input Video Sync. H/V Separate Sync, Composite Sync, Sync on Green
Input Connector 15 Pin VGA D-Sub (Captive Cable)
Display Resolution 1600 x 1200 up to 75 Hz
1280 x 1024 up to 88 Hz
1024 x 768 up to 117 Hz
800 x 600 up to 150 Hz
640 x 480 up to 150 Hz
Memory Modes 9 x Factory Presets
15 x User definable Presets
Integral USB Hub 1 x Upstream Port, 4 x Downstream Ports Host based OSD Software (via USB)
included
Plug and Play VESA DDC1/2B
Power Supply Input: 88 - 132, 180 - 264 V AC 50/60 Hz
Power Management On < 120 W
Suspend < 15 W
Off < 8 W
Dimensions (mm) 412 mm (w) x 427 mm (h) x 428 mm (d)
Weight 18.0 kg (39.6 lb.) Net 20.0 kg (44.0 lb.) Gross
Safety Approvals UL1950, CSA C22.2 No. 950, EN60950 (Inc A1-4),
Emissions Approvals FCC Class B, DOC Class B, VCCI Class 2, EN 55022 Class B, EN50082-1, MPR
II, TCO
X-Ray Approvals DHHS 21 CFR Sub Chap J, ROV 1987
Additional Approvals ISO 9241-3/8, ZH1/618, NUTEK, ENERGY STAR, TÜV-GS, TÜV-Ergo, CE
Mark, TCO 92, TCO 95, TCO 99

Chapter 7: Cluster Management, Terminals, Graphics Subsystems and Printers 25/32


9pw5s1c7.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.6.3. 17-inch Multiscan Color Monitor (DMUG010)


Discontinued: 31/10/2001.
The Multiscan 17" (16.0" viewable image) monitor is ideal for the demanding corporate professional
who requires exceptional image performance without sacrificing value or reliability. It's perfect for
everything from spreadsheets to finely detailed graphic presentations.
Note: Not available in the North America area.
Specifications:
CRT 17" FD Trinitron®, 16.0" viewable image
Aperture Grille Pitch 0.24mm-0.25mm (variable)
Screen Treatment High Contrast AR Coating
Horizontal Scan Range 30-96kHz
Vertical Scan Range 48-120Hz
Maximum Resolution 1600 x 1200 @ 75Hz
Recommended Resolution 1024 x 768 @ 85Hz
Preset Resolutions (27 modes) 640 x 480 @ 60Hz VGA Graphics
640 x 480 @ 85Hz VESA
720 x 400 @ 70Hz VGA Text
800 x 600 @ 85Hz VESA
832 x 624 @ 75Hz Macintosh® 16"
1024 x 768 @ 75 and 85 Hz VESA
1280 x 1024 @ 75 and 85 Hz VESA
1600 x 1200 @ 75Hz VESA
Color Temperature Presets 5000 Kelvin
6500-9300 Kelvin
User-adjustable
Signal Inputs Analog RGB
0.7Vp-p, 75ohm (typical)
External Sync Signals Separate HD/VD, polarity-free TTL
External composite, polarity-free TTL
Sync on green 0.3V p-p±10%, negative
Input Connector Captive 15 pin mini D-sub
Power Requirements 100-120/220-240V AC; 50-60Hz
Power Management International Energy Star, NUTEK, and VESA DPMS Compliant, TCO'99
Operation: <120 watts
Suspend: <15 watts (maximum)
Active off: <3 watts (maximum)
Power off: 0 watt
Operating Temperature 50°F-104°F (10°C-40°C)
Operating Humidity 10%-80% (Non-Condensing)
Regulation and Standard Compliance Safety: UL 1950, CSA 22.2 No. 950, EN60950 (TUV, GS mark)
Emission/EMI: FCC Class B, IC Class B, EN55022
ELF/VLP: MPR II, TCO'99
X-ray: DHHS, DNHW, PTB
Ergonomics: ZH1/618, ISO9241-3, -7, -8, TCO'99
Designed for: PC99, Windows® 95, 98, NT, 2000, Macintosh® Compatible
Plug & Play: DDC-1, DDC-2B, DDC-2Bi, DMI Compliant
VESA: Generalized Timing Formula (GTF)
Dimensions (W x H x D) 15.9" x 16.3" x 16.5" / 414 x 404 x 420 mm
Weight 44.1 lbs. / 20 kg

Chapter 7: Cluster Management, Terminals, Graphics Subsystems and Printers 26/32


9pw5s1c7.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.6.4. 19-inch Multiscan Color Monitor (DMUG017)

The Taxan Ergovision 985 TCO 99 is a high performance monitor that complies with all leading US
and European safety standards.

Display Size 19" (18" Viewable) DIAMONDTRON® NF


Aperture Grille Pitch 0.25 mm (at centre)
Face Treatment Anti-Reflection, Anti-Static, Anti-Glare
Light Transmission 41% Typical
Display Area 340 (H) x 255 (V) mm (adjustable)
Horizontal Scan Freq. 30 - 96 kHz
Vertical Scan Freq. 50 - 180 Hz
Bandwidth 200 MHz
Input Video Signal RGB Analogue 0.7 Vp-p
Input Video Sync. H/V Separate, Composite Sync, Sync on Green
Input Connector 1 x 15-pin VGA D-sub Connector (PC Cable Included)
Display Resolution 1600 x 1200 up to 77 Hz, 1280 x 1024 up to 90 Hz, 1024 x 768 up to 120
Hz
Front User Controls Power, Contrast, Function, Digital Rotary Control
Rear User Controls Main Power
OSD Adjustments Contrast, Brightness, Horizontal Size & Position, Vertical Size & Position,
Zoom, Language, Degauss, Pin Cushion, Pin Balance, Trapezoid,
Parallelogram, V Linear Symmetry & Centre, Hooking, Rotation,
Information, Purity (Top-Bottom, Corners (T-L, T-R, B-L, B-R), Moiré,
Horizontal & Vertical Convergence, Horizontal & Vertical Focus, OSD
Horizontal & Vertical Position, Recall
Memory Modes 12 x Factory Presets, VESA GTF Capability
Plug & Play VESA DDC 1/2B
Power Supply Input: 90 - 264 V AC Universal 58-62 Hz
Power Saving VESA DPMS
Power Management On < 150 W, Suspend < 15 W, Off < 3 W
Tilt/Swivel Stand Included
Dimensions 465 mm (w) x 460 mm (h) x 475.5 mm (d)
Weight 25.0 kg (55 lb) Net 29.0 kg (63.8 lb) Gross
Safety Approvals UL, cUL, CSA, NRTL, TÜV-GS, SEMKO, NEMKO, DEMKO, FIMKO,
CB Report
EMI FCC Class B, VCCI Class B, CISPR 22 Class B
X-Ray Approvals FDA DHHS 21 Sub Chap J, PTB
EMC EN50082-1/1992 (ESD, RF, EFT), EN 60555-2-1987 (Harmonic),
EN61000-3-3:1995 (Voltage Fluctuations), EN55022:1994/A1:1995
(EMI)
Additional Approvals ISO 9241-3/8, ENERGY STAR, CE Mark, MPR II (1990), TCO 92, TCO
95, TCO 99

Chapter 7: Cluster Management, Terminals, Graphics Subsystems and Printers 27/32


9pw5s1c7.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.6.5. 19-inch Multiscan Color Monitor (DMUG016)


Discontinued: 31/10/2001.
The Multiscan 19" (18.0" viewable image) monitor is ideal for the demanding corporate professional
who requires extra screen space and exceptional image performance, without sacrificing value or
reliability.
Note: Not available in the North America area.

CRT 19" FD Trinitron® with HiDensity™ Electron Gun


Viewable Image Size 18.0"
Aperture Grille Pitch 0.24mm-0.25mm (variable)
Screen Treatment High Contrast AR Coating
Horizontal Scan Range 30-107kHz
Vertical Scan Range 48-120Hz
Maximum Resolution 1800 x 1440 @ 70Hz
Recommended Resolution 1280 x 1024 @ 85Hz
1600 x 1200 @ 85Hz
Factory Preset Resolution Timing Data Table (TDT) - 25 modes
User Adjustable - 15 settings
Color Temperature Presets 5000 Kelvin
9300 Kelvin
User-adjustable
sRGB
Signal Inputs Analog RGB
0.7Vp-p, 75ohm (typical)
External Sync Signals Separate HD/VD, polarity-free TTL
External composite, polarity-free TTL
Sync on green 0.3V p-p±10%, negative
Input Connector Captive 15 pin mini D-sub and 15 pin mini D-sub
Power Requirements 90-264V AC; 50-60Hz
Power Management International Energy Star, NUTEK, and VESA DPMS Compliant,
TOC'99
Operation: <140 watts
Suspend: <15 watts (maximum)
Active off: <3 watts (maximum)
Power off: 0 watt
Dimensions (W x H x D) 17.7" x 18.2" x 18.2" / 449 x 463 x 461 mm
Weight 57.3 lbs. / 26 Kg
Operating Temperature 50°F-104°F (10°C-40°C)
Operating Humidity 10%-80% (Non-Condensing)
Regulation and Standard Compliance Safety: UL 1950, CSA 22.2 No. 950, EN60950 (TUV, GS mark)
Emission/EMI: FCC Class B, IC Class B, EN55022
ELF/VLF: MPR II TUV (full compliance), TCO'99
X-ray: DHHS, DNHW
Ergonomics: ISO9241-3, -7, -8, TCO'99
Designed for: PC99, Windows® 95, 98, NT, 2000, Macintosh®
Compatible
Plug & Play: DDC-1, DDC-2B, DDC-2Bi, DMI Compliant
VESA: Generalized Timing Formula (GTF)

Chapter 7: Cluster Management, Terminals, Graphics Subsystems and Printers 28/32


9pw5s1c7.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2.7. Keyboards (KBUG003)

The keyboard features double-rate typematic default speed for the cursor keys. All keyboards are 102
keys, except the US model, which is 101 keys.

Keyboards are available in the following localizations:

• French
• US
• UK
• Italian
• German
• Spanish
• Danish
• Finnish/Swedish
• Norwegian
• Portuguese
• Belgian

Escala Attachment

The keyboard connects to the Escala keyboard port using a 2.75-m (9-ft) detachable cable with a 6-pin
MINI-DIN connector.

2.8. Mouse (PDUG008)

An optomechanical 3-Button Mouse allows users to point to and select items on a display. The cover
on the mouse snaps off for routine cleaning of the roller ball.

Escala Attachment

The mouse connects to the system unit mouse port using a 2.75-m (9ft) detachable cable with a 6-pin
MINI-DIN connector. The mouse controller is built into the system unit.

Chapter 7: Cluster Management, Terminals, Graphics Subsystems and Printers 29/32


9pw5s1c7.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

3. Bull Line Matrix Printers

Discontinued.

3.1. PR802A Line Matrix Printers

The PR802A is a high performance line matrix impact printer that is designed for heavy-duty dot-
matrix printing applications. The PR802A allows to combine text, graphic, bar codes, logos ...

The PR802A features the following:


• 900/662/353 lines per minutes (high speed draft/Data processing/Near letter quality)
• 150 OCR A/B per minutes
• P-series protocol and various emulations (Serial Matrix, Proprinter, Epson FX)
• Dynamic font selection
• Major usual character sets are resident, including Arabic, Cyrillic, Greek, Hebrew, Turkish, etc...
• Up to 6 parts, continuous fan folded forms, with variable width from 3 to 17"
• 136 characters per line at 10 CPI
• VFU: 14 channels Electrical Vertical Format Unit used on P-Series emulation
• Parallel Centronics and serial EIA 232 / RS 422 interfaces
• Quiet cabinet allowing less than 52 dBA acoustic noise
• Energy saving mode feature

The PR802A can be equipped with an Intelligent Graphic Processor (IGP) which allows to use PGL
and VGL languages in order to generate forms overlay, variable bar codes, expanded characters,
graphics, logos, reverse printing, rotated printing, etc. The IGP is available as an option.

The PR802A is available in two versions: First version uses a gravity paper stacking, the second
version is equipped with a powered paper stacking, which insure a perfect stacking of printed paper for
heavy duty applications.

The PR802A provides Euro support.

System attachment

The PR802A attaches to the system unit using one of the following:
• parallel printer cable to the standard parallel port (see cable catalog for more information)
• asynchronous cables EIA-232C to a standard serial port or to an 8, 16 or 64 ports EIA-232C
adapter port
• asynchronous cables RS-422A to a standard serial port or to an 8, 16 or 64 port RS-422A adapter
port (available through a DPNS or a RPQ)
• Ethernet LAN (10BaseT and 10Base2)

Chapter 7: Cluster Management, Terminals, Graphics Subsystems and Printers 30/32


9pw5s1c7.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

3.2. PR902A Line Matrix Printers

The PR902A is a very high performance line matrix impact printer that is designed for heavy-duty dot-
matrix printing applications. The PR902A allows to combine text, graphic, bar codes, logos ...

The PR902A features the following:


• 1400/1050/560 lines per minutes (high speed draft/Data processing/Near letter quality)
• 253 OCR A/B per minutes
• P-series protocol and various emulations (Serial Matrix, Proprinter, Epson FX)
• Dynamic font selection
• Major usual character sets are resident, including Arabic, Cyrillic, Greek, Hebrew, Turkish, etc...
• Up to 6 parts, continuous fan folded forms, with variable width from 3 to 17"
• 136 characters per line at 10 CPI
• VFU: 14 channels Electrical Vertical Format Unit used on P-Series emulation
• Parallel Centronics and serial EIA 232 / RS 422 interfaces
• Quiet cabinet allowing less than 52 dBA acoustic noise
• Energy saving mode feature

The PR902A can be equipped with an Intelligent Graphic Processor (IGP) which allows to use PGL
and VGL languages in order to generate forms overlay, variable bar codes, expanded characters,
graphics, logos, reverse printing, rotated printing, etc. The IGP is available as an option.

The PR902A is available in two versions: First version uses a gravity paper stacking, the second
version is equipped with a powered paper stacking, which insure a perfect stacking of printed paper for
heavy duty applications.

The PR902A provides Euro support.

System attachment

The PR902A attaches to the system unit using one of the following:
• parallel printer cable to the standard parallel port (see cable catalog for more information)
• asynchronous cables EIA-232C to a standard serial port or to an 8, 16 or 64 port EIA-232C adapter
port
• asynchronous cables RS-422A to a standard serial port or to an 8, 16 or 64 port RS-422A adapter
port (available through a DPNS or a RPQ)
• Ethernet LAN (10BaseT and 10Base2)

Chapter 7: Cluster Management, Terminals, Graphics Subsystems and Printers 31/32


9pw5s1c7.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

3.3. Printers Summary Table

Line Matrix Printers, Graphics, Barcodes, Interfaces // and RS232C


PRUF005-000A PR802A 270/900 lpm Cabinet Model Stacking Gravity
PRUF008-000A PR802AS 270/900 lpm Cabinet Model Powered Paper Stacker
PRUF006-000A PR902A 432/1400 lpm Cabinet Model Stacking Gravity
PRUF007-000A PR902AS 432/1400 lpm Cabinet Model Powered Paper Stacker
Options for all Line Matrix Printers
PRFF003-0000 Network (10-Base-T)
PRFF005-0000 Graphic interface PRX02 and Euro

Line Matrix Printers Performances - lpm


Upper characters Mixed characters
Draft/Data processing/Near letter quality Draft/Data processing/Near letter quality
PR802/802A 900/662/353 770/529/270
PR902/902A 1400/1050/560 1197/840/432

Chapter 7: Cluster Management, Terminals, Graphics Subsystems and Printers 32/32


9pw5s1c7.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Chapter 8: Reference Information


The following is a summary of the information you can use to compare systems and external
removable media, and plan office space for the Escala Rack PL or EPC system units or devices.

1. PHYSICAL CONSIDERATIONS .........................................................................................3

2. ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS & CONSIDERATIONS ...................................................5

3. TEMPERATURE, RELATIVE HUMIDITY, & MAXIMUM WET BULB REQUIREMENTS ..8

4. NOISE EMISSIONS VALUES ...........................................................................................10

Chapter 8: Reference Information 1/12


9pw5s1c8.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Chapter 8: Reference Information 2/12


9pw5s1c8.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

1. Physical Considerations

System Unit or Device Height Width Depth Minimum Weight Maximum Weight
PL220R - - - - -
PL220R CPU Drawer (5 EIA units) 215 mm (8.5 in) 426 mm (16.8 in) 617 mm (24 in) 35.5 kg (78 lbs) 43.1 kg (94.8 lbs)
Storage Plus Drawer (3 EIA units) 128 mm (5.0 in) 445 mm (18 in) 552 mm (22 in) 23.0 kg (51 lbs) 38.5 kg(85 lbs)
PL240R - - - - -
PL240R CPU Drawer (4 EIA units) 178 mm (7.0 in) 437 mm (17.2 in) 508 mm (20.0 in) 35.5 kg (78 lbs) 43.1 kg (94.8 lbs)
EPC400 - Rack 1775 mm (69.8 in) 580 mm (22.8 in) 1080 mm (42.5 in) - 490 kg (1089 lbs)
EPC400, EPC430 and EPC450 CPU drawer 175 mm (6.8 in) 444 mm (17.4 in) 825 mm (32.4) - 45 kg (99.1 lbs)
EPC440 - - - - -
CPU drawer 350 mm (13.8 in) 443 mm (17.5 in) 870 mm (34.3 in) 71.4 kg (157 lbs) 88.6 kg (195 lbs)
PL400R - - - - -
CEC (5 EIA units) 218 mm (8.6 in) 445 mm (17.5 in) 820 mm (32.3 in) 41 kg (90 lbs) 52 kg (115 lbs)
I/O drawer (5 EIA units) 218 mm (8.6 in) 445 mm (17.5 in) 820 mm (32.3 in) 41 kg (90 lbs) 52 kg (115 lbs)
Disk drawer (3 EIA units) 128 mm (5.0 in) 445 mm (18 in) 552 mm (22 in) 23.0 kg (51 lbs) 38.5 kg(85 lbs)
PL420R
Single Rack Drawer (4 EIA units) 172 mm (6.8 in) 445 mm (17.5 in) 609 mm (24 in) 32 kg (70 lbs) 47 kg (104 lbs)
Expansion Drawer (4 EIA units) 178 mm (7.0 in) 445 mm (17.5 in) 610 mm (24 in) - 45.9 kg (101 lbs)
EPC610 - - - - -
CEC (5 EIA units) 218 mm (8.6 in) 445 mm (17.5 in) 820 mm (32.3 in) 41 kg (90 lbs) 52 kg (115 lbs)
I/O drawer (5 EIA units) 218 mm (8.6 in) 445 mm (17.5 in) 820 mm (32.3 in) 41 kg (90 lbs) 52 kg (115 lbs)
Disk drawer (3 EIA units) 128 mm (5.0 in) 445 mm (18 in) 552 mm (22 in) 23.0 kg (51 lbs) 38.5 kg(85 lbs)
PL600R - - - - -
CEC (5 EIA units) 218 mm (8.6 in) 445 mm (17.5 in) 820 mm (32.3 in) 41 kg (90 lbs) 52 kg (115 lbs)
I/O drawer (5 EIA units) 218 mm (8.6 in) 445 mm (17.5 in) 820 mm (32.3 in) 41 kg (90 lbs) 52 kg (115 lbs)
Disk drawer (3 EIA units) 128 mm (5.0 in) 445 mm (18 in) 552 mm (22 in) 23.0 kg (51 lbs) 38.5 kg(85 lbs)
EPC800 - Rack -1775 mm (69.8 in) -580 mm (22.8 in) -1080 mm (42.5 in) - 490 kg (1089 lbs)
CPU drawer - - - - -
EPC810 - - - - -
CEC (8 EIA units) 356 mm (14 in) 445 mm (17.5 in) 826 mm (32.5 in) 59.7 kg (132 lbs) -
I/O drawer (5 EIA units) 218 mm (8.6 in) 445 mm (17.5 in) 820 mm (32.3 in) 41 kg (90 lbs) 52 kg (115 lbs)
Disk drawer (3 EIA units) 128 mm (5.0 in) 445 mm (18 in) 552 mm (22 in) 23.0 kg (51 lbs) 38.5 kg(85 lbs)
PL800R - - - - -
CEC (8 EIA units) 356 mm (14 in) 445 mm (17.5 in) 826 mm (32.5 in) 59.7 kg (132 lbs) -
I/O drawer (5 EIA units) 218 mm (8.6 in) 445 mm (17.5 in) 820 mm (32.3 in) 41 kg (90 lbs) 52 kg (115 lbs)
Disk drawer (3 EIA units) 128 mm (5.0 in) 445 mm (18 in) 552 mm (22 in) 23.0 kg (51 lbs) 38.5 kg(85 lbs)

Chapter 8: Reference Information 3/12


9pw5s1c8.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

System Unit or Device Height Width Depth Minimum Weight Maximum Weight
PL820R - - - - -
Base (8 EIA units) 351 mm (13.8 in) 445 mm (17.5 in) 760 mm (29.9 in) - 93 kg (205 lbs)
I/O drawer (4 EIA units) 168 mm (6.6 in) 217 mm (8.6 in) 711 mm (28.0 in) - 16.8kg (37 lbs)
Disk drawer (3 EIA units) 128 mm (5.0 in) 445 mm (18 in) 552 mm (22 in) - 38.5 kg(85 lbs)
EPC1200/1200A - CEC Rack 1577 mm (62 in) 566 mm (22.3 in) 1041 mm (40.98 in) - 400 kg (880 lbs)
I/O rack 1577 mm (62 in) 650 mm (25.5 in) 1019 mm (40.1 in) - 159 kg (349 lbs)
I/O drawer (7 EIA units, for EPC1200) 306 mm (12.1 in) 442 mm (17.4 in) 748 mm (29.5 in) - 61 kg (135 lbs)
I/O drawer (10 EIA units, for EPC1200A) 440 mm (17.3 in) 443 mm (17.5 in) 843 mm (33.2 in) - 93 kg (205 lbs)
EPC2400 - CEC Rack 1577 mm (62 in) 566 mm (22.3 in) 1041 mm (40.98 in) - 400 kg (880 lbs)
I/O rack 1577 mm (62 in) 650 mm (25.5 in) 1019 mm (40.1 in) - 130 kg (286 lbs)
I/O drawer (10 EIA units) 440 mm (17.3 in) 443 mm (17.5 in) 843 mm (33.2 in) 89 kg (195 lbs) 93 kg (205 lbs)
EPC2450 - CEC Rack 1577 mm (62 in) 566 mm (22.3 in) 1201 mm (47.3 in) - 400 kg (880 lbs)
I/O rack 1804 mm (71 in) 644 mm (25.4 in) 1147 mm (45.2 in) 244 kg (535 lbs) -
I/O drawer (10 EIA units) 440 mm (17.3 in) 443 mm (17.5 in) 843 mm (33.2 in) 89 kg (195 lbs) 93.2 kg (205 lbs)
PL1600R/R+ Rack (with acoustic rear door) 2020 mm (79.5 in) 790 mm (30.9 in) 1490 mm (58.8 in) - 1184 kg (2605 lbs)
PL1600R/R+ Rack (with slim-line rear door) 2020 mm (79.5 in) 790 mm (30.9 in) 1340 mm (52.8 in) - 1170 kg (2574 lbs)
PL3200R/R+ Rack (with acoustic rear door) 2020 mm (79.5 in) 790 mm (30.9 in) 1440 mm (56.8 in) - 1209 kg (2666 lbs)
PL3200R/R+ Rack (with slim-line rear door) 2020 mm (79.5 in) 790 mm (30.9 in) 1340 mm (52.8 in) - 1196 kg (2636 lbs)

System Unit or Device Height Width Depth Minimum Weight Maximum Weight
DAS1300 - Rack unit 267 mm (10.5 in) 483 mm (19 in) 762 mm (30 in) - 70 kg (155 lbs)
DAS2900 - Rack unit 356 mm (14 in) 483 mm (19 in) 762 mm (30 in) - 79 kg (176 lbs)
DAS3200 - Rack unit 468 mm (18.4 in) 483 mm (19 in) 762 mm (30 in) - 111 kg (254 lbs)
DAS3500 - Rack unit 468 mm (18.4 in) 483 mm (19 in) 762 mm (30 in) - 99 kg (220 lbs)
DAS4500: DPE Enclosure rackmount 286 mm (11.25 in) 445 mm (17.5 in) 692 mm (27.2 in) 52 kg (115 lbs) 74 kg (163 lbs)
DAS4700: DPE Enclosure rackmount 286 mm (11.25 in) 445 mm (17.5 in) 692 mm (27.2 in) - 77 kg (169 lbs)
DAS5700: DPE Enclosure rackmount 286 mm (11.25 in) 445 mm (17.5 in) 692 mm (27.2 in) 52 kg (115 lbs) 74 kg (163 lbs)
DAS4500: DAE Enclosure rackmount 154 mm (6.07 in) 445 mm (17.5 in) 609 mm (24 in) - 35.4 kg (78 lbs)
DAS5700: DAE Enclosure rackmount 154 mm (6.07 in) 445 mm (17.5 in) 609 mm (24 in) - 35.4 kg (78 lbs)
DAS5300: iDAE Enclosure rackmount 154 mm (6.07 in) 445 mm (17.5 in) 609 mm (24 in) - 36 kg (80 lbs)
DAS5300: DAE Enclosure rackmount 154 mm (6.07 in) 445 mm (17.5 in) 609 mm (24 in) - 35.4 kg (78 lbs)
DAE5000: DAE Enclosure rackmount 154 mm (6.07 in) 445 mm (17.5 in) 609 mm (24 in) - 35.4 kg (78 lbs)
CX600 (5 EIA units - includes SPS) 326 mm (7.58 in) 445 mm (17.5 in) 700 mm (27.57 in) - 63.1 kg (139 lbs)
CX400 (4 EIA units - includes SPS) 174 mm (6.83 in) 450 mm (17.7 in) 604 mm (23.75 in) - 74.6 kg (164 lbs)
SSA - Rack unit 171 mm (6.7 in) 444 mm (17.5 in) 665 mm (26.2 in) - 50 kg
DLT4000/DLT7000 - Rack unit 146 mm (5.7 in) 235 mm (9.2 in) 332 mm (13 in) 6.6 kg (14.9 lbs) 7.1 kg (15 lbs)
DLT8000E - Tabletop 164.6 mm (6.48 in) 174.8 mm (6.88 in) 325.1 mm (12.8 in) 6.35 kg (14 lbs) -
Storage Plus Drawer (3 EIA units) 128 mm (5.0 in) 445 mm (18 in) 552 mm (22 in) 23.0 kg (51 lbs) 38.5 kg(85 lbs)

Chapter 8: Reference Information 4/12


9pw5s1c8.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

2. Electrical Requirements & Considerations

System Unit or Device Power Source Loading Voltage range (Vac) Frequency Thermal Output Power Requirement Power Max. Altitude
(Typical in kVA) (Hertz) (Typical in BTU/hr) (Typical in Watts) Factor
PL220R 0.31 100 to 127 or 200 to 240 47 or 63 1024 300 0.98 2135 m (7000 ft)
(autoranging)
PL240R 0.30 100 to 127 or 200 to 240 47 or 63 400 300 - 2135 m (7000 ft)
(autoranging)
EPC400 - CPU drawer 0.748 200 to 245 50 or 60 2550 - - 2,500 m
(8,202 ft)
EPC430 - CPU drawer 0.748 200 to 245 50 or 60 2550 - - 2,550 m
(8,366 ft)
EPC440 - CPU drawer 0.46 200 to 240 50 or 60 1485 434 0.9 - 0.98 915 m (3,000 ft)
(1)
EPC450 - CPU drawer 0.748 200 to 245 50 or 60 2550 - - 2,550 m
(8,366 ft)
PL400R - - - - - - -
CEC 0.32 200 to 240 50 / 60 1025 300 0.95 2,135 m
I/O drawer 0.23 200 to 240 50 / 60 750 220 0.95 (7,000 ft)
Disk drawer 0.43 90 to 260 50 / 60 1126 (max) 330 0.95
PL420R Single Rack Drawer 0.52 100 to 127 or 200 to 240 50 / 60 1693 500 - 2,135 m (7,000 ft)
(autoranging)
Expansion Drawer 0.358 100 to 240 50 or 60 774 227 0.91 3.048 m (10,000 ft)
EPC610 - - - - - - -
CEC 0.32 200 to 240 50 / 60 1025 300 0.95 2,135 m
I/O drawer 0.23 200 to 240 50 / 60 750 220 0.95 (7,000 ft)
Disk drawer 0.43 90 to 260 50 / 60 1126 (max) 330 0.95
PL600R - - - - - - -
CEC 0.32 200 to 240 50 / 60 1025 300 0.95 2,135 m
I/O drawer 0.23 200 to 240 50 / 60 750 220 0.95 (7,000 ft)
Disk drawer 0.43 90 to 260 50 / 60 1126 (max) 330 0.95
EPC800 - CPU drawer 1.1 90 to 137 or 180 to 253 50 or 60 2000 kcal/h 1000 0.95 2,500 m
(autoranging) (8,202 ft)
EPC810 - - - - - - -
CEC 0.39 200 to 240 50 / 60 1265 370 0.95 2,135 m
I/O drawer 0.23 200 to 240 50 / 60 750 220 0.95 (7,000 ft)
Disk drawer 0.43 90 to 260 50 / 60 1126 (max) 330 0.95
PL800R - - - - - - -
CEC 0.39 200 to 240 50 / 60 1265 370 0.95 2,135 m
I/O drawer 0.23 200 to 240 50 / 60 750 220 0.95 (7,000 ft)
Disk drawer 0.43 90 to 260 50 / 60 1126 (max) 330 0.95

Chapter 8: Reference Information 5/12


9pw5s1c8.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

System Unit or Device Power Source Loading Voltage range (Vac) Frequency Thermal Output Power Requirement Power Max. Altitude
(Typical in kVA) (Hertz) (Typical in BTU/hr) (Typical in Watts) Factor
PL820R - - - - - - -
Base 1.126 200 to 240 50 / 60 3652 1070 0.95 2,135 m
I/O drawer 1.35 200 to 240 50 / 60 461 135 0.95 (7,000 ft)
Disk drawer 0.43 90 to 260 50 / 60 1126 (max) 330 0.95
EPC1200/1200A CEC rack 1.887 200 to 240 50 or 60 6055 1774 - 2,135 m
I/O rack up to 4.8 per PDU - - (7,000 ft)
I/O drawer 0.52 3250 900
(EPC1200/1200A)
EPC2400 CEC rack 1.887 200 to 240 50 or 60 6055 1774 0.96 2,135 m
I/O rack 4.8 per PDU - - - (7,000 ft)
I/O drawer 0.4 1228 360 -
EPC2450 CEC rack 2.129 200 to 240 50 or 60 6904 2023 (max) - -
I/O rack - - - - - - -
I/O drawer - - - - - - -
PL1600R & R+ 15.4 (max) 200 to 240 50 or 60 22800 (max) - - 2,134 m (7,000 ft)
380 to 415 (three-phase) with 1.3 GHz CPUs
480 3,040 m (10,000 ft)
with 1.1 GHz CPUs
PL3200R & R+ 15.0 (max) 200 to 240 50 or 60 51200 (max) - - 2,134 m (7,000 ft)
380 to 415 (three-phase) with 1.3 GHz CPUs
480 3,040 m (10,000 ft)
with 1.1 GHz CPUs

(1) For altitudes above 195 meters, the maximum temperature limit is derated by 1 degree C for every 137 meters of elevation above 195 meters

Chapter 8: Reference Information 6/12


9pw5s1c8.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

System Unit or Device Power Source Loading Voltage range (Vac) Frequency (Hertz) Thermal Output Power Requirement Power Max. Altitude
(Typical in kVA) (Typical in BTU/hr) (Typical in Watts) Factor
DAS1300 - Rack unit 0.6 (max) 100 to 240 47 to 63 (autoranging) 2000 (max) 575 0.95 2,438m (8,000 ft)
(autoranging)
DAS2900 - Rack unit 0.9 (max) 100 to 240 47 to 63 (autoranging) 3000 (max) 880 0.95 2,438m (8,000 ft)
(autoranging)
DAS3200 - Rack unit 1.05 (max) 200 to 240 47 to 63 (autoranging) 3500 (max) 1000 0.98 2,438m (8,000 ft)
(autoranging)
DAS3500 - Rack unit 1.2 (max) 200 to 240 47 to 63 (autoranging) 4000 (max) 1150 0.95 2,438m (8,000 ft)
(autoranging)
DAS4500: DPE Enclosure 0.4 (max) 90 to 264 (autoranging) 47 to 63 (autoranging) 1340 (avg) 392 0.95 3,048m (10,000 ft)
rackmount
DAS4700: DPE Enclosure - 90 to 264 47 to 63 2703 (max) - 0.95 3,048m (10,000 ft)
rackmount at 37°C
DAS5700: DPE Enclosure 0.4 (max) 90 to 264 (autoranging) 47 to 63 (autoranging) 1340 (avg) 392 0.95 3,048m (10,000 ft)
rackmount
DAS4500: DAE Enclosure 0.4 (max) 90 to 264 (autoranging) 47 to 63 (autoranging) 1340 (avg) 392 0.98 2,438m (8,000 ft)
rackmount
DAS5700: DAE Enclosure 0.4 (max) 90 to 264 (autoranging) 47 to 63 (autoranging) 1340 (avg) 392 0.98 2,438m (8,000 ft)
rackmount
DAS5300: iDAE 0.4 (max) 90 to 264 (autoranging) 47 to 63 (autoranging) 1340 (avg) 392 0.95 2,438m (8,000 ft)
Enclosure rackmount
DAS5300: DAE Enclosure 0.4 (max) 90 to 264 (autoranging) 47 to 63 (autoranging) 1340 (avg) 392 0.98 2,438m (8,000 ft)
rackmount
DAE5000: DAE Enclosure 0.4 (max) 90 to 264 (autoranging) 47 to 63 (autoranging) 1340 (avg) 392 0.98 2,438m (8,000 ft)
rackmount
CX600 - 90 to 264 (autoranging) 47 to 63 (autoranging) 1740 (max) 510 0.98 2,438m (8,000 ft)
CX400 90 to 264 (autoranging) 47 to 63 (autoranging) 2000 (max) 618 0.98 2,438m (8,000 ft)
SSA – Rack unit 0.657 90 to 260 (autoranging) 47 to 63 (autoranging) 2074 657 0.99 12,192 m (40,000 ft)
DLT4000/DLT7000 - - 100 to 240 47 to 63 - 50 - 9,150 m (30,000 ft)
Rack unit (autoranging)
DLT8000E - Tabletop - 100 to 240 - - 56 (max) - 12,192 m (40,000 ft)
(autoranging)
Storage Plus Drawer 0.43 90 to 260 50 / 60 1126 (max) 330 0.95 2,135 m (7,000 ft)

Chapter 8: Reference Information 7/12


9pw5s1c8.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

3. Temperature, Relative Humidity, & Maximum Wet Bulb Requirements

System Unit or Device Temperature Relative Humidity (non-condensing) Max Wet Bulb
Operating Non-Operating Operating Non-Operating Operating Non-Operating
PL220R 10°C to 40°C 10°C to 52°C 8% to 80% 8% to 80% 27°C 27°C
(50°F to 104°F) (50°F to 126°F) (80 F) (80 F)
PL240R 10°C to 43°C 10°C to 52°C 8% to 80% 8% to 80% 27°C 27°C
(50°F to 109°F) (50°F to 126°F) (80 F) (80 F)
EPC400 - CPU drawer 10°C to 32°C 5°C to 50°C 20% to 80% 5% to 95% 24°C (75.2°F) 28°C (82.4°F)
- (41°F to 122°F) - - Moisture: 0.019kg Moisture: 0.024kg
Gradient: 10°C/h Gradient: 25°C/h Gradient: 10%/h Gradient: 30%/h water/kg dry air water/kg dry air
EPC430 - CPU drawer 10°C to 32°C 5°C to 50°C 20% to 80% 5% to 95% 24°C 28°C
- (41°F to 122°F) - - (75.2°F) (82.4°F)
Gradient: 10°C/h Gradient: 25°C/h Gradient: 10%/h Gradient: 30%/h Moisture: 0.019kg Moisture: 0.024kg
water/kg dry air water/kg dry air
EPC440 - CPU drawer 10°C to 40°C 10°C to 52°C 8% to 80% 8% to 80% 27°C 27°C
(50°F to 125.6°F) (80.6 F) (80.6 F)
EPC450 - CPU drawer 10°C to 32°C 5°C to 50°C 20% to 80% 5% to 95% 24°C (75.2°F) 28°C(82.4°F)
- (41°F to 122°F) - - Moisture: 0.019kg Moisture: 0.024kg
Gradient: 10°C/h Gradient: 25°C/h Gradient: 10%/h Gradient: 30%/h water/kg dry air water/kg dry air
PL400R 10°C to 40°C - 8% to 80% 8% to 80% 27°C 27°C
(80.6 F) (80.6 F)
PL420R – CPU Drawer 5°C to 35°C - 8% to 80% - 27°C -
(41°F to 95°F) (80 F)
PL420R – Expansion Drawer 5°C to 35°C - 8% to 80% 8% to 80% 23°C 27°C
(41°F to 95°F) (73 F) (80.6 F)
EPC610 10°C to 40°C 10°C to 52°C 8% to 80% 8% to 80% 27°C 27°C
(50°F to 125.6°F) (80.6 F) (80.6 F)
PL600R 10°C to 40°C - 8% to 80% 8% to 80% 27°C 27°C
(80.6 F) (80.6 F)
EPC800 - CPU drawer 10°C to 40°C 5°C to 55°C 20% to 80% 5% to 95% 24°C (75.2°F) 28°C (82.4°F)
- (41°F to 131°F) - - Moisture: 0.019kg Moisture: 0.024kg
Gradient: 10°C/h Gradient: 25°C/h Gradient: 10%/h Gradient: 30%/h water/kg dry air water/kg dry air
EPC810 10°C to 40°C 10°C to 52°C 8% to 80% 8% to 80% 27°C 27°C
(50°F to 125.6°F) (80.6 F) (80.6 F)
PL800R 10°C to 40°C 10°C to 52°C 8% to 80% 8% to 80% 27°C 27°C
(50°F to 125.6°F) (80.6 F) (80.6 F)
PL820R 10°C to 38°C - 8% to 80% - 23°C -
(50°F to 100°F) (73° F)
EPC1200/1200A - CEC rack 10°C to 40°C 10°C to 52°C 8% to 80% 8% to 80% 23°C 27°C
I/O rack - I/O drawer (50°F to 125.6°F) (73°F) (80.6 F)

Chapter 8: Reference Information 8/12


9pw5s1c8.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

System Unit or Device Temperature Relative Humidity (non-condensing) Max Wet Bulb
Operating Non-Operating Operating Non-Operating Operating Non-Operating
EPC2400/2450 - CEC rack 10°C to 40°C 10°C to 52°C 8% to 80% 8% to 80% 23°C 27°C
I/O rack - I/O drawer (50°F to 125.6°F) (73°F) (80.6 F)
PL1600R & R+ 16°C to 32°C - 8% to 80% - 23°C -
(61°F to 90°F) (73°F)
PL3200R & R+ 16°C to 32°C - 8% to 80% - 23°C -
(61°F to 90°F) (73°F)

System Unit or Device Temperature Relative Humidity (non-condensing) Max Wet Bulb
Operating Non-Operating Operating Non-Operating Operating Non-Operating
DAS1300/2900/3200/3500, DAS4500, 10°C to 38°C -40°C to 65°C 20% to 80% 10% to 90% 23°C (73°F) 27°C (80°F)
DAS4700, DAS5300, DAS5700, and
DAE5000 - Rack units
CX600 / CX400 10°C to 40°C -40°C to 65°C 20% to 80% 10% to 90% - -
SSA - Rack unit 10°C to 40°C 10°C to 52°C 8% to 80% 8% to 80% 23°C (73°F) 27°C (80°F)
DLT4000/DLT700 - Rack unit 10°C to 40°C 10°C to 40°C 20% to 80% 10% to 90% - -
DLT8000E - Tabletop 10°C to 40°C -40°C to 66°C 20% to 80% 5% to 95% 25°C (77°F) 46°C (114.8°F)
Storage Plus Drawer 10°C to 40°C 10°C to 52°C 8% to 80% 8% to 80% 27°C (80°F) 27°C (80°F)

Note: If any tape drive is installed, the minimum relative humidity of a system unit is 20%. If a CD-ROM Drive is installed, the minimum
relative humidity of a system unit is 10%.

Chapter 8: Reference Information 9/12


9pw5s1c8.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

4. Noise Emissions Values

System Unit or Device LWAd <LpA>m


Operating Idle Operating Idle Impulsive Prominent
(bels) (bels) (dBa) (dBa) Noises Discrete Tones
PL220R 6.4 6.1 44 41 - -
PL240R 6.0 6.0 - - - -
EPC400 - CPU drawer 6.3 6.1 - - No No
EPC430 - CPU drawer 6.6 6.4 - - No No
EPC440 - CPU drawer 6.2 5.9 43 40 No No
EPC450 - CPU drawer 6.6 6.4 - - No No
PL400R CEC 5.8 5.8 45 45 - -
PL400R CEC and I/O drawer 6.2 6.2 48 48 - -
PL420R Single Rack Drawer 6.0 6.0 - - - -
PL420R Expansion Drawer 6.1 6.0 44 43 - -
EPC610 6.2 6.2 48 48 No No
EPC610 disk drawer 6.5 6.1 - - - -
PL600R CEC 5.8 5.8 45 45 - -
PL600R CEC and I/O drawer 6.2 6.2 48 48 - -
EPC800 - CPU drawer 6.0 5.5 - - No No
EPC810 6.5 6.5 49 49 No No
EPC810 disk drawer 6.5 6.1 - - - -
PL800R CEC and I/O drawer 6.4 6.0 49 47 No No
PL800R disk drawer 6.5 6.1 - - - -
PL820R Base 6.2 6.1 45 44 No No
PL820R I/O drawer 5.6 5.6 45 44 - -
PL820R disk drawer 6.5 6.1 - -
EPC1200/1200A - CEC rack 7.0 7.0 - - No No
EPC1200 I/O drawer 5.9 5.8 39 38 No No
EPC1200A I/O drawer 5.9 5.3 - - No No
EPC2400/2450 - I/O Drawer 5.9 5.3 - - No No
PL1600R & R+ - Rack (with acoustic rear door) 7.5 - 57 - - -
PL1600R & R+ - Rack (with slim-line rear door) 7.9 - 62 - - -
PL3200R & R+ - Rack (with acoustic rear door) 7.4 - 58 - - -
PL3200R & R+ - Rack (with slim-line rear door) 8.0 - 66 - - -

Chapter 8: Reference Information 10/12


9pw5s1c8.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

System Unit or Device LWAd LpAm <LpA>m


Operating Idle Operating Idle Operating Idle Impulsive Prominent
(bels) (bels) (dBa) (dBa) (dBa) (dBa) Noises Discrete
Tones
DAS1300 - Rack unit - - N/A N/A - - No No
DAS2900 - Rack unit 6.8 6.6 N/A N/A 55 50 No No
DAS3200, DAS3500, DAS5700, and DAE5000 - Rack unit N/A N/A N/A N/A - - No No
DAS5300 - - - - 54 50 No No
CX600/400 - - - - - - - -
SSA - Rack unit 6.15 6.1 N/A N/A - - No No
DLT4000/DLT7000 - Rack unit 4.9 4.9 N/A N/A - - No No
DLT8000E - Tabletop 5.9 5.4 44 40 - - - -
Storage Plus Drawer 7.0 - - - - - - -

Notes about Noise Emission Values:


1. LWAd is the declared sound power emission level for a production series of machines.
2. LpAm is the mean value of the sound pressure emission levels at the operator position (if any) for a production series of machines.
3. <LpA> is the mean value of the space-averaged sound pressure emission levels at the one-meter positions for a production series of machines.
4. N/A = Not Applicable (no operator position).
5. All measurements are made in accordance with ISO DIS 779, and reported in conformance with ISO DIS 7574/4.

Chapter 8: Reference Information 11/12


9pw5s1c8.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Chapter 8: Reference Information 12/12


9pw5s1c8.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Chapter 9: Conformance to Standards

This chapter provides information about Escala Rack PL and EPC conformance to standards.

The set of standards of Bull’s Escala range is also fully applicable to the Escala Rack PL and EPC.

CONFORMANCE TO STANDARDS—ESCALA RACK PL AND EPC ...................................3

Chapter 9: Conformance to Standards 1/4


9pw5s1c9.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Chapter 9: Conformance to Standards 2/4


9pw5s1c9.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Conformance to Standards—Escala Rack PL and EPC

Identification Conformance Certification Comments

Electrical and Environmental


Requirements

Power
EN 60950 Y Y Product ranking
IEC 555-2 Y Y

Safety Standards
UL 1950 Y Y Underwriters Laboratories
CSA C22.2 No. 950-M89 Y Y
EN 60950 (1992 + A1 1993) Y Y European Norm
IEC 950 Edition 1 Y Y International Electrotechnical Commission
European Directive 73/23/EEC Y Y CE Marking

EMC/EMI Disturbances produced by devices


FCC CFR47 Class A Y Y US
CSA C108.8 Class A Y Y Canada
VCCI Class A Y Japan
EN 55022 (1988) Class A Y Y Europe
CISPR 22 Class A Y Y Taiwan
European Directive 89/336/EEC Y Y CE Marking

Susceptibility to External
Electromagnetic Disturbance
EN 61000 -4 -2 Y Y Electrostatic discharges
EN 61000 -4 -3 Y Y Radiated, radio frequency, electromagnetic field
EN 61000 -4 -4 Y Y Electrical fast transient/burst
EN 61000 -4 -5 Y Y Surge immunity test
EN 61000 -4 -6 Y Y Conducted disturbances induced by radio frequency fields
EN 61000 -4 -11 Y Y Voltage dips, short interruptions and voltage variations
EN 61000 -3 -2 Y Y Limits for harmonic current emissions
EN 61000 -3 -3 Y Y Limitation of voltage fluctuation and flicker
European Directive 89/336/EEC Y Y CE Marking

Acoustic Noise
ISO 7779 Reference
C012C Class 2 Y

Mechanical Constraints
IEC 68-2 Reference
C013C class 1 Y Bull standard

Packing and Packaging


ISO 780, 2234, 2248, 3676, 4180-2, 4189-2 Y
C138C Y Bull standard: Packaging configuration and labels

European Directives
73/23/EEC Y Y
89/336/EEC Y Y

Chapter 9: Conformance to Standards 3/4


9pw5s1c9.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Chapter 9: Conformance to Standards 4/4


9pw5s1c9.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003
Vos remarques sur ce document / Technical publication remark form
Titre / Title : Bull ESCALA Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide

Nº Reférence / Reference Nº : 86 A1 99JX 23 Daté / Dated : December 2003

ERREURS DETECTEES / ERRORS IN PUBLICATION

AMELIORATIONS SUGGEREES / SUGGESTIONS FOR IMPROVEMENT TO PUBLICATION

Vos remarques et suggestions seront examinées attentivement.


Si vous désirez une réponse écrite, veuillez indiquer ci-après votre adresse postale complète.
Your comments will be promptly investigated by qualified technical personnel and action will be taken as required.
If you require a written reply, please furnish your complete mailing address below.

NOM / NAME : Date :


SOCIETE / COMPANY :
ADRESSE / ADDRESS :

Remettez cet imprimé à un responsable BULL ou envoyez-le directement à :


Please give this technical publication remark form to your BULL representative or mail to:

BULL CEDOC
357 AVENUE PATTON
B.P.20845
49008 ANGERS CEDEX 01
FRANCE
Technical Publications Ordering Form
Bon de Commande de Documents Techniques

To order additional publications, please fill up a copy of this form and send it via mail to:
Pour commander des documents techniques, remplissez une copie de ce formulaire et envoyez-la à :

BULL CEDOC
ATTN / Mr. L. CHERUBIN Phone / Téléphone : +33 (0) 2 41 73 63 96
357 AVENUE PATTON FAX / Télécopie +33 (0) 2 41 73 60 19
B.P.20845 E–Mail / Courrier Electronique : srv.Cedoc@franp.bull.fr
49008 ANGERS CEDEX 01
FRANCE

Or visit our web sites at: / Ou visitez nos sites web à:


http://www.logistics.bull.net/cedoc
http://www–frec.bull.com http://www.bull.com

CEDOC Reference # Qty CEDOC Reference # Qty CEDOC Reference # Qty


No Référence CEDOC Qté No Référence CEDOC Qté No Référence CEDOC Qté

__ __ ____ _ [__] __ __ ____ _ [__] __ __ ____ _ [__]

__ __ ____ _ [__] __ __ ____ _ [__] __ __ ____ _ [__]

__ __ ____ _ [__] __ __ ____ _ [__] __ __ ____ _ [__]

__ __ ____ _ [__] __ __ ____ _ [__] __ __ ____ _ [__]

__ __ ____ _ [__] __ __ ____ _ [__] __ __ ____ _ [__]

__ __ ____ _ [__] __ __ ____ _ [__] __ __ ____ _ [__]

__ __ ____ _ [__] __ __ ____ _ [__] __ __ ____ _ [__]


[ _ _ ] : no revision number means latest revision / pas de numéro de révision signifie révision la plus récente

NOM / NAME : Date :


SOCIETE / COMPANY :
ADRESSE / ADDRESS :

PHONE / TELEPHONE : FAX :


E–MAIL :

For Bull Subsidiaries / Pour les Filiales Bull :


Identification:

For Bull Affiliated Customers / Pour les Clients Affiliés Bull :


Customer Code / Code Client :

For Bull Internal Customers / Pour les Clients Internes Bull :


Budgetary Section / Section Budgétaire :

For Others / Pour les Autres :


Please ask your Bull representative. / Merci de demander à votre contact Bull.
PLACE BAR CODE IN LOWER
LEFT CORNER

BULL CEDOC
357 AVENUE PATTON
B.P.20845
49008 ANGERS CEDEX 01
FRANCE

ORDER REFERENCE
86 A1 99JX 23

You might also like